Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 24, 2013

Registration No. 333-188005

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 4

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

(Exact name of each registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   6282   45-5146560
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

1330 Avenue of the Americas, 38th Floor

New York, New York 10019

(212) 649-0600

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

David J. Campbell

General Counsel

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

1330 Avenue of the Americas, 38th Floor

New York, New York 10019

(212) 649-0600

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Floyd I. Wittlin

Christina E. Melendi

Bingham McCutchen LLP

399 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 705-7000

 

Robert D. Goldbaum

David S. Huntington

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

(212) 373-3000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

¨   Large accelerated filer     ¨   Accelerated filer
x   Non-accelerated filer   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   ¨   Smaller reporting company

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 24, 2013

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

4,790,684 Shares

 

LOGO

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

Class A Common Stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. We are offering, on a firm commitment basis, shares of Class A common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. We expect the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SAMG.”

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to purchase limited partnership units of our subsidiary Silvercrest L.P. from certain of its limited partners and will not retain any of these proceeds.

The underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 718,603 shares of our Class A common stock from us within 30 days of the date of this prospectus at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will issue 6,459,316 shares of our Class B common stock, each share of which initially entitles the holder to one vote per share, to the continuing limited partners of Silvercrest L.P. These Class B stockholders, who will hold approximately 57.4% of the combined voting power of our common stock immediately after this offering (or approximately 54.0% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), will enter into a stockholders’ agreement pursuant to which they will agree to vote their shares of common stock together, as determined by the Executive Committee of Silvercrest L.P. (whose vote will initially be controlled by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), on all matters submitted to a vote of our common stockholders.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 18.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

   $         $     

 

(1)  

The underwriters have reserved 239,534 shares for sale in a directed share program at the initial public offering price. We will pay reduced underwriting discounts and commissions in respect of shares sold in the directed share program. The table assumes that none of the shares reserved for sale in the directed share program are sold in the directed share program. If all of the shares reserved for sale in the directed share program are sold in the directed share program, the total underwriting discounts and commissions would be $0.2 million and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, would be $3.1 million. See “Underwriting” beginning on page 166 for a description of additional compensation received by the underwriters.

Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P., on behalf of the underwriters, expects to deliver the shares of Class A common stock on or about                     , 2013, subject to customary closing conditions.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

S ANDLER O’N EILL + P ARTNERS , L.P.    R AYMOND J AMES

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2013.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     18   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     44   

THE REORGANIZATION AND OUR HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE

     45   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     59   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     60   

CAPITALIZATION

     62   

DILUTION

     63   

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     64   

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     68   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     81   

BUSINESS

     106   

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

     123   
     Page  

MANAGEMENT

     126   

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

     132   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     149   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     151   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     153   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     159   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

     161   

UNDERWRITING

     166   

LEGAL MATTERS

     170   

EXPERTS

     170   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     170   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   
 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. When you make a decision about whether to participate in this offering, you should not rely on any information other than the information contained in this prospectus or any such free writing prospectus. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this prospectus may only be accurate as of the date of this prospectus.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you need to consider in making your decision to invest in our Class A common stock. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information, and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read carefully this entire prospectus and should consider, among other things, the matters set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, the information included in this prospectus assumes (1) no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 718,603 shares of our Class A common stock and (2) the 239,534 shares that are reserved for sale in the directed share program are sold to the public and not through the directed share program. Unless otherwise indicated, “Silvercrest” refers solely to Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. The terms “we,” “us,” the “Company” and “our” refer to Silvercrest L.P. and its consolidated subsidiaries when referring to events occurring prior to this offering, and these terms refer to Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries when referring to events occurring after this offering.

Our Company

We are a premier, full-service wealth management firm focused on providing financial advisory and related family office services to ultra-high net worth individuals and institutional investors. In addition to a wide range of investment capabilities, we offer a full suite of complementary and customized family office services for families seeking comprehensive oversight of their financial affairs. As of March 31, 2013, our assets under management were $13.6 billion.

We were founded 11 years ago on the premise that if we staffed and organized our business to deliver a combination of excellent investment performance and high-touch client service, we would quickly differentiate our business from a crowded field of firms nominally in the wealth management business. We seek to attract and serve a base of individuals and families with $10 million or more of investable assets, and we believe we are particularly well-positioned to offer comprehensive investment and family office service solutions to families with over $25 million of investable assets. As of March 31, 2013, our top 419 client relationships had an average size of $32 million and represented approximately 98% of our assets under management. Our top 50 relationships averaged $196 million in size as of March 31, 2013.

We have grown during a time of extraordinary financial turmoil during which the value of a full-service, independent, client-focused firm has become ever-more apparent. Our growth and success at attracting ultra-high net worth clients, primarily by taking market share from our competitors, validates our original premise. Our organic growth has been complemented by selective hiring and by five successfully completed acquisitions, which have expanded not only our assets under management, but also our professional ranks, geographic footprint and service capabilities. Our annual client retention rate has averaged 98% since 2006 and, as shown below, the compound annual growth rate in assets under management since inception is 48%.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Our clients engage us to advise them on traditional and alternative investment strategies. Our clients receive a full menu of proprietary investment capabilities together with a focused array of complementary non-proprietary capabilities offered by unaffiliated firms selected by us. In addition to our investment advisory capabilities, we also provide our clients with family office services and related administrative services, which include financial planning, tax planning and preparation, partnership accounting and fund administration and consolidated wealth reporting.

Our fees for our investment advisory services, non-proprietary services and family office and related administrative services are structured to align our financial incentives with those of our clients to ensure they receive unconflicted advice. The vast majority of our fees are for discretionary asset management, and are based on the value of the assets we manage for our clients. These fee revenues increase if our clients’ assets grow in value; these fee revenues decrease if our clients’ assets decline in value. Unlike our discretionary asset management fees, our fees for family office services and related administrative services are generally not based on or correlated to market values of our clients’ assets. For these services, we generally charge our clients a negotiated fee based on the scope of work requested. These services create strong client relationships and contribute meaningfully to our record of client retention.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2013, approximately 89% of our discretionary assets under management were held for our individual clients and 11% for our institutional clients. Based on the strong investment results of our proprietary equity strategies, we are attracting a significant amount of institutional investor interest. The following chart summarizes the performance of each of our principal equity strategies relative to their appropriate benchmarks since inception.

 

LOGO

The following chart summarizes the performance of each of our principal equity strategies relative to their appropriate benchmarks.

 

PROPRIETARY EQUITY PERFORMANCE    ANNUALIZED PERFORMANCE  

AS OF 03/31/13                                                 

   INCEPTION    1-YEAR      3-YEAR      5-YEAR      7-YEAR      INCEPTION  

Large Cap Value Composite

   4/1/02      16.0         11.9         6.2         5.9         7.0   

Russell 1000 Value Index

        18.8         12.7         4.9         4.2         5.8   

Small Cap Value Composite

   4/1/02      17.6         16.7         13.1         10.6         10.8   

Russell 2000 Value Index

        18.1         12.1         7.3         3.9         7.6   

Smid Cap Value Composite

   10/1/05      16.8         15.2         8.6         8.2         8.7   

Russell 2500 Value Index

        21.2         14.2         8.8         5.2         6.4   

Multi Cap Value Composite

   7/1/02      15.9         13.4         8.4         7.7         8.3   

Russell 3000 Value Index

        18.7         12.7         5.1         4.2         6.9   

Equity Income Composite

   12/1/03      18.6         14.9         10.1         9.1         11.1   

Russell 3000 Value Index

        18.7         12.7         5.1         4.2         6.9   

Focused Value Composite

   9/1/04      11.4         10.5         8.4         6.9         9.3   

Russell 3000 Value Index

        18.7         12.7         5.1         4.2         6.4   

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our headquarters are located in New York City with additional offices in Boston, Massachusetts and Charlottesville, Virginia. We believe our track record of superior performance and our trusted reputation within the wealth management industry and among our clients are solely attributable to the talent and pedigree of our employees. As of June 4, 2013, we had 95 employees, including 38 employee-owners. The 38 employee-owners of Silvercrest L.P. are also referred to as our principals.

Our Market Opportunity

We operate in the multi-family office registered investment adviser channel of private wealth management, the fastest growing sector of the market according to Cerulli Associates. The aggregate assets of managers in this channel have doubled over the last five years, largely due to market share gains, primarily from large financial institutions. Our client relationships with ultra-high net worth individuals currently represent less than 1% of U.S. families with investable assets over $25 million. The Spectrem Group estimates there were 1.1 million households in the United States with a net worth of over $5 million in 2012 and 117,000 with a net worth in excess of $25 million. Even modest improvements in our penetration of this market will lead to significant further growth.

The 2008 financial crisis created an ongoing opportunity for independent smaller firms to attract assets from their larger competitors. The press has documented the erosion of client trust that has occurred at large financial institutions due to inherent conflicts of interest and lack of transparency. In delivering conflict-free advice within a completely transparent fee relationship, we are well-positioned to achieve further market share gains.

Key Competitive Strengths

 

   

Independent, Unconflicted Advice. We are an independent registered investment adviser and are not affiliated with a broker/dealer or a commercial bank. We employ a partnership culture and mindset with 38 of our employees owning equity in our company. We do not receive commissions, rebates, spreads or any other indirect or undisclosed forms of compensation. We are not controlled by any client or family and all of our investment decisions are made in the best interests of our clients. All of our fees are fully disclosed and transparent to our clients who have an unrestricted right to accept or reject them.

 

   

Demonstrated Track Record of Growing Assets Under Management. We have expanded our business through a combination of organic growth and acquired growth. Our value proposition to clients has enabled us to win market share from competitors. Since 2004, we have successfully completed four strategic acquisitions of separate registered investment advisers and we have integrated and rebranded their operations into our company. In April 2013, we began integrating and rebranding the acquired operations of Ten-Sixty Management, LLC, or Ten-Sixty. These factors, combined with strong investment returns, have produced a compound annual growth rate in total client assets through March 31, 2013 of 48% since our inception.

 

   

Long-Term Track Record of Superior Investment Performance. We have a proven ability to generate excellent investment performance through both our asset allocation work on behalf of clients as well as through security selection. We have a team-based approach that utilizes the same body of research to manage all of our proprietary equity strategies, which we believe generates superior, more consistent returns over time. Through March 31, 2013, each of our proprietary equity strategies has outperformed its respective benchmark since inception.

 

   

Loyal, Diverse Base of Clients. As a result of our focus on delivering outstanding investment performance combined with highly personalized client service, we have developed significant long-term relationships with a large majority of our clients. Since 2006, our annual client retention rate has averaged 98%. As of March 31, 2013, our clients were represented in 43 states and the District of Columbia and no single client represented more than 5% of our total revenue.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Dedicated, Proven Senior Management. Our entire business is overseen by an Executive Committee comprising our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel and a Managing Director of our Portfolio Management Group. At present, except for Albert S. Messina, no one on the Executive Committee has direct client or investment responsibility and, as a result, the members of the Executive Committee commit significant resources to managing the business and executing our growth strategy.

Our Growth Strategy

 

   

Continuing To Support Our Organic Growth. We have a proven ability to identify, attract and retain ultra-high net worth clients who seek a firm that can deliver excellent investment performance and excellent client service. Our organizational model of separate and distinct business functions has proven scalable and our assets under management have grown to $13.6 billion as of March 31, 2013, consisting of the market appreciation of our assets under management as well as an increase in the amount of assets we manage for both new and existing clients, without a commensurate increase in headcount. Going forward, we will continue to execute our proven business plan for attracting ultra-high net worth clients through client referrals, as well as through our recently created business development team charged with identifying and then creating customized solicitations for newly formed wealth.

 

   

Continuing Our Successful Track Record of Acquired Growth. From our inception, our organic growth has been complemented by selective hiring and strategic acquisitions. We expect to continue to acquire compatible wealth management companies, and recruit and hire senior portfolio managers with significant client relationships as well as successful investment professionals with capabilities currently not available internally to us. We currently intend to establish offices in major wealth centers on the West Coast, in the Southwest and in the Midwest to be closer to both our clients and to prospective clients.

 

   

Continuing To Accelerate Our Institutional Growth. After five years of effort focused on cultivating relationships with institutional investment consultants, we are now regularly making new business presentations to institutional investors, including public pension funds, endowments, foundations and their consultants. We are now on the “approved” lists of certain prominent institutional investment consultants, which means that these consultants would be prepared to recommend our firm to clients in search of a particular investment strategy for its clients. This has significantly enhanced our ability to win mandates these consultants seek for their institutional clients and as a result we have begun to win institutional mandates in our equity strategies. This trend was recently highlighted by our selection by a very large state retirement fund to manage an equity mandate of up to $400 million. In addition, since December 2011, we have been hired to manage, and have been providing services to, a new equity mutual fund which is being actively marketed throughout the nation. We expect this trend to continue once it is publicly known that these and other institutions have engaged us to manage significant portfolios for them and we will actively pursue new business opportunities in this channel.

 

   

Continuing to Uphold And Increase Our Brand Awareness. We have invested heavily to build, maintain and extend our brand. With limited resources, we have created a focused national advertising campaign and have invested in efforts to receive media coverage in some of the nation’s most prestigious national publications as well as in industry journals and newsletters. Following this offering, we expect to increase our spending in both advertising and public relations as part of our effort to further build our brand and to increase the market’s awareness of our company, particularly in geographic markets that we expect to enter.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Risks Facing our Company

Our business is subject to numerous risks that are described more fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18.

 

   

Volatile Market Conditions . The fees we earn under our investment management agreements with clients are based on the value of our assets under management. The prices of the securities held in the portfolios we manage and, therefore, our assets under management, may decline due to any number of factors beyond our control, including, among others, a declining stock or bond market, general economic downturn, political uncertainty or acts of terrorism. Thus, volatile market conditions could adversely affect our business in many ways, including reducing the value of our assets under management and causing clients to withdraw funds, either of which could materially reduce our revenues and adversely affect our financial condition.

 

   

Withdrawal of Significant Clients. Certain of our strategies are or may derive a significant portion of their total assets under management from assets of a single client or a small number of clients. If any such clients withdraw all or a portion of their assets under management, our business would be significantly affected, which would negatively impact our management fees and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

   

Limited to Long-Only Equity Investment Focus. Our largest equity investment strategies hold long positions in publicly-traded equity securities of companies across a wide range of market capitalizations, geographies and industries. Accordingly, under market conditions in which there is a general decline in the value of equity securities, each of our equity strategies is likely to perform poorly on an absolute basis. Even if our investment performance remains strong during such market conditions relative to other long-only, equity strategies, investors may choose to withdraw assets from our management or allocate a larger portion of their assets to non-long-only or non-equity strategies.

 

   

Competition in the investment management industry is intense. The investment management industry is intensely competitive, with competition based on a variety of factors, including investment performance, investment management fee rates, continuity of investment professionals and client relationships, the quality of services provided to clients, reputation, continuity of selling arrangements with intermediaries and differentiated products. A number of factors serve to increase our competitive risks with respect to many of our larger competitors, such as different fee structures, investment strategies and financial resources. If we are unable to compete effectively, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

 

   

Loss of Key Investment Professionals of Our Senior Management Team. We depend on the skills and expertise of our investment professionals and our success depends on our ability to retain the key members of our senior management and investment teams, who possess substantial experience in investing and have been primarily responsible for the historically strong investment performance we have achieved. While we have generally experienced very few departures among our portfolio managers, there can be no assurance that this stability will continue in the future. The departure of one of a strategy’s portfolio managers could cause clients to withdraw funds from the strategy, which would reduce our assets under management, our investment management and other fees and, if we were not able to reduce our expenses sufficiently, our net income, and these reductions could be material to our business.

 

   

Performance Dependent on Our Strategies . We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from a limited number of our strategies. As a result, a portion of our operating results depends upon the performance of those strategies and our ability to retain client assets. In addition, while we seek to deliver long-term value to our clients, volatility may lead to underperformance in the near term, which could adversely affect our results of operations. If a significant portion of the investors in our larger

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

strategies decide to withdraw their investments or terminate their investment management agreements for any reason, our revenues from those strategies would decline, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

   

Reduction in Our Growth Opportunities. As part of our growth strategy, we may seek to take advantage of opportunities to add new investment teams that invest in a way that is consistent with our philosophy of offering high value-added investment strategies. To the extent we are unable to recruit and retain investment teams that will complement our existing business model, we may not be successful in further diversifying our investment strategies and client assets, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and future prospects.

Our Structure and Reorganization

On July 11, 2011, Silvercrest was incorporated as a Delaware corporation. Silvercrest GP LLC is currently the general partner of Silvercrest L.P., which is the managing member of the operating subsidiary, Silvercrest Asset Management Group LLC. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Overview” for a description of the reorganization and the structure of our company. Prior to the consummation of this offering but after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of Silvercrest GP LLC will receive a distribution of the general partner interests of Silvercrest L.P. owned by Silvercrest GP LLC as part of the reorganization. Once acquired, these interests that were distributed to the members of Silvercrest GP LLC will be automatically converted into limited partnership interests. Subsequent to the distribution of the general partner interests of Silvercrest L.P. to its members and the conversion of those interests into limited partnership interests, Silvercrest GP LLC will transfer its rights as general partner to Silvercrest and will be dissolved. Thereafter, Silvercrest will become the general partner of Silvercrest L.P. As part of the reorganization, the partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P. will be amended to provide that the limited partnership interests will be converted to Class B units and the general partnership interests will be converted to Class A units.

Immediately following the reorganization, our only material asset will be the general partnership interests in Silvercrest L.P. We will use approximately $42.4 million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. from its current limited partners, including all Class B units held by Vulcan Wealth Management LLC, or Vulcan, and such Class B units acquired by us will be immediately converted into Class A units. Vulcan will therefore no longer hold any portion of Silvercrest L.P’s Class B units or any of our Class B common stock subsequent to the reorganization. Following the reorganization and this offering, we will own all of the Class A units, which represent the general partnership interest in Silvercrest L.P., or approximately 42.6% of the partnership units of Silvercrest L.P. (or approximately 46.0% of the partnership units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). The remaining approximately 57.4% of the partnership units in Silvercrest L.P. (or 54.0% of the partnership units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) will be held by 38 of our principals. We refer to our principals and one outside investor, Vulcan, collectively as our limited partners in this prospectus. In addition, Silvercrest L.P. has issued deferred equity units exercisable for 191,828 Class B units, which entitle the holders thereof to receive distributions from Silvercrest L.P. to the same extent as if the underlying Class B units were outstanding. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure” for a description of the reorganization and the structure of our company. Prior to the consummation of this offering, Silvercrest L.P. intends to make a distribution to its limited partners in the aggregate amount of approximately $10.0 million out of available cash and through borrowings under a new $15.0 million credit facility entered into by all of the subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more information about the new credit facility. Purchasers in this offering will not be entitled to any portion of this distribution and such distribution may not be indicative of the amount of any future distributions.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Set forth below is our holding company structure and anticipated ownership immediately after the consummation of this offering and the use of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. from its limited partners including Vulcan (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and without taking into account any outstanding deferred equity units).

 

LOGO

 

(1) Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Class B stockholders will have the right to receive the par value of the Class B common stock upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up.
(2) Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Class A common stockholders will have 100% of the rights of all classes of our capital stock to receive distributions, except that Class B common stockholders will have the right to receive the par value of the Class B common stock upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up.
(3) Each Class B unit held by a principal is exchangeable for one share of Class A common stock. The limited partners will collectively hold 6,459,316 Class B units, which will represent the right to receive approximately 56.5% of the distributions made by Silvercrest L.P., and 191,828 non-voting deferred equity units exerciseable for Class B units, which will represent the right to receive approximately 1.7% of the distributions made by Silvercrest L.P. (or approximately 53.1% and 1.6%, respectively, of the distributions made by Silvercrest L.P. if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). The 191,828 deferred equity units which have been issued to limited partners of Silvercrest L.P. entitle the holders thereof to participate in distributions from Silvercrest L.P. as if the underlying Class B units are outstanding and thus are taken into account to determine the economic interest of each holder of units in Silvercrest L.P. However, because the Class B units underlying the deferred equity units have not been issued and are not deemed outstanding, the holders of deferred equity units have no voting rights with respect to those Class B units. We will not issue shares of Class B common stock in respect of deferred equity units of Silvercrest L.P. until such time as the underlying Class B units are issued.
(4)

We will hold 4,790,684 Class A units (or 5,509,286 Class A units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), which will represent the right to receive approximately 41.9% of the distributions made by Silvercrest L.P. (or approximately 45.3% of the

 

 

8


Table of Contents
  distributions made by Silvercrest L.P. if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). The 191,828 deferred equity units which have been issued to principals of Silvercrest L.P. entitle the holders thereof to participate in distributions from Silvercrest L.P. as if the underlying Class B units are outstanding and thus are taken into account to determine the economic interest of each holder of units in Silvercrest L.P. However, because the Class B units underlying the deferred equity units have not been issued and are not deemed outstanding, the holders of deferred equity units have no voting rights with respect to those Class B units. We will not issue shares of Class B common stock in respect of deferred equity units of Silvercrest L.P. until such time as the underlying Class B units are issued.

 

 

We are a Delaware corporation and the address of our principal executive offices is 1330 Avenue of the Americas, 38th Floor, New York, New York 10019. Our telephone number is (212) 649-0600 and our website is www.silvercrestgroup.com. Our website and the information included therein are not part of this prospectus.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Class A common stock offered by us

4,790,684 shares of Class A common stock, or 5,509,286 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares.

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

4,790,694 shares of Class A common stock (which includes 10 shares of Class A common stock issued to our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer on May 7, 2012), or 5,509,296 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. If all outstanding Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. held by our principals were to be exchanged for shares of our Class A common stock, 11,250,010 shares of Class A common stock would be outstanding immediately after this offering.

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering and the use of proceeds to purchase Class B units of Silvercrest L.P.

6,459,316 shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding after this offering and the use of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. from certain of its existing limited partners including Vulcan. See “Use of Proceeds.” Shares of our Class B common stock have voting rights but no economic rights (including no rights to dividends or distribution upon liquidation) and will be issued to our limited partners in an amount equal to the number of Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. that our limited partners hold following the reorganization (but will not be issued in respect of deferred equity units of Silvercrest L.P. held by our principals). When a Class B unit is purchased by us or exchanged for a share of Class A common stock, the corresponding share of Class B common stock will be cancelled. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.—Coordination of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. and Silvercrest L.P.”

 

Use of proceeds

We will receive net proceeds from our sale of Class A common stock in this offering of approximately $57.6 million (or approximately $66.3 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (the midpoint in the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), in each case after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use approximately $42.4 million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase 3,540,684 Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. from certain of its existing limited partners including Vulcan. The purchase price for the Class B units will be determined by the public offering price of our Class A common stock in this offering, less the amount of underwriting discounts and commissions

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

and offering expenses incurred by us on a per share basis. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds of this offering, including any proceeds from the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, to purchase additional Class A units from Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest L.P. will use such proceeds for general corporate purposes, which may include business operations, investments in our business, the development of new investment strategies and strategic acquisitions.

 

Voting rights and stockholders’ agreement

One vote per share for Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Our principals who hold shares of Class B common stock will enter into a stockholders’ agreement pursuant to which they will agree to vote, while employed by us, the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock that they hold in accordance with the decision of the Executive Committee of Silvercrest L.P., referred to herein as the Executive Committee, consisting as of the date hereof of G. Moffett Cochran, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Richard R. Hough III, President and Chief Operating Officer, Scott A. Gerard, Chief Financial Officer, David J. Campbell, General Counsel and Secretary, and Albert S. Messina, a Managing Director of our Portfolio Management Group. The vote of each member of the Executive Committee will be weighted based on the number of Class B units owned by the member relative to the number of Class B units held by all members of the Executive Committee at the time of a vote. Since Mr. Cochran, our Chief Executive Officer, owns a greater percentage of equity than the rest of the members of the Executive Committee collectively, he will initially control the vote of such committee, and, as a result, all of the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by our principals. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Voting Rights of Class A and Class B Stockholders” and “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Stockholders’ Agreement Among Class B Stockholders.”

 

Class B unit exchange

Pursuant to the terms of the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P. and an exchange agreement to be entered into between us and the principals, each Class B unit held by a principal will be exchangeable for a share of our Class A common stock, subject to the exchange timing and volume limitations described under “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.—Exchange Rights.” All Class B units held by a principal will be exchanged automatically for shares of our Class A common stock upon the termination of employment of such principal, other than in the case of retirement, subject to certain limitations described under “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.—Exchange Rights.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Resale and registration rights

Pursuant to a resale and registration rights agreement that we will enter into with the principals, we will agree to use our best efforts to file a registration statement for the sale of the shares of our Class A common stock that are issuable upon exchange of Class B units as soon as practicable after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, which we expect to be one year after the consummation of this offering. We expect to cause that registration statement to be declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, as soon as practicable thereafter. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Resale and Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of the timing and manner limitations on resales of these shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Dividend policy

Upon completion of this offering, we will have no material assets other than our ownership of Class A units of Silvercrest L.P. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends will depend on distributions from Silvercrest L.P. We intend to cause Silvercrest L.P. to make distributions to us with available cash generated from its subsidiaries’ operations in an amount sufficient to cover dividends. If Silvercrest L.P. makes such distributions, the limited partners will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions on a pro rata basis.

 

  The declaration and payment of all future dividends, if any, will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and may be discontinued at any time. In determining the amount of any future dividends, our board of directors will take into account any legal or contractual limitations, our actual and anticipated future earnings, cash flow, debt service and capital requirements and the amount of distributions to us from Silvercrest L.P.

 

  Following this offering, we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Tax receivable agreement

We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the principals, and any future holders of Class B units, that will require us to pay them 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that we actually realize (or are deemed to realize in the case of an early termination payment by us, or a change in control) as a result of the increases in tax basis and certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This will be our obligation and not the obligation of Silvercrest L.P. We expect to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash savings, if any, realized.

 

 

The tax receivable agreement will commence upon consummation of this offering and will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless we exercise our right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on an agreed upon value of payments remaining to be made under the agreement. The tax

 

 

12


Table of Contents
 

receivable agreement will automatically terminate with respect to our obligations to a principal if a principal (i) is terminated for cause, (ii) breaches his or her non-solicitation covenants with our company or (iii) voluntarily resigns or retires and competes with our company in the 12-month period following resignation of employment or retirement, and no further payments will be made to such principal under the tax receivable agreement. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

Listing symbol

“SAMG.”

Unless otherwise noted, the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding after this offering and other information based thereon in this prospectus excludes:

 

   

4,790,694 shares of Class A common stock, which may be issued upon the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares;

 

   

6,459,316 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon exchange of the Class B units that will be outstanding immediately after this offering;

 

   

191,828 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon exchange of the corresponding number of Class B units reserved for issuance upon the exercise of deferred equity units that have been granted as of the date of this prospectus and 244,352 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon the vesting of performance units that have been granted as of the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

1,687,500 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our new 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Summary Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data

The following table sets forth the summary selected historical consolidated financial data of Silvercrest L.P., which is deemed to be our predecessor for accounting purposes, as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The historical selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated statements of financial position data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 of Silvercrest L.P. have been derived from, and are qualified in their entirety by, the historical audited consolidated financial statements of Silvercrest L.P. included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of financial position data as of December 31, 2010 have been derived from financial statements not included in this prospectus. The summary selected consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the summary selected consolidated statement of financial condition data as of March 31, 2013 have been derived from the Silvercrest L.P. unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary selected consolidated statement of financial condition data as of March 31, 2012 have been derived from the Silvercrest L.P. unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as of March 31, 2012, not included in this prospectus. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on substantially the same basis as our annual consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations and financial condition for the periods and as of the dates presented. Our results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of our results for a full fiscal year.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data for Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. give effect to all transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” including the reorganization, the distribution of approximately $10.0 million to its existing limited partners prior to the consummation of this offering.

You should read the following summary selected historical consolidated financial data of Silvercrest L.P. and the unaudited pro forma financial information of Silvercrest, together with “Business,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of Silvercrest L.P. and subsidiaries appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In the following tables (including the footnotes thereto), dollars are in thousands, except as otherwise indicated.

 

 

14


Table of Contents
     Historical Silvercrest L.P.     Pro Forma Silvercrest  
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2011     2010     2013     2012     2012     2013  

Statements of operations data:

              

Revenue:

              

Management and advisory fees

   $ 46,069      $ 37,869      $ 32,442      $ 12,457      $ 10,682      $ 46,069      $ 12,457   

Performance fees and allocations

     714        85        548        3        —          714        3   

Family office services

     4,907        4,833        3,841        1,225        1,198        4,907        1,225   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     51,690        42,787        36,831        13,685        11,880        51,690        13,685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

              

Compensation and benefits

     19,108        17,492        16,528        5,201        4,768        31,237        8,081   

General and administrative

     13,680        10,849        9,459        2,710        2,566        13,680        2,710   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     32,788        28,341        25,987        7,911        7,334        44,917        10,791   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before other income (expense), net

     18,902        14,446        10,844        5,774        4,546        6,773        2,894   

Other income (expense), net:

              

Loss on forgiveness of notes receivable

     —          (34     (508     —          —          —          —     

Other income (expense)

     123        (210     32        29        32        123        29   

Interest income

     145        187        231        27        45        97        26   

Interest expense

     (304     (164     (241     (37     (64     (500     (86

Equity income from investments

     1,911        950        1,241        —          —          1,911        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     1,875        729        755        19        13        1,631        (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     20,777        15,175        11,599        5,793        4,559        8,404        2,863   

(Provision) for income taxes

     (1,057     (566     (657     (329     (270     (2,096     (785
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 19,720      $ 14,609      $ 10,942      $ 5,464      $ 4,289        6,308        2,077   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

               (4,308     (1,473
            

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Silvercrest

             $ 2,001      $ 604   
            

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selected statements of financial position data:

              

Total assets

   $ 52,454      $ 45,262      $ 33,079      $ 45,037      $ 40,454        $ 73,535   

Notes payable

     3,315        4,809        2,957        4,350        4,362          10,350   

Total liabilities

     14,317        15,751        12,490        13,193        12,645          26,448   

Redeemable partners’ capital

     98,607        85,177        45,619        111,048        80,919          —     

Partners’ deficit/Stockholders’ equity

     (60,470     (55,666     (25,030     (79,204     (53,110       69,920   

Non-controlling interests

     —          —          —          —          —            (22,833

Selected unaudited operating data:

              

Assets under management (billions) (1)

   $ 11.2      $ 10.1      $ 9.2      $ 13.6      $ 11.1       

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

   $ 14,702      $ 10,839      $ 9,068      $ 4,137      $ 3,447       

Adjusted EBITDA margin (3)

     28.4     25.3     24.6     30.2     29.0    

 

(1) As of the last day of the period.
(2) To provide investors with additional insight, promote transparency and allow for a more comprehensive understanding of the information used by management in its financial and operational decision-making, we supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a basis consistent with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, with Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure of earnings. EBITDA represents net income before income tax expense, interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA without giving effect to professional fees associated with acquisitions or financing transactions, losses on forgiveness of notes receivable from our principals, gains on extinguishment of debt or other obligations related to acquisitions, impairment charges and losses on disposals or abandonment of assets and leaseholds, client reimbursements and fund redemption costs, severance and other similar expenses, but including partner incentive allocations as an expense. Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure to evaluate the profitability and efficiency of our business model. We use this non-GAAP financial measure to assess the strength of the underlying operations of our business. These adjustments, and the non-GAAP financial measure that is derived from them, provide supplemental information to analyze our operations between periods and over time. Investors should consider our non-GAAP financial measure in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

The following table contains a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA (amounts in thousands).

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2011     2010     2013     2012  

Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measure:

          

Net income

   $ 19,720      $ 14,609      $ 10,942      $ 5,464      $ 4,289   

Provision for income taxes

     1,057        566        657        329        270   

Interest expense

     304        164        241        37        64   

Interest income

     (145     (187     (231     (27     (45

Partner incentive allocations (A)

     (12,129     (8,775     (5,173     (2,880     (2,027

Depreciation and amortization

     1,918        1,469        1,379        449        475   

Equity-based compensation

     1,416        1,060        583        628        431   

Other adjustments (B)

     2,561        1,933        670        137        (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 14,702      $ 10,839      $ 9,068      $ 4,137      $ 3,447   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  (A) Partner incentive allocations have historically been treated as distributions of net income and recorded when paid. Upon the completion of the reorganization and this offering, we will account for partner incentive payments as an expense in our statement of operations and have reflected the related adjustments in our pro forma financial information. Accordingly, this will have the effect of increasing compensation expense relative to the amounts that have been recorded historically in our financial statements. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”
  (B) Other adjustments consist of the following:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2011      2010     2013     2012  

Loss on forgiveness of notes receivable (a)

   $ —        $ 34       $ 508      $  —        $  —     

Write-off of LongChamp revenue (b)

     —          —           64        —          —     

Loss on sub-lease (c)

     (85     150         —          (21     (21

Lease abandonment (reversal) (d)

     (662     —           —          —          —     

Client reimbursement

     12        —           —          —          —     

Fund redemption costs (e)

     (4     827         —          —          9   

IPO professional fees

     2,892        578         —          8        2   

Acquisition costs (f)

     121        222         —          51        —     

Severance

     79        69         100        —          —     

Other (g)

     208        53         (2     99        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other adjustments

   $ 2,561      $ 1,933       $ 670      $ 137      $ (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Represents remaining balance on notes originally issued in connection with the issuance of equity that were forgiven in connection with the termination of employee-partners.
  (b) In 2009, we entered into a settlement agreement with the former owners of LGI to close the business of LGI, which was acquired by us in 2007. All agreements between our company and the former owners of LGI were terminated. LGI was ultimately wound down in 2009.
  (c) Reflects the subsequent amortization and an initial charge taken for the difference, on a present value basis, between the per square foot rental rate for our company’s primary lease and a sub-lease that we signed in 2011 with a sub-tenant for our headquarters in New York.

 

 

16


Table of Contents
  (d) Reflects a reversal for the remaining rent expense on a portion of our unutilized space at our headquarters that we abandoned in 2009 and reoccupied in May 2012. A portion of this space is subleased through September 29, 2017.
  (e) Includes the costs associated with the reimbursement to one of our funds for the difference between the value of certain investor redemptions and the actual proceeds of the underlying securities in 2012 and 2011.
  (f) Reflects the legal and accounting fees associated with the closing of the Ten-Sixty acquisition in 2013, the Commodity Advisors acquisition in 2012 and the Milbank acquisition that were expensed in 2011. Also reflects expenses related to relocating Milbank personnel and operations to our headquarters that were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2012.
  (g) For the three months ended March 31, 2013, represents the accrual of Quarterly Income Payments, as defined in the purchase agreement related to the Commodity Advisors acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2012, represents a fair value adjustment to the Milbank contingent consideration of ($42), a non-recurring catch-up operating escalation from our landlord of $97, and $153 of expenses incurred related to our 10th anniversary client event. In 2011, professional fees related to the Milbank acquisition and a Silvercrest fund.

 

(3) Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by total revenue.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors in addition to the other information presented in this prospectus before investing in our Class A common stock. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow. If any of the following risks and uncertainties actually occur, you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks Related to our Investment Performance and the Financial Markets

Volatile market conditions could adversely affect our business in many ways, including by reducing the value of our assets under management and causing clients to withdraw funds, either of which could materially reduce our revenues and adversely affect our financial condition.

The fees we earn under our investment management agreements with clients are based on the value of our assets under management. The prices of the securities held in the portfolios we manage and, therefore, our assets under management, may decline due to any number of factors beyond our control, including, among others, a declining stock or bond market, general economic downturn, political uncertainty or acts of terrorism. In connection with the severe market dislocations of 2008 and early 2009, the value of our assets under management declined substantially due primarily to the significant decline in stock prices worldwide. In future periods of difficult market conditions we may experience accelerated client redemptions or withdrawals if clients move assets to investments they perceive as offering greater opportunity or lower risk, which could further reduce our assets under management in addition to market depreciation. The economic outlook remains uncertain and we continue to operate in a challenging business environment. If market conditions, or actions taken by clients in response to market conditions, cause a decline in our assets under management, it would result in lower investment management fees and other revenue. If our revenues decline without a commensurate reduction in our expenses, our net income will be reduced and our business will be negatively affected.

If market conditions improve greatly, driving the prices of the securities in our clients’ accounts higher, it may lead to withdrawals or redemptions. In many cases, we advise only a portion of our clients’ complete financial portfolio. This is because many clients prefer to diversify their portfolio among more than one asset manager or investment type. As to those clients, if the portion of their portfolio held by us increases significantly, it may become too large a percentage of their overall portfolio, and they may withdraw assets from our management and invest it elsewhere, thereby rebalancing their overall portfolio and returning their allocation to us to its prior level.

If our investment strategies perform poorly, clients could withdraw their assets and we could suffer a decline in our assets under management and/or become the subject of litigation, either of which would reduce our earnings.

The performance of our investment strategies is critical in retaining existing client assets as well as attracting new client assets. If our investment strategies perform poorly for any reason on an absolute basis or relative to other investment advisers, or the rankings of mutual funds we sub-advise decline, our earnings could decline because:

 

   

our existing clients may withdraw funds from our investment strategies or terminate their relationships with us, or investors in the mutual funds we sub-advise may redeem their investments, which would cause a decline in the revenues that we generate from investment management and other fees; or

 

   

third-party financial intermediaries, advisers or consultants may rate our investment products poorly, which may lead our existing clients to withdraw funds from our investment strategies or reduce asset inflows from these third parties or their clients.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our investment strategies can perform poorly for a number of reasons, including general market conditions, investment decisions that we make and the performance of the companies in which we invest on behalf of our clients. In addition, while we seek to deliver long-term value to our clients, volatility may lead to under-performance in the near term, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

While clients do not generally have legal recourse against us solely on the basis of poor investment results, if our investment strategies perform poorly, we are more likely to become subject to litigation brought by dissatisfied clients. In addition, to the extent clients are successful in claiming that their losses resulted from fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct, breach of contract or other similar misconduct, these clients may have remedies against us and/or our investment professionals under the federal securities laws and/or state law.

The historical returns of our existing investment strategies may not be indicative of their future results or of the future results of investment strategies we may develop in the future.

We have presented the historical returns of our existing investment strategies under “Business—Our Business Model.” The historical returns of our strategies should not be considered indicative of the future results of these strategies or of the results of any other strategies that we may develop in the future. The investment performance we achieve for our clients varies over time and the variance can be wide. The historical performance presented herein is as of March 31, 2013 and for periods then ended. The performance we achieve as of a subsequent date and for a subsequent period may be higher or lower and the difference may be material. Our strategies’ returns have benefited during some periods from investment opportunities and positive economic and market conditions. In other periods, such as in 2008, the first quarter of 2009 and the second quarter of 2010, general economic and market conditions have negatively affected investment opportunities and our strategies’ returns. These negative conditions may occur again, and in the future, we may not be able to identify and invest in profitable investment opportunities within our current or future strategies.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from a limited number of our strategies.

As of March 31, 2013, $7.8 billion of our assets under management were concentrated in discretionary managed accounts, and the revenue from these discretionary managed accounts represents approximately 83% of our investment management fees for the three months ended March 31, 2013. In addition, $0.9 billion of our assets under management were invested in private partnerships, as of March 31, 2013, the revenue from these private partnerships representing approximately 17% of our investment management fees for the three months ended March 31, 2013. As a result, a substantial portion of our operating results depends upon the performance of a limited number of investment strategies used to manage those discretionary managed accounts and private partnerships, and our ability to retain client assets. If a significant portion of the investors in our larger strategies decided to withdraw their investments or terminate their investment management agreements for any reason, including poor investment performance or adverse market conditions, our revenues from those strategies would decline, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

A significant portion of our assets under management are or may be derived from a small number of clients, the loss of which could significantly reduce our management fees and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Certain of our strategies are or may derive a significant portion of their total assets under management from assets of a single client or a small number of clients. If any such clients withdraw all or a portion of their assets under management, our business would be significantly affected, which would negatively impact our management fees and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

19


Table of Contents

We may not be able to maintain our current fee structure as a result of poor investment performance, competitive pressures or as a result of changes in our business mix, which could have a material adverse effect on our profit margins and results of operations.

We may not be able to maintain our current fee structure for any number of reasons, including as a result of poor investment performance, competitive pressures or changes in our business mix. In recent years, there has been a general trend toward lower fees in the investment management industry, and some of our investment strategies, because they tend to invest in larger-capitalization companies and were designed to have larger capacity and to appeal to larger clients, have lower fee schedules. In order to maintain our fee structure in a competitive environment, we must be able to continue to provide clients with investment returns and service that our clients believe justify our fees. We may not succeed in providing the investment returns and service that will allow us to maintain our current fee structure. If our investment strategies perform poorly, we may be forced to lower our fees in order to retain current, and attract additional, assets to manage. Furthermore, if a larger part of our assets under management are invested in our larger capacity, lower fee strategies, our revenue could be adversely affected.

We derive most of our revenues from assets under management that may be reduced at any time by our clients.

We derive our revenues principally from our assets under management, which may be reduced by our clients, or investors in the mutual funds we sub-advise, at any time. A client may reduce his assets under management with us by re-allocating all or any portion of the assets that we manage away from us at any time with little or no notice. In addition, investors in the mutual funds we advise can redeem their investments in those funds at any time without prior notice. A client may also reduce his assets under management with us through the termination of his investment advisory agreement with us. Our investment advisory agreements are terminable by our clients upon short notice or no notice. These investment management agreements and client relationships may be terminated or not renewed for any number of reasons. The decrease in revenues that could result from a reduction in assets under management or the termination of a material client relationship or group of client relationships could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The long-only, equity investment focus of the majority of our strategies exposes us to greater risk than certain of our competitors whose investment strategies may also include non-equity securities or hedged positions.

Our largest equity investment strategies hold long positions in publicly-traded equity securities of companies across a wide range of market capitalizations, geographies and industries. Accordingly, under market conditions in which there is a general decline in the value of equity securities, each of our equity strategies is likely to perform poorly on an absolute basis. Aside from our privately managed funds and funds of funds, we do not have strategies that invest in privately-held companies or take short positions in equity securities, which could offset some of the poor performance of our long-only, equity strategies under such market conditions. Even if our investment performance remains strong during such market conditions relative to other long-only, equity strategies, investors may choose to withdraw assets from our management or allocate a larger portion of their assets to non-long-only or non-equity strategies. In addition, the prices of equity securities may fluctuate more widely than the prices of other types of securities, making the level of our assets under management and related revenues more volatile.

The performance of our investment strategies or the growth of our assets under management may be constrained by the unavailability of appropriate investment opportunities or if we close certain of our investment strategies.

The ability of our investment teams to deliver strong investment performance depends in large part on their ability to identify appropriate investment opportunities in which to invest client assets. If the investment team for any of our strategies is unable to identify sufficiently appropriate investment opportunities for existing and new

 

20


Table of Contents

client assets on a timely basis, the investment performance of the strategy could be adversely affected. In addition, if we determine that there are insufficient investment opportunities available for a strategy, we may choose to limit the growth of the strategy by limiting the rate at which we accept additional client assets for management under the strategy, closing the strategy to all or substantially all new investors or otherwise taking action to limit the flow of assets into the strategy. If we misjudge the point at which it would be optimal to limit access to or close a strategy, the investment performance of the strategy could be negatively impacted. The risk that sufficiently appropriate investment opportunities may be unavailable is influenced by a number of factors, including general market conditions, but is particularly acute with respect to our Small Cap and SMID Cap strategies that focus on small-cap investments, and is likely to increase as our assets under management increase, particularly if these increases occur very rapidly. If we are unable to identify appropriate investment opportunities in which to invest client assets, our growth and results of operations may be negatively affected.

Our investment strategies may not obtain attractive returns in the short-term or during certain market periods.

Our products are best suited for investors with long-term investment horizons. In order for our classic value investment approach to yield attractive returns, we must typically hold securities for an average of over three years. Therefore, our investment strategies may not perform well during short periods of time. In addition, our strategies may not perform well during points in the economic cycle when value-oriented stocks are relatively less attractive. For instance, during the late stages of an economic cycle, investors may purchase relatively expensive stocks in order to obtain access to above average growth, as was the case in the late 1990s. Value-oriented strategies may also experience weakness during periods when the markets are focused on one investment thesis or sector. For example, in the past two years, the markets have deemed many businesses producing commodities and basic materials to be sound investments, regardless of their prices, based on the thesis that the rapid growth of such large economies as China and India means that there will be constant shortfalls in the supply of the goods produced by these companies. We would not invest in these companies if their stocks were not inexpensively priced, thus foregoing potentially attractive returns during the periods when these companies’ stock prices are continuing to advance.

Our investment approach may underperform other investment approaches, which may result in significant withdrawals of client assets or client departures or a reduction in our assets under management.

Even when securities prices are rising generally, portfolio performance may be affected by our investment approach. We employ a long-term investment approach in all of our investment strategies. This investment approach has outperformed the market in some economic and market environments and underperformed it in others. In particular, a prolonged period in which the growth style of investing outperforms the value style may cause our investment strategy to go out of favor with some clients, consultants or third-party intermediaries. Poor performance relative to peers, coupled with changes in personnel, extensive periods in particular market environments or other difficulties may result in significant withdrawals of client assets, client departures or a reduction in our assets under management.

Our investment process requires us to conduct extensive fundamental research on any company before investing in it, which may result in missed investment opportunities and reduce the performance of our investment strategies.

We take a considerable amount of time to complete the in-depth research projects that our investment process requires before adding any security to our portfolio. Our process requires that we take this time in order to understand the company and the business well enough to make an informed decision whether we are willing to own a significant position in a company whose current earnings are below its historic norms and that does not yet have earnings visibility. However, the time we take to make this judgment may cause us to miss the opportunity to invest in a company that has a sharp and rapid earnings recovery. Any such missed investment opportunities could adversely impact the performance of our investment strategies.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our Core International Equity Strategy invests principally in the securities of non-U.S. companies, which involve foreign currency exchange, tax, political, social and economic uncertainties and risks.

As of March 31, 2013, our Core International Equity Strategy, which invests in companies domiciled outside of the United States, accounted for approximately 0.6% of our assets under management. In addition, some of our other strategies also invest on a more limited basis in securities of non-U.S. companies. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could negatively affect the returns of our clients who are invested in these strategies. In addition, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to non-U.S. currencies is likely to result in a decrease in the U.S. dollar value of our assets under management, which, in turn, could result in lower revenue since we report our financial results in U.S. dollars.

Investments in non-U.S. issuers may also be affected by tax positions taken in countries or regions in which we are invested, as well as political, social and economic uncertainty, particularly as a result of the recent decline in economic conditions. Declining tax revenues may cause governments to assert their ability to tax the local gains and/or income of foreign investors (including our clients), which could adversely affect clients’ interests in investing outside the United States. Many financial markets are not as developed, or as efficient, as the U.S. financial markets, and, as a result, those markets may have limited liquidity and higher price volatility. Liquidity also may be adversely affected by political or economic events within a particular country, and our ability to dispose of an investment also may be adversely affected if we increase the size of our investments in smaller non-U.S. issuers. Non-U.S. legal and regulatory environments, including financial accounting standards and practices, also may be different, and there may be less publicly available information about such companies. These risks could adversely affect the performance of our Core International Equity Strategy and may be particularly acute in the emerging or less developed markets in which we invest.

Risks Related to our Key Professionals

The loss of key investment professionals or members of our senior management team could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We depend on the skills and expertise of our investment professionals and our success depends on our ability to retain the key members of our senior management and investment teams, who possess substantial experience in investing and have been primarily responsible for the historically strong investment performance we have achieved. In particular, we depend on the portfolio managers. As of March 31, 2013, $3.9 billion, representing 29% of our assets under management, were managed using one of our proprietary equity strategies. Our five largest strategies as of March 31, 2013 were Large Cap, Small Cap, Multi Cap, Equity Income and Focused Value which represented 10%, 6%, 6%, 5% and 1% of assets under management, respectively. Each of these five strategies has been managed by its current portfolio manager since its inception at Silvercrest.

Because of the long tenure and stable track record of our portfolio managers, our clients may attribute the investment performance we have achieved to these individuals. While we have generally experienced very few departures among our portfolio managers, there can be no assurance that this stability will continue in the future. The departure of one of a strategy’s portfolio managers could cause clients to withdraw funds from the strategy, which would reduce our assets under management, our investment management and other fees and, if we were not able to reduce our expenses sufficiently, our net income, and these reductions could be material to our business. The departure of one of a strategy’s portfolio managers also could cause clients to refrain from allocating additional funds to the strategy or delay such allocation of additional funds until a sufficient track record under a new portfolio manager or managers has been established. This would have a negative effect on the future growth of our assets under management and, therefore, our results of operations.

We also depend on the contributions of our senior management team led by G. Moffett Cochran, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who co-founded our company and has been the primary architect of our business strategy, as well as other members of our senior management team. Mr. Cochran is 62 years old and has no current plans to retire. In 2002, he had an islet cell tumor removed from his pancreas and in 2005, he was

 

22


Table of Contents

found to have neuroendocrine tumors on his liver. Since 2005, Mr. Cochran has been under the treatment of a physician and has continuously performed his duties as Chief Executive Officer of our company on a full-time basis. There can be no assurance, however, that Mr. Cochran will not reduce his responsibilities or retire earlier than expected if his health condition were to worsen in the future. In addition, our senior marketing and client service personnel have direct contact with our clients and their consultants and advisors and other key individuals within each of our distribution channels. The loss of any of these key professionals could limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy, prevent us from sustaining the historically strong investment performance and adversely affect our ability to retain or attract client assets.

If any member of our senior management or a key investment professional were to join a competitor or form a competing company, some of our current clients or other prominent members of the investing community could choose to invest with that competitor rather than us.

Any of our investment or management professionals may resign at any time, join our competitors or form a competing company. Although the unvested shares of Class A common stock and Class B units held by our principals are subject to forfeiture, and the vested shares of Class A common stock and Class B units held by our principals are subject to repurchase, if the principal voluntarily resigns or retires and competes with us while employed or during the 12-month period following termination of employment, these forfeiture and repurchase provisions may not be enforceable or may not be enforceable to their full extent. We do not carry “key man” insurance on any of our key investment professionals (other than an immaterial key-man policy on Mr. Cochran) that would provide us with proceeds in the event of the death or disability of any of the key members of our investment or management teams.

The professional reputations, expertise in investing and client relationships of our senior management and key investment professionals are important elements to executing our business strategy and attracting and retaining clients. Accordingly, the retention of our senior management and key investment professionals is a key element to our future success. There is no guarantee that they will not resign, join our competitors or form a competing company. The terms of the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P. restrict each of the principals of Silvercrest L.P. from soliciting our clients or other employees during the term of their employment with us and for 18 months thereafter. In addition to the legal rights and remedies available to us to enforce these restrictive covenants, the penalty for a breach of these restrictive covenants or, if a principal voluntarily resigns or retires from our company, for competing with us during the 12-month period following termination of employment, will be the forfeiture of all of the unvested shares of Class A common stock and Class B units of the offending party and his or her permitted transferees and, at the option of Silvercrest L.P., the required sale to Silvercrest L.P. of all of the vested Class B units of the offending party and his or her permitted transferees at a purchase price equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate capital account balance of the offending party and his or her permitted transferees in Silvercrest L.P. and (ii) the purchase price paid by the offending party to first acquire the Class B units, and, at our option, the required sale to us of all of the Class A common stock collectively held by the offending party and his or her permitted transferees at a purchase price equal to the purchase price paid by the offending party to first acquire the Class B units for which such shares of Class A common stock had been exchanged. Although we also would likely seek specific performance of these restrictive covenants, there can be no assurance that we would be successful in obtaining this relief. Further, after this post-employment restrictive period, we will not be able to prohibit a departed professional from soliciting our clients or employees. If any of our principals were to join a competitor or form a competing company, some of our current clients or other prominent members of the investing community could choose to invest with that competitor rather than us or otherwise withdraw assets from our company which could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

Competition for qualified investment, management and marketing and client service professionals is intense and we may fail to successfully attract and retain qualified personnel in the future.

Our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel will depend heavily on the amount and structure of compensation and opportunities for equity ownership we offer. Historically we have offered key employees

 

23


Table of Contents

equity ownership through interests in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC. Those key employees who are currently limited partners of Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC will hold these interests in the form of Class B units immediately following this offering. In connection with our transition to a public company, we expect to implement a new compensation structure that uses a combination of cash and equity-based incentives as appropriate. Although we intend for overall compensation levels to remain commensurate with amounts paid to our key employees in the past, we may not be successful in designing and implementing an attractive compensation model. Any cost-reduction initiative or adjustments or reductions to compensation could negatively impact our ability to retain key personnel. In addition, changes to our management structure, corporate culture and corporate governance arrangements, including the changes associated with, and resulting from, our reorganization and becoming a public company, could negatively impact our ability to retain key personnel. If we are unable to retain key personnel, our results of operations may be negatively affected.

Risks Related to the Regulatory Environment in which We Operate

We are subject to extensive regulation that imposes numerous obligations on our business.

We are subject to extensive regulation in the United States, primarily at the federal level, including regulation by the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act, by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or CFTC, under the Commodity Exchange Act, by the U.S. Department of Labor under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, and Nasdaq. The Advisers Act and the Commodity Exchange Act impose numerous obligations on us including advertising, recordkeeping and operating requirements, disclosure obligations and prohibitions on fraudulent activities. In addition, we regularly rely on exemptions from various requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act, and ERISA. These exemptions are sometimes highly complex and may in certain circumstances depend on compliance by third parties whom we do not control. If for any reason these exemptions were to be revoked or challenged or otherwise become unavailable to us, we could be subject to regulatory action or third-party claims, and our business could be materially and adversely affected.

In the future, we may further expand our business outside of the United States in such a way or to such an extent that we may be required to register with additional foreign regulatory agencies or otherwise comply with additional non-U.S. laws and regulations that do not currently apply to us and with respect to which we do not have compliance experience. Our lack of experience in complying with any such non-U.S. laws and regulations may increase our risk of becoming party to litigation and subject to regulatory actions.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was signed into law on July 21, 2010. While we do not at this time believe that the Dodd-Frank Act will cause us to reconsider our business model, it does appear that certain provisions will, and other provisions may, increase regulatory burdens and reporting and related compliance costs. In addition, the scope of many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be determined by implementing regulations, some of which will require lengthy proposal and promulgation periods. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates many regulatory studies, some of which pertain directly to the investment management industry, which could lead to additional legislation or regulation. The SEC and the CFTC, as a result of authority provided to these agencies in Section 404 of the Dodd-Frank Act, issued final rules that require investment advisers registered with the SEC that advise one or more private funds, as well as commodity pool operators and commodity trading advisors registered with the CFTC, to provide certain information on Form PF about their funds and assets under management, including the amount of borrowings, concentration of ownership and other performance information, which will be used by the Financial Stability Oversight Council for purposes of assessing the systemic risk posed by private funds and by the SEC and CFTC for other purposes. In light of this rulemaking, we will be required to file a Form PF. Likewise, as a result of the issuance by the CFTC of certain other rules pursuant to authority granted under Sections 404 and 406 of the Dodd-Frank Act, we will be required to file a Form CPO-PQR and Form CTA-PR providing all

 

24


Table of Contents

necessary information. The Dodd-Frank Act will affect a broad range of market participants with whom we interact or may interact, including banks, non-bank financial institutions, rating agencies, mortgage brokers, credit unions, insurance companies and broker-dealers. Regulatory changes that will affect other market participants are likely to change the way in which we conduct business with our counterparties. The uncertainty regarding implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act and its impact on the investment management industry and us cannot be predicted at this time but will continue to be a risk for our business.

Accordingly, we face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory authorities, including extended investigation and surveillance activity, adoption of costly or restrictive new regulations and judicial or administrative proceedings that may result in substantial penalties. Among other things, we could be fined or be prohibited from engaging in some of our business activities. The requirements imposed by our regulators, other than the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq rules, are generally designed to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect clients and other third parties who deal with us, and are generally not designed to protect our stockholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities, including through net capital, customer protection and market conduct requirements. Moreover, recent extreme volatility events in the U.S. equities markets have led to heightened scrutiny of sophisticated trading technology and execution methods.

The regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to continuous change, and regulatory developments designed to increase oversight may adversely affect our business.

The legislative and regulatory environment in which we operate has undergone significant changes in the recent past, including additional filings with the SEC and the CFTC required by investment advisors, which have resulted in increased costs to the Company. We believe that significant regulatory changes in our industry are likely to continue, which is likely to subject industry participants to additional, more costly and generally more detailed regulation. New laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations, applicable to us and our clients may adversely affect our business. Our ability to function in this environment will depend on our ability to monitor and promptly react to legislative and regulatory changes. There have been a number of highly publicized regulatory inquiries that have focused on the investment management industry. These inquiries already have resulted in increased scrutiny of the industry and new rules and regulations for investment advisers. This regulatory scrutiny may limit our ability to engage in certain activities that might be beneficial to our stockholders.

In addition, as a result of the recent economic downturn, acts of serious fraud in the investment management industry and perceived lapses in regulatory oversight, U.S. and non-U.S. governmental and regulatory authorities may increase regulatory oversight of our businesses. We may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, the CFTC, other U.S. or non-U.S. governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. We also may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations, as well as by U.S. and non-U.S. courts. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed on us or the markets in which we trade, or whether any of the proposals will become law. Compliance with any new laws or regulations could add to our compliance burden and costs and affect the manner in which we conduct business.

We could be subject to regulatory investigations, which could harm our reputation and cause our funds to lose existing investors or us to lose existing accounts or fail to attract new investors or accounts.

The failure by us to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, suspensions of individual employees or other sanctions. Even if an investigation or proceeding did not result in a fine or sanction or the fine or sanction imposed against us or our employees by a regulator were small in monetary amount, the adverse publicity relating to an investigation, proceeding or imposition of these fines or sanctions could harm our reputation and cause our funds to lose existing investors or us to lose existing accounts or fail to attract new investors or accounts.

 

25


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with “pay to play” regulations implemented by the SEC and certain states, and changes to the “pay to play” regulatory regimes, could adversely affect our business.

The SEC and several states have initiated investigations alleging that certain private equity firms and hedge funds or agents acting on their behalf have paid money to current or former government officials or their associates in exchange for improperly soliciting contracts with state pension funds. The SEC has also recently initiated a similar investigation into contracts awarded by sovereign wealth funds. The SEC approved Rule 206(4)-5 under the Advisers Act regarding “pay to play” practices by investment advisers involving campaign contributions and other payments to government officials able to exert influence on potential government entity clients. Among other restrictions, the rule prohibits investment advisers from providing advisory services for compensation to a government entity for two years, subject to very limited exceptions, after the investment adviser, its senior executives or its personnel involved in soliciting investments from government entities have made contributions to certain candidates and officials in a position to influence the hiring of an investment adviser by such government entity. Advisers are required to implement compliance policies designed, among other matters, to track contributions by certain of the adviser’s employees and engagements of third parties that solicit government entities (and political action committees controlled by such persons) and to keep certain records in order to enable the SEC to determine compliance with the rule. Additionally, California enacted legislation that requires placement agents (including in certain cases employees of investment managers) who solicit funds from California state retirement systems, such as the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the California State Teachers’ Retirement System, to register as lobbyists, thereby becoming subject to increased reporting requirements and prohibited from receiving contingent compensation for soliciting investments from California state retirement systems. There also has been similar rulemaking in New York and other states. Such additional regulations may require the attention of senior management and may result in fines if any of our funds are deemed to have violated any regulations, thereby imposing additional expenses on us. Any failure on our part to comply with these rules could cause us to lose compensation for our advisory services or expose us to significant penalties and reputational damage.

Risks Related to Our Growth

Our efforts to establish new investment teams and strategies may be unsuccessful and could negatively impact our results of operations and our reputation.

As part of our growth strategy, we may seek to take advantage of opportunities to add new investment teams that invest in a way that is consistent with our philosophy of offering high value-added investment strategies. To the extent we are unable to recruit and retain investment teams that will complement our existing business model, we may not be successful in further diversifying our investment strategies and client assets, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and future prospects. In addition, the costs associated with establishing a new team and investment strategy initially will exceed the revenues they generate. If any such new strategies perform poorly and fail to attract sufficient assets to manage, our results of operations will be negatively impacted. A new strategy’s poor performance also may negatively impact our reputation and the reputation of our other investment strategies within the investment community.

We may enter into new lines of business, make strategic investments or acquisitions or enter into joint ventures, each of which may result in additional risks and uncertainties for our business.

The second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P. permits us to enter into new lines of business, make future strategic investments or acquisitions and enter into joint ventures. As we have in the past, and subject to market conditions, we may grow our business through increasing assets under management in existing investment strategies, pursue new investment strategies, which may be similar or complementary to our existing strategies or be wholly new initiatives, consummating acquisitions of other investment advisers or entering into joint ventures.

To the extent we make strategic investments or acquisitions, enter into strategic relationships or joint ventures or enter into new lines of business, we will face numerous risks and uncertainties, including risks

 

26


Table of Contents

associated with the required investment of capital and other resources and with combining or integrating operational and management systems and controls and managing potential conflicts. Entry into certain lines of business may subject us to new laws and regulations with which we are not familiar, or from which we are currently exempt, and may lead to increased litigation and regulatory risk. If a new business generates insufficient revenues, or produces investment losses, or if we are unable to efficiently manage our expanded operations, our results of operations will be adversely affected, and our reputation and business may be harmed. In the case of joint ventures, we are subject to additional risks and uncertainties in that we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to, systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control.

We may be unable to successfully execute strategic investments or acquisitions or enter into joint ventures, and we may fail to successfully integrate and operate new investment teams, which could limit our ability to grow assets under management and adversely affect our results of operations.

We have not at this time entered into any binding agreements with respect to any strategic investments or acquisitions or any strategic relationships or joint ventures and we cannot assure you that we will actually make any additional acquisitions. Our ability to execute our acquisition strategy will depend on our ability to identify new lines of businesses or new investment teams that meet our investment criteria and to successfully negotiate with the owners/managers who may not wish to give up control of the target fund general partner or managing member, as the case may be. We cannot be certain that we will be successful in finding new investment teams or investing in new lines of business or that they will have favorable operating results following our acquisitions.

Moreover, our future acquisition strategies may focus on privately-held asset managers that pursue single strategy specialized investments. This approach presents challenges, including the lack of publicly available information, and greater risks than are generally associated with transactions with more traditional asset managers. The asset managers that we may acquire and their financial information may not be subject to the reporting requirements and other rules that govern public companies, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley. Moreover, such asset managers may not be subject to regulation under the Advisers Act and/or the Commodity Exchange Act at the time we acquire them. As a result, such asset managers could be more susceptible to irregular accounting or fraudulent practices. The targets we seek to acquire in the future may have shorter operating histories than us on which to estimate future performance and may not have significant or any operating revenues. They also may have a lower capitalization and fewer resources (including cash) and be more vulnerable to failure than traditional asset managers. We will be required to rely on the ability of the professionals employed by us to obtain adequate information to evaluate the manager affiliates we seek to acquire.

In addition, our ability to acquire asset managers on favorable terms and successfully integrate and operate them is subject to the following significant risks:

 

   

we may acquire asset managers that are not accretive to our financial results upon acquisition, and we may not successfully manage acquired funds to meet our expectations;

 

   

we may be unable to generate sufficient management fees from operations or obtain the necessary debt or equity financing to consummate an acquisition on favorable terms or at all;

 

   

agreements for the acquisition of such asset managers will typically be subject to customary conditions to closing, including satisfactory completion of due diligence investigations and negotiation of ancillary documentation, and we may spend significant time and money on potential acquisitions that we do not consummate;

 

   

the process of acquiring or pursuing the acquisition of such asset managers may divert the attention of our management team from the operations of our business and our initial funds;

 

   

we will need to attract, hire, train, supervise and manage new employees as a result of the acquisitions of asset managers;

 

27


Table of Contents
   

we may acquire such asset managers without any recourse, or with only limited recourse, for liabilities, whether known or unknown, such as claims against the former owners of the asset managers and claims for indemnification by the asset managers, limited partners and others indemnified by the former owners of the managers of the funds; and

 

   

we may be unable to quickly and efficiently integrate new acquisitions into our existing operations.

If we cannot complete acquisitions of such asset managers on favorable terms, or integrate or operate new investment teams to meet our goals or expectations, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, trading price of our common stock and ability to satisfy any debt service obligations and to pay distributions could be adversely affected. Additionally, any acquisitions that we make generally will not be subject to our stockholders’ consent. These factors increase the risk of investing in our Class A common stock.

The due diligence process that we undertake in connection with strategic investments or acquisitions or entry into joint ventures may not reveal all facts that may be relevant in connection with an investment, which could subject us to unknown liabilities.

In connection with strategic investments, acquisitions or entry into joint ventures, we conduct due diligence that we deem reasonable and appropriate based on the facts and circumstances applicable to such investments, acquisitions or joint ventures and expect to use our resources and oversight to enhance the risk management functions and diligence of our business and any investments going forward. When conducting due diligence, we have been required and will be required to evaluate important and complex business, financial, tax, accounting and legal issues. Outside consultants, legal advisers, accountants and investment banks may be involved in the due diligence process in the future in varying degrees depending on the type of investment. When conducting due diligence and making an assessment regarding a strategic investment, acquisition or joint venture, we have and will continue to rely on the resources available to us, including information provided by the target of the strategic investment, acquisition or joint venture, in some circumstances, third-party investigations. The due diligence investigations that we have carried out or will carry out with respect to any strategic investment, acquisition or joint venture may not reveal or highlight all relevant facts that may be necessary or helpful in evaluating the strategic investment, acquisition or joint venture, which could subject us to unknown liabilities that could adversely affect our profitability, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, such investigations will not necessarily result in the strategic investment, acquisition or joint venture being successful.

Risk Related Generally to our Business

Our failure to comply with investment guidelines set by our clients and limitations imposed by applicable law could result in damage awards against us and a loss of our assets under management, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Certain clients who retain us to manage assets on their behalf specify guidelines regarding investment allocation and strategy that we are required to follow in managing their portfolios. In addition, the boards of mutual funds we sub-advise generally establish similar guidelines regarding the investment of assets in those funds. We are also required to invest the mutual funds’ assets in accordance with limitations under the Investment Company Act, and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code. Our failure to comply with any of these guidelines and other limitations could result in losses to clients which, depending on the circumstances, could result in our obligation to make clients whole for such losses. If we believed that the circumstances did not justify a reimbursement, or clients believed the reimbursement we offered was insufficient, they could seek to recover damages from us, withdraw assets from our management or terminate their investment advisory agreement with us. Any of these events could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business.

 

28


Table of Contents

Operational risks, including the threat of cyber attacks, may disrupt our business, breach our clients’ security, result in losses or limit our growth.

We are heavily dependent on the capacity and reliability of the communications, information and technology systems supporting our operations, whether developed, owned and operated by us or by third parties. Operational risks, such as trading or operational errors or interruption of our financial, accounting, trading, compliance and other data processing systems, whether caused by the failure to prevent or mitigate data loss or other security breaches, or other cyber security threats or attacks, including breaches of our vendors’ technology and systems, fire or other natural disaster, power or telecommunications failure, act of terrorism or war or otherwise, could result in a disruption of our business, liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational damage, and thus have a material adverse effect on our business. Some types of operational risks, including, for example, trading errors, may be increased in periods of increased volatility, which can magnify the cost of an error. Cyber security risks relating to our business primarily involve the potential security breaches of our clients’ personal and financial information and illegal use thereof through system-wide “hacking” or other means. While we have never had any cyber security threat or attack on our technology systems, this may occur in the future.

Although we have back-up systems and cyber security and consumer protection measures in place, our back-up procedures, cyber defenses and capabilities in the event of a failure, interruption, or breach of security may not be adequate. Insurance and other safeguards we use may not be available or may only partially reimburse us for our losses related to operational failures or cyber attacks. In addition, we may choose to reimburse a client in the event of a trading error or under other circumstances, even if we are not legally required to do so, and any such reimbursements could adversely affect our results of operations.

After we become a public company and as our client base, number of investment strategies and/or physical locations increase, developing and maintaining our operational systems and infrastructure and protecting our systems from cyber security attacks and threats may become increasingly challenging and costly, which could constrain our ability to expand our businesses. Any upgrades or expansions to our operations and/or technology to accommodate increased volumes of transactions or otherwise may require significant expenditures and may increase the probability that we will suffer system interruptions and failures. We also depend substantially on our New York office where a majority of our employees, administration and technology resources are located, for the continued operation of our business. Any significant disruption to that office could have a material adverse effect on us.

Employee misconduct could expose us to significant legal liability and reputational harm.

We are vulnerable to reputational harm because we operate in an industry in which personal relationships, integrity and the confidence of our clients are of critical importance. Our employees could engage in misconduct that adversely affects our business. For example, if an employee were to engage in illegal or suspicious activities, we could be subject to regulatory sanctions and suffer serious harm to our reputation (as a consequence of the negative perception resulting from such activities), financial position, client relationships and ability to attract new clients.

Our business often requires that we deal with confidential information. If our employees were to improperly use or disclose this information, even if inadvertently, we could be subject to legal action and suffer serious harm to our reputation, financial position and current and future business relationships. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not always be effective. In addition, the SEC has increased its scrutiny of the use of non-public information obtained from corporate insiders by professional investors. Misconduct by our employees, or even unsubstantiated allegations of misconduct, could result in an adverse effect on our reputation and our business.

Improper disclosure of personal data could result in liability and harm our reputation.

We and our service providers store and process personal client information. It is possible that the security controls, training and other processes with respect to personal data may not prevent the improper disclosure of

 

29


Table of Contents

client information. Such disclosure could harm our reputation as well and subject us to liability, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue.

Failure to properly address conflicts of interest could harm our reputation, business and results of operations.

As we expand the scope of our business and our client base, we must continue to monitor and address any conflicts between our interests and those of our clients. The SEC and other regulators have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest, and we have implemented procedures and controls that we believe are reasonably designed to address these issues. However, appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex, and if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest, we could face reputational damage, litigation or regulatory proceedings or penalties, any of which may adversely affect our results of operations.

We provide a broad range of services to Silvercrest Funds and family office services, which may expose us to liability.

We provide a broad range of administrative services to the management of certain of our company’s funds of funds and other investment funds, or collectively, the Silvercrest Funds, including preparation or supervision of the preparation of some of the Silvercrest Funds’ regulatory filings, provision of shareholder services and communications, accounting services including the supervision of the activities of Silvercrest Funds’ accounting services providers in the calculation of the funds’ net asset values, supervision of the preparation of Silvercrest Funds’ financial statements and coordination of the audits of those financial statements, tax services, including supervision of tax return preparation and supervision of the work of Silvercrest Funds’ other service providers. If it were determined that the Silvercrest Funds failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements as a result of action or failure to act by our employees, we could be responsible for losses suffered or penalties imposed.

We also provide a range of family office services, in addition to investment management services, to some of our clients, including philanthropic, estate and wealth planning services, tax planning and preparation, financial statement, bill paying and record keeping services, bank loan arrangement and payment services and property and casualty insurance review. If we fail to perform these services properly, we could incur costs and reputational harm for which we might be liable. Further, we could have penalties imposed on us, be required to pay fines or be subject to private litigation, any of which could decrease our future income, or negatively affect our current business or our future growth prospects.

The investment management industry faces substantial litigation risks which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause significant reputational harm to us.

We depend to a large extent on our network of relationships and on our reputation in order to attract and retain client assets. We make investment decisions on behalf of our clients that could result in substantial losses to them. If our clients suffer significant losses, or are otherwise dissatisfied with our services, we could be subject to the risk of legal liabilities or actions alleging negligent misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of contract, unjust enrichment and/or fraud. These risks are often difficult to assess or quantify and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown for substantial periods of time, even after an action has been commenced. We may incur significant legal expenses in defending against litigation commenced by a client or regulatory authority. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause significant reputational harm to us.

The investment management industry is intensely competitive.

The investment management industry is intensely competitive, with competition based on a variety of factors, including investment performance, investment management fee rates, continuity of investment

 

30


Table of Contents

professionals and client relationships, the quality of services provided to clients, reputation, continuity of selling arrangements with intermediaries and differentiated products. A number of factors, including the following, serve to increase our competitive risks:

 

   

a number of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, more comprehensive name recognition and more personnel than we do;

 

   

potential competitors have a relatively low cost of entering the investment management industry;

 

   

the recent trend toward consolidation in the investment management industry and the securities business in general, has served to increase the size and strength of a number of our competitors;

 

   

some investors may prefer to invest with an investment manager that is not publicly traded based on the perception that a publicly traded asset manager may focus on the manager’s own growth to the detriment of investment performance for clients;

 

   

some competitors may invest according to different investment styles or in alternative asset classes that the markets may perceive as more attractive than the investment strategies we offer;

 

   

other industry participants, hedge funds and alternative asset managers may seek to recruit our investment professionals; and

 

   

some competitors charge lower fees for their investment services than we do.

If we are unable to compete effectively, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Reductions in business sourced through third-party distribution channels, or their poor reviews of us or our products, could materially reduce our revenue and ability to attract new clients.

New accounts sourced through consultant-led searches may be a major component of our future growth. We also have accessed the high-net-worth segment of the investing community through relationships with well-respected wealth advisers who use our investment strategies in investment programs they construct for their clients. As of March 31, 2013 we had approximately $1.0 billion in assets under management as a result of third party distribution channels, which constituted approximately 7.0% of our total assets under management. If we fail to successfully maintain these third-party distribution channels, our business could be materially adversely affected. In addition, many of these parties review and evaluate our products and our organization. Poor reviews or evaluations of either the particular product or of us may result in client withdrawals or may impact our ability to attract new assets through such intermediaries.

The significant growth we have experienced may be difficult to sustain.

Our assets under management have increased from $7.8 billion as of December 31, 2006 to $13.6 billion as of March 31, 2013. The absolute measure of our assets under management represents a significant rate of growth that may be difficult to sustain. The growth of our business will depend on, among other things, our ability to retain key investment professionals, to devote sufficient resources to maintaining existing investment strategies and to selectively develop new investment strategies. Our business growth also will depend on our success in achieving superior investment performance from our investment strategies, as well as our ability to maintain and extend our distribution capabilities, to deal with changing market conditions, to maintain adequate financial and business controls and to comply with new legal and regulatory requirements arising in response to both the increased sophistication of the investment management industry and the significant market and economic events of the last few years. If we believe that in order to continue to produce attractive returns from some or all of our investment strategies we should limit the growth of those strategies, we have in the past chosen, and in the future may choose, to limit or close access to those strategies to some or most categories of new investors or otherwise take action to slow the flow of assets into those strategies.

 

31


Table of Contents

In addition, we expect there to be significant demand on our infrastructure and investment teams and we may not be able to manage our growing business effectively or be able to sustain the level of growth we have achieved historically, and any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and control our expenses.

A change of control could result in termination of our sub-investment advisory and investment advisory agreements.

Pursuant to the Advisers Act, each of our investment advisory agreements for the separate accounts we manage may not be “assigned” without the consent of the client. In addition, under the Investment Company Act, each of the investment advisory agreements with SEC registered mutual funds that we sub-advise automatically terminates in the event of its assignment. A sale of a controlling block of our voting securities and certain other transactions would be deemed an “assignment” pursuant to the Advisers Act and the Investment Company Act. Such an assignment may be deemed to occur in the event that the holders of the Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. exchange enough of their Class B units for shares of our Class A common stock and dispose of such shares of Class A common stock such that they no longer own a controlling interest in us, even if no other person or group acquires a controlling interest. If such a deemed assignment occurs, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain the necessary consents from our clients and, unless the necessary approvals and consents are obtained, the deemed assignment could adversely affect our ability to continue managing client accounts, resulting in the loss of assets under management and a corresponding loss of revenue.

If our techniques for managing risk are ineffective, we may be exposed to material unanticipated losses.

In order to manage the significant risks inherent in our business, we must maintain effective policies, procedures and systems that enable us to identify, monitor and control our exposure to operational, legal and reputational risks. Our risk management methods may prove to be ineffective due to their design, implementation or insufficient scope, or as a result of the lack of adequate, accurate or timely information or otherwise. If our risk management efforts are ineffective, we could suffer losses that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results. Additionally, we could be subject to litigation, particularly from our clients, and sanctions or fines from regulators or self-regulatory organizations. Our techniques for managing risks in client portfolios may not fully mitigate the risk exposure in all economic or market environments, or against all types of risk, including risks that we might fail to identify or anticipate.

Our reliance on prime brokers, custodians, administrators and other agents subjects us to certain risks relating to their execution of transactions and their solvency, and the failure by or insolvency of, any such person could adversely affect our business and financial performance.

Our business generally depends on the services of prime brokers, custodians, administrators and other agents to carry out securities transactions. For example, in the event of the insolvency of a prime broker and/or custodian, our funds might not be able to recover equivalent assets in full as they will rank among the prime broker’s and custodian’s unsecured creditors in relation to assets which the prime broker or a custodian borrows, lends or otherwise uses. In addition, our funds’ cash held with a prime broker or a custodian will not be segregated from the prime broker’s or custodian’s own cash, and our funds will therefore rank as unsecured creditors in relation thereto.

The historical consolidated and unaudited pro forma financial information included in this prospectus is not necessarily indicative of our future financial results after the reorganization and as a public company.

The historical consolidated financial information included in this prospectus may not be indicative of our future financial results after the reorganization and as a public company. Our assets under management have increased 70% in the six-year period ended March 31, 2013. We do not expect our assets under management or revenue to grow at the same rate as they have grown in the past five years. In addition, the historical consolidated

 

32


Table of Contents

financial information included in this prospectus does not reflect the added costs that we expect to incur as a public company or the changes that will occur in our capital structure and operations in connection with our reorganization. For example, because we operated through a limited liability company prior to this offering and paid little or no taxes on our profits, our historical consolidated financial information does not reflect the tax impact of our adoption of a corporate holding company structure.

In preparing our unaudited pro forma financial information for the periods prior to this offering, we adjusted our historical financial information for the transactions described in “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure.” The estimates we used in this unaudited pro forma financial information are not intended to approximate our actual experience as a public company or be indicative in any way of our future performance. The results of future periods may be materially different than those of the past as a result of:

 

   

the impact of the reorganization, in relation to our size, during the pro forma periods;

 

   

future performance of our investment strategies, which differs from the historical performance reflected in the unaudited pro forma financial information;

 

   

the pace of growth of our business in the future, including the formation of new investment strategies, which differs from the historical growth reflected in the unaudited pro forma financial information; and

 

   

the additional costs of being a public company including compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley.

If we incur indebtedness or issue senior equity securities, we will be exposed to additional risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.

The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We may also use leverage to make certain investments. There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful. Leverage involves risks and special considerations that include the following:

 

   

there is a likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value of our business and market price of our common stock than a comparable business without leverage;

 

   

we will be exposed to increased risk of loss if we incur debt or issue senior equity securities to finance acquisitions or investments because a decrease in the value of our investments would have a greater negative impact on our returns, and therefore the value of our Class A common stock than if we did not use leverage;

 

   

it is likely that such debt or equity securities will be governed by instruments containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility. These covenants may impose asset overage or investment composition requirements that are more stringent than those of our business plan and could require our business to liquidate investments at an inopportune time;

 

   

if we are required to pledge a substantial portion of our assets in order to obtain debt financing, it may limit our ability to enter into subsequent financings at attractive terms;

 

   

we, and indirectly our investors, will bear the cost of leverage, including issuance and servicing costs; and

 

   

any preferred, convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common stock.

In addition, the new credit facility entered into by all of the subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P. and guaranteed by Silvercrest L.P. contains financial and other restrictive covenants, including restrictions on distributions, incurrence of additional indebtedness, mergers and certain other dispositions of our business and sale of assets.

Any requirement that we sell assets at a loss to redeem or pay interest on any leverage or for other reasons would reduce our net asset value and also make it difficult for our net asset value to recover. Our board of directors, in its best judgment, nevertheless may determine to use leverage if it expects that the benefits to our

 

33


Table of Contents

common stockholders of maintaining the leveraged position will outweigh the risks. General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities. In addition, an increase in interest rates would make it more expensive for us to use debt to finance these investments.

Future financings could adversely affect us and our common stockholders by diluting existing stockholders or by placing restrictions on our ability to run our business, including making distributions to unitholders.

The subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P. have entered into a new credit facility, pursuant to which the subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P. will be able to borrow up to $15.0 million in principal amount from time to time for working capital needs and other purposes. Although we believe that the proceeds of this offering, available borrowings under our new credit facility and future cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for normal operations pursuant to our business plan, these sources of capital may not fully fund our growth strategy in the immediate future. If we decide to pursue future acquisitions, we may use proceeds remaining from this offering and then raise additional capital through the incurrence of long-term or short-term indebtedness or the issuance of additional equity securities in private or public transactions. This could result in dilution of existing common stockholders’ equity positions, increased interest expense and decreased net income. In addition, significant capital requirements associated with such investments may impair our ability to make distributions to our Class A common stockholders.

Risks Related to Our Structure

Control by our principals of 57.4% of the combined voting power of our capital stock and the rights of holders of Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. may give rise to conflicts of interest.

Immediately after the completion of this offering, our employee stockholders will collectively hold approximately 57.4% of the combined voting power of our capital stock (or approximately 54.0%, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock). Concurrently with the completion of this offering, each of our principals (including directors who are principals) who hold shares of our common stock will enter into a stockholders’ agreement with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock then held by them and any shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock they may acquire in the future. Pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement, the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by our employees will be voted in accordance with the determination of the Executive Committee until the termination of employment of such employee. The votes of the members of the Executive Committee will be weighted based upon their relative holdings of Silvercrest L.P. Class B units. As a result of his equity ownership and position on the Executive Committee, Mr. Cochran, our Chief Executive Officer, will initially control the vote of the Executive Committee and, as a result, all of the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by our principals.

In connection with this offering, we plan to adopt the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, pursuant to which we intend to grant equity awards of or with respect to shares of our Class A common stock or Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. To the extent that we cause Silvercrest L.P. to issue additional Class B units to our principals, these employees would be entitled to receive a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock (including if the Class B units awarded are subject to vesting). All of the shares of our common stock issued to principals under this plan will be subject to the stockholders’ agreement.

For so long as our principals who remain employed by us collectively hold at least 50% of the number of outstanding shares of our common stock, the parties to the stockholders’ agreement will be able to elect all of the members of our board of directors and thereby control our management and affairs, including determinations with respect to acquisitions, dispositions, borrowings, issuances of securities and the declaration and payment of dividends. In addition, the parties to the stockholders’ agreement will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring the approval of stockholders to cause or prevent a change of control of our company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our

 

34


Table of Contents

company. The parties to the stockholders’ agreement will have the ability to prevent the consummation of mergers, takeovers or other transactions that may be in the best interests of our Class A stockholders. In particular, this concentration of voting power could deprive Class A stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares of Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company, and could ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

In addition, because our principals will hold all or a portion of their ownership interests in our business through Silvercrest L.P., rather than through Silvercrest, these existing owners may have other conflicting interests with holders of our Class A common stock. For example, our existing owners may have different tax positions from holders of our Class A common stock which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when we should dispose of assets, whether and when we should incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement that we will enter into in connection with this offering, and whether and when our company should terminate the tax receivable agreement and accelerate its obligations thereunder. Also, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these existing owners’ tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement” for more information.

Our ability to pay regular dividends to our stockholders is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and may be limited by our structure and applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Following completion of this offering, we intend to declare cash dividends on our Class A common stock as described in “Dividend Policy.” However, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, change the amount or frequency of dividends or discontinue the payment of dividends entirely. In addition, because of our structure, we will be dependent upon the ability of our subsidiaries to generate earnings and cash flows and distribute them to us so that we may pay dividends to our stockholders. We expect to cause Silvercrest L.P., which is a Delaware limited partnership, to make distributions to its partners, including us, in an amount sufficient for us to pay dividends. However, its ability to make such distributions will be subject to its subsidiaries’ operating results, cash requirements and financial condition, the applicable provisions of Delaware law that may limit the amount of funds available for distribution to its partners, its compliance with covenants and financial ratios related to future indebtedness (including the new credit facility entered into by the subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P.), its other agreements with third parties, as well as its obligation to make tax distributions under the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement (which distributions would reduce the cash available for distributions by Silvercrest L.P. to us). As a Delaware corporation, our ability to pay cash dividends to our Class A common stockholders with the distributions received by us as general partner of Silvercrest L.P. also will be subject to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Also, each of the companies in the corporate chain must manage its assets, liabilities and working capital in order to meet all of its cash obligations, including the payment of dividends or distributions. As a consequence of these various limitations and restrictions, we may not be able to make, or may have to reduce or eliminate, the payment of dividends on our Class A common stock. Any change in the level of our dividends or the suspension of the payment thereof could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Our ability to pay taxes and expenses, including payments under the tax receivable agreement, may be limited by our structure.

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have no material assets other than our ownership of Class A units of Silvercrest L.P. and will have no independent means of generating revenue. Silvercrest L.P. will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of its partnership units, including us. Accordingly, we will incur income taxes on our proportionate share of any net taxable income of Silvercrest L.P. and also will incur expenses related to our operations. Under the terms of its second amended and restated limited partnership agreement, Silvercrest L.P. will be obligated to make tax distributions to holders of its partnership units, including us. In addition to tax expenses, we also will incur expenses related to our operations, including expenses under the tax receivable agreement, which we expect will be significant. We intend to cause

 

35


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P. to make distributions in an amount sufficient to allow us to pay our taxes and operating expenses, including any payments due under the tax receivable agreement. However, its ability to make such distributions will be subject to various limitations and restrictions as set forth in the preceding risk factor. If, as a consequence of these various limitations and restrictions, we do not have sufficient funds to pay tax or other liabilities to fund our operations, we may need to borrow funds and thus this could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition. To the extent we are unable to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest at LIBOR plus 300 basis points until paid.

We will be required to pay principals for certain tax benefits we may claim, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.

The reorganization described under “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure” will result in favorable tax attributes for us. In addition, future exchanges of Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. held by our principals for shares of our Class A common stock are expected to produce additional favorable tax attributes for us. When we acquire Class B units from existing partners, both the existing basis and the anticipated basis adjustments are likely to increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions allocable to us from Silvercrest L.P. and therefore reduce the amount of income tax we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. This increase in tax basis also may decrease gain (or increase loss) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent the increased tax basis is allocated to those capital assets.

The tax receivable agreement, which we will enter into with our principals, will generally provide for the payment by us to each of them of 85% of the amount of the cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax that we actually realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) in periods after this offering as a result of (i) any step-up in tax basis in Silvercrest L.P.’s assets resulting from (a) the purchases or exchanges of Class B units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock and (b) payments under this tax receivable agreement; (ii) certain prior distributions by Silvercrest L.P. and prior transfers or exchanges of Class B units which resulted in tax basis adjustments to the assets of Silvercrest L.P.; and (iii) tax benefits related to imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of this tax receivable agreement.

We expect that the payments we will be required to make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the tax receivable agreement, we expect that the reduction in tax payments for us associated with (i) the purchase of Class B units from certain of the limited partners of Silvercrest L.P. with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and (ii) future exchanges of Class B units as described above would aggregate approximately $5.7 million over 15 years from the date of this offering based on an assumed price of $13.00 per share of our Class A common stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and assuming all future exchanges or purchases, other than the purchases in connection with this offering, would occur one year after this offering. Under such scenario we would be required to pay the holders of limited partnership units 85% of such amount, or approximately $4.9 million, over the 15-year period from the date of this offering. The actual amounts may materially differ from these hypothetical amounts, as potential future reductions in tax payments for us and tax receivable agreement payments by us will be calculated using the market value of our Class A common stock and the prevailing tax rates at the time of the exchange and will be dependent on us generating sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefit. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under this agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges by principals, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable, as well as the portion of our payments under the tax receivable agreement constituting imputed interest or depreciable or amortizable basis.

 

36


Table of Contents

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, to challenge a tax basis increase or other tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement, we will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that we actually realize in respect of the attributes to which the tax receivable agreement relates.

In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement to our principals may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

The tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, our (or our successor’s) obligations under the tax receivable agreement (with respect to all Class B units held by our principals, whether or not Class B units have been exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully avail ourselves of the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement, and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement. If we were to elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement immediately after this offering, based on an assumed price of $13.00 per share of our Class A common stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), we estimate that we would be required to pay approximately $4.9 million in the aggregate under the tax receivable agreement.

If we were deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act as a result of our ownership of Silvercrest L.P., applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We do not believe that we are an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act. Because we, as the sole general partner of Silvercrest L.P., control and operate Silvercrest L.P., we believe that our interest in Silvercrest L.P. is not an “investment security” as that term is used in the Investment Company Act. If we were to cease participation in the management of Silvercrest L.P., our interest in Silvercrest L.P. could be deemed an “investment security” for purposes of the Investment Company Act. A person may be an “investment company” if it owns investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items). Upon consummation of this offering, our sole asset will be our general partner interest in Silvercrest L.P. A determination that such investment was an investment security could cause us to be deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act and to become subject to the registration and other requirements of the Investment Company Act. In addition, we do not believe that we are an investment company under Section 3(b)(1) of the Investment Company Act because we are not primarily engaged in a business that causes us to fall within the definition of “investment company.” We and Silvercrest L.P. intend to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed an investment company. However, if we were to be deemed an investment company, restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act, including limitations on our capital structure and our ability to transact with affiliates, could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

37


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering

There is no existing market for our Class A common stock, and we do not know if one will develop, which may cause our Class A common stock to trade at a discount from its initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock and we cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of an active trading market on Nasdaq, or otherwise, or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling your shares of Class A common stock at an attractive price, or at all. The initial public offering price for our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our Class A common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering and you may suffer a loss on your investment.

The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders.

Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Moreover, the trading volume of our Class A common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our Class A common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to sell your shares of Class A common stock at or above the price at which you purchased it, if at all. The market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect the price of our Class A common stock, or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our Class A common stock, include:

 

   

variations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

 

   

failure to meet the market’s earnings expectations;

 

   

publication of research reports about us or the investment management industry, or the failure of securities analysts to cover our Class A common stock after this offering;

 

   

the public’s reactions to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

 

   

departures of any of our portfolio managers or members of our senior management team or additions or departures of other key personnel;

 

   

adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future;

 

   

market and industry perception of our success, or lack thereof, in pursuing our growth strategies;

 

   

actions by stockholders;

 

   

strategic actions by us or our competitors such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

   

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

changes in our capital structure;

 

   

actual or anticipated poor performance in one or more of the investment strategies we offer;

 

   

changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations, or differing interpretations thereof, affecting our business, or enforcement of these laws and regulations, or announcements relating to these matters;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

   

adverse publicity about the investment management industry generally or as a result of specific events;

 

   

sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or members of our management team;

 

   

litigation and governmental investigations;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

the expiration of contractual lockup agreements; and

 

   

changes in general market, economic and political conditions in the United States and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from natural disasters, terrorist attacks, acts of war, and responses to such.

Future issuances and sales of our Class A common stock in the public market could lower our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute your ownership in us.

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our Class A common stock available for sale after completion of this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also may make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital by selling equity securities in the future, at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

We will agree with the underwriters not to issue, sell, or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock, subject to certain exceptions, for the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus, without the prior consent of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our executive officers and directors and our employees who participate in the directed share program will enter into similar lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. may, at any time, release us and/or any of our officers and directors from this lock-up agreement and allow us to sell shares of our Class A common stock within this 180-day period. For more information, see “Underwriting.” In addition, pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement that we will enter into with our principals, such Class B units will not be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock until the six-month anniversary of the consummation of this offering. Pursuant to our lock-up agreement with the underwriters, we will not be permitted to waive these restrictions pursuant to the exchange agreement without the prior consent of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

Upon completion of this offering, there will be 4,790,694 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding (or shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional 5,509,296 shares of our Class A common stock) of which 4,790,694 shares will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The shares of Class A common stock that will be issuable upon exchange of Class B units held by our principals may only be sold in the manner at the times described under “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Resale and Registration Rights Agreement.” For so long as a principal remains employed by us, during every 12-month period beginning on the six-month anniversary of this offering, each principal and his permitted transferees ( e.g ., family trusts) may collectively exchange vested Class B units that equal 20% of the Class B units such persons collectively held at the beginning of such 12-month period, subject to certain exceptions described under “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.—Exchange Rights.” Upon a termination of employment other than due to retirement or for cause, all Class B units held by a principal, other than those Class B units forfeited under certain circumstances, will be exchanged automatically for shares of Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock received upon exchange for Class B units held by our principals may be sold (i) at any time and in any manner by retired employees and employees or estates of employees terminated due to death or disability, (ii) for any principal whose employment is terminated by us without cause, in an amount equal to 50% of the total shares of Class A common stock held by the principal at the time of termination of employment less any amounts sold for taxes in each 12-month period following the 18-month anniversary of the date of termination of employment, and (iii) for any principal who voluntarily resigns his employment, in an amount equal to one-third of the total shares of Class A common stock held by the principal at the time of termination of employment less any amounts sold for taxes in each 12-month period following the 18-month anniversary of the date of resignation of employment subject to manner of sale restrictions described in “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Resale and Registration Rights.”

 

39


Table of Contents

After this offering, we intend initially to register 1,687,500 shares of our Class A common stock for issuance pursuant to, upon the exercise of options or other equity awards granted under, or upon exchange of Class B units granted under, our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. We may increase the number of shares registered for this purpose from time to time. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold in the public market upon issuance.

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our Class A common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our Class A common stock may have on the market price of our Class A common stock. Sales or distributions of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Participants in our directed share program who have executed a lock-up agreement with the underwriters must hold their shares for a minimum of 180 days following the date of this prospectus and accordingly will be subject to market risks not imposed on other investors in this offering.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 239,534 shares of the Class A common stock offered hereby for sale to our directors, officers, employees and certain other parties who are otherwise associated with us. Purchasers of these shares who have entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters will not, subject to exceptions, be able to offer, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or hedge any such shares for a period of 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to this offering, subject to certain specified extensions. As a result of such restriction, such purchasers may face risks not faced by other investors who have the right to sell their shares at any time following this offering (including other participants in the directed share program who have not executed a lock-up agreement with the underwriters). These risks include the market risk of holding our shares of Class A common stock during the period that such restrictions are in effect.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and, for as long as we continue to be an “emerging growth company,” we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter before the end of that five-year period, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the preceding three-year period. We cannot predict whether investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of any decisions to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We

 

40


Table of Contents

are, however, choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

Following the completion of this offering, we will be required to comply with various regulatory and reporting requirements, including those required by the SEC. Complying with these reporting and other regulatory requirements will be time-consuming and will result in increased costs to us and could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and requirements of Sarbanes Oxley. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. Sarbanes Oxley requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, we will need to commit significant resources, hire additional staff and provide additional management oversight. We will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies, including consideration of an upgrade to our financial reporting systems. Sustaining our growth also will require us to commit additional management, operational and financial resources to identify new professionals to join our company and to maintain appropriate operational and financial systems to adequately support expansion. In addition, as a public company, we must also enhance our investor relations, legal and corporate communications functions. All of these activities and additional efforts may increase our costs, strain our resources and divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain temporary exemptions from various reporting requirements including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes Oxley (and rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, which we refer to as Section 404) and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. When these exemptions cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution and may experience additional dilution in the future.

We expect that the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering, and after giving effect to the exchange of all outstanding Class B units held by our principals for shares of our Class A common stock. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the per share book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. At an offering price of $13.00 (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in an amount of $11.65 per share of our Class A common stock. In addition, you will experience further dilution upon the issuance of restricted Class B units or restricted shares of our Class A common stock, or upon the grant of options or other equity awards to purchase Class B units or shares of our Class A common stock, in each case under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

41


Table of Contents

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and may not use them in a manner in which our stockholders would consider appropriate.

We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds remaining after the repurchase of Class B units from existing limited partners that we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including for any of the purposes described under the heading “Use of Proceeds” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our stockholders may not agree with the manner in which our management chooses to allocate and spend the net proceeds. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could have an adverse effect on our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

Anti-takeover provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could discourage a change of control that our stockholders may favor, which also could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may make it more difficult and expensive for a third party to acquire control of us, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our stockholders. For example, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect at the time this offering is consummated, will authorize our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of our preferred stock and to designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of unissued series of our preferred stock, each without any vote or action by our stockholders. We could issue a series of preferred stock to impede the consummation of a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt. In addition, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. The anti-takeover provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may impede takeover attempts, or other transactions, that may be in the best interests of our stockholders and, in particular, our Class A stockholders.

For example, our stockholders are unable to take any action by written consent, call a special meeting or require our board to call a special meeting, each of which each impedes stockholders’ ability to take certain actions related to takeovers. In addition, the advance notice requirements in our amended and restated bylaws hinder a stockholder’s ability to bring matters before the board, in particular matters relating to a change in control, due to the 90-day notice period required before any action may be requested in some circumstances.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws also grant the board the power to increase the authorized number of directors without stockholder consent, by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire board, thus preventing a stockholder from being able to control the board and its decisions. Similarly, the board has the sole ability to fill newly created directorships. Further, while any director or the whole board may only be removed for cause by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock and preferred stock, there is no power of stockholders to remove a director without cause. Our board also has the power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws, subject only to such limitation, if any, as may from time to time be imposed by law or by the bylaws, while stockholder action to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws requires a vote of 66 2/3% of the outstanding common stock. Many of these provisions could hinder stockholders’ ability to consummate certain transactions that may benefit our business and the price of our common stock.

Moreover, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected to the extent that provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws discourage potential takeover attempts, or other transactions, that our stockholders may favor.

 

42


Table of Contents

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq rules and, as a result, will qualify for, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Upon the closing of this offering, our principals will continue to control a majority of our Class A common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq corporate governance standards. Under the Nasdaq rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of the board consists of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we do not intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will have a majority of independent directors and our Nominating/Corporate Governance and Compensation Committees will consist entirely of independent directors and we will have an annual performance evaluation of the Nominating/Corporate Governance and Compensation Committees. See “Management” section. However, if we decide to utilize these exemptions in the future, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our Class A common stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

 

43


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. These statements may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” or “will,” or the negative thereof, or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. In particular, statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance relating to our growth, expansion into new markets, sales trends of particular lines of products and other statements contained in this prospectus, including certain statements under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and “Regulatory Environment,” are forward-looking statements.

We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections. While we believe these expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections are reasonable, these forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. These and other important factors, including those discussed in this prospectus under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and “Regulatory Environment” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations are:

 

   

our business strategies and investment policies;

 

   

our intention to pay quarterly dividends;

 

   

our financing plans;

 

   

our competitive position and the effects of competition on our business;

 

   

potential growth opportunities available to us;

 

   

our status as an emerging growth company;

 

   

the recruitment and retention of our employees;

 

   

our expected levels of compensation of our employees and the impact of compensation on our ability to attract and retain employees;

 

   

our potential operating performance and efficiency;

 

   

our expected tax rate;

 

   

our expectation with respect to the economy, capital markets, the market for asset management services and other industry trends;

 

   

the benefits to our business resulting from the effects of the reorganization;

 

   

our belief as to the adequacy of our facilities; and

 

   

the impact of future legislation and regulation, and changes in existing legislation and regulation, on our business.

Other factors that could cause actual results to differ from those implied by the forward-looking statements in this prospectus are more fully described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus. Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We do not undertake and specifically decline any obligation to update any of these statements or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of these statements to reflect future events or developments.

 

44


Table of Contents

THE REORGANIZATION AND OUR HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE

Overview

On July 11, 2011, Silvercrest was incorporated as a Delaware corporation. Silvercrest GP LLC is currently the general partner of Silvercrest L.P., which is the managing member of the operating subsidiary, Silvercrest Asset Management Group LLC.

Set forth below is our holding company structure and ownership immediately prior to the reorganization described below:

 

LOGO

 

(1) Prior to the reorganization and this offering, Vulcan held approximately 26.8% of the limited partner interests in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC. We will use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to purchase all such interests in Silvercrest L.P. from Vulcan.
(2) Silvercrest GP LLC is the general partner of Silvercrest L.P.
(3) Silvercrest L.P. is the managing member of the operating subsidiaries.

Prior to the consummation of this offering but after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of Silvercrest GP LLC will receive a distribution of the general partner interests of Silvercrest L.P. owned by Silvercrest GP LLC as part of the reorganization. Once acquired, these interests that were distributed to the members of Silvercrest GP LLC will be automatically converted into limited partnership interests. Subsequent to the distribution of the general partner interests of Silvercrest L.P. to its members and the conversion of those interests into limited partnership interests, Silvercrest GP LLC will transfer its rights as general partner to Silvercrest and will be dissolved. Silvercrest will become the general partner of

 

45


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P. As part of the reorganization, the partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P. will be amended to provide that the limited partnership interests will be converted to Class B units and the general partnership interests will consist of Class A units.

Immediately following the reorganization, our only material asset will be our general partner interests in Silvercrest L.P. We will use approximately $42.4 million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. from certain of its existing limited partners, including all Class B units held by Vulcan, and such Class B units acquired by us will be immediately converted into Class A units. This third-party investor will therefore no longer hold any portion of Silvercrest L.P’s Class B units or any of our Class B common stock subsequent to the reorganization. Following the reorganization and this offering, we will own all of the Class A units, which represent the general partnership interest in Silvercrest L.P., or approximately 42.6% of the partnership units of Silvercrest L.P. (or 46.0% of the partnership units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). The remaining approximately 57.4% of the partnership units in Silvercrest L.P. (or 54.0% of the partnership units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) will be held by 38 of our principals. Prior to the consummation of this offering, Silvercrest L.P. intends to make a distribution to its limited partners in the aggregate amount of approximately $10.0 million out of available cash and through borrowings under a new credit facility which the subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P. have entered into with City National Bank. Purchasers in this offering will not be entitled to receive any portion of this distribution and such distribution may not be indicative of the amount of any future distributions.

The Class A units and Class B units will have the same economic rights. In addition, Silvercrest L.P. has issued non-voting deferred equity units exercisable for 191,828 Class B units, which entitle the holders thereof to distributions from Silvercrest L.P. as if the underlying Class B units were outstanding. Accordingly, immediately after the consummation of this offering and the purchase of Class B units from certain limited partners of Silvercrest L.P. including Vulcan, the holders of the Class B units and deferred equity units in Silvercrest L.P. will hold approximately 56.5% and 1.7%, respectively, of the economic interests in our business (or approximately 53.1% and 1.6%, respectively, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). For a discussion of the deferred equity units issued by Silvercrest L.P., see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control—Deferred Equity Units and Performance Units” and note 16 to the audited financial statements of Silvercrest L.P.

As part of the reorganization, we will issue to the holders of Class B units, for each Class B unit, one share of Class B common stock in exchange for the payment by the holder of the Class B unit of its par value. We will not issue Class B common stock in respect of deferred equity units of Silvercrest L.P. until the underlying Class B units are issued with respect thereto. Each share of our Class B common stock will entitle its holder to one vote. Initially, the holders of the Class B common stock will have 57.4% of the combined voting power of our common stock (or 54.0% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). When a Class B unit is purchased by us, exchanged for a share of our Class A common stock, forfeited as a result of applicable vesting provisions, or forfeited or redeemed as a result of a breach of any restrictive covenants contained in the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P., a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock automatically will be redeemed at par value and cancelled by us. Conversely, to the extent we cause Silvercrest L.P. to issue additional Class B units (including awards of Class B units subject to vesting) to our employees pursuant to our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan or Class B units are issued upon the vesting of outstanding deferred equity units in Silvercrest L.P., these employees will be entitled to receive an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock.

Concurrently with the reorganization, our principals will enter into a stockholders’ agreement pursuant to which they will agree to vote while they are employed by us all shares of Class B common stock and Class A common stock then held by them, and acquired in the future, on all matters submitted to a vote of our common stockholders in accordance with the decision of the Executive Committee. Therefore, upon the closing of this

 

46


Table of Contents

offering, the Executive Committee will be able to exercise control over all matters requiring the approval of our stockholders, including the election of our directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions. Since Mr. Cochran, our Chief Executive Officer, owns a greater percentage of equity than the rest of the members of the Executive Committee collectively, he will initially control the vote of such committee, and as a result, all of the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by our principals.

The Class A common stock will represent 100% of the rights of the holders of all classes of our capital stock to share in all distributions, except for the right of holders of our Class B common stock to receive the par value of each share of our Class B common stock upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up.

Pursuant to the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P., each vested Class B unit held by a principal will be exchangeable for a share of our Class A common stock, subject to the exchange timing and volume limitations described under “—Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.—Exchange Rights.” Unvested Class B units held by our principals will not be exchangeable until they have vested other than upon a termination of employment of a principal, at which time all vested and unvested Class B units will be automatically exchanged for shares of our Class A common stock, subject to certain exceptions, including in the case of retirement and termination for cause, as described under “—Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.—Exchange Rights.”

Pursuant to a resale and registration rights agreement that we will enter into with our principals, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-3 to register the resale of shares of our Class A common stock that are issuable upon exchange of these Class B units and to maintain such registration in effect for no less than five years. We expect to become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 one year after the consummation of this offering. See “—Resale and Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of the timing and manner limitations on resales of these shares.

 

47


Table of Contents

Set forth below is our holding company structure and anticipated ownership immediately after the consummation of this offering and the use of a portion of the net proceeds to purchase Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. from certain of its existing limited partners including all of the interests held by Vulcan (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and without taking into account any outstanding deferred equity units).

 

LOGO

 

(1) Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Class B stockholders will have the right to receive the par value of the Class B common stock upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up.
(2) Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Class A common stockholders will have 100% of the rights of all classes of our capital stock to receive distributions, except that Class B common stockholders will have the right to receive the par value of the Class B common stock upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up.
(3) Each Class B unit held by a principal is exchangeable for one share of Class A common stock. The principals will collectively hold 6,459,316 Class B units, which will represent the right to receive approximately 56.5% of the distributions made by Silvercrest L.P. and 191,828 deferred equity units exercisable for Class B units, which will represent the right to receive approximately 1.7% of the distributions made by Silvercrest L.P. (or approximately 53.1% and 1.6%, respectively, of the distributions made by Silvercrest L.P. if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). The 191,828 deferred equity units which have been issued to our principals entitle the holders thereof to participate in distributions from Silvercrest L.P. as if the underlying Class B units are outstanding and thus are taken into account to determine the economic interest of each holder of units in Silvercrest L.P. However, because the Class B units underlying the deferred equity units have not been issued and are not deemed outstanding, the holders of deferred equity units have no voting rights with respect to those Class B units. We will not issue shares of Class B common stock in respect of deferred equity units of Silvercrest L.P. until such time that the underlying Class B units are issued.
(4)

We will hold 4,790,684 Class A units (or 5,509,286 Class A units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), which will represent the right to receive approximately 41.9% of the distributions made by Silvercrest L.P. (or approximately 45.3% of the distributions made by Silvercrest L.P. if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional

 

48


Table of Contents
  shares of Class A common stock). The 191,828 deferred equity units which have been issued to our principals entitle the holders thereof to participate in distributions from Silvercrest L.P. as if the underlying Class B units are outstanding and thus are taken into account to determine the economic interest of each holder of units in Silvercrest L.P. However, because the Class B units underlying the deferred equity units have not been issued and are not deemed outstanding, the holders of deferred equity units have no voting rights with respect to those Class B units. We will not issue shares of Class B common stock in respect of deferred equity units of Silvercrest L.P. until such time that the underlying Class B units are issued.

Holding Company Structure

Our only business following this offering will be to act as the general partner of Silvercrest L.P. and, as such, we will operate and control all of its business and affairs and consolidate its financial results into our financial statements. The ownership interests of holders of limited partnership interests of Silvercrest L.P. will be accounted for as a non-controlling interest in our consolidated financial statements after this offering.

Net profits, net losses and distributions of Silvercrest L.P. will be allocated and made to each of its partners pro rata in accordance with the number of partnership units of Silvercrest L.P. held by each of them. In addition, Silvercrest L.P. has issued deferred equity units exercisable for Class B units which entitle the holders thereof to receive distributions from Silvercrest L.P. to the same extent as if the underlying Class B units were outstanding. Accordingly, net profits and net losses of Silvercrest L.P. will initially be allocated, and distributions will be made, approximately 41.9% to us and approximately 56.5% to the initial holders of Class B units and holders of deferred equity units (or 45.3% and 53.1%, respectively, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.

As a result of the reorganization, we will operate our business through Silvercrest L.P. and its consolidated subsidiaries. The operations of Silvercrest L.P., and the rights and obligations of its partners, are set forth in the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P., a form of which is being filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The following is a description of the material terms of the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement.

Governance

We will serve as the general partner of Silvercrest L.P. As such, we will control its business and affairs and will be responsible for the management of its business. We also will have the power to delegate some of our management responsibilities as the general partner of Silvercrest L.P. to an Executive Committee consisting of our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Cochran, and the individuals appointed by us to serve as members of the Executive Committee. As of the date hereof, Mr. Cochran and each of Richard R. Hough III, Scott A. Gerard, David J. Campbell and Albert S. Messina will serve as members of the Executive Committee. No limited partners of Silvercrest L.P., in their capacity as such, will have any authority or right to control the management of Silvercrest L.P. or to bind it in connection with any matter.

Voting and Economic Rights

Silvercrest L.P. will issue Class A units, which may only be issued to us, as general partner, and Class B units. Each Class A unit and Class B unit will entitle holders to equal economic rights. Holders of Class B units will have no voting rights, except for the right to approve amendments to the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P. that adversely affect the rights of the holders of Class B units and to approve certain material corporate transactions. See “—Amendments” and “—Material Corporate Transactions.”

We intend to cause Silvercrest L.P. to issue additional Class B units in the future pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, which Class B units may be subject to vesting periods set forth in the relevant award agreements.

 

49


Table of Contents

Net profits, net losses and distributions of Silvercrest L.P. will be allocated and made to each of its partners pro rata in accordance with the number of partnership units of Silvercrest L.P. held by each of them (whether or not vested). In addition, Silvercrest L.P. has issued deferred equity units which entitle the holders thereof to receive distributions from Silvercrest L.P. to the same extent as if the underlying Class B units were outstanding. Silvercrest L.P. will agree to make distributions to the holders of its partnership units, including Silvercrest, for the purpose of funding their tax obligations in respect of Silvercrest L.P. See “—Tax Consequences.” Additional distributions from Silvercrest L.P. to us will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, acting on our behalf as the general partner of Silvercrest L.P. Silvercrest L.P. may not make any distributions to its partners if doing so would violate any agreement to which it is then a party or any law then applicable to it, have the effect of rendering it insolvent or result in it having net capital lower than that required by applicable law.

Assuming Silvercrest L.P. makes distributions to its partners in any given year, the determination to pay dividends, if any, to our Class A common stockholders will be made by our board of directors. Because our board of directors may or may not decide to pay dividends to our Class A stockholders, our Class A stockholders may not necessarily receive dividend distributions relating to our pro rata share of the income earned by Silvercrest L.P. even if Silvercrest L.P. makes such distributions to us.

Coordination of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. and Silvercrest L.P.

At any time Silvercrest issues a share of our Class A common stock for cash, assets or other consideration, the net proceeds received by Silvercrest will be promptly transferred to Silvercrest L.P., and Silvercrest L.P. will issue to Silvercrest one of its Class A units. Alternatively, if otherwise agreed by us and any holder of Class B units, we may use the proceeds from the sale of a share of Class A common stock to purchase a Class B unit from such limited partner of Silvercrest L.P. Upon the purchase of a Class B unit by Silvercrest, the Class B unit will automatically be converted into a Class A unit. If at any time we issue a share of our Class A common stock pursuant to our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, we will be deemed to have contributed to Silvercrest L.P. all of the proceeds we receive (if any), and Silvercrest L.P. will be deemed to have purchased from us the Class A common stock for the amount of the contribution and will issue to us one of its Class A units, having the same restrictions, if any, attached to the shares of Class A common stock issued under this plan. If we issue other classes or series of our equity securities, (i) Silvercrest L.P. will issue, and (ii) Class B units (if any) transferred to us by its limited partners in exchange for our newly issued equity securities will be converted automatically into, an equal number of equity securities of Silvercrest L.P. with designations, preferences and other rights and terms that are substantially the same as our newly issued equity securities. Conversely, if we redeem any shares of our Class A common stock (or our equity securities of other classes or series) for cash, Silvercrest L.P. will, immediately prior to our redemption, redeem an equal number of Class A units (or its equity securities of the corresponding classes or series) held by us, upon the same terms and for the same price, as the shares of our Class A common stock (or our equity securities of such other classes or series) are redeemed.

The Compensation Committee of our board of directors, as the administrator of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, in its sole discretion, may cause Silvercrest L.P. to grant equity-based awards to its employees exercisable for, or awarded in, Class B units or shares of Class A common stock. If Class B units are issued at any time after this offering, the holder will be entitled to receive a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock in exchange for the payment of their par value, as long as the holder agrees to be bound by the terms of the stockholders’ agreement described under “—Stockholders’ Agreement Among Class B Stockholders.” Silvercrest L.P. may also, from time to time, issue other classes or series of partnership units having such relative rights, powers and preferences in profits, losses, allocations and distributions of Silvercrest L.P. as may be designated by us.

Pursuant to the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P., we will agree, as general partner, that we will not conduct any business other than the management and ownership of Silvercrest L.P. and its subsidiaries, or own (other than on a temporary basis) any other assets, other than certain cash accounts, although we may incur indebtedness and may take other actions if we determine in good faith that

 

50


Table of Contents

such indebtedness or other actions are in the best interest of Silvercrest L.P. In addition, partnership units of Silvercrest L.P., as well as our common stock, will be subject to equivalent stock splits, dividends and reclassifications.

Issuances and Transfer of Units

Class A units may only be issued to us, the general partner of Silvercrest L.P., and are non-transferable. Class B units may be issued only to persons or entities to which we agree to permit the issuance of units in exchange for cash or other consideration, including the services of Silvercrest L.P.’s and its subsidiaries’ employees. Class B units may not be transferred except, with our consent, to certain permitted transferees or a permitted charitable institution, subject to conditions we may specify, or as described below under “—Exchange Rights.” If a Class B unitholder is permitted to transfer its Class B units, the holder of Class B units may not transfer any Class B units to any person unless he or she transfers an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock to the same transferee.

Extraordinary Corporate Transactions

If Silvercrest L.P. proposes to engage in certain extraordinary corporate transactions, including a merger, consolidation, or conversion to another business entity, we, in our capacity as the general partner, along with a majority in interest of the holders of the Class B units, will have the power and authority to approve such a transaction. If Silvercrest L.P. proposes to dissolve, we, in our capacity as general partner, along with 75% in interest of the holders of our Class B units, will have the power and authority to approve a dissolution by vote.

Exchange Rights

We have reserved for issuance 8,582,996 shares of our Class A common stock, which is the aggregate number of shares of our Class A common stock expected to be issued over time upon exchanges pursuant to an exchange agreement to be entered into with each of our principals and the provisions of the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P. by:

 

   

all principals who hold Class B units outstanding immediately after this offering;

 

   

recipients of grants that may be made, or have been made at the consummation of this offering, under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, pursuant to which Silvercrest L.P. will have reserved a number of Class B units equal to 15% of the total number of units of Silvercrest L.P. outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering, assuming no anti-dilution adjustments based on share splits, dividends or reclassifications; and

 

   

all holders of the deferred equity units and performance units to acquire up to 191,828 Class B units that have been granted prior to the consummation of this offering.

Principals may exchange their vested Class B units for shares of our Class A common stock at the times and in the amounts described below.

Pursuant to the exchange agreement, so long as a principal is employed by us, each year in the period beginning on the six-month anniversary of the consummation of this offering, a principal and his permitted transferees may collectively exchange up to the number of vested Class B units that equals 20% of all Class B units such principal and his or her permitted transferees collectively hold as of the first day of that year, in accordance with the timing restrictions described under “—Resale and Registration Rights Agreement.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, each principal shall commit to retain at least 25% of the number of Class B units held by the principal on the date of the consummation of this offering or on the date of such principal’s initial employment if such principal was hired after the consummation of this offering (as adjusted for any stock splits, dividends and reclassifications occurring after this offering). Any principal who is hired by our company after the

 

51


Table of Contents

consummation of this offering may not exchange any Class B units during his or her first year of employment with our company. In addition, unless otherwise determined by the Executive Committee, in its sole discretion, upon a termination of employment for any reason other than retirement, all of the Class B units held by a principal shall be exchanged automatically for shares of our Class A common stock, subject to the forfeiture of any Class B units as described under “—Restrictive Covenants—Forfeiture or Repurchase of Class B units and Class A Common Stock” below.

Pursuant to the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P., if the amount of income taxes that principals are required to pay due to the grant or vesting of their Class B units, the exercise of their options to acquire Class B units and/or the exchange of their Class B units for shares of our Class A common stock upon termination of employment (whether or not they are employees at the time that the tax payment obligation arises) exceeds the net proceeds they would receive upon the sale of all of the shares of our Class A common stock issued to them in exchange for 20% of Class B units that they hold as of the first day of the year with respect to which the tax is payable, then they will instead be entitled to exchange an amount of vested Class B units, subject to any applicable securities law limitations, and resell an equal number of shares of our Class A common stock issued in exchange for such Class B units such that the net proceeds from the sale of this amount of shares would enable them to pay all such taxes due. In addition, we may allow principals to make exchanges in amounts exceeding those described above at any time following the effective date of the shelf registration statement (as described in “—Resale and Registration Rights Agreement”), which determination may be withheld, delayed, or granted on such terms and conditions as our Executive Committee may determine, in its sole discretion.

Any principal who has acquired a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock in connection with the original issuance of Class B units, which includes all holders of the 6,459,316 Class B units to be issued to the 38 principals in Silvercrest L.P. in connection with the reorganization, must deliver a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock to us for redemption in connection with exercising his, her or its right to exchange Class B units for shares of our Class A common stock.

Restrictive Covenants

Non-Solicitation

Pursuant to the terms of the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement, each of the principals of Silvercrest L.P. will agree not to solicit our clients or any other employees of Silvercrest L.P. during the term of his or her employment and for 18 months thereafter.

Confidential Information

Pursuant to the terms of the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement, each of the principals of Silvercrest L.P. will agree to protect the confidential information of Silvercrest L.P. This covenant will survive the termination of his or her employment.

Forfeiture or Repurchase of Class B Units and Class A Common Stock

Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, or previously agreed to by the principal and his or her permitted transferees and us, if a principal of Silvercrest L.P. breaches any of the non-solicitation or confidentiality covenants described above while employed, then, pursuant to the terms of the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement, the principal, and, to the extent of any Class B units transferred after the date of the consummation of this offering, his or her permitted transferees, would forfeit all of his, her or their unvested Class B units and 80% of the number of vested Class B units collectively held by the principal and his or her permitted transferees. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, or previously agreed to by the principal and his or her permitted transferees and us, if a principal of

 

52


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P. breaches any of the non-solicitation or confidentiality covenants described above, after the termination of his or her employment, or, if a principal voluntarily resigns or retires and competes with our company during the 12 months following his or her termination of employment, then, in addition to any legal rights and remedies available to us, the principal (and to the extent of any Class B units transferred after the date of the consummation of this offering, his or her permitted transferees) would forfeit all of his, her or their unvested Class B units and/or shares of Class A common stock, if any, and, at the option of Silvercrest L.P., would be required to sell to Silvercrest L.P. all of the vested Class B units collectively held by the principal and his or her permitted transferees for a purchase price equal to the lesser of (i) the capital account balance of the principal and his or her permitted transferees in Silvercrest L.P. and (ii) the purchase price paid by the terminated principal to first acquire the Class B units, and, at our option, would be required to sell to us all of the Class A common stock collectively held by the principal and his or her permitted transferees for a purchase price equal to the purchase price paid by the principal to first acquire the Class B units for which such shares of Class A common stock had been exchanged. To the extent a retired principal violates these restrictive covenants or competes with our company during the 12 months following his or her termination of employment and the retired principal or his or her permitted transferees sold more than 20% of the Class B units and/or shares of Class A common stock held by the retired principal and his or her permitted transferees on the date of the principal’s retirement, then, in addition to the repurchase of Class B units and shares of Class A common stock described above, we will have the right to recover from the retired principal the purchase price received for the shares of Class A common stock and/or Class B units sold less the purchase price originally paid to acquire the securities above an amount equal to 20% of the securities held on the date of retirement. In addition to the forfeiture, repurchase and recovery provisions described above, if a principal violates the non-solicitation or confidentiality covenants or competes with our company within the 12-month period following a voluntary resignation of employment or retirement, then the principal will cease to receive any payments required to be made to the principal under the tax receivable agreement. See “—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Repurchase of Class B Units Upon Termination for Cause

Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, or previously agreed to by the principal, his or her permitted transferees and us, if a principal of Silvercrest L.P. is terminated for cause, the principal (and, to the extent of any Class B units transferred after the date of the consummation of this offering, his or her permitted transferees) would forfeit all of his, her or their unvested Class B units, if any, and, at our option, Silvercrest L.P. would have the right to redeem all of the vested Class B units collectively held by the principal and his or her permitted transferees for a purchase price equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate capital account balance in Silvercrest L.P. of the principal and his or her permitted transferees and (ii) the purchase price paid by the terminated principal to first acquire the Class B units. In addition to the redemption described above, any principal terminated for cause will cease to receive any payments required to be made to the principal under the tax receivable agreement. See “—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Indemnification and Exculpation

To the extent permitted by applicable law, Silvercrest L.P. will indemnify us, as its general partner, its authorized officers, its other employees and its agents from and against any losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses, fees or penalties incurred by any acts or omissions of these persons, provided that the acts or omissions of these indemnified persons are not the result of fraud, intentional misconduct or a violation of the implied contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing, or any lesser standard of conduct permitted under applicable law.

We, as the general partner, and the authorized officers, other employees and agents of Silvercrest L.P., will not be liable to Silvercrest L.P., its partners or their affiliates for damages incurred by any acts or omissions of these persons, provided that the acts or omissions of these exculpated persons are not the result of fraud, intentional misconduct or a violation of the implied contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing, or any lesser standard of conduct permitted under applicable law.

 

53


Table of Contents

Amendments

The second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P. may be amended with the consent of the general partner and the holders of at least 60% of the Class B units, provided that the general partner may, without the consent of the holders of at least 60% of the Class B units, make amendments that, generally, are not expected to adversely affect the holders of Class B units.

Resale and Registration Rights Agreement

Pursuant to a resale and registration rights agreement that we will enter into with our principals, the shares of Class A common stock issued upon exchange will be eligible for resale pursuant to a shelf registration statement, or otherwise, subject to the resale timing and manner limitations described below. Pursuant to this agreement, when Silvercrest L.P. issues any Class B units to its employees, partners or other consultants pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the recipient will be entitled to the same resale and registration rights, and will be subject to the same restrictions, as the principals holding Class B units outstanding immediately following this offering.

Pursuant to the resale and registration rights agreement, we will commit to use our best efforts to:

 

   

file a shelf registration statement in order to register the resale of these shares of Class A common stock as soon as practicable after the date that we become eligible to use Form S-3 under the Securities Act, which is expected to be one year after the consummation of this offering; and

 

   

cause the SEC to declare the shelf registration statement effective as soon as practicable thereafter.

From the first effective date of the shelf registration statement until the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, principals holding Class B units, subject to the exchange timing and volume limitations described above under “—Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.—Exchange Rights,” will be able to sell the shares of Class A common stock issued upon exchange pursuant to the shelf registration statement. Prior to the first effective date of the shelf registration statement, principals holding Class B units may, subject to securities law limitations, sell their shares in any manner, but only at times determined by us in our sole discretion and subject to the timing and volume limitations described above under “—Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.—Exchange Rights.” Principals who hold Class B units will be permitted to sell shares of Class A common stock issued upon exchange of Class B units during the first 10-day period of the open trading window of each quarter by submitting a request to the Executive Committee to sell a specified number of shares. The Executive Committee may, in its discretion, deny the request of any principal to sell his or her underlying shares of Class A common stock. If a sale request by a principal is denied, the denied holder will be given the first opportunity to sell shares of Class A common stock in the next available open window. Thereafter, principals holding Class B units will be able to exchange their Class B units for shares of our Class A common stock, subject to the exchange timing and volume limitations described above under “—Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.—Exchange Rights” and will be permitted to sell their shares in any manner, but only at times determined by us, in our sole discretion.

Notwithstanding the restrictions described above and below, subject to securities law limitations, (i) holders of shares of Class A common stock issued upon exchange of Class B units after the consummation of this offering may always sell a number of shares of Class A common stock sufficient to cover any taxes due on the exchange, using an assumed tax rate equal to the applicable prevailing capital gains rate at the time of the exchange, and (ii) the estate of any deceased holder, or the beneficiaries thereof, and any principal who has retired or whose employment has been terminated due to death or disability may sell any or all shares of Class A common stock he or she holds without regard to the restrictions described above.

Following the termination of a principal’s employment other than in the case of retirement or termination for cause, the Class B units held by the terminated principal will be automatically exchanged, and the

 

54


Table of Contents

corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock redeemed, for shares of our Class A common stock, subject to any required forfeiture or repurchase of Class B units as described under “—Restrictive Covenants—Forfeiture or Repurchase of Class B Units and Class A Common Stock” above. If the principal’s employment was terminated for any reason other than retirement, death, disability or voluntarily resignation, the principal may, subject to securities law limitations, (i) at the time of termination of employment, sell a number of shares of Class A common stock sufficient to cover any taxes due on the exchange of Class B units, and (ii) in each 12-month period following the 18-month anniversary of the termination, sell a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to one-half of the difference between the aggregate number of vested shares of Class A common stock received upon exchange of the Class B units held as of the date of termination of his or her employment and the number of shares, if any, of Class A common stock the principal sold to cover taxes to the exchange subsequent to the principal’s termination. If a principal voluntarily terminates his or her employment, then the principal may, subject to securities law limitations, (i) at the time of termination of employment, sell a number of shares of Class A common stock sufficient to cover taxes due on the exchange of Class B units and (ii) in each 12-month period following the 18-month anniversary of the termination, sell a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to one-third of the difference between the aggregate number of vested shares of Class A common stock received upon exchange of the Class B units held as of the date of termination of his or her employment and the number of shares, if any, of Class A common stock the principal sold to cover taxes to the exchange subsequent to the principal’s termination. If the principal has retired, died or become disabled, he or she (or his or her estate) may sell any and all shares of Class A common stock or Class B units held by such retired, deceased or disabled principal, subject to any applicable securities law limitations. If the amount of income taxes that principals are required to pay due to the exchange of their Class B units for shares of our Class A common stock (whether or not they are employees at the time that the tax payment obligations arises) exceeds the net proceeds they would receive upon the sale of all shares they are permitted to sell pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph during the year with respect to which the tax is payable, then they will instead be entitled to sell a number of shares of our Class A common stock sufficient to provide net proceeds that would enable them to pay the taxes due.

We have agreed to indemnify the principals who hold the Class B units against any losses or damages resulting from any untrue statement or omission of material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which they may sell the shares of our Class A common stock they receive upon exchange of their Class B units, unless such liability arose from the selling stockholder’s misstatement or omission, and the principals who hold Class B units have agreed to indemnify us against all losses caused by their misstatements or omissions. We will pay all expenses incident to our performance under the resale and registration rights agreement, and the selling stockholders will pay their respective portions of all transfer taxes and selling expenses relating to the sale of their shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the registration rights agreement.

Voting Rights of Class A and Class B Stockholders

Each share of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will entitle its holder to one vote. Immediately after this offering, our Class B common stockholders will hold approximately 57.4% of the combined voting power of our common stock (or 54.0% if the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock). We intend to cause Silvercrest L.P. to issue additional Class B units to our employees in various forms of equity compensation, such as restricted Class B units and options to acquire Class B units. Silvercrest L.P. will initially be authorized to issue additional Class B units in an amount not exceeding 15% of all partnership units outstanding as of the consummation of this offering pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The holders of any vested or unvested Class B units issued after this offering will be entitled to receive a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock in exchange for the payment of their par value and, therefore, the voting power of our Class B common stockholders will increase to the extent that we grant Class B unit awards pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, to our employees, partners or other consultants. Conversely, when any principal who holds vested Class B units exchanges them for the corresponding number of shares of our Class A common stock, any principal who holds unvested Class B units forfeits a Class B unit or has it repurchased

 

55


Table of Contents

due to applicable vesting provisions, or any principal who holds vested or unvested Class B units forfeits a Class B unit due to a breach of restrictive covenants contained in the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P. or the holder voluntarily resigns or retires and competes with our company in the 12-month period following termination of employment, it will result in the automatic redemption of the corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock and, therefore, will decrease the aggregate voting power of our Class B stockholders.

Stockholders’ Agreement Among Class B Stockholders

Concurrently with the consummation of this offering and the reorganization, our principals will enter into a stockholders’ agreement with respect to all shares of Class B common stock then held by them and any additional shares of Class B common stock they may acquire in the future. Pursuant to this stockholders’ agreement, our principals will agree to vote all their shares of Class B common stock together on any matter submitted to our common stockholders for a vote. Upon a termination of employment, including a retirement, the terminated principal will cease to be a party to the stockholders’ agreement and will no longer be subject to the voting obligation contained in the agreement.

Prior to any vote of our common stockholders, the Executive Committee will convene to determine how the principals should vote their shares of Class B common stock and Class A common stock on each matter upon which a vote of all common stockholders is proposed to be taken. The vote of each member of the Executive Committee shall be weighted based on the number of Class B units owned by the member relative to the number of Class B units held by all members of the Executive Committee. Since Mr. Cochran, our Chief Executive Officer, owns a greater percentage of equity than the rest of the members of the Executive Committee collectively, he will initially control the vote of such committee, and as a result, all of the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by our principals. Each principal must then vote all of his or her shares of Class B common stock in accordance with the determination of the Executive Committee. In order to give effect to these voting provisions, each principal will grant to each member of the Executive Committee an irrevocable proxy to vote all his or her shares of Class B common stock in accordance with the determination of the Executive Committee.

In addition, pursuant to this stockholders’ agreement, each principal will agree that:

 

   

the principal will not transfer any shares of Class B common stock to any person unless the principal transfers an equal number of Class B units to the same person; and

 

   

in the event the principal transfers any Class B units to any person, the principal will transfer an equal number of shares of Class B common stock to the same person.

This stockholders’ agreement may only be amended with the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Class B common stock that are party to this agreement. The stockholders’ agreement terminates on the earliest of the first date on which (i) there is no Class B stockholder remaining, (ii) Mr. Cochran beneficially owns less than 50% of the shares of Class B common stock that he beneficially owned immediately following this offering, but after giving effect to any purchase of shares with the net proceeds of this offering, (iii) Mr. Cochran ceases to be our chief executive officer or (iv) the Executive Committee and holders of at least 75% of the outstanding Class B common stock agree to terminate the stockholders’ agreement.

Tax Consequences

The holders of partnership units of Silvercrest L.P., including us, generally will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any net taxable income of Silvercrest L.P. Net profits and net losses of Silvercrest L.P. generally will be allocated to its partners pro rata in proportion to their respective partnership units. The second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P. will provide for cash distributions to its partners if the taxable income of Silvercrest L.P. gives rise to taxable income for its partners. In accordance with this agreement, Silvercrest L.P. will make distributions to the existing holders

 

56


Table of Contents

of its partnership units for the purpose of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Silvercrest L.P. that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the net taxable income of Silvercrest L.P. allocable per partnership unit multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest combined U.S. federal and applicable state and local tax rate applicable to any partner (taking into account the deductibility of state and local taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

Silvercrest L.P. has made a Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code election. As a result of this election any future exchanges of Class B units for shares of our Class A common stock, are expected to result in increases in our share of the tax basis in the tangible and intangible assets of Silvercrest L.P. at the time of our acquisition of partnership units, which will increase the tax depreciation and amortization deductions available to us. These increases in tax basis and tax depreciation and amortization deductions are expected to reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

Tax Receivable Agreement

We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our principals, and any future employee holders of Class B units, that will require us to pay them 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that we actually realize (or are deemed to realize in the case of an early termination payment by us, or a change in control, as discussed below) as a result of the increases in tax basis described above and certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This will be our obligation and not the obligation of Silvercrest L.P. We expect to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash savings, if any, realized. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, cash savings in income tax will be computed by comparing our actual income tax liability to the amount of such taxes that we would have been required to pay had there been no increase in our share of the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Silvercrest L.P. The term of the tax receivable agreement will commence upon consummation of this offering and will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless we exercise our right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on an agreed-upon value of payments remaining to be made under the agreement. Our obligation to make payments to a principal pursuant to the tax receivable agreement will automatically terminate if such principal (i) is terminated for cause, (ii) breaches his or her non-solicitation covenants with our company or (iii) voluntarily resigns or retires and competes with our company in the 12-month period following resignation of employment or retirement.

Estimating the amount of payments that we may be required to make under the tax receivable agreement is imprecise by its nature, because the actual increase in our share of the tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

 

   

the timing of exchanges of Class B units for shares of our Class A common stock—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair market value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable and amortizable assets of Silvercrest L.P. at the time of the exchanges;

 

   

the price of our Class A common stock at the time of exchanges of Class B units—the increase in our share of the basis in the assets of Silvercrest L.P., as well as the increase in any tax deductions, will be related to the price of our Class A common stock at the time of these exchanges;

 

   

the extent to which these exchanges are taxable—if an exchange is not taxable for any reason (for instance, if a principal who holds Class B units exchanges units in order to make a charitable contribution), increased deductions will not be available;

 

   

the tax rates in effect at the time we utilize the increased amortization and depreciation deductions; and

 

   

the amount and timing of our income—we will be required to pay 85% of the tax savings, as and when realized, if any. If we do not have taxable income, we generally will not be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no tax savings will have been actually realized.

 

57


Table of Contents

We expect that, as a result of the size of the increases in our share of the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Silvercrest L.P. attributable to our interest therein, the payments that we make under the tax receivable agreement will likely be substantial. Assuming that there are no material changes in the relevant tax law, and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize the full tax benefit of the increased depreciation and amortization of our assets, we expect that future payments under the tax receivable agreement in respect of our initial purchase of partnership units of Silvercrest L.P. will aggregate approximately $4.9 million, or $0.3 million per year over the next 15 years. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the aggregate amount of future payments to holders of Class B units in respect of the purchase by approximately $0.5 million. Future payments under the tax receivable agreement in respect of subsequent exchanges will be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial.

In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that, upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, our (or our successors’) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired Class B units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement.

Decisions made by the continuing partners of Silvercrest L.P. in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling principal under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction will generally accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase an existing owner’s tax liability without giving rise to any rights of a principal to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Were the IRS to successfully challenge the tax basis increases described above, we would not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, we could make payments under the tax receivable agreement in excess of our actual cash savings in income tax.

 

58


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock by us in this offering will be approximately $57.6 million (or approximately $66.3 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), in each case after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use approximately $42.4 million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase an aggregate of 3,540,684 Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. from existing limited partners including Vulcan and will not retain any of these proceeds. We intend to purchase an aggregate of 862,027 Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. from 20 of our 38 principals, with no one principal, other than Mr. Jaffe, selling more than 10% of the aggregate number of Class B units held by the principal immediately following our reorganization. We will purchase all of the Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. held by Vulcan. The purchase price for the Class B units will be determined by the public offering price of our Class A common stock in this offering less the per share amount of offering expenses incurred by us. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds of this offering, including any proceeds from the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, to purchase additional Class A units from Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest L.P. will use such proceeds for general corporate purposes, which may include business operations, investments in our business and new investment strategies and strategic acquisitions for which no targets have been identified.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share of our Class A common stock would increase (decrease) the amount of net proceeds to us from this offering available to purchase Class B units from our existing limited partners by approximately $4.8 million, and, as a result, the amount of proceeds available to us for general corporate purposes by approximately $4.8 million, assuming the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

59


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Our Dividend Policy

Following this offering, we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends. We expect that our first dividend will be paid in the fourth quarter of 2013 and will be $0.12 per share of our Class A common stock. Only holders of our Class A common stock will be entitled to any dividend declared by us on our capital stock. We will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than our ownership of the general partnership interest of Silvercrest L.P. As a result, we intend to fund our initial dividend, as well as any future dividend, from our 42.6% portion of the distributions from Silvercrest L.P. (or 46.0% portion if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). If Silvercrest L.P. makes distributions to its partners, holders of Class B units will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions on a pro rata basis.

All of the foregoing is subject to the qualification that the declaration and payment of any distributions by Silvercrest L.P. are at our sole discretion, as general partner, and we may change our distribution policy at any time.

In addition, the declaration and payment of any dividends to our stockholders will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board or directors may decide not to declare a dividend on our Class A common stock even if Silvercrest L.P. makes a distribution to its partners, including Silvercrest. In determining whether to make a dividend payment to our Class A stockholders, our board of directors will take into account:

 

   

our financial results as well as the financial results of Silvercrest L.P.;

 

   

our available cash and anticipated cash needs;

 

   

the capital requirements of our company and our direct and indirect subsidiaries (including Silvercrest L.P.);

 

   

contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions on, and implications of, the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our direct and indirect subsidiaries (including Silvercrest L.P.) to us;

 

   

general economic and business conditions; and

 

   

such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant.

Other than the new proposed credit facility, which SAMG LLC intends to enter into prior to the offering, neither we nor any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries has any debt obligations that limit our or its ability to pay dividends or distributions. We would expect that our new proposed credit facility would limit SAMG LLC’s ability to make distributions to the extent SAMG LLC is not in compliance with covenants and financial ratios related to such facility. However, pursuant to its second amended and restated limited partnership agreement, Silvercrest L.P. may not make any distributions to its partners, including us, if doing so would violate any agreement to which it is then a party or any law then applicable to it, have the effect of rendering it insolvent or result in it having net capital lower than that required by applicable law.

Our dividend policy has certain risks and limitations, particularly with respect to liquidity. Although we expect to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may not pay dividends according to our policy, or at all, if, among other things, we do not have the cash necessary to pay our intended dividends. By paying cash dividends rather than saving or investing that cash, we risk, among other things, slowing the pace of our growth and having insufficient cash to fund our operations or unanticipated capital expenditures.

Silvercrest L.P.’s Historical Distributions

Prior to the completion of this offering, Silvercrest L.P. was owned by 38 of its current employees and one outside investor. All decisions regarding the amount and timing of distributions were made by Silvercrest GP LLC as the general partner of Silvercrest L.P. prior to this offering, based on an assessment of appropriate amounts of distributions, taking into account Silvercrest L.P.’s capital needs, as well as actual and potential earnings.

 

60


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P. made distributions to its partners of $13.7 million and $7.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $14.8 million, $10.0 million, $5.9 million, $7.4 million, and $12.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Prior to the consummation of this offering, Silvercrest L.P. intends to make a distribution to its existing partners in the aggregate amount of approximately $10.0 million out of available cash and through borrowings under a new credit facility which the subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P. have entered into with City National Bank. Purchasers in this offering will not be entitled to receive any portion of this distribution and such distribution may not be indicative of the amount of any future distributions.

 

61


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2013 (1) on an actual basis for Silvercrest L.P. and (2) on a pro forma basis for Silvercrest after giving effect to the transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” including the reorganization and the application of the net proceeds from this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares). The table below should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the historical consolidated financial statements of Silvercrest L.P. and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2013  
     Silvercrest L.P.
Actual
    Silvercrest Pro Forma  
    

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Cash and cash equivalents (1)

   $ 4,355      $ 15,745   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, including current portion

     4,350        10,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable equity

     111,048        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (deficit) equity

     (79,204     69,920   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 36,194      $ 80,270   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Prior to the consummation of this offering, Silvercrest L.P. intends to make a distribution to its existing limited partners in the aggregate amount of approximately $10.0 million. The distribution will be funded partially from undistributed earnings and cash accumulated subsequent to March 31, 2013 and partially from borrowings under a new credit facility which the subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P. have entered into with City National Bank. Such distribution will be funded at the time of the reorganization but before the consummation of this offering. The pro forma effect of the reorganization and the offering on Cash and cash equivalents does not reflect the undistributed earnings and cash which we have accumulated subsequent to March 31, 2013. This distribution is reflected in the “Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. Consolidated Pro Forma” column of the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as of March 31, 2013 included in “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

62


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock upon completion of this offering.

Our pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2013 was approximately $(12.2) million, or approximately $1.09 per share of our Class A common stock. Pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, after giving effect to the reorganization and the distribution by Silvercrest L.P. to its pre-offering partners of some of its retained profits as of the date of the closing of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale by us of 4,790,684 shares of Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the assumed exchange of all Class B units held by our principals that will be outstanding immediately after the reorganization for the corresponding number of shares of our Class A common stock, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at March 31, 2013 was $15.2 million, or $1.35 per share of our Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2.44 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $11.65 per share to the new investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock

     $ 13.00   

Pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock at March 31, 2013

   $ (1.09  

Increase in pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock attributable to new investors

   $ 2.44     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     $ 1.35   
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock to new investors

     $ 11.65   
    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth, on the same pro forma, as adjusted basis at March 31, 2013, the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us and the total consideration and the average price per share paid by existing equity holders, which consist of the principals, and by new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering, assuming that all principals who hold Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. immediately after the consummation of the reorganization have exchanged all their Class B units for the corresponding number of shares of our Class A common stock:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing equity holders

     6,459         57.4   $ —           0.0   $ —     

New investors

     4,791         42.6        62,279         100.0        13.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     11,250         100.0   $ 62,279         100.0   $ 5.54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $4.8 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $2.00 per share, representing an increase to existing holders of $3.09 per share, and there will be an immediate dilution of $11.00 per share to new investors.

 

63


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth selected historical combined consolidated financial and other data of Silvercrest L.P., which is deemed to be our predecessor for accounting purposes, as of the dates and for the periods indicated. As discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, Silvercrest L.P. was formed on December 10, 2008 and commenced operations on January 1, 2009. For reporting purposes, all balances of Silvercrest Asset Management Group LLC, the accounting predecessor to Silvercrest L.P., were carried over to Silvercrest L.P. at their carrying values on December 31, 2008. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated statements of financial position data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from the Silvercrest L.P. and subsidiaries audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the consolidated statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 has been derived from consolidated financial statements of Silvercrest L.P. and subsidiaries not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the consolidated statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2008 have been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Silvercrest Asset Management Group LLC and subsidiaries not included in this prospectus.

The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the selected consolidated statements of financial condition data as of March 31, 2013 have been derived from the Silvercrest L.P. unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary selected consolidated statement of financial condition data as of March 31, 2012 have been derived from the Silvercrest L.P. unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as of March 31, 2012, not included in this prospectus. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on substantially the same basis as our annual consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our consolidated results of operations and financial condition for the periods and as of the date presented. Our results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of our results for a full fiscal year.

You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial data together with “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical combined consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the following table, dollars are in thousands, except assets under management which is in billions.

 

64


Table of Contents
    Historical Silvercrest L.P.     Pro Forma Silvercrest  
    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended

March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008 (1)     2013     2012     2012     2013  

Statements of operations data:

                 

Revenue:

                 

Management and advisory fees

  $ 46,069      $ 37,869      $ 32,442      $ 29,341      $ 40,987      $ 12,457      $ 10,682      $ 46,069      $ 12,457   

Performance fees and allocations

    714        85        548        96        75        3        —          714        3   

Family office services

    4,907        4,833        3,841        3,097        2,019        1,225        1,198        4,907        1,225   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    51,690        42,787        36,831        32,534        43,081        13,685        11,880        51,690        13,685   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

                 

Compensation and benefits

    19,108        17,492        16,528        15,630        18,399        5,201        4,768        31,237        8,081   

General and administrative

    13,680        10,849        9,459        13,006        11,943        2,710        2,566        13,680        2,710   

Impairment charges

    —          —          —          1,691        9,599        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    32,788        28,341        25,987        30,327        39,941        7,911        7,334        44,917        10,791   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before other income (expense), net

    18,902        14,446        10,844        2,207        3,140        5,774        4,546        6,773        2,894   

Other income (expense), net:

                 

Gain on extinguishment of debt

    —          —          —          3,934        —          —          —          —          —     

Gain on settlement with former Long Champ shareholders

    —          —          —          1,470        —          —          —          —          —     

Loss on forgiveness of notes receivable

    —          (34     (508     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Other income (expense)

    123        (210     32        —          —          29        32        123        29   

Interest income

    145        187        231        213        358        27        45        97        26   

Interest expense

    (304     (164     (241     (467     (613     (37     (64     (500     (86

Change in value of options granted to equity holders

    —          —          —          134        796        —          —          —          —     

Equity income (loss) from investments

    1,911        950        1,241        274        (247     —          —          1,911        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    1,875        729        755        5,558        294        19        13        1,631        (31
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before (provision) benefit for income taxes

    20,777        15,175        11,599        7,765        3,434        5,793        4,559        8,404        2,863   

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

    (1,057     (566     (657     321        (1,062     (329     (270     (2,096     (785
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 19,720      $ 14,609      $ 10,942      $ 8,086      $ 2,372      $ 5,464      $ 4,289        6,308        2,077   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

                  (4,308     (1,473
               

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Silvercrest

                $ 2,001      $ 604   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selected statements of financial position data:

                 

Total assets

  $ 52,454      $ 45,262      $ 33,079      $ 29,964      $ 37,719      $ 45,037      $ 40,454        $ 73,535   

Notes payable

    3,315        4,809        2,957        7,120        8,855        4,350        4,362          10,350   

Total liabilities

    14,317        15,751        12,490        14,893        23,282        13,193        12,645          26,448   

Redeemable partners’/members’ capital

    98,607        85,177        45,619        34,219        83,377        111,048        80,919          —     

Partners’/members’ deficit/Stockholders’ equity

    (60,470     (55,666     (25,030     (19,148     (68,940     (79,204     (53,110       69,920   

Non-controlling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —            (22,833

Selected unaudited operating data:

                 

Assets under management (in billions) (2)

  $ 11.2      $ 10.1      $ 9.2      $ 8.8      $ 7.8      $ 13.6      $ 11.1       

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

  $ 14,702      $ 10,839      $ 9,068      $ 6,499      $ 7,107      $ 4,137      $ 3,447       

Adjusted EBITDA margin (4)

    28.4     25.3     24.6     20.0     16.5     30.2     29.0    

 

(1) Effective January 1, 2009, each of the members of SAMG LLC contributed their limited liability company interests in SAMG LLC to Silvercrest L.P. in return for limited partnership interests in Silvercrest L.P., and membership interests in Silvercrest GP LLC. As a result of the reorganization SAMG LLC became a wholly owned subsidiary of Silvercrest L.P. The reorganization was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control.
(2) As of the last day of the period.
(3)

To provide investors with additional insight, promote transparency and allow for a more comprehensive understanding of the information used by management in its financial and operational decision-making, we supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a GAAP basis with Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure of earnings. EBITDA represents net income before income tax expense, interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA without giving effect to professional fees associated with acquisitions or financing transactions, losses on forgiveness of notes receivable from our principals, gains on extinguishment of debt or other obligations related to acquisitions, impairment charges and losses on disposals or abandonment of assets and leaseholds, client reimbursements and fund redemption costs, severance and other similar expenses, but including partner incentive allocations as an expense. Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure to evaluate the profitability and efficiency of our business model. We use this non-GAAP financial measure to assess the strength of the underlying operations of our business. These adjustments, and the non-GAAP financial

 

65


Table of Contents
  measure that is derived from them, provide supplemental information to analyze our operations between periods and over time. Investors should consider our non-GAAP financial measure in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.
(4) Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by total revenue.

The following table contains a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA (amounts in thousands).

 

    Historical Silvercrest L.P.  
    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March  31,
 
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008 (1)     2013     2012  

Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measure:

             

Net income

  $ 19,720      $ 14,609      $ 10,942      $ 8,086      $ 2,372      $ 5,464      $ 4,289   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    1,057        566        657        (321     1,062        329        270   

Interest expense

    304        164        241        467        613        37        64   

Interest income

    (145     (187     (231     (213     (358     (27     (45

Partner/member incentive allocations (A)

    (12,129     (8,775     (5,173     (2,591     (7,171     (2,880     (2,027

Non-performance fee related equity method (gains) losses

    —          —          —          —          247        —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

    1,918        1,469        1,379        1,531        1,539        449        475   

Equity-based compensation

    1,416        1,060        583        —          —          628        431   

Other adjustments (B)

    2,561        1,933        670        (460     8,803        137        (10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 14,702      $ 10,839      $ 9,068      $ 6,499      $ 7,107      $ 4,137      $ 3,447   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (A) Partner/member incentive allocations have historically been treated as distributions of net income and recorded when paid. Upon the completion of the reorganization and this offering, we will account for partner incentive payments as an expense in our statement of operations and have reflected the related adjustments in our pro forma financial information. Accordingly, this will have the effect of increasing compensation expense relative to the amounts that have been recorded historically in our financial statements. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”
  (B) Other adjustments consist of the following:

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008     2013     2012  

Loss on forgiveness of notes receivable (a)

  $ —        $ 34      $ 508      $ —        $ —        $   —        $   —     

Gain on extinguishment of debt (b)

    —          —          —          (3,934     —          —          —     

Gain on settlement with former LongChamp shareholders (b)

    —          —          —          (926     —          —          —     

Write-off of LongChamp revenue (b)

    —          —          64        557        —          —          —     

Loss on sub-lease (c)

    (85     150        —          —          —          (21     (21

Lease abandonment (reversal)/charge (d)

    (662     —          —          1,154        —          —          —     

Goodwill, intangible, and fixed asset impairment charge (e)

    —          —          —          1,691        9,599        —          —     

Client reimbursement

    12        —          —          1,132        —          —          —     

Fund redemption costs (f)

    (4     827        —          —          —          —          9   

IPO professional fees

    2,892        578        —          —          —          8        2   

Acquisition costs (g)

    121        222        —          —          —          51        —     

Severance

    79        69        100        —          —          —          —     

Change in value of options granted to equity holders (h)

    —          —            (134     (796     —          —     

Other (i)

    208        53        (2     —          —          99        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other adjustments

  $ 2,561      $ 1,933      $ 670      $ (460   $ 8,803      $ 137      $ (10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Represents remaining balance on notes originally issued in connection with the issuance of equity that were forgiven in connection with the termination of employee-partners.
  (b) In 2009, we entered into a settlement agreement with the former owners of LGI to close the business of LGI, which was acquired by us in 2007. All agreements between our company and the former owners of LGI were terminated. LGI was ultimately wound down in 2009.
  (c) Reflects the subsequent amortization and an initial charge taken for the difference, on a present value basis, between the per square foot rental rate for our company’s primary lease and a sub-lease that we signed in 2011 with a sub-tenant for our headquarters in New York.
  (d) Reflects a charge and subsequent reversal for the remaining rent expense on a portion of our unutilized space at our headquarters that we abandoned in 2009 and reoccupied in May 2012. A portion of this space is subleased through September 29, 2017.

 

66


Table of Contents
  (e) Includes goodwill and intangibles impairment charges related to the closing of our LGI business. Also reflects an impairment charge related to the write-off of leasehold improvements in the abandoned space in 2009.
  (f) Includes the costs associated with the reimbursement to one of our funds for the difference between the value of certain investor redemptions and the actual proceeds of the underlying securities in 2012 and 2011.
  (g) Reflects the legal and accounting fees associated with the closing of the Ten-Sixty acquisition in 2013, the Commodity Advisors acquisition in 2012 and the Milbank acquisition that were expensed in 2011. Also reflects expenses related to relocating Milbank personnel and operations to our headquarters that were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2012.
  (h) Reflects the change in fair value of options that were granted to previous equity holders to purchase membership in SAMG LLC. The options expired on April 30, 2010.
  (i) For the three months ended March 31, 2013, represents the accrual of Quarterly Income Payments, as defined in the purchase agreement related to the Commodity Advisors acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2012, represents a fair value adjustment to the Milbank contingent consideration of ($42), a non-recurring catch-up operating escalation from our landlord of $97, and $153 of expenses incurred related to our 10th anniversary client event. In 2011, professional fees related to the Milbank acquisition and a Silvercrest fund.

 

67


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited consolidated pro forma financial statements present the consolidated results of operations and financial condition of Silvercrest and its predecessor, Silvercrest L.P., assuming that all of the transactions described in the three bullet points below had been completed as of January 1, 2012 with respect to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively, and as of March 31, 2013, with respect to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of financial condition data as of March 31, 2013. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions and this offering on the historical financial information of Silvercrest L.P.

The pro forma adjustments principally give effect to the following transactions:

 

   

the reorganization described in “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure,” which will occur prior to the consummation of this offering, including our agreement to return 85% of the tax benefits that we receive as a result of our ability to step up our tax basis in the partnership units of Silvercrest L.P. that we acquire from our partners and including the distribution by Silvercrest L.P. of approximately $10.0 million to its existing partners prior to the consummation of this offering;

 

   

the amendment of the partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P., effective as of the consummation of this offering, to eliminate the call and put rights of Silvercrest L.P. and its partners, respectively upon a partner’s death, or, if applicable, termination of employment, which required all partnership units to be classified as temporary equity in Silvercrest L.P.’s consolidated financial statements; and

 

   

the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed offering price of $13.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and the application of the proceeds therefrom, after payment of assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

The unaudited consolidated pro forma financial information of Silvercrest and its predecessor should be read together with “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical consolidated financial statements of Silvercrest L.P. and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited consolidated pro forma financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect our results of operations or financial condition that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited consolidated pro forma financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations or financial condition had the transactions contemplated in connection with the reorganization and this offering been completed on the dates assumed. The unaudited consolidated pro forma financial information also does not project the results of operations or financial condition for any future period or date.

All dollar amounts in the following unaudited consolidated pro forma financial information are presented in thousands, except for per share amounts and except as otherwise indicated.

 

68


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

    Silvercrest
L.P.
Historical
    Reorganization
Adjustments (1)
    Reorganization
Adjustment

Pro  Forma Note
    As Adjusted
Before
Offering
    Offering
Adjustments
(2)
    Offering
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Note
    Silvercrest
Asset
Management
Group Inc.
Consolidated
Pro Forma
 

Revenue:

             

Management and advisory fees

  $ 46,069      $ —          $ 46,069      $ —          $ 46,069   

Performance fees and allocations

    714        —            714        —            714   

Family office services

    4,907        —            4,907        —            4,907   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total revenue

    51,690        —            51,690        —            51,690   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Expenses:

             

Compensation and benefits

    19,108        12,129        (A     31,327        —            31,237   

General and administrative

    13,680        —            13,680        —            13,680   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total expenses

    32,788        12,129          44,917        —            44,917   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before other income (expenses)

    18,902        (12,129       6,773        —            6,773   

Other income (expense):

             

Other income

    123        —            123        —            123   

Interest income

    145        (48     (B     97        —            97   

Interest expense

    (304     (196     (C     (500     —            (500

Equity income from investments

    1,911        —            1,911        —            1,911   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total other income

    1,875        (244       1,631        —            1,631   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    20,777        (12,373       8,404        —            8,404   

Provision for income taxes

    (1,057     —            (1,057     (1,039     (A     (2,096
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (excluding non-recurring charges)

    19,720        (12,373       7,347        (1,039       6,308   

Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests

    —          —            —          (4,308     (B     (4,308
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Silvercrest

  $ 19,720      $ (12,373     $ 7,347      $ (5,347     $ 2,001   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income per share:

             

Basic

              (C   $ 0.36   
             

 

 

 

Diluted

              (C   $ 0.36   
             

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

              (C     5,524,497   
             

 

 

 

Diluted

              (C     5,524,497   
             

 

 

 

 

(1) Reorganization Adjustments:

(A) Reflects the adjustment to treat our historical partner incentive payments of $12,129, which were recorded as distributions when paid prior to this offering, as compensation expense.

 

69


Table of Contents

(B) Reflects an adjustment to eliminate interest income earned on the partner notes receivable from named executive officers as if such notes had been repaid January 1, 2012. Such notes were repaid on September 18, 2012 and April 17, 2013.

(C) Represents interest expense on $6,000 of borrowings under a new credit facility entered into by the subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P. with City National Bank. Such borrowings will be used to partially fund the $10,000 distribution that Silvercrest L.P. intends to make to its existing limited partners prior to the consummation of this offering. The adjustment assumes such borrowings occurred January 1, 2012.

 

(2) Offering Adjustments:

(A) Reflects the impact of federal, state and local income taxes on the income of Silvercrest. The pro forma effective income tax rate is estimated to be approximately 24.9% and was determined by combining the projected federal, state and local income taxes.

Historically, as a flow through entity, Silvercrest L.P. has not been subject to U.S. federal and certain state income taxes, however it has been subject to the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax. As a result of our reorganization, we will become subject to U.S. federal and certain state income taxes applicable to C-Corporations. The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax computed by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to income before provision for income taxes as follows:

 

     For the
Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 
     (dollars in
thousands)
 

Provision at federal statutory rate

   $ 2,941        35.0

State and local income taxes, net of federal

     1,263        15.0

Other permanent items

     (25     (0.3 )% 

Rate benefit from the flow through entity (1)

     (2,083     (24.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 2,096        24.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Rate benefit from the flow through entity is calculated principally by multiplying the consolidated pro forma income before tax by the percentage of non-controlling interests (58.6%) represented by the Class B units and deferred equity units of Silvercrest L.P. and the federal and state statutory rates. The pro forma income before tax attributable to the non-controlling interests would be subject to New York City Unincorporated Business tax at the consolidated level at a statutory rate of 4.0%. The federal and state income taxes on the earnings attributable to the Class B units and deferred equity units will be payable directly by the principals of Silvercrest L.P. who hold such units.

The table above includes certain book to tax differences such as losses recorded on sub-leases and meals and entertainment which represent permanent differences. These differences are recognized at the level of the flow through entity, Silvercrest L.P., which indirectly benefit Silvercrest by reducing the effective income tax rate.

(B) Represents the non-controlling interest allocation of 58.6% (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) of the net income of Silvercrest to Silvercrest L.P. The percentage is based on the Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. to be outstanding after the offering and the unvested deferred equity units (which share in Silvercrest L.P.’s earnings as if vested). All unit amounts set forth below give effect to the unit distribution to be made to the existing limited partners of Silvercrest L.P. subsequent to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in connection with the reorganization. The percentage of ownership interests (including deferred equity units) held by each existing limited partner will not be changed by the unit distribution. The pro forma effect of the unit distribution if it had occurred as of December 31, 2012 would result in 19.27 units being outstanding after the distribution for each unit outstanding prior to the distribution (including deferred equity units).

 

70


Table of Contents

The elimination of the put and call rights associated with the existing limited partnership units of Silvercrest L.P. that will occur as part of the reorganization results in a modification of the terms of the deferred equity units. Such modification will not result in an increase in the fair value of the deferred equity units and therefore no incremental compensation charge is required to be reflected in the pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

 

(dollars in thousands)

   Units Outstanding
Excluding
Deferred Equity Units
    Units Outstanding
Including
Deferred Equity Units
 

Class B units to be outstanding

     6,459,316        6,459,316   

Outstanding deferred equity units at December 31, 2012

     —          329,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total units attributable to non-controlling interest

     6,459,316        6,789,090   

Total units to be outstanding

     11,250,010        11,579,784   

Non-controlling interest allocation

     57.4     58.6

Income before provision for income taxes

     $ 8,404   

Non-controlling interest allocation

       58.6

Non-controlling interest income before provision for income taxes

       4,927   

Non-controlling portion of provision for income taxes (1)

       (619
    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

     $ 4,308   
    

 

 

 

 

(1) The non-controlling portion of provision for income taxes of ($619) for the period ended December 31, 2012, is calculated by multiplying the pro forma provision for income taxes for Silvercrest L.P. of ($1,057) by the non-controlling interest allocation percentage of 58.6%.

(C) Calculation of Earnings per Class A Share

For purposes of calculating the pro forma net income per Class A share, the number of Class A shares of Silvercrest outstanding are calculated as follows:

 

Incremental shares of Class A common stock (1)

     733,803   

Shares of Class A common stock outstanding immediately after this offering

     4,790,694   
  

 

 

 

Total pro forma Class A shares of Silvercrest for purposes of calculating pro forma net income per Class A share

     5,524,497   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents incremental Class A shares whose proceeds are assumed to fund the cash distribution to our existing principals as such distribution exceeds current year pro forma earnings.

 

Distribution prior to offering

   $ 10,000,000   

Other partner distributions

     1,540,000   
  

 

 

 

Total distributions

   $ 11,540,000   

Pro forma net income attributable to Silvercrest

     $2,000,556   
  

 

 

 

Distribution in excess of pro forma net income attributable to Silvercrest

   $ 9,539,444   

Initial public offering price per share

   $ 13.00   
  

 

 

 

Incremental shares of Class A common stock

     733,803   

Shares of Class A common stock outstanding immediately after this offering

     4,790,694   
  

 

 

 

Total pro forma Class A shares of Silvercrest for purposes of calculating pro forma net income per Class A share

     5,524,497   
  

 

 

 

Distributions related to 2012 earnings

   $ 13,669,000   

Less: partner incentive distributions (treated as pro forma compensation expense)

     (12,129,000
  

 

 

 

Other partner distributions

   $ 1,540,000   
  

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

 

The pro forma basic and diluted net income per Class A share is calculated as follows (Dollars in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Basic      Diluted  

Pro forma net income attributable to Silvercrest (2)

   $ 2,001       $ 2,001   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     5,524,497         5,524,497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per Class A share

   $ 0.36       $ 0.36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) Our shares of Class B common stock do not share in our earnings and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding or net income per share. Furthermore, no pro forma effect was given to the future potential exchanges of the 6,459,316 Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. held by our principals that will be outstanding immediately after the consummation of the reorganization and the offering for a corresponding number of shares of our Class A common stock because the issuance of shares of Class A common stock upon these exchanges would not be dilutive.

Employee bonuses and related payroll taxes of $932 are expected to be paid in conjunction with the completion of this offering but have not been reflected in the unaudited pro forma statement of operations given the non-recurring nature of these payments.

 

72


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AS OF MARCH 31, 2013

 

    Silvercrest
L.P. Historical
    Reorganization
Adjustments (1)
    Reorganization
Adjustment
Pro Forma
Note
    As
Adjusted
Before
Offering
    Offering
Adjustments
(2)
    Offering
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Note
    Silvercrest
Asset
Management
Group Inc.
Consolidated
Pro Forma
 

Assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 4,355      $ 167        (A   $ 522      $ 62,279        (A   $ 15,745   
      6,000        (B       (4,048     (A  
      (10,000     (B       (629     (A  
            (42,408     (B  
            30        (A  

Restricted certificates of deposit and escrow

    1,275        —            1,275        —            1,275   

Investments

    84        —            84        —            84   

Receivables, net

    3,307        —            3,307        —            3,307   

Due from Silvercrest Funds

    1,220        —            1,220        —            1,220   

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net

    1,990        —            1,990        —            1,990   

Goodwill

    18,124        —            18,124        —            18,124   

Intangible assets, net

    13,759        —            13,759        —            13,759   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    923        —            923        17,137        (C     18,031   
            (30     (A  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 45,037      $ (3,833     $ 41,204      $ 32,331        $ 73,535   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Partners’ Capital and Partners’ Deficit:

             

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 4,752      $ —          $ 4,752      $ —          $ 4,752   

Accrued compensation

    1,438        2,880        (C     3,809        —            3,809   
      (509     (C        

Notes payable

    4,350        6,000        (B     10,350        —            10,350   

Deferred rent

    2,139        —            2,139        —            2,139   

Deferred tax and other liabilities

    514        —            514        4,884        (C     5,398   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    13,193        8,371          21,564        4,884          26,448   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Redeemable partners’ capital

    113,764        (113,764     (D     —          —            —     

Notes receivable from partners

    (2,716     2,549        (A     —          —            —     
      167        (A        
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total redeemable partners’ capital

    111,048        (111,048       —          —            —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Partners’ Capital/Stockholder’s Equity:

             

Preferred stock, par value $0.01, 10,000,000 shares authorized; and zero shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

    —          —            —          —         

Class A Common stock, par value $0.01, 50,000,000 shares authorized; and 4,790,694 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

    —          —            —          48        (A     48   

Class B Common stock, par value $0.01, 25,000,000 shares authorized; and 6,459,316 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

    —          100        (D     100        (35     (B     65   

Additional paid-in capital

    —          19,540        (D     19,540        (19,540     (B     69,807   
            57,554        (A  
            12,253        (C  

 

73


Table of Contents
    Silvercrest
L.P. Historical
    Reorganization
Adjustments (1)
    Reorganization
Adjustment
Pro Forma
Note
    As
Adjusted
Before
Offering
    Offering
Adjustments
(2)
    Offering
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Note
    Silvercrest
Asset
Management
Group Inc.
Consolidated
Pro Forma
 

Partners’ capital

    48,915        (48,915     (D     —          —            —     
             

Excess of liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partners’ capital over assets

    (128,119     128,119        (D     —          —            —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total partners’ deficit/ stockholders’ equity

    (79,204     98,844          19,640        50,280          69,920   

Non-controlling interests

    —          —            —          (22,833     (B     (22,833
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partners’ deficit/stockholders’ equity

  $ 45,037      $ (3,833     $ 41,204      $ 32,331        $ 73,535   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2013

 

    Silvercrest
L.P.
Historical
    Reorganization
Adjustments (1)
    Reorganization
Adjustment

Pro  Forma Note
    As Adjusted
Before
Offering
    Offering
Adjustments
(2)
    Offering
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Note
    Silvercrest
Asset
Management
Group Inc.
Consolidated
Pro Forma
 

Revenue:

             

Management and advisory fees

  $ 12,457      $ —          $ 12,457      $ —          $ 12,457   

Performance fees and allocations

    3        —            3        —            3   

Family office services

    1,225        —            1,225        —            1,225   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total revenue

    13,685        —            13,685        —            13,685   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Expenses:

             

Compensation and benefits

    5,201        2,880        (C     8,081        —            8,081   

and administrative

    2,710        —            2,710        —            2,710   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total expenses

    7,911        2,880          10,791        —            10,791   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before other income (expenses)

    5,774        (2,880       2,894        —            2,894   

Other income (expense):

             

Other income

    29        —            29        —            29   

Interest income

    27        (1     (A     26        —            26   

Interest expense

    (37     (49     (B     (86     —            (86
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total other income

    19        (50       31        —            31   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    5,793        (2,930       2,863        —            2,863   

Provision for income taxes

    (329     —            (329     (456     (D     (785
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (excluding non-recurring charges)

    5,464        (2,930       2,534        (456       2,077   

Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests

    —          —            —          (1,473     (E     (1,473
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Silvercrest

  $ 5,464      $ (2,930     $ 2,534      $ (1,929     $ 604   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income per share:

             

Basic

              (F   $ 0.11   
             

 

 

 

Diluted

              (F   $ 0.11   
             

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

              (F     5,513,431   
             

 

 

 

Diluted

              (F     5,513,431   
             

 

 

 

 

(1) Reorganization Adjustments:

(A) Represents the reclassification of notes receivable from partners of $2,549 from redeemable partners’ capital to partners’ capital. Also reflects an adjustment of $1 to eliminate interest income earned on the partner notes receivable of $167 from named executive officers, which were repaid on April 17, 2013. Also see Reorganization Adjustments Note (D) which represents pro forma adjustments to additional paid-in capital.

(B) Represents the payment of $10,000 for the cash distribution to our existing principals prior to the consummation of this offering. The distribution will be partially funded by $6,000 of borrowings under a new credit facility that the subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P. entered into with City National Bank. Interest expense related to this borrowing would have been $49. See Reorganization Adjustments Pro Forma Note (D) which represents pro forma adjustments to additional paid-in capital.

 

75


Table of Contents

(C) This adjustment reflects the treatment of our historical partner incentive payments of $2,880, that were recorded as distributions when paid prior to the reorganization and this offering, as compensation expense. An adjustment of $509 is reflected to reclassify to partners’ capital, the liability related to deferred equity units that will no longer be considered liability awards upon completion of the reorganization. This treatment results from the amendment to the Silvercrest L.P. limited partnership agreement prior to the completion of this offering to remove the call and put rights of Silvercrest L.P. and its partners, respectively. Also see Reorganization Adjustments Pro Forma Note (D) which represents pro forma adjustments to partners’ capital.

(D) Represents the elimination of redeemable partners’ capital of $113,764, partners’ capital of $48,915, and excess of liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partners’ capital over assets of $128,119, as the Silvercrest L.P. limited partnership agreement will be amended prior to the completion of this offering to remove the call and put rights of Silvercrest L.P. and its partners, respectively. As part of the reorganization, limited partner units will be converted into Class B units. Furthermore, shares of Class B common stock of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. will be issued to the limited partners of Silvercrest L.P. in an amount equal to the number of Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. held by the limited partners. The par value of Class B common stock is $.01 per share and 10,000,000 shares will be outstanding at the time of the reorganization.

The reorganization adjustment to additional paid-in capital of $19,540 is determined as follows:

 

Elimination of total redeemable partners’ capital

   $ 113,764   

Reclassification of notes receivable from partners to partners’ capital (1)

     (2,549

Par value of Class B common stock

     (100

Elimination of partners’ capital

     48,915   

Distribution to limited partners (2)

     (10,000

Elimination of historical excess of liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partners’ capital over assets

     (128,119

Partner incentive payments (3)

     (2,880

Reclassification of fair value of deferred equity units to capital (3)

     509   
  

 

 

 

Total reorganization adjustments to additional paid-in capital

   $ 19,540   
  

 

 

 

 

  (1) See Reorganization Adjustments Note (A)
  (2) See Reorganization Adjustments Note (B)
  (3) See Reorganization Adjustments Note (C)

 

(2) Offering Adjustments:

(A) From this offering, we expect to receive net proceeds from our sale of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of approximately $57,602, representing the gross proceeds of $62,279 less the underwriting discounts of $4,048 and $629 of estimated offering expenses, of which $30 have been previously incurred and that we had deferred and included in prepaid expenses and other assets on our Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. The gross proceeds are based on the initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (the midpoint in the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

The offering adjustments to additional paid in capital are determined as follows:

 

Gross proceeds from offering

   $ 62,279   

Underwriters’ discounts

     (4,048

Offering expenses

     (629

Par value of Class A common stock

     (48
  

 

 

 
   $ 57,554   
  

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

(B) We intend to use approximately $42,408 of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase 3,540,684 Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. from certain of its existing limited partners. The purchase price of $42,408 for the Class B units will be determined by the public offering price of our Class A common stock in this offering, less related underwriting discounts of $2,992 and offering expenses of $629 incurred by us. The non-controlling interests in the equity of Silvercrest L.P. consist of the following components:

 

(dollars in thousands)

      

Purchase of Class B units

     $(42,408

Par value of Class B common stock related to purchase of Class B units

     35   

Pro forma additional paid-in capital before the offering (1)

     19,540   
  

 

 

 
   $ (22,833
  

 

 

 

(1) See Reorganization Adjustments Note (D) which discusses additional paid-in capital before the offering.

(C) We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the principals of Silvercrest L.P., and any future holders of Class B units, that will require us to pay them 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that we actually realize (or are deemed to realize in the case of an early termination payment by us, or a change in control, as discussed below) as a result of the increases in tax basis and certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This will be our obligation and not the obligation of Silvercrest L.P. Not all current partners who are selling units pursuant to the offering will participate in the tax receivable agreement. Those partners who sell their entire interests are not party to the tax receivable agreement. The portion of the deferred tax asset of $17,137 resulting from the offering, and attributable to those partners who are part of the tax receivable agreement is $5,746. This amount was calculated by giving consideration to several different basis layers which exist within the units offered (and thus being inherited) as well as giving consideration to deferred tax benefits generated from the tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. The liability to be recognized for the tax receivable agreement is $4,884 or 85% of the deferred tax asset of $5,746 which has been recognized from the increase in tax basis and certain other tax benefits related to those partners entering into the tax receivable agreement. This liability is included in pro forma other liabilities. We expect to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash savings, if any, realized. The term of the tax receivable agreement will commence upon consummation of this offering and will continue until (i) all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, (ii) the tax receivable agreement with a principal automatically terminates due to a breach by such principal of his or her non-solicitation covenants with our company, or (iii) the termination by our company of a principal with cause, unless we exercise our right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on an agreed-upon value of payments remaining to be made under the agreement.

The total deferred tax asset and tax receivable agreement liability pro forma adjustments are $17,137 and $4,884, respectively. The excess of the deferred tax asset pro forma adjustment over the tax receivable agreement liability pro forma adjustment of $12,253 is recorded as additional paid-in capital.

(D) Reflects the impact of federal, state and local income taxes on the income of Silvercrest. The pro forma effective income tax rate is estimated to be approximately 27.4% and was determined by combining the projected federal, state and local income taxes.

 

77


Table of Contents

Historically, as a flow through entity, Silvercrest L.P. has not been subject to U.S. federal and certain state income taxes, however it has been subject to the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax. As a result of our reorganization, we will become subject to U.S. federal and certain state income taxes applicable to C-Corporations. The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax computed by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to income before provision for income taxes as follows:

 

     For the
Three Months  Ended
March 31, 2013
 
     (dollars in
thousands)
 

Provision at federal statutory rate

   $ 1,002        35.0

State and local income taxes, net of federal

     417        14.6

Other permanent items

     (11     (0.4 )% 

Rate benefit from the flow through entity (1)

     (623     (21.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 785        27.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Rate benefit from the flow through entity is calculated principally by multiplying the consolidated pro forma income before tax by the percentage of non-controlling interests (58.1%) represented by the Class B units and deferred equity units of Silvercrest L.P. and the federal and state statutory rates. The pro forma income before tax attributable to the non-controlling interests would be subject to New York City Unincorporated Business tax at the consolidated level at a statutory rate of 4.0%. The federal and state income taxes on the earnings attributable to the Class B units and deferred equity units will be payable directly by the principals of Silvercrest L.P. who hold such units.

The table above includes certain book to tax differences such as losses recorded on sub-leases and meals and entertainment which represent permanent differences. These differences are recognized at the level of the flow through entity, Silvercrest L.P., which indirectly benefit Silvercrest by reducing the effective income tax rate.

(E) Represents the non-controlling interest allocation of 58.1% (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) of the net income of Silvercrest to Silvercrest L.P. The percentage is based on the Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. to be outstanding after the offering and the unvested deferred equity units (which share in Silvercrest L.P.’s earnings as if vested). All unit amounts set forth below give effect to the unit distribution to be made to the existing limited partners of Silvercrest L.P. subsequent to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in connection with the reorganization. The percentage of ownership interests (including deferred equity units) held by each existing limited partner will not be changed by the unit distribution. The pro forma effect of the unit distribution if it had occurred as of March 31, 2013 would result in 19.27 units being outstanding after the distribution for each unit outstanding prior to the distribution (including deferred equity units).

 

78


Table of Contents

The elimination of the put and call rights associated with the existing limited partnership units of Silvercrest L.P. that will occur as part of the reorganization result in a modification of the terms of the deferred equity units. Such modification will not result in an increase in the fair value of the deferred equity units and therefore no incremental compensation charge is required to be reflected in the pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

 

(dollars in thousands)

   Units  Outstanding
Excluding
Deferred Equity Units
    Units  Outstanding
Including
Deferred Equity Units
 

Class B units to be outstanding

     6,459,316        6,459,316   

Outstanding deferred equity units at March 31, 2013

     —          191,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total units attributable to non-controlling interest

     6,459,316        6,651,144   

Total units to be outstanding .

     11,250,010        11,441,838   

Non-controlling interest allocation

     57.4     58.1

Income before provision for income taxes

     $ 2,863   

Non-controlling interest allocation

       58.1

Non-controlling interest income before provision for income taxes

       1,664   

Non-controlling portion of provision for income taxes (1)

       (191
    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

     $ 1,473   
    

 

 

 

 

(1) The non-controlling portion of provision for income taxes of ($191) for the period ended March 31, 2013, is calculated by multiplying the pro forma provision for income taxes for Silvercrest L.P. of ($329) by the non-controlling interest allocation percentage of 58.1%.

(F) Calculation of Earnings per Class A Share

For purposes of calculating the pro forma net income per Class A share, the number of Class A shares of Silvercrest outstanding are calculated as follows:

 

Incremental shares of Class A common stock (1)

     722,737   

Shares of Class A common stock outstanding immediately after this offering

     4,790,694   
  

 

 

 

Total pro forma Class A shares of Silvercrest for purposes of calculating pro forma net income per Class A share

     5,513,431   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents incremental Class A shares whose proceeds are assumed to fund the cash distribution to our existing principals as such distribution exceeds current year pro forma earnings.

 

Distribution prior to offering

   $ 10,000,000   

Pro forma net income attributable to Silvercrest

   $ 604,416   
  

 

 

 

Distribution in excess of pro forma net income attributable to Silvercrest

   $ 9,395,584   

Initial public offering price per share

   $ 13.00   
  

 

 

 

Incremental shares of Class A common stock

     722,737   

Shares of Class A common stock outstanding immediately after this offering

     4,790,694   
  

 

 

 

Total pro forma Class A shares of Silvercrest for purposes of calculating pro forma net income per Class A share

     5,513,431   
  

 

 

 

 

The pro forma basic and diluted net income per Class A share is calculated as follows (dollars in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Basic      Diluted  

Pro forma net income attributable to Silvercrest (2)

   $ 604       $ 604   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     5,513,431         5,513,431   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per Class A share

   $ 0.11       $ 0.11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

 

(2) Our shares of Class B common stock do not share in our earnings and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding or net income per share. Furthermore, no pro forma effect was given to the future potential exchanges of the 6,459,316 Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. held by our principals that will be outstanding immediately after the consummation of the reorganization and the offering for a corresponding number of shares of our Class A common stock because the issuance of shares of Class A common stock upon these exchanges would not be dilutive.

Employee bonuses and related payroll taxes of $932 are expected to be paid in conjunction with the completion of this offering but have not been reflected in the unaudited pro forma statement of operations given the non-recurring nature of these payments.

 

80


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read this discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operation in conjunction with our “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and our historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information in this section contains forward-looking statements (see “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”). Our actual results may differ significantly from the results suggested by these forward-looking statements and from our historical results. Some factors that may cause our results to differ are described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. The historical financial data discussed below reflect the historical results of operations and financial condition of Silvercrest L.P. and its subsidiaries and do not give effect to our reorganization. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a description of our reorganization and its effect on our historical results of operations.

Overview

We are a premier, full-service wealth management firm focused on providing financial advisory and related family office services to ultra-high net worth individuals and endowments, foundations and other institutional investors. In addition to a wide range of investment capabilities, we offer a full suite of complementary and customized family office services for families seeking a comprehensive oversight of their financial affairs. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, our assets under management grew 21.4% from $11.2 billion to $13.6 billion. During the year ended December 31, 2012, our assets under management grew 10.9%, from $10.1 billion to $11.2 billion.

As part of the reorganization of our company occurring in connection with this offering, Silvercrest will become the general partner of Silvercrest L.P, our operating company. In addition, the partnership units of all continuing partners of Silvercrest L.P. will be reclassified as Class B units that have equal economic rights to our shares of Class A common stock. After giving effect to the reorganization described above, we will hold approximately 42.6% of the partnership interests in Silvercrest L.P. (or approximately 46.0% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). The partners in Silvercrest L.P. following this offering, consisting of 38 of our current employees, will collectively hold the remaining approximately 57.4% of the partnership interests in Silvercrest L.P. (or approximately 54.0% if the underwriters in full exercise their option to purchase additional shares). In addition, Silvercrest L.P. has issued deferred equity units exercisable for 191,828 Class B units which entitle the holders thereof to receive distributions from Silvercrest L.P. to the same extent as if the underlying Class B units were outstanding. Net profits and net losses of Silvercrest L.P. will be allocated, and distributions from Silvercrest L.P. will be made, to its current partners pro rata in accordance with their respective partnership units (and assuming the Class B units underlying all deferred equity units are outstanding). For more information on our reorganization, see “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure.”

The historical results of operations discussed in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are those of Silvercrest L.P. and its subsidiaries. After the completion of the reorganization, as the general partner of Silvercrest L.P., we will control its business and affairs and, therefore, consolidate its financial results with ours. In light of our limited partners’ collective 57.4% partnership interest in Silvercrest L.P. immediately after the reorganization and this offering (or approximately 54.0% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), we will reflect the interests of these limited partners as a non-controlling interest in our consolidated financial statements. As a result, our net income, after amounts attributable to non-controlling interests, will represent 42.6% of Silvercrest L.P.’s net income (or approximately 46.0% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), and similarly, outstanding shares of our Class A common stock will represent 42.6% of the outstanding partnership units of Silvercrest L.P. (or approximately 46.0% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). For more information on the pro forma impact of our reorganization, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

 

81


Table of Contents

Key Performance Indicators

When we review our performance, we focus on the indicators described below:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,     For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

(in thousands except as indicated)

         2012                 2011                 2010                   2013                     2012          

Revenue

   $ 51,690      $ 42,787      $ 36,831      $ 13,685      $ 11,880   

Income before other income (expense), net

   $ 18,902      $ 14,446      $ 10,844      $ 5,774      $ 4,546   

Net income

   $ 19,720      $ 14,609      $ 10,942      $ 5,464      $ 4,289   

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   $ 14,702      $ 10,839      $ 9,068      $ 4,137      $ 3,447   

Adjusted EBITDA margin (2)

     28.4     25.3     24.6     30.2     29.0

Assets under management at period end (billions)

   $ 11.2      $ 10.1      $ 9.2      $ 13.6      $ 11.1   

Average assets under management (billions) (3)

   $ 10.7      $ 9.7      $ 9.0      $ 12.4      $ 10.6   

 

(1) EBITDA represents net income before income tax expense, interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA without giving effect to professional fees associated with acquisitions or financing transactions, losses on forgiveness of notes receivable from our principals, gains on extinguishment of debt or other obligations related to acquisitions, impairment charges and losses on disposals or abandonment of assets and leaseholds, client reimbursements and fund redemption costs, severance and other similar expenses, but including partner incentive allocations as an expense. See “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” for a further explanation of Adjusted EBITDA and its reconciliation to net income on a basis consistent with GAAP.
(2) Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by total revenue.
(3) We have computed average assets under management by averaging assets under management at the beginning of the applicable period and assets under management at the end of the applicable period.

Revenue

We generate revenue from management and advisory fees, performance fees, and family office services fees. Our management and advisory fees are generated by managing assets on behalf of separate accounts and acting as investment adviser for various investment funds. Our performance fees relate to assets managed in external investment strategies in which we have a revenue sharing arrangement and in funds in which we have no partnership interest. Our management and advisory fees and family office services fees income is recognized through the course of the period in which these services are provided. Income from performance fees is recorded at the conclusion of the contractual performance period when all contingencies are resolved. In certain arrangements, we are only entitled to receive performance fees and allocations when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets.

The discretionary investment management agreements for our separately managed accounts do not have a specified term. Rather, each agreement may be terminated by either party at any time upon written notice of termination to the other party. The investment management agreements for our private funds are generally in effect from year to year, and may be terminated at the end of any year (or, in certain cases, on the anniversary of execution of the agreement) (i) by us upon 30 or 90 days’ prior written notice and (ii) after receiving the affirmative vote of a specified percentage of the investors in the private fund that are not affiliated with us, by the private fund on 60 or 90 days’ prior written notice. The investment management agreements for our private funds may also generally be terminated effective immediately by either party where the non-terminating party (i) commits a material breach of the terms subject, in certain cases, to a cure period, (ii) is found to have committed fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct or (iii) terminates, become bankrupt, becomes insolvent or dissolves. Each of our investment management agreements contains customary indemnification obligations from us to our clients. The tables below set forth the amount of assets under management, the percentage of management and advisory fees revenues, the amount of revenue recognized, and the average assets under management for discretionary managed accounts and for private funds for each period presented.

 

82


Table of Contents

Discretionary Managed Accounts

 

     As of and for the Years Ended December 31,      As of and for the Three
Months Ended March 31,
 

(in billions)

         2012                  2011                  2010                    2013                      2012          

AUM concentrated in Discretionary Managed Accounts ($)

   $ 7.1       $ 6.2       $ 5.7       $ 7.8       $ 6.9   

Average AUM For Discretionary Managed Accounts

   $ 6.7       $ 6.0       $ 5.5       $ 7.5       $ 6.6   

Discretionary Managed Accounts Revenue ($) (in millions)

   $ 37.6       $ 32.5       $ 27.5       $ 10.3       $ 8.7   

Percentage of management and advisory fees revenue (%)

     82%         86%         85%         83%         81%   

Private Funds

 

     As of and for the Years Ended December 31,      As of and for the Three
Months Ended March 31,
 

(in billions)

         2012                  2011                  2010                    2013                      2012          

AUM concentrated in Private Funds ($)

   $ 0.9       $ 0.8       $ 0.7       $ 0.9       $ 0.9   

Average AUM For Private Funds

   $ 0.9       $ 0.8       $ 0.8       $ 0.9       $ 0.9   

Private Funds Revenue ($) (in millions)

   $ 8.5       $ 5.4       $ 4.9       $ 2.2       $ 2.0   

Percentage of management and advisory fees revenue (%)

     18%         14%         15%         17%         19%   

Our advisory fees are primarily driven by the level of our assets under management. Our assets under management increase or decrease based on the net inflows or outflows of funds into our various investment strategies and the investment performance of our clients’ accounts. In order to increase our assets under management and expand our business, we must develop and market investment strategies that suit the investment needs of our target clients and provide attractive returns over the long term. Our ability to continue to attract clients will depend on a variety of factors including, among others:

 

   

our ability to educate our target clients about our classic value investment strategies and provide them with exceptional client service;

 

   

the relative investment performance of our investment strategies, as compared to competing products and market indices;

 

   

competitive conditions in the investment management and broader financial services sectors;

 

   

investor sentiment and confidence; and

 

   

our decision to close strategies when we deem it to be in the best interests of our clients.

The majority of advisory fees that we earn on separately-managed accounts are based on the value of assets under management on the last day of each calendar quarter. Most of our advisory fees are billed quarterly in advance on the first day of each calendar quarter. Our basic annual fee schedule for management of clients’ assets in separately managed accounts is: (i) for managed equity or balanced portfolios, 1% of the first $10 million and 0.60% on the balance, (ii) for managed fixed income only portfolios, 0.40% on the first $10 million and 0.30% on the balance and (iii) for the municipal value strategy, 0.65%. Our fee for monitoring non-discretionary assets can range from 0.05% to 0.01%, but can also be incorporated into an agreed-upon fixed family office service fee. The majority of our client relationships pay a blended fee rate since they are invested in multiple strategies.

 

83


Table of Contents

Management fees earned on investment funds that we advise are calculated primarily based on the net assets of the funds. Some funds calculate investment fees based on the net assets of the funds as of the last business day of each calendar quarter, whereas other funds calculate investment fees based on the value of net assets on the first business day of the month. Depending on the investment fund, fees are paid either quarterly in advance or quarterly in arrears. For our private funds, the fees range from 0.25% to 1.5% annually. Certain management fees earned on investment funds for which we perform risk management and due diligence services are based on flat fee agreements customized for each engagement.

Average management fee is calculated by dividing our actual revenue earned over a period by our average assets under management during the same period (which is calculated by averaging quarter-end assets under management for the applicable period). Our average management fee was 0.44% and 0.40% for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and was 0.43%, 0.39% and 0.36% for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Increases in our total average management fee rates are primarily the result of a change in the mix of our assets under management and increased concentration in our equities strategies whose fee rates are higher than those of other investment strategies. Advisory fees are also adjusted for any cash flows into or out of a portfolio, where the cash flow represents greater than 10% of the value of the portfolio. These cash flow-related adjustments were insignificant for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the three years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. Silvercrest L.P. has authority to take fees directly from external custodian accounts of its separately managed accounts.

Our advisory fees may fluctuate based on a number of factors, including the following:

 

   

changes in assets under management due to appreciation or depreciation of our investment portfolios, and the levels of the contribution and withdrawal of assets by new and existing clients;

 

   

allocation of assets under management among our investment strategies, which have different fee schedules;

 

   

allocation of assets under management between separately managed accounts and advised funds, for which we generally earn lower overall advisory fees; and

 

   

the level of our performance with respect to accounts and funds on which we are paid incentive fees.

Our family office services capabilities enable us to provide comprehensive and integrated services to our clients. Our dedicated group of tax and financial planning professionals provide financial planning, tax planning and preparation, partnership accounting and fund administration and consolidated wealth reporting among other services. Family office services income fluctuates based on both the number of clients for whom we perform these services and the level of agreed-upon fees, most of which are flat fees. Therefore, non-discretionary assets under management, which are associated with family office services, do not typically serve as the basis for the amount of family office services revenue that is recognized. We have experienced a steady increase in family office services fees over the past few years as more of our separately managed accounts relationships have taken advantage of these services. We have also been successful in attracting new clients who have engaged us primarily for our family office services.

Expenses

Our expenses consist primarily of compensation and benefits expenses, as well as general and administrative expense including rent, professional services fees, data-related costs and sub-advisory fees. These expenses may fluctuate due to a number of factors, including the following:

 

   

variations in the level of total compensation expense due to, among other things, bonuses, awards of equity to our employees and partners of Silvercrest L.P., changes in our employee count and mix, and competitive factors; and

 

   

the level of management fees from funds that utilize sub-advisors will affect the amount of sub-advisory fees.

 

84


Table of Contents

We expect our professional services fees to increase after this offering as a result of being a public company.

Compensation and Benefits Expense

Our largest expense is compensation and benefits, which includes the salaries, bonuses, equity-based compensation and related benefits and payroll costs attributable to our principals and employees. Our compensation methodology is intended to meet the following objectives: (i) support our overall business strategy; (ii) attract, retain and motivate top-tier professionals within the investment management industry; and (iii) align our employees’ interests with those of our equity owners. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, a general rise in compensation and benefits expense commensurate with growth in headcount and with the need to maintain competitive compensation levels.

Upon the completion of the reorganization and this offering, we will account for partner incentive payments as an expense in our statement of operations and have reflected the related adjustments in our pro forma financial statements. Accordingly, this will have the effect of increasing compensation expense relative to the amounts that have been recorded historically in our financial statements. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

The components of our compensation expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and three years ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2012      2011      2010              2013                      2012          

Cash compensation and benefits

   $ 17,726       $ 16,495       $ 15,936       $ 4,574       $ 4,331   

Distributions on liability awards (1)

     28         20         9         7         6   

Non-cash equity-based compensation expense

     1,354         977         583         620         431   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total compensation expense

   $ 19,108       $ 17,492       $ 16,528       $ 5,201       $ 4,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Cash distributions on the portion of unvested deferred equity units that are subject to forfeiture are expensed when paid. Unvested deferred equity units are classified as liability awards.

On February 29, 2012, February 28, 2011 and February 24, 2010, Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC, our predecessor, granted equity-based compensation awards to certain of their principals based on the fair value of the equity interests of Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC. Each grant includes a deferred equity unit and performance unit, subject to forfeiture and acceleration of vesting. Each 100 deferred equity units represent the unsecured right to receive one unit of Silvercrest GP LLC and 99 units of Silvercrest L.P., subject to vesting over a four-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. Each deferred equity unit, whether vested or unvested, entitles the holder to receive distributions from Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC as if such holder held such unit. Upon each vesting date, a holder may receive the number of units vested or the equivalent cash value and units, but in no event may the holder receive more than 50% of the aggregate value in cash. To the extent that holders elect to receive up to 50% of the aggregate value in cash, we could have less cash to utilize. We have accounted for the distributions on the portion of the deferred equity units that are subject to forfeiture as compensation expense. Equity-based compensation expense will be recognized on the February 29, 2012, February 28, 2011 and February 24, 2010 deferred equity unit and performance unit awards through February 29, 2016, February 28, 2015 and February 24, 2014, respectively.

Each performance unit represents the right to receive one unit of Silvercrest L.P. and one unit of Silvercrest GP LLC for each two units of Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC, respectively, issued upon vesting of the deferred equity units awarded to the employee, in each case subject to the achievement of defined performance goals. Although performance units will only vest upon the achievement of the performance goals, they are

 

85


Table of Contents

expensed over the same vesting period as the deferred equity units with which they are associated because there is an explicit service period. For more information on the terms of the deferred equity units and performance units, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Deferred Equity Units and Performance Units.”

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include occupancy-related costs, professional and outside services fees, office expenses, depreciation and amortization, sub-advisory fees and the costs associated with operating and maintaining our research, trading and portfolio accounting systems. Our costs associated with operating and maintaining our research, trading and portfolio accounting systems and professional services expenses generally increase or decrease in relative proportion to the number of employees retained by us and the overall size and scale of our business operations. Sub-advisory fees will fluctuate based on the level of management fees from funds that utilize sub-advisors.

Following this offering, we expect that we will incur additional expenses as a result of becoming a public company for, among other things, directors and officers insurance, director fees, SEC reporting and compliance, including Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, transfer agent fees, professional fees and other similar expenses. These additional expenses will reduce our net income.

Other Income

Other income is derived primarily from investment income arising from our investments in various private investment funds that were established as part of our investment strategies. We expect the investment components of other income, in the aggregate, to fluctuate based on market conditions and the success of our investment strategies. Performance fees earned from those investment funds in which we have a partnership interest have been earned over the past few years as a result of the achievement of various high water marks depending on the investment fund. These performance fees are recorded based on the equity method of accounting. The majority of our performance fees over the past few years have been earned from our fixed income-related funds.

Minority and Non-Controlling Interests

After our reorganization, we will be the general partner of Silvercrest L.P. and will control its business and affairs and, therefore, consolidate its financial results with ours. In light of our limited partners’ expected 57.4% interest in Silvercrest L.P. (or 54.0% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) immediately after the consummation of the reorganization and this offering, we will reflect their partnership interests as non-controlling interests in our consolidated financial statements. As a result, immediately after the consummation of this offering, our net income, after income attributable to non-controlling interests, will represent 42.6% of Silvercrest L.P.’s net income (or 46.0% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), and similarly, outstanding shares of our Class A common stock will represent 42.6% of the outstanding partnership units of Silvercrest L.P. (or 46.0% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

Provision for Income Tax

While Silvercrest L.P. has historically not been subject to U.S. federal and certain state income taxes, it has been subject to the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax. As a result of our reorganization, we will become subject to taxes applicable to C-corporations. We expect our effective tax rate, and the absolute dollar amount of our tax expense, to increase as a result of this reorganization offset by the benefits of the tax receivable agreement. For more information on the pro forma income taxes applicable to us under C-corporation status, see “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

 

86


Table of Contents

Acquisition

On March 28, 2013, we acquired certain assets of Ten-Sixty. Ten-Sixty is a registered investment adviser that advises on approximately $1.9 billion of assets primarily on behalf of institutional clients. This strategic acquisition expands our hedge fund due diligence capabilities and continues the growth of our institutional business. Under the terms of the asset purchase agreement, we paid cash consideration at closing of $2.5 million and issued a promissory note to Ten-Sixty for $1.5 million subject to adjustment. The aggregate principal amount of the promissory note is payable in two initial installments of $0.2 million each on April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013 and then quarterly installments from June 30, 2014 through March 31, 2017 of $0.1 million each. The principal amount outstanding under this note bears interest at the rate of five percent per annum.

Operating Results

Revenue

Our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are set forth below:

 

     For the Three Months Ended March 31,  

(in thousands)

  

2013

    

2012

    

2013 vs. 2012 ($)

    

2013 vs. 2012 (%)

 

Management and advisory fees

   $ 12,457       $ 10,682       $ 1,775         16.6

Performance fees and allocations

     3         —           3      

Family office services

     1,225         1,198         27         2.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 13,685       $ 11,880       $ 1,805         15.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  

(in thousands)

   2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011 ($)      2012 vs. 2011 (%)  

Management and advisory fees

   $ 46,069       $ 37,869       $ 8,200         21.7

Performance fees and allocations

     714         85         629         740.0

Family office services

     4,907         4,833         74         1.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 51,690       $ 42,787       $ 8,903         20.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  

(in thousands)

   2011      2010      2011 vs. 2010 ($)     2011 vs. 2010 (%)  

Management and advisory fees

   $ 37,869       $ 32,442       $ 5,427        16.7

Performance fees and allocations

     85         548         (463     -84.5

Family office services

     4,833         3,841         992        25.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total revenue

   $ 42,787       $ 36,831       $ 5,956        16.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

87


Table of Contents

The growth in our assets under management during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2012 is described below:

 

     Assets Under Management  

(in billions)

   Discretionary     Non-
Discretionary
    Total  

As of December 31, 2011

   $ 7.0      $ 3.1      $ 10.1   

Gross client additions

     1.6        0.1        1.7   

Gross client withdrawals

     (1.3     (0.1     (1.4

Market appreciation

     0.4        0.3        0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2012

   $ 7.7      $ 3.4      $ 11.1 (2) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

   $ 8.0      $ 3.1      $ 11.2   

Gross client additions

     1.6        2.0        3.6   

Gross client withdrawals

     (1.5     (0.2     (1.7

Market appreciation

     0.5        0.1        0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2013

   $ 8.6      $ 5.0      $ 13.6 (2) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of January 1, 2010

   $ 6.1      $ 2.7      $ 8.8   

Gross client inflows

     1.5        1.0        2.5   

Gross client outflows

     (1.7     (0.8     (2.5

Market appreciation (depreciation) (1)

     0.5        (0.1     0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010

     6.3        2.9        9.2   

Gross client inflows

     3.8        1.5        5.3   

Gross client outflows

     (3.1     (1.2     (4.3

Market appreciation (depreciation) (1)

     0.1        (0.1     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     7.0        3.1        10.1   

Gross client inflows

     6.7        0.6        7.3   

Gross client outflows

     (6.3     (0.6     (6.9

Market appreciation (1)

     0.5        0.1        0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

   $ 8.0      $ 3.1      $ 11.2  (2) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) For additional investment strategy performance information disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus, please see the “Business” section.
(2) Less than 5% of assets under management generate performance fees.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

Our total revenue increased by $1.8 million, or 15.2%, to $13.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, from $11.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. This increase was driven primarily by growth in our management and advisory fees as a result of increased assets under management.

Assets under management increased by $2.4 billion, or 21.4%, to $13.6 billion at March 31, 2013 from $11.2 billion at December 31, 2012. Contributing to the growth in assets under management was $1.9 billion of assets under management related to the Ten-Sixty acquisition, $1.6 billion of client inflows and $0.6 billion in market appreciation, partially offset by client outflows of $1.7 billion. Our market appreciation during the three months ended March 31, 2013 constituted a 5.4% rate of increase in our total assets under management compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Our growth in assets under management for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was attributable to an increase of $0.6 billion and $1.9 billion in discretionary and non-discretionary assets under management, respectively, primarily related to the Ten-Sixty acquisition, The growth in our discretionary assets under management was primarily driven by an increase in separately managed

 

88


Table of Contents

accounts. An increase in the concentration of equity securities, which are included in discretionary assets under management and whose fee rates are higher than those of other investments, was the primary driver of increased management and advisory fees revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the prior year. Sub-advised fund management revenue remained flat for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year. Proprietary fund management revenue increased by $0.2 million to $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $1.7 million for the same period in the prior year. This increase in proprietary fund management revenue was primarily attributable to market appreciation. With respect to our discretionary assets under management, equity assets experienced growth of 11.7% during the three months ended March 31, 2013 while fixed income assets experienced growth of 1.9% during the same period. Most of our growth came from our small cap value, equity income and large cap value strategies with composite returns of 12.7%, 11.8% and 12.2%, respectively. As of March 31, 2013, the composition of our assets under management was 63% in discretionary assets, which includes both separately managed accounts and proprietary and sub-advised funds, and 37% in non-discretionary assets which represent assets on which we provide portfolio reporting but do not have investment discretion.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 versus Year Ended December 31, 2011

Our total revenue increased by $8.9 million, or 20.8%, to $51.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $42.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was driven primarily by growth in our management and advisory fees as a result of increased assets under management.

Assets under management increased by $1.1 billion, or 10.9%, to $11.2 billion at December 31, 2012 from $10.1 billion at December 31, 2011. Contributing to the growth in assets under management was $7.3 billion of client inflows and $0.7 billion in market appreciation, partially offset by client outflows of $6.9 billion. Our market appreciation during the year ended December 31, 2012 constituted a 6.9% rate of increase in our total assets under management compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Our growth in assets under management for the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to an increase of $0.9 billion in separately managed accounts, which are included in discretionary assets under management. An increase in the concentration of equity securities, which are included in discretionary assets under management and whose fee rates are higher than those of other investments, was the primary driver of increased management and advisory fees revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year. Sub-advised fund management revenue decreased by $0.4 million to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $1.6 million in the prior year. While sub-advised fund assets under management remained flat as of December 31, 2012 as compared to December 31, 2011, client redemptions primarily contributed to the decrease in sub-advised fund management revenue. Proprietary fund management revenue increased by $3.5 million to $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $3.8 million for the same period in the prior year. This increase in proprietary fund management revenue was attributable to the acquisition of Milbank in November 2011. With respect to our discretionary assets under management, equity assets experienced growth of 30.5% during the year ended December 31, 2012 while fixed income assets were flat during the same period. Most of our growth came from our SMID cap, multi cap and small cap value strategies with composite returns of 16.7%, 16.5% and 16.0%, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the composition of our assets under management was 72% in discretionary assets, which includes both separately managed accounts and proprietary and sub-advised funds, and 28% in non-discretionary assets which represent assets on which we provide portfolio reporting but do not have investment discretion.

Performance fee revenue increased by $629 thousand to $714 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $85 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011. These performance fees are primarily related to external investment strategies in which we have a revenue sharing arrangement. The increase in performance fee revenue is directly attributable to higher returns achieved at our external investment strategies. The balance of our performance fees are earned from proprietary funds and are included in equity income from investments, which is discussed below in “—Other Income (Expense).”

 

89


Table of Contents

Family office services income increased by $0.1 million or 1.5%, from $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of increased fees from existing clients because of increased rates in certain cases and a greater amount of services provided in other cases.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 versus Year Ended December 31, 2010

Our total revenue increased by $6.0 million, or 16.2%, to $42.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $36.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was driven primarily by growth in our management and advisory fees as a result of increased assets under management.

Assets under management increased by $0.9 billion, or 9.8%, to $10.1 billion at December 31, 2011 from $9.2 billion at December 31, 2010. Contributing to the growth in assets under management was $5.1 billion of net client inflows partially offset by $4.2 billion of client outflows. Our growth in assets under management in 2011 was primarily attributable to an increase of $0.5 billion in separately managed accounts and $0.2 billion in proprietary and sub-advised funds, which are included in discretionary assets under management. An increase in the concentration of equity securities, which are included in discretionary assets under management and whose fee rates are higher than those of other investments, was the primary driver of increased management and advisory fees revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. Sub-advised fund management revenue increased by $0.2 million to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 while sub-advised fund assets under management remained flat. Proprietary fund management revenue increased by $0.3 million to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase in proprietary fund management revenue was attributable to a $0.2 billion increase in proprietary fund assets under management from $0.5 billion as of December 31, 2010 to $0.7 billion as of December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily the result of the addition of $0.3 billion of Milbank fund assets under management in November 2011, partially offset by $0.1 billion of client fund redemptions. With respect to our discretionary assets under management, equities experienced growth of 9.4% while fixed income assets declined 3.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011. Most of our growth came from our equity income, multi cap value and small cap value strategies with composite returns of 4.4%, 0.5%, and 1.5%, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the composition of our assets under management was 70% in discretionary assets, which includes both separately managed accounts and proprietary and sub-advised funds, and 30% in non-discretionary assets, which represent assets on which we provide portfolio reporting but do not have investment discretion.

Performance fee revenue decreased by $463 thousand to $85 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $548 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010. These performance fees are primarily related to external investment strategies in which we have a revenue sharing arrangement. The decrease in performance fee revenue is directly attributable to lower returns achieved at our external investment strategies. The balance of our performance fees are earned from proprietary funds and are included in equity income from investments, which is discussed below in “—Other Income (Expense), Net.”

Family office services income increased by $1.0 million or 25.8%, from $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily as a result of the addition of significant family relationships in 2011 and increased fees from existing clients because of increased rates in certain cases and a greater amount of services provided in other cases.

 

90


Table of Contents

Expenses

Our expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are set forth below:

 

     For the Three Months Ended March 31,  

(in thousands)

   2013      2012      2013 vs. 2012 ($)      2013 vs. 2012 (%)  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 5,201       $ 4,768       $ 433         9.1

General, administrative and other

     2,710         2,566         144         5.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total expenses

   $ 7,911       $ 7,334       $ 577         7.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  

(in thousands)

   2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011 ($)      2012 vs. 2011 (%)  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 19,108       $ 17,492       $ 1,616         9.2

General, administrative and other

     13,680         10,849         2,831         26.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total expenses

   $ 32,788       $ 28,341       $ 4,447         15.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  

(in thousands)

   2011      2010      2011 vs. 2010 ($)      2011 vs. 2010 (%)  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 17,492       $ 16,528       $ 964         5.8

General and administrative

     10,849         9,459         1,390         14.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total expenses

   $ 28,341       $ 25,987       $ 2,354         9.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Our expenses are driven primarily by our compensation costs. The table included in “—Expenses—Compensation and Benefits Expense” describes the components of our compensation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years ended December 31, 2012. Other expenses, such as rent, professional service fees, data-related costs, and sub-advisory fees incurred are included in our general and administrative expenses.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

Total expenses increased by $0.6 million, or 7.9%, to $7.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $7.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to increases in compensation and benefits expense and general and administrative expenses of $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Compensation and benefits expense increased by $0.4 million, or 9.1%, to $5.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $4.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in salaries of $0.2 million as a result of both merit increases and increased headcount, and increased equity-based compensation expense of $0.2 million primarily due to an increase in the fair value of the deferred equity units.

General and administrative expenses increased by $0.1 million, or 5.6%, to $2.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. This increase was primarily due to an increase in professional fees of $64 thousand for legal fees related to the Ten-Sixty acquisition, higher operating escalation charges of $20 thousand at our corporate headquarters, and increased sub-advisory fees of $34 thousand related to increased services received in addition to increased fund management revenue.

 

91


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2012 versus Year Ended December 31, 2011

Total expenses increased by $4.5 million, or 15.7%, to $32.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $28.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily attributable to increases in compensation and benefits expense and general and administrative expenses of $1.6 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

Compensation and benefits expense increased by $1.6 million, or 9.2%, to $19.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in salaries of $0.9 million as a result of both merit increases and increased headcount primarily as a result of the Milbank acquisition, increased incentive compensation expense of $0.3 million, and increased equity-based compensation expense of $0.3 million due to the grant of additional deferred equity units to employees and an increase in the fair value of the deferred equity units.

General and administrative expenses increased by $2.8 million, or 26.1%, to $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in professional fees of $2.3 million for services rendered in connection with a planned initial public offering that was withdrawn in November 2012 and acquisition transactions and depreciation and amortization expense of $0.4 million primarily related to amortization of intangible assets as part of the Milbank transaction.

On May 1, 2012, we reoccupied space at our headquarters that we had previously abandoned in 2009. As a result, this released the remaining abandonment-related liability of $0.7 million. This reversal was partially offset by increased operating cost escalations of $0.2 million and lower sub-tenant rent of $0.2 million.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 versus Year Ended December 31, 2010

Total expenses increased by $2.4 million, or 9.1%, to $28.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily attributable to increases in compensation and benefits expense and general and administrative expenses of $1.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

Compensation and benefits expense increased by $1.0 million, or 5.8%, to $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in equity-based compensation expense of $0.5 million due to the grant of deferred equity units to employees, increased salaries of $0.8 million as a result of both merit increases and increased headcount, and increased benefits and payroll taxes expense of $0.1 million, partially offset by lower employee bonus expense of $0.4 million.

General and administrative expenses increased by $1.4 million, or 14.7%, to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase in professional fees of $0.8 million for services rendered in connection with this offering and acquisition transactions, $0.7 million in reimbursements to clients and a $0.2 million increase in costs related to the development of our portfolio management system and investment research and pricing subscriptions, offset by decreased occupancy costs of $0.3 million due to increased sub-tenant rent.

 

92


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     For the Three Months Ended March 31,  

(in thousands)

   2013     2012     2013 vs. 2012 ($)     2013 vs. 2012 (%)  

Other income (expense), net

   $ 29      $ 32      $ (3     -9.4

Interest income

     27        45        (18     -40.0

Interest expense

     (37     (64     27        -42.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

   $ 19      $ 13      $ 6        46.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  

(in thousands)

   2012     2011     2012 vs. 2011 ($)     2012 vs. 2011 (%)  

Loss on forgiveness of notes receivable

   $ —        $ (34   $ 34        -100.0

Other

     123        (210     333        -41.4

Interest income

     145        187        (42     -22.5

Interest expense

     (304     (164     (140     85.4

Equity income from investments

     1,911        950        961        -158.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

   $ 1,875      $ 729      $ 1,146        157.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  

(in thousands)

   2011     2010     2011 vs. 2010 ($)     2011 vs. 2010 (%)  

Loss on forgiveness of notes receivable

   $ (34   $ (508   $ 474        -93.3

Other

     (210     32        (242     -756.3

Interest income

     187        231        (44     -19.0

Interest expense

     (164     (241     77        -32.0

Equity income from investments

     950        1,241        (291     -23.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

   $ 729      $ 755      $ (26     -3.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

Other income (expense), net increased by $6 thousand to $19 thousand of other income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $13 thousand of other income for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 versus Year Ended December 31, 2011

Other income (expense), net increased by $1.1 million to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in other income (expense), net is attributable to a $1.0 million increase in equity income from investments resulting from performance fee allocations partially offset by net interest expense of $0.2 million as a result of a write off prepaid interest expense related to the reversal of a lease abandonment liability in addition to an increase in notes payable issued in connection with the acquisition of Milbank.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 versus Year Ended December 31, 2010

Other income (expense), net decreased by $26 thousand, or 3.4%, to $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. In 2011 and 2010, we recorded losses on the forgiveness of notes receivable of $34 thousand and $508 thousand, respectively, in connection with the termination of employee-partners and the related termination of existing notes in exchange for the repurchase of units of Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC. Interest income decreased by $44 thousand or

 

93


Table of Contents

19.0% to $187 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $231 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010. Interest expense decreased by $77 thousand or 32.0% to $164 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $241 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010. Equity income from investments decreased by $0.3 million primarily as a result of decreased performance fee allocations from some of our funds. Other income (expense) decreased by $0.2 million as a result of a $0.1 million loss on sub-lease charge related to a new sub-tenant on our leased space in January 2011 and $0.1 million of unrealized and realized losses related to an investment in marketable securities.

Provision for Income Taxes

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

The provision for income taxes was $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. Our provision for income taxes as a percentage of income before provision for income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was 5.7% and 5.9%, respectively.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 versus Year Ended December 31, 2011

The provision for income taxes was $1.1 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The change was a result of an increase in taxable income. Our provision for income taxes as a percentage of income before provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 5.1% compared to 3.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 versus Year Ended December 31, 2010

The provision for income taxes was $0.6 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, representing a decrease of $0.1 million, or 14.3%. The change was a result of a decrease in taxable income due to increased deferred rent, contingent consideration in the Milbank acquisition, and increased amortization of intangible assets. Our provision for income taxes as a percentage of income before provision for income taxes in 2011 was 3.7% compared to 5.7% in 2010.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, the working capital needs of our business have primarily been met through cash generated by our operations. We expect that our cash and liquidity requirements in the twelve months following the consummation of this offering will be met primarily through cash generated by our operations.

On June 24, 2013 the subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P. entered into a $15.0 million credit facility with City National Bank. The subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P. are the borrowers under such facility and Silvercrest L.P. guarantees the obligations of its subsidiaries under the credit facility. The credit facility is secured by certain assets of Silvercrest L.P. and its subsidiaries. The credit facility consists of a $7.5 million delayed draw term loan that matures on June 24, 2020 and a $7.5 million revolving credit facility that matures on December 24, 2016. The loan bears interest at either (a) the higher of the prime rate plus a margin of 0.05 percentage points and 2.5% or (b) the LIBOR rate plus 3 percentage points, at the borrowers’ option. No amount has been drawn on the term loan or revolving credit facility as of the date of this prospectus and the borrowers may draw up to the full amount of the term loan through June 25, 2018. Borrowings under the term loan on or prior to June 24, 2015 will be payable in twenty equal quarterly installments. Borrowings under the term loan after June 24, 2015 will be payable in equal quarterly installments through the maturity date. The new credit facility contains restrictions on, among other things, (i) incurrence of additional debt, (ii) creating liens on certain assets, (iii) making certain investments, (iv) consolidating, merging or otherwise disposing of substantially all of our assets, (v) the sale of certain assets, and (vi) entering into transactions with affiliates. In addition, the credit facility contains certain financial covenants including a test on discretionary assets under management, maximum debt to EBITDA and a fixed charge coverage ratio. The credit facility contains customary events of default, including the occurrence of a change in control which includes a person or group of persons acting together acquiring more than 30% of the total voting securities of Silvercrest. We would expect to borrow $6.0 million under the revolving credit facility to partially fund a distribution to the existing limited partners of Silvercrest L.P. prior to the closing of this offering. Any undrawn amounts under this facility would be available to fund future acquisitions or for working capital purposes, if needed.

 

94


Table of Contents

Our ongoing sources of cash primarily consist of management fees and family office services fees, which are principally collected quarterly. We primarily use cash flow from operations to pay compensation and related expenses, general and administrative expenses, income taxes, debt service, capital expenditures and distributions.

Seasonality typically affects cash flow since the first quarter of each year includes as a source of cash, the prior year’s annual performance fee payments, if any, from our various funds and external investment strategies and, as a use of cash, the prior fiscal year’s incentive compensation. We believe that we have sufficient cash from our operations to fund our operations and commitments for the next twelve months.

The following table set forth certain key financial data relating to our liquidity and capital resources as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 and December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  

(in thousands)

   2012      2011      2010              2012                      2012          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,443       $ 7,354       $ 7,025       $ 4,355       $ 4,095   

Accounts receivable

   $ 3,675       $ 2,238       $ 2,247       $ 3,307       $ 2,148   

Due from Silvercrest Funds

   $ 1,622       $ 2,043       $ 1,255       $ 1,220       $ 1,918   

Prior to the consummation of this offering, Silvercrest L.P. intends to make a distribution to its existing limited partners of previously undistributed earnings in the aggregate amount of approximately $10.0 million. Such distribution will be funded from cash on hand and borrowings under our new credit facility at the time of the reorganization but before the consummation of this offering. Purchasers in this offering will not be entitled to receive any portion of this distribution and such distribution may not be indicative of the amount of any future distributions.

We anticipate that distributions to the limited partners of Silvercrest L.P., which, immediately following this offering, will consist of 38 of our current employees and us, will continue to be a material use of our cash resources and will vary in amount and timing based on our operating results and dividend policy. As discussed under “Dividend Policy,” we currently intend to declare quarterly cash dividends to our Class A common stockholders. We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership of interests in Silvercrest L.P. As a result, we will depend upon distributions from Silvercrest L.P. to pay any dividends to our Class A stockholders. We expect to cause Silvercrest L.P. to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover dividends, if any, declared by us. Our dividend policy has certain risks and limitations, particularly with respect to liquidity. Although we expect to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may not pay dividends according to our policy, or at all, if, among other things, we do not have the cash necessary to pay our intended dividends or our subsidiaries are prevented from making a distribution to us under the terms of our proposed new credit facility or any future financing. To the extent we do not have cash on hand sufficient to pay dividends, we may decide not to pay dividends. By paying cash dividends rather than investing that cash in our future growth, we risk slowing the pace of our growth, or not having a sufficient amount of cash to fund our operations or unanticipated capital expenditures, should the need arise.

Our purchase of Class B units in Silvercrest L.P. concurrently with this offering, and the future exchanges of Class B units of Silvercrest L.P., are expected to result in increases in our share of the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Silvercrest L.P. at the time of our acquisition and these future exchanges, which will increase the tax depreciation and amortization deductions that otherwise would not have been available to us. These increases in tax basis and tax depreciation and amortization deductions are expected to reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the current principals of Silvercrest L.P. and any future employee holders of Class B units pursuant to which we will agree to pay them 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that we actually realize as a result of these increases in tax basis and certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments thereunder. The timing of these payments is currently unknown. The payments to be made pursuant to the tax receivable agreement will be a

 

95


Table of Contents

liability of Silvercrest and not Silvercrest L.P. This liability will be recorded as an “other liability” on our statement of financial condition. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, cash savings in income tax will be computed by comparing our actual income tax liability to the amount of such taxes that we would have been required to pay had there been no increase in our share of the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Silvercrest L.P.

While the actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under this agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, the amount and timing of our income and the tax rates then applicable, we expect that as a result of the size of the increases in the tax basis of our tangible and intangible assets, the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement likely will be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize the full tax benefit of the increased depreciation and amortization of our assets, we expect that future payments to the selling principals of Silvercrest L.P. in respect of our purchase of Class B units from them will aggregate approximately $4.9 million. Future payments to current principals of Silvercrest L.P. and future holders of Class B units in respect of subsequent exchanges would be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial. We intend to fund required payments pursuant to the tax receivable agreement from the distributions received from Silvercrest L.P.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth our cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. Operating activities consist of net income subject to adjustments for changes in operating assets and liabilities, depreciation, and equity-based compensation expense. Investing activities consist primarily of acquiring and selling property and equipment, distributions received from investments in investment funds, and cash paid as part of business acquisitions. Financing activities consist primarily of contributions from partners, distributions to partners, the issuance and payments on partner notes and earnout payments related to business acquisitions.

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  

(in thousands)

   2012     2011     2010             2013                     2012          

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 20,756      $ 15,401      $ 11,419      $ 7,384      $ 4,502   

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (770     (4,476     365      $ (2,782   $ (214

Net cash used in financing activities

     (13,897     (10,596     (10,086   $ (13,690   $ (7,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

   $ 6,089      $ 329      $ 1,698      $ (9,088   $ (3,259
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

Operating activities provided $7.4 million and $4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. This difference primarily is the result of an increase in net income of $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, and increased working capital resulting from an increase in the changes to receivables and due from Silvercrest Funds of $0.6 million resulting from increased collections due to greater revenue, accounts payable and accrued expenses of $0.5 million primarily due to the timing and level of payments in the ordinary course of our business, and accrued compensation of $0.2 million due to increased incentive compensation expense in 2013.

 

96


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2012 versus Year Ended December 31, 2011

Operating activities provided $20.8 million and $15.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. This difference primarily is the result of an increase in net income of $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and increased working capital resulting from an increase in the change to accrued compensation of $0.8 million due to increased incentive compensation expense in 2012 which was paid in 2013.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 versus Year Ended December 31, 2010

Operating activities provided $15.4 million and $11.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This difference primarily is the result of an increase in net income of $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and increased working capital resulting from an increase of $0.7 million in the collection of accounts receivable during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in Due from Silvercrest Funds is the result of a change in payment terms from monthly to quarterly in addition to increased fund management fee revenue.

Investing Activities

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, investing activities used $2.8 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The increase in the use of cash was primarily the result of $2.5 million of cash paid at the closing of the Ten-Sixty acquisition.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 versus Year Ended December 31, 2011

For the year ended December 31, 2012, investing activities used $0.8 million primarily as a result of a $0.7 million earnout payment related to the Marathon acquisition.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 versus Year Ended December 31, 2010

Investing activities consist primarily of investments in investment funds as well as capital expenditures. For the year ended December 31, 2011, investing activities used $4.5 million whereas for the year ended December 31, 2010, investing activities provided $0.4 million. The increase in cash used in investing activities from 2010 to 2011 was primarily the result of the cash payment of $3.3 million related to the Milbank acquisition in addition to a $0.4 million increase in earnout payments related to the Marathon acquisition.

Financing Activities

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, financing activities used $13.7 million and $7.5 million, respectively. The increase in net cash used in financing activities from 2012 to 2013 was primarily the result of higher partner incentive allocations paid in 2013 in addition to higher tax distributions paid during the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. Incentive allocations and tax distributions increased directly as a result of increased profitability and operating cash flow.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 versus Year Ended December 31, 2011

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, financing activities used $13.9 million and $10.6 million, respectively. The increase in net cash used in financing activities from 2011 to 2012 was primarily the result of higher partner incentive allocations paid in 2012 in addition to higher tax distributions paid during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011 partially offset by increased payments from partners on notes receivable. Incentive allocations and tax distributions increased directly as a result of increased profitability and operating cash flow.

 

97


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2011 versus Year Ended December 31, 2010

Financing activities consist primarily of contributions from partners, distributions to partners, the issuance and payments on partner notes, and earnout payments related to business acquisitions completed on or subsequent to January 1, 2009. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, financing activities used $10.6 million, and $10.1 million, respectively. The increase in net cash used in financing activities from 2010 to 2011 was the result of increased distributions of $4.1 million made to principals as a result of higher partner incentive allocations paid in 2011 in addition to higher tax distributions paid in the first quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. Incentive allocations and tax distributions increased directly as a result of increased profitability and operating cash flow. These increases were partially offset by lower payments of $2.9 million on notes payable due to the payment in full in 2011 of the note issued in connection with the Marathon acquisition, and the payment in full during 2010 of notes issued to former partners by us for the redemption of units under which we exercised our call right upon their termination of employment. In addition, cash received from principals on notes receivable was $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

We anticipate that distributions to principals of Silvercrest L.P. will continue to be a material use of our cash resources, and will vary in amount and timing based on our operating results and dividend policy.

We have outstanding fixed rate notes payable to Ten-Sixty and Milbank related to the Ten-Sixty and Milbank acquisitions, and variable rate notes issued to former principals to redeem units held by them under which we exercised our call right upon their termination.

As of March 31, 2013, the aggregate principal amount of the Ten-Sixty promissory note is $1.5 million which is payable in two initial installments of $0.2 million each on April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013 and then quarterly installments from June 30, 2014 through March 31, 2017 of $0.1 million each. The principal amount outstanding under this note bears interest at the rate of five percent per annum.

The aggregate principal amount of the notes related to the Milbank acquisition matures after four annual principal installments payable on each of November 1, 2013, 2014, and 2015 in the amounts of $0.9 million, $1.0 million, and $0.6 million, respectively, together with all accrued and unpaid interest. If specified conditions are not met by Milbank prior to November 1, 2014, then the principal payment due on November 1, 2015 will be reduced to $0.1 million. The principal amount outstanding under this note bears interest at the rate of five percent per annum.

As of March 31, 2013, $2.4 million remains outstanding on the notes payable related to the Milbank acquisition. Accrued but unpaid interest on the notes payable related to the Milbank acquisition was approximately $50 thousand as of March 31, 2013.

As of December 31, 2012, $2.4 million remains outstanding on the notes payable related to the Milbank acquisition. Accrued but unpaid interest on the notes payable related to the Milbank acquisition was approximately $20 thousand as of December 31, 2012.

As of March 31, 2013, $0.4 million remains outstanding on the notes issued to former principals. Accrued but unpaid interest on these notes issued to former principals was approximately $4 thousand as of March 31, 2013. The principal amounts outstanding under these notes bear interest at the U.S. Prime Rate plus one percent in effect at the time payments are due.

As of December 31, 2012, $0.9 million remains outstanding on the notes issued to former principals. Accrued but unpaid interest on these notes issued to former principals was approximately $26 thousand as of December 31, 2012. The principal amounts outstanding under these notes bear interest at the U.S. Prime Rate plus one percent in effect at the time payments are due.

 

98


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth information regarding our consolidated contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012.

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Less Than      More Than  
     Total      1 Year      1-3 Years      3-5 Years      5 Years  
     (in thousands)  

Operating leases

   $ 17,352       $ 3,675       $ 7,307       $ 6,370       $ —     

Capital leases

     33         20         13         —           —     

Notes payable (1)

     3,270         1,556         1,714         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20,655       $ 5,251       $ 9,034       $ 6,370       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes $1.5 million promissory note related to the Ten-Sixty acquisition on March 28, 2013.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We entered into a guaranty arrangement in October 2011. We act as investment advisor to Silvercrest Strategic Opportunities Fund. In October 2011, Silvercrest Strategic Opportunities Fund entered into a $5,000,000 revolving credit agreement with Pershing LLC for client redemptions. Simultaneously with the execution of the credit agreement, we entered into an indemnification agreement with Pershing whereby we agreed to indemnify Pershing from claims arising out of the non-performance of Silvercrest Strategic Opportunities Fund’s obligations under the related credit agreement. The credit agreement matured on January 15, 2012. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements of Silvercrest L.P. for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus for further disclosure regarding this off-balance sheet arrangement.

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of March 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 or December 31, 2010.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues, expenses and other income reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under current circumstances, our results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates and assumptions made by management include the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, revenue recognition, equity based compensation, accounting for income taxes, and other matters that affect the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. Accounting policies are an integral part of our financial statements. An understanding of these accounting policies is essential when reviewing our reported results of operations and our financial condition. Management believes that the critical accounting policies and estimates discussed below involve additional management judgment due to the sensitivity of the methods and assumptions used.

Business Combinations

We account for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires that purchase price, including the fair value of contingent consideration, of the acquisition be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed using the estimated fair values determined by management as of the acquisition date.

 

99


Table of Contents

For acquisitions completed subsequent to January 1, 2009, we measure the fair value of contingent consideration at each reporting period using a probability-adjusted discounted cash flow method based on significant inputs not observable in the market and any change in the fair value from either the passage of time or events occurring after the acquisition date, is recorded in earnings. In relation to our acquisition of Milbank, the fair value of the contingent consideration was based on discounted cash flow models using projected EBITDA for each earnout period. The discount rate applied to the projected EBITDA was determined based on the weighted average cost of capital for the Company and considered that the overall risk associated with the payments was similar to the overall risks of our business as there is no target, floor or cap associated with the contingent payments.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill consists of the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is not amortized and is evaluated for impairment using a two-step process that is performed at least annually, or whenever events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment”, which provided new accounting guidance on testing goodwill for impairment. The enhanced guidance provides an entity the option to first perform a qualitative assessment of whether a reporting unit’s fair value is more likely than not less than its carrying value, including goodwill. In performing its qualitative assessment, an entity considers the extent to which adverse events or circumstances identified, such as changes in economic conditions, industry and market conditions or entity specific events, could affect the comparison of the reporting unit’s fair value with its carrying amount. If an entity concludes that the fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not less than its carrying amount, the entity is required to perform the currently prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test to identify potential goodwill impairment and, accordingly, measure the amount, if any, of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized for that reporting unit. The guidance was effective for us as of January 1, 2012. We did not utilize this option and assessed goodwill using the two-step process when performing our annual impairment assessment in 2012.

The first step is a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired and the second step is unnecessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the goodwill to a determination of the implied fair value of the goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill is greater than the implied value, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference. The implied value of the goodwill is determined as of the test date by performing a purchase price allocation, as if the reporting unit had just been acquired, using currently estimated fair values of the individual assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, together with an estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit taken as a whole. The estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit is based upon information available regarding prices of similar groups of assets, or other valuation techniques including present value techniques based upon estimates of future cash flows. In order to determine the fair value of our reporting unit, we first determined the market value of our invested capital, or MVIC. Our MVIC was estimated using a combination of generally accepted valuation methods: the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF, and a market-based approach using the comparable company method. The DCF method estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of the future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period and an estimate of the present value of cash flows beyond that period, which is referred to as terminal value. The estimated present value is calculated using our weighted average cost of capital, which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in our business. The market-based approach considers multiples of financial metrics based trading multiples of a selected peer group of companies. These multiples are then applied to our financial metrics to derive a range of indicated values. Once calculated, the discounted cash flow and comparable company methods are then weighted. Our reporting unit is not at risk of failing step one as its estimated fair value determined during our annual goodwill impairment test for 2012 exceeded its carrying amount by over 380%.

 

100


Table of Contents

During 2011, we changed our annual impairment test date from December 31 to October 1, effective October 1, 2011. The change was made in anticipation of our company having a requirement to issue its annual financial statements on an accelerated basis as compared to prior years. The change had no impact on our results of operations or any other financial statement line item.

Identifiable finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from three to 20 years. The method of amortization is based on the pattern over which the economic benefits, generally expected undiscounted cash flows, of the intangible asset are consumed. Intangible assets for which no pattern can be reliably determined are amortized using the straight-line method. Intangible assets consist primarily of the contractual right to future management, advisory and performance fees from customer contracts or relationships. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the net carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. In connection with such review, we also re-evaluate the periods of amortization for these assets. Recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of these assets to undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by these assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their fair value.

Revenue Recognition

Investment advisory fees are typically billed quarterly in advance at the beginning of the quarter or in arrears after the end of the quarter, based on a contractual percentage of the assets managed. Family office services fees are also typically billed quarterly in advance at the beginning of the quarter or in arrears after the end of the quarter based on a contractual percentage of the assets managed or upon a contractually agreed-upon flat fee arrangement. Revenue is recognized on a ratable basis over the period in which services are performed.

We account for performance based revenue in accordance with ASC 605-20-S99, Accounting for Management Fees Based on a Formula, by recognizing performance fees and allocations as revenue only when it is certain that the fee income is earned and payable pursuant to the relevant agreements. In certain arrangements, we are only entitled to receive performance fees and allocations when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. We record performance fees and allocations as a component of revenue.

Because the majority of our revenues are earned based on assets under management that have been determined using fair value methods and since market appreciation/depreciation has a significant impact on our revenue, we have presented our assets under management using the U.S. GAAP framework for measuring fair value. That framework provides a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs based on company assumptions (Level 3). A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are described as follows:

 

   

Level 1—includes quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical instruments at the measurement date. The types of financial instruments included in Level 1 include unrestricted securities, including equities listed in active markets.

 

   

Level 2—includes inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the instruments, including quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the instruments. The type of financial instruments in this category include less liquid and restricted securities listed in active markets, securities traded in other than active markets, government and agency securities, and managed funds whose net asset value is based on observable inputs.

 

101


Table of Contents
   

Level 3—includes one or more significant unobservable inputs. Financial instruments that are included in this category include assets under management primarily comprised of investments in privately-held entities, limited partnerships, and other instruments where the fair value is based on unobservable inputs.

The table below summarizes the approximate amount of assets under management for the periods indicated for which fair value is measured based on Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 inputs.

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in billions)  

December 31, 2012 AUM

   $ 8.4       $ 1.4       $ 1.4       $ 11.2   

March 31, 2013 AUM

   $ 9.4       $ 1.8       $ 2.4       $ 13.6   

As substantially all our assets under management are valued by independent pricing services based upon observable market prices or inputs, we believe market risk is the most significant risk underlying valuation of our assets under management, as discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” and “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.”

The average value of our assets under management for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was approximately $12.4 billion. Assuming a 10% increase or decrease in our average assets under management and the change being proportionately distributed over all our products, the value would increase or decrease by approximately $1.2 billion, which would cause an annualized increase or decrease in revenues of approximately $5.5 million, at a weighted average fee rate as of March 31, 2013 of 0.44%.

The average value of our assets under management for the year ended December 31, 2012 was approximately $10.7 billion. Assuming a 10% increase or decrease in our average assets under management and the change being proportionately distributed over all our products, the value would increase or decrease by approximately $1.1 billion, which would cause an annualized increase or decrease in revenues of approximately $4.6 million, at the 2012 weighted average fee rate of 0.43%.

Equity-Based Compensation

Equity-based compensation cost relating to the issuance of share-based awards to principals is based on the fair value of the award at the date of grant, which is expensed ratably over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The fair value of the award is based upon the calculation of a per unit limited partnership interest of our company utilizing both discounted cash flow and guideline company valuation methodologies. The forfeiture assumption is ultimately adjusted to the actual forfeiture rate. Therefore, changes in the forfeiture assumptions may affect the timing of the total amount of expense recognized over the vesting period. The service period is the period over which the employee performs the related services, which is normally the same as the vesting period. Equity-based awards that do not require future service are expensed immediately. Equity-based awards that have the potential to be settled in cash at the election of the employee or that pertain to redeemable partnership units are classified as liabilities, or Liability Awards, and are adjusted to fair value at the end of each reporting period. Distributions associated with Liability Awards not expected to vest are accounted for as part of compensation expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In order to determine the fair value of our limited partnership interests underlying equity-based compensation awards issued prior to the offering described in this prospectus, we first determined the market value of our invested capital, or MVIC. Our MVIC was estimated using a combination of two generally accepted approaches: the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF, and the market-based approach using the comparable company method. The DCF method estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period and an estimate of the present value of cash flows beyond that period, which is referred to as terminal value. The

 

102


Table of Contents

estimated present value is calculated using our weighted average cost of capital, which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. The market-based approach considers multiples of financial metrics based trading multiples of a selected peer group of companies. These multiples are then applied to our financial metrics to derive a range of indicated values. Once calculated, the discounted cash flow and comparable company methods are then weighted. Estimates of the volatility of our limited partnership interests were based on available information regarding the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies.

Prior to this offering, the fair value of the limited partnership interests underlying equity-based compensation awards were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.” The assumptions we used in the valuation model were based on future expectations combined with management judgment. Because there had been no public market for our limited partnership units, management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our limited partnership interests as of the date of each equity-based compensation award grant, including the following factors:

 

   

the provisions of our limited partnership agreement;

 

   

our operating and financial performance;

 

   

current business conditions and projections;

 

   

lack of control discount;

 

   

lack of marketability discount;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the limited partnership interests underlying these equity-based compensation awards, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

historical trading activity of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

   

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In February 2010, we granted 15,808 units with fair value at grant date of $68.36 per unit. By February 2011, U.S. markets improved which resulted in an increase in our valuation and the market value of comparable companies. As a result of these factors in addition to organic growth, we projected increases in our budget for 2011 as compared to our actual performance in 2010. In February 2011, we granted 10,802 units with fair value at grant date of $148.35 per unit. Our valuation determined a MVIC by weighting the DCF approach at 50% and the market-based approach at 50%. Our MVIC reflected a discount for lack of control of 13% based on the existence of a non-managing partnership interest and a discount for lack of marketability of 20% based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately twelve months. In February 2012, we granted 1,000 units with fair value at grant date of $207.71 per unit. U.S. markets continued to improve into the first quarter of 2012 as compared to the end of 2011. As a result, we projected increases in our 2012 budget as compared to actual performance in 2011. Our valuation for the February 2012 grants was determined using a market-based approach.

Income Taxes

Our operating company is not subject to federal and state income taxes, since all income, gains and losses are passed through to our partners. Our operating company is subject to New York City Unincorporated Business Tax. We, including our affiliated incorporated entities, are subject to federal and state corporate income tax, which requires an asset and liability approach to the financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. With respect to our incorporated entity, the annual tax rate is based on the income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Tax laws are complex and subject to

 

103


Table of Contents

different interpretations by the taxpayer and respective governmental taxing authorities. Judgment is required in determining the tax expense and in evaluating tax positions. The tax effects of an uncertain tax position, or UTP, taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns are recognized only if it is “more likely-than-not” to be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on its technical merits as of the reporting date. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We recognize estimated interest and penalties related to UTPs in income tax expense.

We recognize the benefit of a UTP in the period when it is effectively settled. Previously recognized tax positions are derecognized in the first period in which it is no longer more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained upon examination.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards,” or IFRS, which amended guidance on fair value measurements to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in GAAP and IFRS. The amended guidance specifies that the concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise in a fair value measurement are relevant only when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets and are not relevant when measuring the fair value of financial assets or of liabilities. The amendments include requirements specific to measuring the fair value of those instruments, such as equity interests used as consideration in a business combination. An entity should measure the fair value of its own equity instrument from the perspective of a market participant that holds the instrument as an asset. With respect to financial instruments that are managed as part of a portfolio, an exception to fair value requirements is provided. That exception permits a reporting entity to measure the fair value of such financial assets and financial liabilities at the price that would be received to sell a net asset position for a particular risk or to transfer a net liability position for a particular risk in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The amendments also clarify that premiums and discounts should only be applied if market participants would do so when pricing the asset or liability. Premiums and discounts related to the size of an entity’s holding ( e.g. , a blockage factor) rather than as a characteristic of the asset or liability ( e.g., a control premium) are not permitted in a fair value measurement.

The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements, including, among other things, (a) for fair value measurements categorized within Level III of the fair value hierarchy, (1) a quantitative disclosure of the unobservable inputs and assumptions used in the measurement, (2) the valuation process used by the reporting entity and (3) a narrative description of the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, if any, and (b) the categorization by level of the fair value hierarchy for items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position but for which the fair value is required to be disclosed (for example, a financial instrument that is measured at amortized cost in the statement of financial position but for which fair value is disclosed). The guidance also amends disclosure requirements for significant transfers between Level I and Level II and now requires disclosure of all transfers between Levels I and II in the fair value hierarchy.

The amended guidance was effective for us on January 1, 2012 and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Subsequent Event

On June 3, 2013, we redeemed 18,144 of our units from two of our former employee-partners. In conjunction with the redemption, we issued promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of approximately $5.3 million, such principal amount is subject to downward adjustment to the extent of any breach by the holder of such note. The principal amount of the notes are payable in four equal annual installments on each of June 3, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017. The principal amount outstanding under these notes bears interest at the U.S. Prime Rate plus 1% in effect at the time payments are due.

 

104


Table of Contents

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures Regarding Market Risk

Our exposure to market risk is directly related to our role as investment adviser for the separate accounts we manage and the funds for which we act as sub-investment adviser. Most of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 was derived from advisory fees, which are typically based on the market value of assets under management. Accordingly, a decline in the prices of securities would cause our revenue and income to decline due to a decrease in the value of the assets we manage. In addition, such a decline could cause our clients to withdraw their funds in favor of investments offering higher returns or lower risk, which would cause our revenue and income to decline further. Please see our discussion of market risks in “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition.”

 

105


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Guiding Principles

 

   

We will create, build and maintain an environment that encourages innovation and original thought and apply this fresh thinking to the needs of our clients and firm.

 

   

We will attract, motivate and retain unusually talented and ambitious professionals who share a passion for the investment business and an antipathy for corporate bureaucracy and office politics.

 

   

We will conduct ourselves in all our dealings as highly ethical, responsible and competent professionals who always place our clients’ financial interests ahead of our own.

 

   

We will encourage and nurture an entrepreneurial, collegial and action-oriented business culture in which “fun” is inevitable and decisions are generally consensual.

Our Company

We are a premier, full-service wealth management firm focused on providing financial advisory and related family office services to ultra-high net worth individuals and institutional investors. In addition to a wide range of investment capabilities, we offer a full suite of complementary and customized family office services for families seeking comprehensive oversight of their financial affairs. As of March 31, 2013, our assets under management were $13.6 billion.

We were founded 11 years ago on the premise that if we staffed and organized our business to deliver a combination of excellent investment performance together with high-touch client service, we would quickly differentiate our business from a crowded field of firms nominally in the wealth management business. We seek to attract and serve a base of individuals and families with $10 million or more of investable assets, and we believe we are particularly well-positioned to offer comprehensive investment and family office service solutions to families with over $25 million of investable assets. As of March 31, 2013, our top 419 client relationships had an average size of $32 million and represented approximately 98% of our assets under management. Our top 50 relationships averaged $196 million in size as of March 31, 2013. As a boutique, we are large enough to provide an array of comprehensive capabilities, yet agile enough to coordinate and deliver highly personalized client service.

We consider these to be our competitive strengths:

 

   

We are a company offering independent, unconflicted advice, which is principally employee-owned.

 

   

We have a strong record of organic and acquired growth and we have a scalable platform.

 

   

We have a long-term track record of superior investment performance.

 

   

We have a diverse and highly loyal clientele.

 

   

We have proven senior management which has successfully executed our growth strategy.

We have grown during a time of extraordinary financial turmoil during which the value of a full-service, independent, client-focused firm has become ever-more apparent. Our growth and success at attracting ultra-high net worth clients, primarily by taking market share from our competitors, validates our original premise. Our annual client retention rate has averaged 98% since 2006 and, as shown below, the compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, in our assets under management since inception is 48%. Our growth rate in any 12-month period ending on the last day of a fiscal quarter since inception ranged from (23)% to 1,142%, with a mean of 55%. We believe our record of growth is a direct result of our demonstrated record of delivering excellent performance together with highly personalized service to our clients.

 

106


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our organic growth has been complemented by selective hiring and by five successfully completed strategic acquisitions which have expanded not only assets under management, but also our professional ranks, geographic footprint and service capabilities. We believe additional acquisitions will allow us to extend our geographic presence nationally. As we grow, we will maintain our value proposition to continue to deliver to our clients excellent investment performance together with excellent client service, the essence of what differentiates us from our competitors.

Our clients engage us to advise them on traditional investment strategies focused on equities, fixed income and cash as well as non-traditional investment strategies including hedge funds, private equity funds, real estate and commodities. Our clients receive a full menu of proprietary investment capabilities together with a focused array of complementary non-proprietary capabilities offered by unaffiliated firms selected by us. In addition to our investment capabilities, we also provide our clients with family office services and related administrative services, which include financial planning, tax planning and preparation, partnership accounting and fund administration, and consolidated wealth reporting. Our fees for our investment advisory services, non-proprietary services, and family office and related administrative services are structured to align our financial incentives with those of our clients to ensure they receive unconflicted advice. The vast majority of our fees are for discretionary asset management, and are based on the value of the assets we manage for our clients. These fee revenues increase if our clients’ assets grow in value; these revenues decrease if our clients’ assets decline in value. We charge a management fee based on assets under management for our investment advisory services. Unlike our management fees, our fees for family office services and related administrative services are generally not based on or correlated to market values. For these services, we generally charge our clients a negotiated fee based on the scope of work. These services create strong client relationships and contribute meaningfully to our record of client retention.

As of March 31, 2013, approximately 89% of our discretionary assets under management were held for individual clients and 11% for institutional clients. Based on the strong results we have achieved in a number of our equity strategies, we are attracting a significant amount of institutional investor interest. After five years of dedicated effort, our equity capabilities are now on the approved lists of several prominent institutional consultants and, as a result, we believe significant institutional growth is likely in future years.

 

107


Table of Contents

History, Organization and Philosophy

When forming our company, our founders had the objective of creating a large full-service boutique operation focused on managing portfolios and delivering financial advice to wealthy individuals and select institutions. We commenced operations in April of 2002. Our first partners and employees came almost entirely from Donaldson, Lufkin& Jenrette (DLJ) Asset Management Group which had been acquired by Credit Suisse Asset Management in late 2000. In 2002, we carefully recruited and hired the same equity, fixed income and client service teams with whom our clients had worked at DLJ Asset Management Group. As of May 15, 2013, approximately a quarter of our 95 employees are veterans of DLJ. Many of our principals, therefore, have worked together for 20 years and, in some cases, even longer.

Our headquarters are located in New York City with additional offices in Boston, Massachusetts and Charlottesville, Virginia. From 2004 to 2012, we successfully acquired four separate registered investment advisers and integrated and rebranded their operations into our company. In April 2013, we began integrating and rebranding the acquired operations of Ten-Sixty Asset Management, LLC. The following is a summary of these acquisitions:

 

   

James C. Edwards Asset Management Inc., acquired in March 2004 with $889 million in assets under management, helped build out our New York presence;

 

   

Heritage Financial Management LLC, acquired in March 2005 with $330 million in assets under management, created an office in Charlottesville, VA and enhanced our family office and tax planning and preparation capabilities;

 

   

Marathon Capital Group LLC, acquired in October 2008 with $552 million in assets under management, established a Boston office for our company; and

 

   

Milbank Winthrop & Co., acquired in November 2011 with approximately $478 million in assets under management, strengthened our presence in the New York market and allowed us to add commodity and new funds of funds investment capabilities.

 

   

Ten-Sixty Asset Management, LLC, acquired in March 2013 with approximately $1.9 billion in assets under management, expanded our hedge fund due diligence capabilities and continued to grow our institutional business.

In structuring our business we anticipated that we would quickly become a large boutique operation. Accordingly, from inception we have embraced an organizational structure in which the primary functions of client service, investments, technology and operations and business administration were organized and staffed with professionals who specialize in each of those functions. This structure permits each professional to focus on his or her area of expertise without the distraction of other business responsibilities. At many other firms the senior professionals are expected to serve multiple roles simultaneously, which we believe dilutes the value to clients and makes scaling the business effectively unachievable. We firmly believe that our business structure represents a better approach and will permit us to greatly expand our business on our existing platform.

In meeting our primary objective to deliver strong investment results, we seek to add value through our asset allocation advice, as well as through our proprietary equity and fixed income strategies and outsourced investment capabilities. We recruited and hired a team of seasoned securities analysts who have an institutional caliber approach to security selection and a long record of success in implementing their strategies. We encourage them to focus 100% of their professional time on the task of securities selection. Our in-house equity analysts are focused on U.S. large cap, small cap, smid cap, multi cap, equity income and focused value equity strategies. On the fixed income side, our analysts are focused on high-grade municipals, high-yield municipals and high-grade taxables.

In order to deliver excellent client service, our portfolio managers are charged with the responsibility of working individually with each client to help define investment objectives, risk tolerance, cash flow requirements

 

108


Table of Contents

and other financial needs. The portfolio manager is responsible for developing a portfolio strategy designed to meet these predetermined client goals. Thereafter, the portfolio manager becomes the client’s primary point of contact with our company in all matters, including assessing the client’s need for family office services, and then introducing and overseeing the family office services professionals engaged for that work. Client-facing portfolio managers, their support staffs and the family office services group account for 45% of our total employees, a reflection of our high commitment to excellent client service. The ratio of our total client relationships to client-facing professionals is, therefore, approximately nine to one. We are staffed to assure that each client receives senior level personal attention.

We have a staff of 10 professionals who work with our portfolio managers to deliver family office services to interested clients. The fees for family office services are negotiated with the client and generally are not asset-based. For this reason, the revenues generated by our family office services are non-correlated to market movements and provide us with a diversified source of earnings. We believe these family office services have been an attractive component of our overall value proposition and engender a stronger relationship with the client, leading to greater client retention and the institutionalization of client relationships.

Our compound annual growth rate for assets under management growth from inception through March 31, 2013 is 48%. Prior to the financial crisis of 2008, we enjoyed a compound annual growth rate in assets under management of approximately 85% from inception through August 2008. Subsequent to the onset of the financial crisis in 2008, we have recovered more rapidly than many of our large, independent competitors, according to RIA Data Center, and our assets under management now exceed our pre-financial crisis high. Importantly, we remained profitable throughout the downturn. As a result, our compound annual growth rate from August 2008 through March 31, 2013 is 8%. We expect to continue our pattern of complementing our organic growth in assets through selective hiring and acquisitions. We expect our growth to further accelerate as a direct result of growing client referrals and increasing our presence in the institutional marketplace.

Our Market Opportunity

Overview

Our client relationships with ultra-high net worth individuals currently represent less than 1% of U.S. families with investable assets over $25 million. Our assets represent less than 5% of the $498 billion multi-family office (MFO)/registered investment adviser (RIA) channel, which, according to data from Cerulli Associates, itself represents 10% of the estimated $4.8 trillion high net worth market. Even modest improvements in our penetration of this market will lead to significant further growth.

Domestic High Net Worth Market

The Spectrem Group estimates there were 1.1 million households in the United States with a net worth of over $5 million in 2012 and 117,000 with a net worth in excess of $25 million. Over the last 15 years, the number of households with over $5 million in net worth has grown at an annual rate of 11% per year. Cerulli Associates estimates that 90% of the $4.8 trillion high net worth market is at firms outside the MFO/RIA channel. With our focus on taking market share from these firms, we believe that there is a significant growth opportunity for us.

 

109


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Source: The Spectrem Group

The Spectrem Group found that high net worth clients and families, in selecting an adviser, valued qualities such as honesty, trustworthiness, transparency and responsive service ahead of an adviser’s investment performance track record. When these highly valued characteristics are coupled with superior performance, the result can be an unusually loyal client base. During one of the most turbulent periods of U.S. financial history our clients proved to be highly loyal: our annual client retention rate has averaged 98% since 2006.

The Wealth Management Industry

The wealth management industry is highly competitive and comprised of many players. We compete directly with some of the largest financial service companies, as well as some of the smallest. Substantially all of our new business to date has resulted from our success in taking market share from these firms. In general, these competitors fall into one of the following categories:

 

   

Diversified Financial Institutions have divisions aimed at providing wealth management solutions to the high net worth segment that are usually staffed by brokers with many sources of compensation.

 

   

Asset Management Firms offer proprietary institutional and retail asset management services catering to the high net worth segment largely with off-the-shelf products.

 

   

Trust Companies combine fiduciary and investment services as well as ancillary financial services with little emphasis on performance.

 

   

MFO/RIAs focus exclusively on the high net worth segment and, in the case of MFOs, are frequently dominated by one or two families.

Cerulli Associates estimates that MFO/RIAs are the fastest growing firms in the wealth management industry. Assets have doubled over the last five years as they have taken greater market share, primarily from large financial institutions. Assets managed by MFO/RIAs grew from 2006-2011 at a CAGR of 13.6% as compared with a 0.9% CAGR for all high net worth providers. Cerulli Associates further estimates that RIA/MFOs will grow at a 15.7% CAGR from 2011 through 2015. We are an RIA which is also regarded as an MFO, and thus we are well positioned to benefit from the growth Cerulli Associates foresees.

The 2008 financial crisis created an ongoing opportunity for independent smaller firms to attract assets from their larger competitors. The press has documented the erosion of client trust that has occurred at large financial

 

110


Table of Contents

institutions due to inherent conflicts of interest and lack of transparency. In delivering conflict-free advice within a completely transparent fee relationship, we are well-positioned to achieve further market share gains.

Institutional Market

The asset management industry has experienced significant growth in worldwide assets under management during the past 15 years, fueled in significant respects by aging populations in both developed and emerging markets around the world, which have increased the pools of savings and particularly pension assets. For example, total pension assets in the United States grew from $6.8 trillion at the end of 1996 to $16.1 trillion at the end of 2011, according to Towers Watson. Furthermore, Towers Watson estimates that U.S. pension funds allocate 44% of year-end total assets to equities or $7.1 trillion at the end of 2011. As of March 31, 2013, institutional assets represented approximately 11% of our discretionary assets under management or $917 million and 7% of total assets under management. After a focused multi-year investment effort to make our capabilities known to institutional investment consultants, we continue to believe we are well positioned to attract meaningful institutional assets. As a result, we expect this percentage to increase significantly.

Competitive Strengths

Our key competitive strengths are as follows:

Independent, Unconflicted Advice

We are an independent registered investment adviser and are not affiliated with a broker/dealer or a commercial bank. As a result, our financial incentives are directly aligned with those of our clients. The vast majority of our fees are for discretionary asset management, and are based on the value of the assets we manage for our clients. These fee revenues increase if our clients’ assets grow in value; these revenues decrease if our clients’ assets decline in value. We do not receive commissions, rebates, spreads or any other indirect or undisclosed forms of compensation. We are not controlled by any client or family and all of our investment decisions are made in the best interests of our clients. All of our fees are fully disclosed and transparent to our clients who have an unrestricted right to accept or reject them.

We employ a partnership culture and mindset fostered through widespread employee equity ownership. As of June 4, 2013, 38 of our employees owned equity in our company. Each of our principals purchased this equity by making a substantial personal investment in our company. We believe that employee equity aligns our employees’ interests both with our company’s and our clients’ interests. It further motivates and dedicates employees to the task of satisfying our clients’ objectives. We believe that this partnership approach maximizes teamwork and collegiality and when issues and opportunities arise, all of our principals take an active interest in them.

Demonstrated Track Record of Growing Assets Under Management

We have expanded our business through a combination of organic growth and acquired growth, which combined with strong investment returns, have produced a CAGR in total client assets of 48% since our inception.

Our organic growth in our individual client business has been fueled by client referrals and through the hiring of portfolio managers with substantial client relationships. Our institutional client business has resulted from a multi-year effort to make our equity capabilities known to institutional investment consultants. Our acquired growth is the result of five successfully completed strategic acquisitions we have consummated in New York, Boston and Charlottesville. Following this offering, we expect the number and frequency of acquisitions to increase.

 

111


Table of Contents

We have adopted a scalable structure in which the primary functions of client service, investments, technology and operations and business administration are organized and staffed with professionals who specialize in each of those functions. Our organization not only permits the efficient and scalable growth of our business but fosters the integration of acquired firms. Our ultra-high net worth business is scalable and our institutional business is even more so. We can add significant institutional assets without any further significant investment in infrastructure.

Long-Term Track Record of Superior Investment Performance

We have a proven ability to deliver excellent investment performance through both our asset allocation work on behalf of clients as well as through security selection. We believe that the superior investment returns we have generated for investors over many years and through all types of economic conditions are a key reason for our success in growing assets. The following chart summarizes the performance of each of our principal equity strategies relative to their appropriate benchmarks.

 

PROPRIETARY EQUITY PERFORMANCE    ANNUALIZED PERFORMANCE  

AS OF 03/31/13                                                 

   INCEPTION    1-YEAR      3-YEAR      5-YEAR      7-YEAR      INCEPTION  

Large Cap Value Composite

   4/1/02      16.0         11.9         6.2         5.9         7.0   

Russell 1000 Value Index

        18.8         12.7         4.9         4.2         5.8   

Small Cap Value Composite

   4/1/02      17.6         16.7         13.1         10.6         10.8   

Russell 2000 Value Index

        18.1         12.1         7.3         3.9         7.6   

Smid Cap Value Composite

   10/1/05      16.8         15.2         8.6         8.2         8.7   

Russell 2500 Value Index

        21.2         14.2         8.8         5.2         6.4   

Multi Cap Value Composite

   7/1/02      15.9         13.4         8.4         7.7         8.3   

Russell 3000 Value Index

        18.7         12.7         5.1         4.2         6.9   

Equity Income Composite

   12/1/03      18.6         14.9         10.1         9.1         11.1   

Russell 3000 Value Index

        18.7         12.7         5.1         4.2         6.9   

Focused Value Composite

   9/1/04      11.4         10.5         8.4         6.9         9.3   

Russell 3000 Value Index

        18.7         12.7         5.1         4.2         6.4   

Loyal, Diverse Base of Clients

As a result of our focus on delivering outstanding investment performance combined with highly personalized client service, we have developed significant long-term relationships with a large majority of our clients. Many of our client relationships pre-date the formation of our company. Since 2006, our annual client retention rate has averaged 98% and was 99% and 100% in 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Our suite of family office services has been an important component to building a strong relationship with our clients, leading to greater client retention. Nine out of our ten largest relationships use one or more components of our family office services. In addition to assisting in client retention, these capabilities have been instrumental in attracting new clients from families which seek a comprehensive and efficient approach to overseeing their wealth beyond investment management.

Our assets under management are highly diversified among clients. As of March 31, 2013, approximately 98% of our business was comprised of clients whose average relationship size is $32 million and our top 50 relationships averaged $196 million. As of March 31, 2013, our clients were represented in 43 states, the District of Columbia, Europe and Latin America and no single client represented more than 5% of our revenue or 6% of discretionary assets under management.

 

112


Table of Contents

Dedicated, Proven Senior Management

Our entire business is overseen by an Executive Committee comprising our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel and a Managing Director from our Portfolio Management Group. This group meets weekly to discuss our overall business. In particular, the Executive Committee focuses on developing and implementing our strategy as well as solving problems and seizing opportunities effectively and efficiently. At present, except for Mr. Albert S. Messina, no one on the Executive Committee has direct client or investment responsibility and, as a result, the members of the Executive Committee commit significant resources to managing the business and executing our growth strategy.

Our Growth Strategy

We built our company to take market share from financial services firms whose wealth management models we believe are flawed. To date, we attracted substantially all of our new client relationships from our competitors due to client dissatisfaction with service and/or investment performance. Our growth strategy has been and will continue to be to grow our business organically, to complement our organic growth with strategic hires and acquisitions and to expand our presence in the institutional market. In support of each of these initiatives we plan to continue to invest in establishing our brand through continued selective advertising and public relations.

Organic Growth

We have a proven ability to identify, attract and retain ultra-high net worth clients who seek a firm designed to deliver excellent investment performance and excellent client service. Our organizational model of separate and distinct business functions has proven scalable and our company’s assets under management have grown to $13.6 billion as of March 31, 2013 without a commensurate increase in headcount. Importantly, we have achieved our growth while maintaining our profitability during one of the most challenging periods in the history of the U.S. financial markets. Going forward, we will continue to execute our proven business plan for attracting ultra-high net worth clients.

The business of attracting ultra-high net worth clients is the business of obtaining referrals and gaining trust. At our company these responsibilities reside principally with our portfolio managers. Our senior portfolio managers have on average nearly 30 years of experience and they have a wealth of contacts and professional referral sources as a result of that experience. In spearheading the effort to deliver excellent performance and service to their clients, these portfolio managers develop very close relationships with their clients and in many cases these relationships are much older than our company itself. Much of our new business results from referrals from existing clients. In this regard, it is critical that our portfolio managers work closely with each of their clients to establish the trust that is at the heart of the relationship.

Where appropriate, our portfolio managers are also encouraged to introduce our clients to our family office services capabilities and we expect to see growth in client utilization of these services in the future. Nine of our ten largest clients use our family office services and some of these have closed their own family offices to consolidate those activities with us. This is a profitable business for us and it serves to tighten our ties to those clients who avail themselves of the services we offer. It is also extremely useful to us in new business competitions where we use these services as a differentiator from our competitors. We expect much greater penetration with our current clients in future years and we expect that many of our new clients will use these services extensively.

Complementing the efforts of our senior portfolio managers to cultivate client referrals, our recently created business development team is charged with identifying newly formed wealth (resulting from merger, acquisition or corporate finance) and then creating customized solicitations. Our objective is two-fold: we will expand awareness of our company and its capabilities by distributing our marketing materials to this new audience and we will attract a certain amount of new business. The basis of this effort is careful research designed to ascertain if the prospect has any relationship with us-or any of our clients or friends-and then our solicitation is tailored to those circumstances.

 

113


Table of Contents

In all of our business development efforts we devote a great deal of time and effort to developing highly customized and detailed proposals for our prospects. In order to do so, we spend as much time as is required to thoroughly understand the prospect’s circumstances and goals as well as the sources of its dissatisfaction with its existing adviser. Where appropriate our proposals include the integration of our entire suite of family office services. We believe very few of our competitors invest the time and labor to create comparable proposals and we believe these customized proposals have underpinned much of our new business success. We believe our customized new business presentations distinguish us from both our much larger competitors, which have substantial resources, but whose size, we believe, may impede them from easily tailoring solutions to suit clients’ needs, as well as from our smaller competitors whom, we believe, do not have our depth of resources or capabilities. Simultaneously, our customized new business presentations distinguish us from both our much larger competitors who have major resources but cannot easily tailor solutions to suit clients’ needs as well as from our smaller competitors who do not have our depth of resources or capabilities.

Acquired Growth

From our inception, our organic growth has been complemented by selective hiring and strategic acquisitions which have served to enlarge our client base, expand our professional ranks, increase our geographic presence and broaden our service capabilities. We therefore expect to continue to recruit and hire senior portfolio managers with significant client relationships as well as successful investment professionals with capabilities currently not available internally to us. We have used acquisitions to extend our presence into new geographies (Boston, Charlottesville) and to gain new investment expertise. The five strategic acquisitions we have successfully completed have allowed us to benefit from economies of scale and scope.

In making acquisitions, we look for compatible professionals of the highest integrity who believe in our high service-high performance model for the business. It is important that their clientele be principally clients of high net worth and it is helpful if they have a similar value-based investment methodology. These firms are attracted to our company by the strength of our brand, the breadth of our services and the integrity of our people. Often these firms are extremely limited in the investment products and client services they can offer their clients and it is not uncommon that they have succession or other management issues to resolve. In addition, the high and growing cost of compliance with federal and state laws governing their business is often an added inducement. Following this offering, we believe we will become the partner of choice for many such firms.

Continuing our short-term growth strategy, we intend to establish offices in major wealth centers on the West Coast, in the Southwest and in the Midwest in order to be closer to both our clients and to prospective clients. The following chart identifies those U.S. cities which contain the greatest number of families with net worth of $30 million or more:

 

RANK

  

CITY

   RESIDENTS WITH
A NET WORTH >
$30 MILLION
 

1

   New York, NY      7,535   

2

   San Francisco, CA      4,580   

3

   Los Angeles, CA      4,525   

4

   Chicago, IL      2,610   

5

   Washington, DC      2,395   

6

   Houston, TX      2,285   

7

   Dallas, TX      2,015   

8

   Atlanta, GA      970   

9

  

Seattle, WA

     950   

10-Tie

  

Boston, MA

     915   

10-Tie

   Philadelphia, PA      915   

Source: Cerulli Associates/Wealth-X

 

114


Table of Contents

While we have been able to consummate acquisitions largely on the strength of our brand and culture without the benefit of publicly traded stock, we believe additional cash and a publicly traded stock will greatly enhance our acquisition prospects. Our past acquisitions have sharpened our ability to integrate acquired businesses, and we believe that once we identify an acquisition target we will be able to complete the acquisition and the integration of the acquired business expeditiously.

We have a strong brand and trusted reputation. Unlike pure “roll up” firms, we believe we appeal to like-minded professionals who wish to remain independent, autonomous and focused on their clients. In-line with our previous acquisitions, we envision future targets will be rebranded as Silvercrest.

Institutional Growth

After five years of effort focused on cultivating relationships with institutional investment consultants, we continue to regularly make new business presentations to institutional investors, including public and corporate pension funds, endowments, foundations, and their consultants.

We are now on the “approved” lists of certain prominent institutional investment consultants, which means that these consultants would be prepared to recommend our firm to clients in search of a particular investment strategy for its clients. This has significantly enhanced our ability to win mandates these consultants seek for their institutional clients and as a result we have begun to win institutional mandates in our equity strategies. This trend was recently highlighted by our selection by a very large state retirement fund to manage an equity mandate of up to $400 million. In addition, in December 2011, we were hired to manage, and have begun providing services to, a new equity mutual fund which is being actively marketed throughout the nation. We expect this trend to continue once it is publicly known that these and other institutions have engaged us to manage significant portfolios for them. The importance of institutional growth to our company is noteworthy: institutional assets will likely expand not only our assets under management but also our profit margins; and the painstaking due diligence conducted by these institutions before selecting us will ratify and confirm the decisions to hire us made by our individual clients.

Brand Management

We have invested heavily to build, maintain and extend our brand. We have done so in the belief that creating awareness of our company and its differentiated characteristics would support all aspects of our business but most notably our growth.

With limited resources, we have created a focused national advertising campaign, which has drawn praise from clients, prospects and competitors alike. We have carefully chosen media outlets that reach our target audience efficiently and we estimate that the new business, which we get directly as a result of our advertising, now finances its cost.

Complementing our advertising strategy and again with limited resources, we have also invested in an effort to get media coverage of our company in some of the nation’s most prestigious national publications as well as in industry journals and newsletters. This effort has resulted in press coverage by the Wall Street Journal , Barron’s , Bloomberg , the Financial Times and The New York Times as well as various trade publications distributed within our industry. This public relations effort has very proven helpful in establishing our company as a leader in our industry.

Following this offering we expect to increase our spending in both advertising and public relations as part of our effort to further build our brand and to increase the market’s awareness of our company, particularly in the geographic markets which we expect to enter.

 

115


Table of Contents

Our Business Model

We were founded in 2002 to provide independent investment advisory and related family office services to ultra-high net worth individuals and endowments, foundations and other institutional investors. To this end, we are structured to provide our clients with institutional-quality investment management with the superior level of service expected by wealthy individuals.

To provide this high level of service, we rely on portfolio management teams and our family office services team to provide objective, conflict-free investment management selection and a fully integrated, customized family-centric approach to wealth management. We believe the combination of comprehensive family office service, excellent investment capabilities and a high level of personal service allows us to take advantage of economies of scale to service the needs of our ultra-high net worth clients.

We have dedicated investment management teams tasked with successfully implementing their respective investment strategies. To increase the probability of success in meeting this objective, our analysts are not responsible for client interaction, management of our business, marketing or compliance oversight. This enables us to effectively serve ultra-high net worth clients as well as institutions which typically perform in-depth due diligence before selecting a manager.

Delivering Investment Performance

The Investment Policy & Strategy Committee, or IPSC, which is comprised of our chief strategist and several of our senior portfolio managers, is charged with the responsibility of adding value through asset allocation and manager selection. This is done through the use of our proprietary investment management by internal analysts, and by whom we believe are best-of-breed external managers.

The IPSC develops model asset allocations assuming differing levels of risk, liquidity and income tolerance as well as conducting outside manager due diligence. Our proprietary model portfolio structures are not merely a backward-looking, mechanical exercise based on the past performance of different asset classes. Instead, our IPSC overlays our judgment on the likely future performance of different asset classes in arriving at optimal portfolio structures. None of our dedicated investment analysts serves on this committee, which safeguards the independence of the IPSC’s recommendations.

Our portfolio managers are responsible for creating a customized investment program for each client based upon the IPSC’s work. An interactive dialogue ensures that each portfolio plan is based upon each client’s defined written objectives. Each client’s portfolio strategy takes into account that client’s risk tolerance, income and liquidity requirements as well as the effect of diversifying out of low-basis and/or sentimental holdings.

Historically, the IPSC has added value to our clients’ portfolios through asset allocation weightings and manager selection. The chart below shows the performance results of our company’s basic asset allocation model portfolios developed by the IPSC using our proprietary and outsourced investment capabilities.

 

MODEL PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE   ANNUALIZED PERFORMANCE  

AS OF 3/31/2013                                           

  INCEPTION      1-YEAR      3-YEAR      5-YEAR      7-YEAR      INCEPTION  

Income Portfolio

    5/1/03         7.6         6.5         5.1         5.5         6.4   

U.S. Stock/Bond Mix (50/50) 1

       8.9         9.1         5.6         5.5         6.4   

Balanced Portfolio

    5/1/03         8.7         7.6         5.5         5.5         7.4   

U.S. Stock/Bond Mix (60/40) 1

       9.9         9.8         5.7         5.4         6.6   

Growth Portfolio

    5/1/03         10.7         9.8         6.0         5.2         8.4   

U.S. Stock/Bond Mix (90/10) 1

       12.9         12.0         5.8         5.1         7.5   

 

1  

The equity benchmark is the S&P 500 Index and the fixed income benchmark is the Barclays Aggregate Bond Index.

 

116


Table of Contents

From inception, we have employed a system of peer group reviews to ensure that client portfolios have been constructed in a manner consistent with our best collective thinking. In annual peer group reviews, the asset allocation within client portfolios is compared with the portfolios’ defined objectives and portfolios which are not fully aligned with the investment objective, which are then singled out for further review and discussion. Our objective is for all clients to receive our best thinking and that portfolio managers are managing portfolios consistently with our policy. As a combination of these various factors, the client relationship is with us and not merely with an individual at our company.

We believe that it is impossible for a single manager to perform all forms of investing equally well. Thus, our core proprietary investment capabilities are focused on a narrow range of highly disciplined U.S. equity and fixed income management strategies. Our investment teams have exhibited strong performance records. With respect to these strategies, roughly 50% of our total assets under management are managed in our proprietary investment strategies.

Our outsourced investment capabilities include alternative investments as well as traditional investment approaches in the categories of domestic large, mid and small cap growth equity, international equities and high yield bonds.

Proprietary Equity Strategies

Our equity strategies rely on a team-based investment approach and a rigorous investment process. This approach has resulted in returns that exceed relevant market benchmarks. We believe this team approach has provided and will continue to provide consistency to our investment process and results over the long-term. Our investment analysts are generalists who employ a “bottom-up” value oriented equity selecting methodology. Our analysts collectively monitor a universe of approximately 100 stocks which are deemed to be attractively valued relative to their business outlook and management’s history of adding value. Each proprietary equity strategy is built from the same body of research. Below is an illustration of the equity team’s investment process:

 

LOGO

 

117


Table of Contents

Once stocks have been approved for investment from this body of research, they become part of one or more model equity portfolios. These are generally large cap, small cap, smid cap, multi-cap, equity income and focused value. Each stock position is continually monitored against its investment thesis to ensure investment discipline, and we employ a strict discipline to trim or sell securities in the following circumstances:

 

   

When a stock is excessively valued in our models or the best case scenario is reflected in the stock price;

 

   

Due to a stock’s outperformance, which can adversely affect a portfolio’s diversification;

 

   

Due to underperformance, when a stock trails relevant benchmarks by more than 10%;

 

   

When the investment thesis changes, due to a loss of confidence in management, a change in business prospects, or the deterioration in earnings quality.

Below is a breakdown of assets among the various proprietary equity strategies as of March 31, 2013:

 

LOGO

 

118


Table of Contents

Each of our equity strategies has outperformed its benchmark as illustrated by the following chart:

 

 

PROPRIETARY EQUITY PERFORMANCE    ANNUALIZED PERFORMANCE  
AS OF 03/31/13    INCEPTION      1-YEAR      3-YEAR      5-YEAR      7-YEAR      INCEPTION  

Large Cap Value Composite

     4/1/02         16.0         11.9         6.2         5.9         7.0   

Russell 1000 Value Index

        18.8         12.7         4.9         4.2         5.8   

Small Cap Value Composite

     4/1/02         17.6         16.7         13.1         10.6         10.8   

Russell 2000 Value Index

        18.1         12.1         7.3         3.9         7.6   

Smid Cap Value Composite

     10/1/05         16.8         15.2         8.6         8.2         8.7   

Russell 2500 Value Index

        21.2         14.2         8.8         5.2         6.4   

Multi Cap Value Composite

     7/1/02         15.9         13.4         8.4         7.7         8.3   

Russell 3000 Value Index

        18.7         12.7         5.1         4.2         6.9   

Equity Income Composite

     12/1/03         18.6         14.9         10.1         9.1         11.1   

Russell 3000 Value Index

        18.7         12.7         5.1         4.2         6.9   

Focused Value Composite

     9/1/04         11.4         10.5         8.4         6.9         9.3   

Russell 3000 Value Index

        18.7         12.7         5.1         4.2         6.4   

Proprietary Fixed Income Strategies

In the management of fixed income investments, clients typically give us the mandate to produce stable returns to dampen the volatility of their portfolios as a counter-weight to equities as part of their complete asset allocation. For those investors who can take advantage of the tax exemption of municipal bonds, we have developed two high-yield municipal bond products designed to add value to the returns possible from high-grade bonds in a low interest rate environment. Below is the breakdown of assets under management by strategy as of March 31, 2013:

 

LOGO

Our fixed income strategy employs a bottom-up fundamental value approach designed to minimize the risk of loss. Almost all of our bond portfolios are highly customized and focused on income and liquidity generation as opposed to capital appreciation.

 

119


Table of Contents

Outsourced Manager Selection

Recognizing the value of diversification to our clients, we offer a variety of outsourced investment capabilities designed to complement our proprietary capabilities. These outsourced capabilities include managers who have long records of success in managing growth equities, international equities, taxable high yield bonds, hedge funds and other strategies not offered on a proprietary basis by us. In selecting these managers, we utilize an investment manager database for initial screening and then a dedicated staff conducts on-site due diligence. Potential managers are reviewed and selected by our IPSC. Our selection criteria include the following:

 

   

Highly Consistent Returns. We emphasize consistency of performance over strong performance marked by high volatility.

 

   

Tax Sensitivity. We seek managers with a low turnover style of management designed to achieve attractive after-tax rates of return.

 

   

Solid Operations, Technology . We require each manager to produce evidence that it has strong technology and operations capabilities as well as vigorous compliance adherence.

 

   

Alignment of Interest . We require evidence that the strategy’s key people have significant equity in their company and are motivated to stay in place.

 

   

Will Negotiate Fees . We require our traditional managers to accept a significant discount in their management fees because we expect to manage all aspects of the client relationship. Their only responsibility is to manage the capital entrusted to them. No manager has refused to offer the discounts we seek.

For large clients with significant hedge fund exposure, we offer a hedge fund advisory service to create customized hedge fund portfolios. Each of our funds of funds capabilities appears below:

 

   

Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund is designed to complement and diversify long-only equity portfolios through investments with managers who employ long and short strategies;

 

   

Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund provides international and non-dollar exposure and diversification focused on long, short, credit and other managers who invest in emerging markets;

 

   

Silvercrest Commodity Strategies Fund seeks to give investors comprehensive commodity exposure; and

 

   

Silvercrest Special Situations Fund is designed to outperform traditional benchmarks with less volatility.

We have two types of fee arrangements with outsourced managers. With respect to separately managed accounts, clients pay a discounted fee, negotiated by us, directly to the manager. With respect to outsourced fund consultants, clients pay a discounted fee negotiated by us, directly to the manager and the manager distributes a portion of the fee to us. Clients are informed of this arrangement and have signed a written acknowledgement.

Delivering Client Service

We take a holistic approach to client service, whereby a senior portfolio manager spearheads the coordination of the IPSC recommendations, family office services work and the investment management team in order to deliver the full range of our capabilities to the client. The portfolio manager helps the client define his or her portfolio needs, develop a portfolio plan designed to achieve them and execute an agreed upon plan to accomplish our client’s financial objectives. The portfolio manager has regular contact with our clients to make sure our clients thoroughly understand the decisions that are made.

Portfolio managers are supported by junior portfolio managers and portfolio assistants who are thoroughly knowledgeable about a client’s portfolio, investment strategy and relationship with us. Junior portfolio managers are young professionals whom we seek to train and develop as portfolio managers. This approach frees senior

 

120


Table of Contents

managers to handle more client business, without compromising service, while developing the next generation of portfolio managers to develop and handle new client accounts. The majority of our organic growth is due to client referrals and we believe the structure of our portfolio management teams, investments in technology and integrated portfolio trading programs enable us to scale future growth.

Nine out of our ten largest high net worth clients use one or more components of our family office services. We believe that this is an attractive growth area for our company and we have initiated plans to increase the provision of these services to both broaden relationships with existing clients and to attract potential clients. Our family office services are profitable and are not used as a loss-leader for attracting clients. Our family office capabilities include the following:

 

   

Financial Planning;

 

   

Tax Planning and Preparation;

 

   

Partnership Accounting and Fund Administration;

 

   

Consolidated Wealth Reporting;

 

   

Estate or Trust Agency; and

 

   

Art Consultancy, Management.

For institutional client relationships, contact with our clients is handled by a dedicated institutional client service team headed by a Managing Director who also maintains our relationships with institutional investment consultants. This structure permits our investment professionals to maintain their focus on achieving superior investment results without the distraction of client demands. For the regularly scheduled portfolio review sessions with a client, generally a senior investment professional attends the face-to-face meetings with the head of institutional client services. The result is an efficient client-oriented service approach that is significantly scalable in size.

Competition

The wealth management industry is highly competitive and is comprised of many players. We compete directly with some of the largest financial service companies, as well as some of the smallest. Substantially all of our new business is gained from our success in taking market share from these firms. We primarily compete on the basis of several factors, including our level of service, the quality of our advice, independence, stability, performance results, breadth of our capabilities and fees. In general, these competitors fall into one of the following categories:

 

   

Diversified Financial Institutions have divisions aimed at providing wealth management solutions to the high net worth segment that are usually staffed by brokers.

 

   

Asset Management Firms offer proprietary institutional and retail asset management services catering to the high net worth segment largely with off-the-shelf products.

 

   

Trust Companies combine fiduciary and investment services as well as ancillary financial services.

 

   

MFO/RIAs focus exclusively on the high net worth segment and are frequently dominated by one or two families.

As a registered investment adviser that is not affiliated with other financial firms, we are free from the conflicts associated with brokerage or investment banking firms. In advising our clients on portfolio strategies, we are motivated to meet our clients’ investment objectives—not to generate commissions or placement fees—and to focus solely on providing excellent service and investment performance.

We have the size and resources to compete with larger organizations, and unlike many smaller firms, to provide our clients with fully customized, full-service wealth management and integrated family office solutions.

 

121


Table of Contents

While many competitors outsource investment management, we have chosen to compete with excellent proprietary investment capabilities coupled with a focused array of complementary non-proprietary capabilities offered by unaffiliated firms. This combination enables us to compete for and win the business of wealthy investors. We believe this is a key to our past and future success.

Employees

As of March 31, 2013, we had 93 full-time employees and three part-time employees.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located at 1330 Avenue of the Americas, 38th Floor, New York, New York 10019, where we occupy approximately 41,000 square feet of space under a lease, the terms of which expire on September 30, 2017. We believe our current facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional space will be available as and when needed.

Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, we may be subject to various legal and administrative proceedings. Currently, there are no legal proceedings pending or threatened against us.

 

122


Table of Contents

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

Our business is subject to extensive regulation in the United States at the federal level and, to a lesser extent, the state level. Under these laws and regulations, agencies that regulate investment advisers have broad administrative powers, including the power to limit, restrict or prohibit an investment adviser from carrying on its business in the event that it fails to comply with such laws and regulations. Possible sanctions that may be imposed include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in certain lines of business for specified periods of time, revocation of investment adviser and other registrations, censures and fines.

The legislative and regulatory environment in which we operate has undergone significant changes in the recent past. New laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations, applicable to us and our clients may adversely affect our business. Our ability to function in this environment will depend on our ability to monitor and promptly react to legislative and regulatory changes. There have been a number of highly publicized regulatory inquiries that have focused on the investment management industry. These inquiries have resulted in increased scrutiny of the industry and new rules and regulations for investment advisers. This regulatory scrutiny may limit our ability to engage in certain activities that might be beneficial to our stockholders.

In addition, as a result of recent market events, acts of serious fraud in the investment management industry and perceived lapses in regulatory oversight, U.S. and non-U.S. governmental and regulatory authorities may increase regulatory oversight of our businesses. We may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, the CFTC, other U.S. or non-U.S. regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. We also may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations, as well as by U.S. and non-U.S. courts. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed on us or the markets in which we trade, or whether any of the proposals will become law. Compliance with any new laws or regulations could add to our compliance burden and costs and affect the manner in which we conduct our business.

SEC Regulation

SAMG LLC is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The Advisers Act, together with the SEC’s regulations and interpretations thereunder, imposes substantive and material restrictions and requirements on the operations of investment advisers. The SEC is authorized to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of the Advisers Act, ranging from fines and censures to termination of an adviser’s registration.

The Advisers Act imposes substantive regulation on virtually all aspects of our business and relationships with our clients. As a registered investment adviser, we are subject to many requirements that cover, among other things, disclosure of information about our business to clients; maintenance of written policies and procedures; maintenance of extensive books and records; restrictions on the types of fees we may charge, including performance fees; solicitation arrangements; engaging in transactions with clients; maintaining an effective compliance program; custody of client assets; client privacy; advertising; and proxy voting. The SEC has authority to inspect any registered investment adviser and typically inspects a registered investment adviser periodically to determine whether the adviser is conducting its activities (i) in accordance with applicable laws, (ii) consistent with disclosures made to clients and (iii) with adequate systems and procedures to ensure compliance.

As an investment adviser, we have a fiduciary duty to our clients. The SEC has interpreted this duty to impose standards, requirements and limitations on, among other things: trading for proprietary, personal and client accounts; allocations of investment opportunities among clients; use of soft dollars; execution of transactions; and recommendations to clients. We manage 63% of our accounts on a discretionary basis, with

 

123


Table of Contents

authority to buy and sell securities for each portfolio, select broker-dealers to execute trades and negotiate brokerage commission rates. In connection with these transactions, we receive soft dollar credits from broker-dealers that have the effect of reducing certain of our expenses. Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act provides a “safe harbor” to an investment adviser against claims that it breached its fiduciary duty under state or federal law (including ERISA) solely because the adviser caused its clients’ accounts to pay more than the lowest available commission for executing a securities trade in return for brokerage and research services. To rely on the safe harbor offered by Section 28(e), (i) we must make a good-faith determination that the amount of commissions is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services being received and (ii) the brokerage and research services must provide lawful and appropriate assistance to us in carrying out our investment decision-making responsibilities. In permissible circumstances, we may receive technology-based research, market quotation and/or market survey services which are paid for in whole or in part by soft dollar brokerage arrangements. If our ability to use soft dollars were reduced or eliminated as a result of the implementation of statutory amendments or new regulations, our operating expenses would increase.

Under the Advisers Act, our investment management agreements may not be assigned without the client’s consent. The term “assignment” is broadly defined and includes direct assignments as well as assignments that may be deemed to occur upon the transfer, directly or indirectly, of a controlling interest in an investment adviser.

The failure of SAMG LLC to comply with the requirements of the Advisers Act, and the regulations and interpretations thereunder, could have a material adverse effect on us.

CFTC Regulation

Due to recent rule amendments by the CFTC, SAMG LLC is registered with the CFTC and the National Futures Association, or the NFA, as a commodity pool operator and/or commodity trading advisor. Registration subjects us and our affiliates to substantive and material restrictions and requirements, including, among other things, reporting, recordkeeping, disclosure, self-examination and training requirements. Registration also subjects us to periodic on-site audits, and the CFTC is authorized to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of the Commodity Exchange Act and/or CFTC rules.

Dodd-Frank

While the Dodd-Frank Act has not yet caused us to reconsider our business model, certain provisions will, and other provisions may, increase regulatory burdens and reporting and related compliance costs. In addition, the scope of many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are being determined by implementing regulations, some of which will require lengthy proposal and promulgation periods. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates many regulatory studies, some of which pertain directly to the investment management industry, which could lead to additional legislation or regulation. The SEC and the CFTC, as a result of authority provided to these agencies in Section 404 of the Dodd-Frank Act, issued final rules that require investment advisers registered with the SEC that advise one or more private funds, as well as commodity pool operators and commodity trading advisors registered with the CFTC, to provide certain information on Form PF about their funds and assets under management, including the amount of borrowings, concentration of ownership and other performance information, which will be used by the Financial Stability Oversight Council for purposes of assessing the systemic risk posed by private funds and by the SEC and CFTC for other purposes. We are subject to these rules and will have to file a Form PF. Likewise, as a result of the issuance by the CFTC of certain other rules, pursuant to authority granted under Sections 404 and 406 of the Dodd-Frank Act, we will be required to file a Form CPO-PQR and Form CTA-PR. The Dodd-Frank Act will affect a broad range of market participants with whom we interact or may interact, including banks, non-bank financial institutions, rating agencies, mortgage brokers, credit unions, insurance companies and broker-dealers. Regulatory changes that will affect other market participants are likely to change the way in which we conduct business with our counterparties. The uncertainty regarding further implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act and its impact on the investment management industry and us cannot be predicted at this time but will continue to be a risk for our business.

 

124


Table of Contents

ERISA-Related Regulation

To the extent that SAMG LLC or any other of our affiliates is a “fiduciary” under ERISA with respect to benefit plan clients, it is subject to ERISA and to regulations promulgated thereunder. Among other things, ERISA and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA, prohibit certain transactions involving benefit plan clients and provide monetary penalties for violations of these prohibitions. Our failure to comply with these requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Compliance

Our legal and compliance functions are integrated into a team of professionals. This group is responsible for all legal and regulatory compliance matters, as well as monitoring adherence to client investment guidelines. Senior management is involved at various levels in all of these functions.

For information about our regulatory environment, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Regulatory Environment in which We Operate—The regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to continual change and regulatory developments designed to increase oversight may adversely affect our business.”

 

125


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our directors, nominees to our board of directors and executive officers.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

G. Moffett Cochran

     62       Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Richard R. Hough III

     43       President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

Scott A. Gerard

     45       Chief Financial Officer

David J. Campbell

     44       General Counsel and Secretary

Albert S. Messina

     65       Managing Director and Portfolio Manager

Winthrop B. Conrad, Jr.

     68       Director

Wilmot H. Kidd III

     71       Director

Richard S. Pechter

     68       Director

G. Moffett Cochran is our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors. As our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Cochran is responsible for the oversight and management of our company. Mr. Cochran has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of SAMG LLC, since he co-founded it in 2001. Prior to forming SAMG LLC, Mr. Cochran served as Chairman of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette (DLJ) Asset Management Group and then as President of Credit Suisse Asset Management LLC following the acquisition of DLJ by Credit Suisse in 2000. He also currently serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Jefferson Scholars Foundation and as a member of the Board of Trustees of the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts. Mr. Cochran holds a B.A. from the University of Virginia and a J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law.

As co-founder of SAMG LLC, Mr. Cochran has been involved in guiding our business since its inception. Mr. Cochran has over 25 years of experience in senior management positions in the investment management industry and has dealt with a wide range of issues that face the industry and us in particular. These two facets provide him with strong insights into all aspects of our business and the types of management issues that face companies in our sector. Based on his experience and qualifications, Mr. Cochran was elected as a member of our board.

Richard R. Hough III is our President and Chief Operating Officer and a member of our board of directors. Mr. Hough has served as President of SAMG LLC since January 2012 and as its Chief Operating Officer since July 2010. He has been a member of the Executive Committee since 2007. Mr. Hough, who joined us in 2003, has responsibility for all aspects of our operations, including corporate strategy and development. Previously, Mr. Hough served as the founding national program director of Children’s Scholarship Fund. Mr. Hough also worked in Washington, DC, as a managing editor and policy analyst. Mr. Hough is a member of the Board of Governors of the Investment Adviser Association, a not-for-profit organization that represents the interests of SEC-registered investment adviser firms. He serves on the advisory board of the New Criterion , a monthly review of the arts and intellectual life and on the executive board of Monmouth Council, Boy Scouts of America. Mr. Hough graduated with a degree in politics from Princeton University.

Mr. Hough has been involved in the strategy of our company for almost ten years. His various leadership roles enable him to provide valuable insight on the strategic direction of the Company. Based on his experience and qualifications, Mr. Hough was elected as a member of our board.

Scott A. Gerard is our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Gerard has served as Chief Financial Officer of SAMG LLC since 2010. Prior to joining Silvercrest, Mr. Gerard was Chief Financial Officer of Brand Connections, LLC, a private equity-backed marketing and media company from December 2008 through November 2009. Previously, he was Chief Financial Officer of Guideline, Inc., a publicly-held business research firm. Prior to

 

126


Table of Contents

Guideline, Mr. Gerard was a Division Controller with Citigroup Inc. and began his career with KPMG LLP. Mr. Gerard is a Certified Public Accountant and received a B.S. in accounting from the University of Buffalo.

David J. Campbell is our General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Campbell has served as the General Counsel of SAMG LLC since 2009. Prior to joining Silvercrest, Mr. Campbell served as a Managing Director and Associate General Counsel at Jefferies & Company, Inc. from 2006 to 2009. Mr. Campbell began his career at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, where as a Senior Vice President he provided advice and counsel to DLJ’s Pershing Division, Investment Services Group and DLJdirect. In 2001, he joined the law firm of Bressler, Amery & Ross, P.C., where he was a partner. He graduated with a B.A. from The George Washington University and a J.D. from Villanova University School of Law.

Albert S. Messina joined Silvercrest Asset Management in April 2002 as a Managing Director and Portfolio Manager of equity and fixed income portfolios. Prior to that, Mr. Messina was a Managing Director at Credit Suisse Asset Management (CSAM), where he served in a similar capacity. He arrived at CSAM as a result of that firm’s merger with DLJ, where he had worked since 1983. Previously, he spent 14 years with Bankers Trust Company, where he advised private clients and oversaw the fiduciary department’s Tax Services Division. Mr. Messina holds a B.A. in Economics from Brooklyn College.

Winthrop B. Conrad, Jr. is a member of our board of directors. Winthrop B. Conrad, Jr. is Senior Counsel, retired, of Davis Polk & Wardwell, LLP, a New York based global law firm. Prior to July 2007, Mr. Conrad was a senior partner at Davis Polk, specializing in capital markets transactions, mergers and acquisitions and general corporate matters. Mr. Conrad is a graduate of Yale College and received his J.D. from Harvard Law School. Davis Polk has not performed and does not perform legal services for us.

Mr. Conrad has extensive experience with corporate transactions, as well as finance, which provides us with important perspectives in those areas. With his broad experience in corporate legal matters, Mr. Conrad is uniquely equipped to provide the board with insight into capitalization strategies, fiduciary matters, capital markets mechanics and strategic expansion opportunities. Based on his experience and qualifications, Mr. Conrad was elected as a member of our board.

Wilmot H. Kidd III is a member of our board of directors. Mr. Kidd is Chairman of the Board and President of Central Securities Corporation, a non-diversified, publicly traded, investment company. Mr. Kidd has served as its President since 1973 and became Chairman of its Board of Directors in 2010. Mr. Kidd graduated from Washington & Lee University with a B.S. and from Northwestern University with an M.B.A.

Mr. Kidd has been involved in the financial services industry generally and the financial aspects of the investment company environment specifically for many years. He has extensive financial expertise through his various roles in publicly traded investment companies. In addition, Mr. Kidd’s service as chairman of the board of another public company provides our company with valuable insights on corporate governance issues that face the board and our company. Based on his experience and qualifications, Mr. Kidd was elected as a member of our board.

Richard S. Pechter is a member of our board of directors. Mr. Pechter joined Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, or DLJ, in 1969 and spent his career there, retiring in 2000 as a Director of the parent and Chairman of DLJ’s Financial Services Group and DLJdirect. He is currently a Director of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA and was previously a Director of the New York Stock Exchange Regulatory Authority. Mr. Pechter graduated from Yale and received his M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School, where he was a Baker Scholar.

Mr. Pechter has 42 years of experience in the investment management sector in various business, finance and strategic leadership roles. He has broad expertise and knowledge of the investment management business. Through his experience, Mr. Pechter has gained and developed extensive business, finance, distribution,

 

127


Table of Contents

marketing and leadership skills. Further, Mr. Pechter possesses an understanding of the regulatory aspects affecting our business through his relationships with FINRA and the New York Stock Exchange Regulatory Authority. These unique characteristics make him an important asset to our board, providing insight into the regulatory developments within our sector. Based on his experience and qualifications, Mr. Pechter was elected as a member of our board.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of five directors. Messrs. Conrad, Kidd and Pechter qualify as independent directors under the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. Our board of directors consists of a majority of independent directors within the meaning of the applicable rules of the SEC and Nasdaq and at least one member, Mr. Kidd, who is an Audit Committee financial expert within the meaning of the applicable rules of the SEC and Nasdaq.

As described under “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Stockholders’ Agreement Among Class B Stockholders,” the principals and our employees who are granted restricted shares of our Class A common stock will enter into a stockholders’ agreement pursuant to which they will agree to vote their shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock they hold at such time, or may acquire in the future, in accordance with the decision of the Executive Committee. The votes of the members of the Executive Committee will be weighted based upon their relative holdings of Class B units. As a result of his equity ownership and position on the Executive Committee, following this offering, G. Moffett Cochran will initially control the vote of the Executive Committee, and therefore, the vote of all of the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by our principals. The parties to the stockholders’ agreement collectively will hold     % of the combined voting power of our capital stock immediately after this offering (or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

Staggered Board

Effective upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors of the same or nearly the same number and each director will be assigned to one of the three classes. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2014 for Class I directors, 2015 for Class II directors and 2016 for Class III directors.

 

   

Our Class I directors will be Mr. Kidd and Mr. Pechter;

 

   

Our Class II directors will be Mr. Conrad and Mr. Hough; and

 

   

Our Class III director will be Mr. Cochran.

Our board of directors is set at five directors. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the number of our board of directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of a majority of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class shall consist of one-third of the board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation—Classified Board of Directors” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering—Anti-takeover provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could discourage a change of control that our stockholders may favor, which also could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.”

 

128


Table of Contents

Our board of directors currently consists of five directors. Messrs. Conrad, Kidd and Pechter qualify as independent directors under the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. Silvercrest was incorporated on July 11, 2011. As such, we have had only one annual meeting during the most recent fiscal year in which all directors attended. Upon being registered as a public company, we will have required annual meetings.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors includes our Chief Executive Officer who also serves as Chairman of the board. Our board understands that there is no single, generally accepted approach to providing board leadership and that given the dynamic and competitive environment in which we operate, the right board leadership structure may vary as circumstances warrant. To this end, our board of directors has no policy mandating the combination or separation of the roles of Chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer and believes the matter should be discussed and considered from time to time as circumstances change. Mr. Cochran will serve as both our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, which we believe provides strong leadership for us and promotes a close relationship between management and our board of directors and assists in the development and implementation of corporate strategy.

Board Oversight of Risk Management

Our board of directors is responsible for overseeing management in the execution of its responsibilities and for assessing our general approach to risk management. In addition, an overall review of risk is inherent in our board’s consideration of our long-term strategies and other matters presented to our board. Our board exercises its responsibilities periodically as part of its meetings and also through our board’s three committees, which will be established prior to the consummation of this offering, each of which will examine various components of enterprise risk as part of their responsibilities. For example, the Audit Committee has primary responsibility for addressing risks relating to financial matters, particularly financial reporting, accounting practices and policies, disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. The Audit Committee has primary responsibility for reviewing and discussing our practices regarding risk assessment and management, including any guidelines or policies that govern the process by which we identify, monitor and handle major risks. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee oversees risks associated with the independence of our board and potential conflicts of interest. The Compensation Committee has primary responsibility for risks and exposures associated with our compensation policies, plans and practices, regarding both executive compensation and the compensation structure generally, including whether it provides appropriate incentives that do not encourage excessive risk-taking. Senior management is responsible for assessing and managing our various exposures to risk on a day-to-day basis, including the creation of appropriate risk management programs and policies.

Our board’s role in risk oversight of our company is consistent with our leadership structure, with the Chief Executive Officer and other members of senior management having responsibility for assessing and managing our risk exposure, with our board and its committees providing oversight in connection with those efforts. We believe this division of risk management responsibilities presents a consistent, systematic and effective approach for identifying, managing and mitigating risks throughout our company.

Board Committees

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will establish an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Compensation Committee, each consisting only of independent directors.

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee will assist our board of directors in its oversight of our internal audit function, the integrity of our financial statements, our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence and the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm.

 

129


Table of Contents

Our Audit Committee’s responsibilities will include, among others:

 

   

reviewing the audit plans and findings of our independent registered public accounting firm and our internal audit and risk review staff, as well as the results of regulatory examinations, and tracking management’s corrective action plans where necessary;

 

   

reviewing our financial statements, including any significant financial items and/or changes in accounting policies, with our senior management and independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing our financial risk and control procedures, compliance programs regarding risk assessment and management and significant tax, legal and regulatory matters; and

 

   

appointing annually our independent registered public accounting firm, evaluating its independence and performance, determining its compensation and setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm.

We anticipate that Messrs. Conrad, Kidd and Pechter will serve on the Audit Committee and that Mr. Kidd will serve as its chairman. Each of Messrs. Conrad, Kidd and Pechter is independent under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Mr. Kidd serves as our Audit Committee “financial expert”, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of Sarbanes-Oxley, and has experience that results in his financial sophistication as defined under Nasdaq rules.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities will include, among others:

 

   

making recommendations to the board regarding the selection of candidates, qualification and competency requirements for service on the board and the suitability of proposed nominees as directors;

 

   

advising the board with respect to the corporate governance principles applicable to us;

 

   

overseeing the evaluation of the board and management;

 

   

reviewing and approving in advance any related party transaction, other than those that are pre-approved pursuant to pre-approval guidelines or rules established by the committee;

 

   

reviewing periodically the form and amounts of director compensation and making recommendations to the board with respect thereto; and

 

   

establishing guidelines or rules to cover specific categories of transactions.

We anticipate that Messrs. Conrad, Kidd and Pechter will serve on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each of whom qualifies as an “independent” director as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, Nasdaq and the IRS. Mr. Conrad will serve as the chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee will assist our board of directors in the discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers.

Our Compensation Committee’s responsibilities will include, among others:

 

   

reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

   

overseeing and administering, and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, our cash and equity incentive plans; and

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to director compensation.

 

130


Table of Contents

We anticipate that Messrs. Conrad, Kidd and Pechter will serve on the Compensation Committee, each of whom qualifies as an “independent” director as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, Nasdaq and the IRS. Mr. Pechter will serve as the chairman of the Compensation Committee.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our board of directors will form a Compensation Committee as described above. Prior to this offering, the compensation of our executive officers was determined by our Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Committee. Following this offering, the Compensation Committee of our board of directors will have responsibility for establishing and administering compensation programs and practices with respect to our executive officers, including the named executive officers. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or Compensation Committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our Compensation Committee.

 

131


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers for 2012 should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below. This discussion contains certain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt in the future may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion.

This section summarizes the material elements and principles underlying our compensation policies, including those relating to our named executive officers. It generally describes the manner and context in which compensation is earned by, and awarded and paid to, our management and senior executives, who we refer to as our principals, and provides perspective on the tables and narratives that follow. The named executive officers of Silvercrest are G. Moffett Cochran, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Richard R. Hough III, President and Chief Operating Officer, Scott A. Gerard, Chief Financial Officer, David J. Campbell, General Counsel and Secretary and Albert S. Messina, Managing Director and Portfolio Manager. During 2012 and through the consummation of this offering, we were a private company. We expect that some of our policies and practices with respect to compensation will change when we are a public company. This section also highlights some of those expected changes.

References to “we”, “our” or “company” in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis section that describe our historical compensation practices refer to Silvercrest L.P. and our predecessor Silvercrest GP LLC, and references to “we”, “our” or “company” in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis section that describe our compensation practices following the consummation of this offering refer to Silvercrest and its subsidiaries.

Philosophy and Objectives of Compensation Program

Our compensation program is designed to reward past performance on an individual, team, and company level, and encourages future contributions to achieving our strategic goals and enhancing stockholder value. Our method of compensating our principals is intended to meet the following objectives: (i) support our overall business strategy; (ii) attract, retain and motivate top-tier professionals within the investment management industry; and (iii) align the interests of our principals with those of our stockholders.

We believe that to create long-term value for our stockholders, we need a skilled and experienced management team focused on achieving profitable and sustainable financial results, expanding our investment capabilities through disciplined growth, continuing to diversify sources of revenue and delivering superior client service. We depend on our management team to execute the strategic direction of our company and maintain our standards for ethical, responsible and professional conduct. We also rely on our management team to manage our professionals and distribution channels and provide the operational infrastructure that allows our investment professionals to focus on achieving attractive investment returns and superior client service. In addition, we depend on our management team to encourage an entrepreneurial and collegial business culture.

The elements of our compensation and equity participation programs have contributed to our ability to attract and retain a highly qualified team of professionals. For our principals, we use, and expect to continue to use, cash and equity compensation programs and equity participation in a combination that has been successful for us in the past and that we believe will continue to be successful for us as a public company. In addition to cash compensation for our principals, we have recognized performance and value, which enhance our overall compensation objectives, by (i) offering interests in Silvercrest L.P. and its general partner and our predecessor, Silvercrest GP LLC, for purchase by employees at fair market value and (ii) awarding deferred equity units in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC which vest over time. In some cases, these deferred equity units are complemented by performance units of additional equity interests in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC that vest upon the achievement of defined, long-term company performance hurdles. By doing so, we have enabled our principals to share in the future profits, growth and success of our business.

 

132


Table of Contents

Our cash compensation and equity participation programs align the interests of our principals with those of our stockholders and create long-term stockholder value. After becoming a public company, we intend to maintain overall compensation at highly competitive levels. In addition, we expect to award equity-based compensation as part of our compensation programs for our principals.

As a public company, we intend to focus compensation programs on rewarding performance that increases long-term stockholder value, including growing revenues, retaining clients, developing new client relationships, developing new products, improving operational efficiency and managing risks. We intend to periodically evaluate the success of our compensation and equity participation programs in achieving these objectives and adapt these programs as our company grows in order to enable us to better achieve these, and future, objectives.

Determination of Compensation and Role of Directors and Principals in Compensation Decisions

Our executive compensation and equity participation programs were developed and implemented while we were a private company. We have not identified a specific peer group of companies for comparative purposes and have not engaged in formal competitive benchmarking of compensation against specific peer companies. In addition, we have not engaged a compensation consultant to assist in the annual review of our compensation practices or the development of compensation or equity participation programs for our principals.

Compensation of our employees is not determined using rigid metrics or formulae and all compensation decisions are subject to the discretion of the Executive Committee and, ultimately, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Historically, base salaries, annual bonuses and incentive compensation of our employees are reviewed by the Executive Committee and adjusted as deemed necessary after taking into account both individual and company performance. In addition, pursuant to the terms of our governing documents, aggregate compensation levels historically have been subject to the approval of our independent board member and independent investor when they exceeded a specified percentage of annual revenue.

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will form a Compensation Committee comprised solely of independent directors to assist our board of directors in the discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our named executive officers. For a discussion of the Compensation Committee’s role and responsibilities, see “Management—Board Committees—Compensation Committee” included in this prospectus. In making its decisions, the Compensation Committee will be guided by the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer and Executive Committee.

We have not adopted policies with respect to cash versus non-cash compensation (or among different forms of non-cash compensation), although we have determined that it is important to encourage or provide a meaningful opportunity to acquire an amount of equity ownership by our principals to help align their interests with those of our company. The allocation between cash and non-cash compensation has historically been based on a number of factors, including individual performance, company performance and company liquidity. These determinations vary from year to year. We may decide in future years to pay some or all of short-term and long-term incentives in equity depending upon the facts and circumstances existing at that time.

We have also not adopted policies with respect to current versus long-term compensation, but believe that both elements are necessary for achieving our compensation objectives for all employees. As a public company, we expect that base salaries and performance bonuses will remain competitive for all employees. Equity awards for principals will reward achievement of strategic long-term objectives and we believe will contribute toward overall stockholder value.

In the future, we also expect that our Chief Executive Officer will continue to have discretion to determine the compensation of the named executive officers (other than himself), which he will do in consultation with our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee is also expected to assume overall oversight

 

133


Table of Contents

responsibility for our compensation policies, plans and programs, by reviewing our company’s achievements and the achievements of our employees, and providing input and guidance to our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in the determination of the specific type and level of compensation of our other named executive officers. Our Compensation Committee will also set the compensation of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

Principal Components of Compensation

We have established compensation practices that directly link compensation with individual and company performance, as described below. These practices apply to all of our principals, including our named executive officers. Ultimately, ownership in our company has been the primary tool we have used to attract and retain senior professionals. As of, on a pro forma basis to take into account the reorganization and the consummation of this offering, our principals indirectly held approximately 57.4% of the interests in Silvercrest L.P. The substantial majority of employee-owned interests are held by Mr. Cochran. In connection with the reorganization, all units in Silvercrest GP LLC, our predecessor, held by our principals will be converted into interests in Silvercrest L.P. The interests in Silvercrest L.P. currently held by our principals will continue to be held by them and will entitle them to continue to receive distributions from Silvercrest L.P. after the consummation of this offering.

In 2012, we provided the following elements of compensation to our principals, the relative value of each of these components for individual principals varying based on job role and performance: (i) base salary; (ii) annual cash bonus; (iii) deferred equity-based compensation; and (iv) other benefits and perquisites, each of which is described below.

 

   

Base Salary . Base salaries are intended to provide the named executive officers with a degree of financial certainty and stability that does not depend entirely upon company or individual performance. The intent behind all salaries is to provide a source of stable and predictable cash flow for each of our principals. The base salaries of our named executive officers for 2012 are set forth below in our “Summary Compensation Table.”

 

   

Annual Cash Bonus . Annual cash bonus is determined at or after the end of each fiscal year and is based on a number of variables that are linked to individual and company-wide performance for that year and over the longer term. Our principals’ annual bonus awards have been granted in the sole and absolute discretion of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Historically, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer has determined his own bonus, if any, based upon the performance of our company. As a public company, we anticipate that our Compensation Committee will assume oversight for all of our compensation programs, including the approval of compensation of our Chief Executive Officer. The annual cash incentive compensation awarded to our named executive officers for fiscal 2012 is set forth below in our “Summary Compensation Table.”

 

   

Deferred Equity-Based Compensation . All of our named executive officers and all of our principals own equity interests in our company. As part of our annual incentive compensation for some of our named executive officers and other principals, we awarded deferred equity units which vest over a four-year period and performance units in 2011 and 2012 for performance in the prior year. Each performance unit represents the unsecured right to receive additional interests in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC, but only if: (i) the recipient continues to hold the underlying deferred equity units at the time the performance units vest, which is four years from the date of issuance; and (ii) interests in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC have increased in value from date of issuance by at least 15% in year four. The value of the deferred equity and performance units when awarded is set forth below in our “Summary Compensation Table.”

 

   

Other Benefits and Perquisites . Each of our employees participates in the employee health benefit programs we maintain, including medical, group life and long-term disability insurance, on the same basis as all other employees, subject to satisfying any eligibility requirements and applicable law. We also provide other perquisites such as an automobile program, by which our present and former Management Committee members are provided $500 per month toward auto lease or financing

 

134


Table of Contents
 

payments. In addition, we offer each of our employees our investment management services, if they place their funds in a separately-managed account with us, at a discounted advisory fee typically associated with these services. Currently we do not have plans to change the levels of perquisites received, but continue to monitor them and may make adjustments from time to time. The perquisites provided to our named executive officers in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012 are described below in our “Summary Compensation Table.”

Stock Ownership Guidelines

While the compensation of our principals has primarily included a set salary and a discretionary bonus, virtually all of our principals own equity interests in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC. As stated, we believe that equity ownership in our company causes principals to have a long-term view of our success, and a healthy concern for the entire company, rather than merely improving their own compensation. Principals are incentivized to grow and increase the value of their equity interests by adding to our overall revenue and guarding our expenses in a way that a non-equity owner would not. All of our principals have been offered multiple opportunities to acquire ownership interests in our company value based on a multiple of earnings that serves as a proxy for fair market value, and in many cases, have received annual incentive compensation awards which include such interests.

To date, only those employees who attained the title of Senior Vice President, Managing Director or higher were invited to purchase equity interests in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC or receive them as annual incentive compensation awards. These transactions have taken a variety of forms. Some equity owners received equity interests in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC upon the acquisition by our company of their prior firm. We have successfully completed five of these acquisitions. Some equity owners were invited to purchase equity interests in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC upon commencement of employment at our company or upon achieving a specified seniority level at our company. On other occasions, we offered the opportunity to existing principals to purchase equity interests in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC that were redeemed by departing principals or issued new equity interests. In these cases, the principals purchased the equity interests by issuing promissory notes to us in the amount of the value of the equity interests purchased, some of which notes provided for annual amortization and others of which provided for a balloon payment. In addition, in 2012, some principals received additional equity interests as annual incentive compensation awards.

Our principals have not historically been subject to mandated equity ownership or retention guidelines. It is our belief that the equity component of our compensation program ensures that our principals are also owners whose incentives are directly aligned with those of our company and our clients. As a public company, we intend to continue to promote broad and substantial equity ownership by our principals by using both equity-based compensation awards which may be granted on an annual basis, and performance awards that will be granted in appropriate circumstances. We may expand our equity ownership by creating opportunities for all employees, and not only our principals, to acquire equity interests in our company. In addition, following this offering, while an employee of Silvercrest L.P., our principals will be required to retain at least 25% of the Class B units in Silvercrest L.P. owned by the principal on the date of consummation of this offering.

Each holder’s profits percentage is fixed at the date of acquisition of the equity interests in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC, subject to dilution when additional equity interests in these entities are issued or accretion if existing equity interests in their entities are redeemed and not resold. Under the terms of its limited partnership agreement, Silvercrest L.P. may retain profits for future needs of the partnership.

An equity interest in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC also allows the holder to participate in the appreciation or depreciation in the value of Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC, respectively, from and after the date of the grant of the equity interest, by participating in defined capital or liquidity events (as defined in the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement and amended and restated limited liability company agreement) or by redemption following termination of employment. The redemption of these equity interests is described in detail below under “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

 

135


Table of Contents

In connection with the reorganization, the terms of the equity interests held by our named executive officers will change in several significant respects, described in greater detail under “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure” in this prospectus. As part of our reorganization, interests in Silvercrest L.P. will be exchanged for Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. and shares of our Class B common stock. Class A units in Silvercrest L.P. will be held by Silvercrest, the new general partner of Silvercrest L.P. Each Class A unit and Class B unit gives its holder the right to a percentage of the current profits of Silvercrest L.P. (as defined in the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement). Following this offering, a substantial portion of the economic return of our principals will continue to be obtained through their equity ownership in Silvercrest L.P. We believe that the continued link between the economic return they realize and our performance will encourage their continued exceptional performance. In addition, we believe that the restrictions on transfer and the ownership requirements to which they will be subject will align their interests with those of our stockholders. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure” for a more detailed described of the ownership structure and the rights of the limited partners in Silvercrest L.P. after this offering.

Following this offering, as an element of compensation we intend to grant equity-based awards to those individuals considered to be important to our company’s future success, primarily, (i) those professionals responsible for the investment performance of our strategies; (ii) those professionals principally responsible for servicing our existing clients and increasing our client base; and (iii) our executive officers.

As of December 31, 2012, our named executive officers held deferred equity units with profits percentages and equity balances in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC, as follows:

 

     Profits
Percentage (1)
    2012 Earned
Profits (2)
     Equity
Balance as of
December 31, 2012 (3)
 

G. Moffett Cochran

     0.31   $ 15,308       $ 447,661   

Richard R. Hough

     0.32   $ 16,419       $ 456,705   

Scott A. Gerard

     0.09   $ 4,717       $ 133,527   

David J. Campbell

     0.13   $ 7,431       $ 192,311   

Albert S. Messina

     0.34   $ 19,556       $ 483,836   

 

(1) The amounts in this column represent the respective combined vested and unvested deferred equity unit percentages of our named executive officers.
(2) The amounts in this column represent allocations of 2012 profits to our named executive officers pursuant to their respective equity interests related to both vested and unvested deferred equity units. Profits allocations related to the vested and unvested deferred equity units were determined based on the net income of Silvercrest L.P and Silvercrest GP LLC.
(3) The amounts in this column represent the respective combined vested and unvested deferred equity unit account balances of our named executive officers that would be paid to the holder of following termination of employment under certain circumstances. The amounts in this table assume that the holder’s employment was terminated by death or disability.

Tax Considerations

Our Compensation Committee is expected to consider the anticipated tax and accounting treatment of various payments and benefits to us and, when relevant, to our principals, although these considerations are not dispositive. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally disallows a tax deduction to a publicly-traded corporation that pays compensation in excess of $1 million to any of its named executive officers (other than the chief financial officer) in any taxable year, unless the compensation plan and awards meet certain requirements. As a private company, Section 162(m) does not currently apply to our compensation program. To the extent Section 162(m) becomes applicable to us, we will endeavor to structure compensation to qualify as performance-

 

136


Table of Contents

based under Section 162(m), where it is reasonable to do so while meeting our compensation objectives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we reserve the right to pay amounts that are not deductible under Section 162(m) during any period when Section 162(m) is applicable to us.

Risk Considerations in our Compensation Program

In evaluating our compensation program, we have identified two primary risks relating to compensation: (i) the risk that compensation will not be sufficient to retain talent and (ii) the risk that compensation may provide unintended incentives. To combat the risk that our compensation might not be sufficient, we strive to use a compensation structure and set compensation levels for all employees in a way that we believe contributes to low rates of employee attrition. We do not use compensation consultants, but we receive regular and ongoing input from industry representatives and other market sources through our (1) participation on the Pershing Advisor Solutions, a service which provides a customized approach to understanding the RIA business and a range of solutions to help meet demand, with MFO/RIA peers; (2) participation in other custodian advisor forums and industry events; (3) review of compensation surveys by companies such as The Bower Group, which provides international consulting services to a range of clients; (4) review of industry publications featuring stories on compensation practices and metrics; and (5) reviewing the Moss Adams Adviser Compensation and Staffing Study, which is prepared by Pershing Advisor Solutions, Moss Adams LLP and IN Advisor Solutions and includes data on hundreds of advisory firms. We also make equity awards subject to multi-year vesting schedules to provide a long-term component to our compensation program and impose ongoing restrictions on the ability of our principals to dispose of their equity holdings acquired through equity awards. We believe that both the structure and levels of compensation have aided us in retaining key personnel as evidenced by the long-term tenure of our principals.

To address the risk that our compensation programs might provide unintended incentives, we keep our compensation programs simple and we tie the long-term component of equity-based compensation to our company-wide results. We have not seen any employee behaviors motivated by our compensation policies and practices that create increased risks for our stockholders or our clients.

Based on the foregoing, we do not believe that our compensation policies and practices motivate imprudent risk taking. Consequently, we are satisfied that any potential risks arising from our employee compensation policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. As mentioned, our Compensation Committee, which will be comprised entirely of independent directors upon the consummation of this offering, will review our compensation plans and policies periodically to ensure proper alignment with overall company goals and objectives. Our Compensation Committee is also expected to review the risks arising from our compensation policies and practices and assesses whether any such risks are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

 

137


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table shows the annual compensation of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers other than our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, who were serving as executive officers on December 31, 2012. These officers are referred to in this prospectus as the “named executive officers.”

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($) (3)
     Bonus
($) (4)
     Stock
Awards
($) (5)
     Cash
Distributions
(6)
     All Other
Compensation
Earnings ($)
(7)
     Total ($)  

G. Moffett Cochran, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

     2012       $ 708,333       $ —         $ —         $ 16,680       $ 248,352       $ 973,365   
     2011       $ 500,000       $ —         $ 396,750       $ 11,191       $ 230,523       $ 1,138,464   

Richard R. Hough, President and Chief Operating Officer (1)

     2012       $ 455,691       $ 425,000       $ 207,814       $ 16,453       $ —         $ 1,104,958   
     2011       $ 400,000       $ 225,000       $ 74,494       $ 8,607         —         $ 708,101   

Scott A. Gerard, Chief Financial Officer

     2012       $ 339,095       $ 350,000       $ 69,167       $ 4,759       $ —         $ 763,021   
     2011       $ 325,000       $ 200,000       $ 66,007       $ 1,974         —         $ 592,981   

David J. Campbell, General Counsel and Secretary

     2012       $ 339,095       $ 275,000       $ 34,584       $ 7,457       $ —         $ 656,136   
     2011       $ 325,000       $ 175,000       $ 57,756       $ 5,152         —         $ 562,908   

Albert S. Messina, Managing Director and Portfolio Manager (2)

     2012       $ 300,000       $ 381,489       $ —         $ 19,562       $ —         $ 701,051   
     2011       $ 300,000       $ 391,000       $ 125,649       $ 15,791         —         $ 832,440   

 

(1) Mr. Hough was named our Chief Operating Officer in July 2010 and was named President in February 2012.
(2) Mr. Messina was appointed to the Executive Committee and became a named executive officer in April 2013.
(3) Amounts represent guaranteed payments made to our named executive officers.
(4) Amounts represent cash bonuses earned at December 31, 2012 and paid in February 2013.
(5) Reflects the grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, or ASC 718, associated with deferred equity units in Silvercrest L.P., including distributions in respect of such units, calculated pursuant to ASC 718. Pursuant to ASC 718, Silvercrest L.P. recognizes compensation expense associated with the granting of equity-based compensation based on the grant-date fair value of the award if it is classified as an equity instrument, and on the changes in settlement amount for awards that are classified as liabilities. Silvercrest L.P.’s deferred equity unit-based awards have redemption features that necessitate their classification as liabilities and, accordingly, changes to their redemption values subsequent to the grant date have been included as a component of compensation expense. See Note 16 to the audited consolidated financial statements of Silvercrest L.P. included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(6) Amounts showing in this column represent the amount of cash distributed to each of the named executive officers on account of his vested and unvested deferred equity units for the respective year.
(7) Amounts in this column represent the aggregate dollar amount of all other compensation received by Mr. Cochran, consisting of employer-paid car allowances equal to $6,000, insurance premiums for life and disability insurance benefiting Mr. Cochran equal to $6,370 and the savings of $235,652, to Mr. Cochran for the discounted advisory fee for investment management services on his funds placed in a separately managed account with our company. None of the perquisites received by our other named executive officers exceeded $10,000 in 2012.

 

138


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

During fiscal 2011 SAMG LLC was a party to employment agreements with each of Messrs. Gerard and Campbell that provided for at-will employment. These agreements did not provide for duration of employment. They did include restrictive covenants concerning the protection of our confidential information and solicitation of our employees and clients. Both employment agreements were terminated in 2012 and we do not have employment agreements with Mr. Hough or Mr. Cochran. As limited partners of Silvercrest L.P., each of our named executive officers (other than Mr. Cochran) may not, while employed and during the one-year period following termination of employment by the employee, without good reason, (i) contact any of our clients or vendors or otherwise solicit any of our clients or vendors to terminate their relationship with us; (ii) accept any business from any of our clients with whom the employee dealt while at our company; or (iii) hire any of our employees. As a founding partner of our company, Mr. Cochran is bound by more restrictive covenants that prevent him during his employment and for two years following termination of employment from (i) contacting any of our clients or vendors or otherwise soliciting any of our clients or vendors to terminate their relationship with us; (ii) accepting any business from any of our clients with whom he dealt with while at our company; (iii) competing with us; or (iv) hiring any of our employees.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2012

The following table sets forth information relating to equity interests in Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC issued to our named executive officers subject to vesting provisions.

 

     Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of
Shares or Units
of
Stock That Have
Not Vested (#)
     Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock That Have
Not Vested (as of
12/31/2012) ($) (1)
     Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned Shares,
Units or Other
Rights That Have
Not Vested (#)
     Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or Other
Rights That
Have
Not Vested ($)
 

G. Moffett Cochran (2)

     2,104       $ 559,576         —         $ —     

Richard R. Hough (3)

     2,130       $ 566,426         —         $ —     

Scott A. Gerard (4)

     683       $ 181,671         —         $ —     

David J. Campbell (5)

     840       $ 223,299         —         $ —     

Albert S. Messina (6)

     1,872       $ 497,933         —         $ —     

 

(1) Represents (i) $265.99 per unit, which is the effective per unit value as of December 31, 2012, multiplied by (ii) the number of unvested units.
(2) 420.75 shares vest on each of February 28, 2013, 2014 and 2015. 842 shares, which represent performance units, may vest on February 28, 2015 if performance targets are met.
(3) 183.50 shares vest on each of February 24, 2013 and 2014. 367 shares, which represent performance units, may vest on February 24, 2014 if performance targets are met. 79 shares vest on each of February 28, 2013, 2014 and 2015. 158 shares, which represent performance units, may vest on February 28, 2015 if performance targets are met. 166.75 shares vest on each of February 28, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016. 334 shares, which represent performance units, may vest on February 28, 2016 if performance targets are met.
(4) 70 shares vest on each of February 28, 2013, 2014 and 2015. 140 shares, which represent performance units, may vest on February 28, 2015 if performance targets are met. 55.50 shares vest on each of February 28, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016. 111 shares, which represent performance units, may vest on February 28, 2016 if performance targets are met.
(5)

91.75 shares vest on each of February 24, 2013 and 2014. 183.50 shares, which represent performance units, may vest on February 24, 2014 if performance targets are met. 61.25 shares vest on each of February 28, 2013, 2014 and 2015. 122.50 shares, which represent performance units, may vest on February 28, 2015 if performance

 

139


Table of Contents
  targets are met. 27.75 shares vest on each of February 28, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016. 55.50 shares, which represent performance units, may vest on February 28, 2016 if performance targets are met.
(6) 321.50 shares vest on each of February 24, 2013 and 2014. 562.75 shares, which represent performance units, may vest on February 24, 2014 if performance targets are met. 133.25 shares vest on each of February 28, 2013, 2014 and 2015. 266.50 shares, which represent performance units, may vest on February 28, 2015 if performance targets are met.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested During the Year Ended December 31, 2012

The following table sets forth information concerning interests in Silvercrest L.P. acquired upon the vesting of deferred equity units by the named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

     Equity Awards  

Name

   Number of L.P. Interests
Acquired on Vesting (#)
     Value Realized on
Vesting ($) (1)
 

G. Moffett Cochran

     421       $ 87,394   

Richard R. Hough

     262       $ 54,420   

Scott A. Gerard

     70       $ 14,540   

David J. Campbell

     153       $ 31,780   

Albert S. Messina

     455       $ 94,456   

 

(1) Reflects the vesting date fair value computed in accordance with ASC 718 associated with deferred equity units in Silvercrest L.P.

Pension Benefits

We do not sponsor or maintain any benefit pension or retirement benefits for the benefit of our employees.

Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans

We do not sponsor or maintain any nonqualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans for the benefit of our employees.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The following summarizes the potential payments and benefits that we would provide to our named executive officers in connection with a termination of employment and/or a change in control. In determining amounts payable, we have assumed in all cases that the termination of employment occurred on December 31, 2012 and prior to this offering.

Severance Benefits

We do not offer or have in place any formal retirement, severance, or similar compensation programs providing for additional benefits or payments in connection with a termination of employment, change in job responsibility or change in control. Our named executive officers, therefore, do not have employment, severance, change in control or other agreements with us that would require any payments to them in the event of a termination of employment and/or a change in control. Our named executive officers are all employed on an “at will” basis, which enables us to terminate their employment at any time. Under certain circumstances, a named executive officer may be offered severance benefits to be negotiated at the time of termination.

Deferred Equity Units and Performance Units

As part of bonus compensation for performance during 2009, SAMG LLC awarded to its principals 50% of the annual bonus earned by them in deferred equity units and performance units. For performance during 2010, the

 

140


Table of Contents

percentage was 25%, except in the case of Mr. Cochran, for whom the percentage in 2010 was 100%. For performance during 2011, discretionary awards were made in 2012 to all members of the Executive Committee except for Mr. Cochran and Mr. Messina. As of December 31, 2012, there were 16,788 deferred equity units and 13,124 performance units outstanding. The deferred equity units and performance units were not issued pursuant to a plan.

Deferred Equity Units

Each deferred equity unit represents the right to receive one unit of Silvercrest GP LLC and 99 units of Silvercrest L.P. All deferred equity units receive distributions to the same extent as if underlying units exerciseable therefore were deemed outstanding. As part of the reorganization, all deferred equity units outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will represent the right to receive an equal number of Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. Each deferred equity unit vests in four annual increments of 25% beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. On each vesting date, each deferred equity unit will entitle the holder thereof to receive 100 Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. On each vesting date, the holder of a deferred equity unit will have the right to require SAMG LLC to pay the holder cash for a specified percentage of the deferred equity units in lieu of issuing Class B units to the holder for that percentage. The Executive Committee sets the specified percentage that may be paid in cash at the option of the holder of the deferred equity units each year.

Performance Units

SAMG LLC also granted to each employee who received an award of deferred equity units, a number of performance units which represent the right to receive (i) one unit of Silvercrest GP LLC for every two units of Silvercrest GP LLC issued upon vesting of the deferred equity units awarded to the employee and (ii) one unit of Silvercrest L.P. for every two units of Silvercrest L.P. issued upon vesting of the deferred equity units awarded to the employee. Prior to the consummation of this offering, as part of the reorganization, each performance unit will become exercisable for one Class B unit for every two Class B units issued upon vesting of the deferred equity units awarded to the employee. Each performance unit is subject to forfeiture if (i) the Class B units granted to the employee pursuant to the corresponding deferred equity unit are not held by such employee on the earlier of (A) February 29, 2016 for the fiscal 2011 performance units, February 28, 2015 for the fiscal 2010 performance units , and February 24, 2014 for the fiscal 2009 performance units and (B) the consummation of a change of control transaction or (ii) the value per Class B unit did not increase at least 15% per annum based on the Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the unit award agreement) of Silvercrest L.P. calculated as of December 31, 2014. Performance units are not entitled to any distributions from Silvercrest L.P. until the underlying Class B units are issued.

Dividend Equivalents

Each deferred equity unit also entitles the holder to receive distributions from Silvercrest L.P. in the same amounts and at the same times as the holder would have received the distributions had the Class B units underlying the deferred equity units been awarded on the date of grant.

Treatment upon Termination of Employment

Voluntary Resignation and Termination with Cause

All deferred equity units and performance units are automatically forfeited upon a voluntary resignation or termination with cause. The right to receive dividend equivalents on the deferred equity units also terminates upon a termination of employment for the reasons stated above.

Involuntary Termination without Cause, Death, Disability and Retirement

Upon an employee’s involuntary termination by us, the disability of the employee, the retirement by the employee or an employee’s death, all deferred equity units become fully and immediately vested. The Executive

 

141


Table of Contents

Committee may determine as of the date of termination of employment the percentage of the deferred equity units held by the terminated employee that may be settled in cash. If an employee is terminated for any of the reasons set forth above, the terminated employee will receive a prorated number of Class B units based on the period of time employed between the date of grant and the settlement of the performance units when the performance target is achieved. The performance units will not be settled until the achievement of the performance target, if at all. In addition, the right to receive dividend equivalents on the deferred equity units will continue until the deferred equity units are settled.

Change in Control

All of the deferred equity units automatically vest in full upon the consummation of a change in control transaction. The Executive Committee will determine whether the performance target for the performance units was achieved as of the closing date of the change in control transaction. If the performance target is achieved, the holder will receive settlement in full of the performance units upon the closing of the change in control transaction.

Vesting and Redemption of Silvercrest L.P. Interests

Under the terms of the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement, which governs the rights and liabilities of our named executive officers with respect to the ownership of their interests in Silvercrest L.P., those interests are subject to redemption at the option of the employee or Silvercrest L.P. upon the termination of their employment. The terms of the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement governing the redemption of interests held by Mr. Cochran are different from those governing Messrs. Hough, Gerard, Campbell, and Messina as set forth below.

Upon the termination of employment of any of Messrs. Hough, Gerard, Campbell, or Messina, the terminated employee and Silvercrest L.P. each have a right to require the redemption of the terminated employee’s interests in Silvercrest L.P. Redemption is typically effected on a date that is at least sixty, but not more than ninety, days after of the date of termination of employment. Payment for the interests is made by issuance of a promissory note by Silvercrest L.P. to the terminated employee and payments under that note are scheduled over a four or five-year period beginning with a payment immediately after the termination date or on the one-year anniversary of the termination date, depending on the circumstances of the termination. The payment amount also differs based on the circumstances of the termination. Payments on the note may be reduced in the event of a violation of non-solicitation or confidentiality covenants applicable to the terminated employee in the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement. Redemption is also triggered upon termination of employment due to death or disability.

Pursuant to the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement, in the event of a termination of employment of Mr. Cochran prior to April 30, 2013, other than due to his death or disability, neither Silvercrest L.P. nor Mr. Cochran has the right to redeem his interests in Silvercrest L.P. In the event of a termination of his employment after April 30, 2013, both Mr. Cochran and Silvercrest L.P. will have the right to redeem Mr. Cochran’s interests. In such event, redemption of Mr. Cochran’s interests will be made by issuance of a note by Silvercrest L.P. to Mr. Cochran which will be payable in either two or three annual installments, depending on the circumstances of his termination.

In the event of termination of employment of a named executive officer due to death or disability on December 31, 2012, the payment upon redemption of his interest in Silvercrest L.P. would be approximately as follows: $30,098,098 for Mr. Cochran; $2,333,530 for Mr. Hough; $864,999 for Mr. Gerard; $1,269,570 for Mr. Campbell; and $2,875,884 for Mr. Messina. Those redemption payments may be made over a period of two through five years and, in the case of Mr. Cochran, the first payment may be withheld through April 30, 2013. Those payments would vary in the event of termination of employment of any of the named executive officers for any reason other than death or disability.

 

142


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

We paid $12,500 to each of our non-employee directors for their service as directors during the year ended December 31, 2012. Upon completion of this offering, we do not expect to pay our directors who are also our employees any compensation for their services as directors. We anticipate that our independent, non-employee directors will initially be compensated with an annual retainer of $50,000 and an additional $5,000 annually per committee on which the director serves. In addition, all directors will be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with attending board of directors, committee and stockholder meetings, including those for travel, meals and lodging. We reserve the right to change the manner and amount of compensation to our directors at any time.

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders will approve, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan prior to the consummation of this offering.

The purposes of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan are to (i) align the long-term financial interests of our employees, directors, consultants and advisers with those of our stockholders; (ii) attract and retain those individuals by providing compensation opportunities that are consistent with our compensation philosophy; and (iii) provide incentives to those individuals who contribute significantly to our long-term performance and growth. To accomplish these purposes, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of units of Silvercrest L.P. (All references to units or interests of Silvercrest L.P. refer to Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. and accompanying shares of Class B common stock of our company). The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will also provide for the grant of stock options (both stock options intended to be incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and non-qualified stock options), stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance-based stock awards and other stock-based awards (collectively, stock awards) based on our Class A common stock. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees; all other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, members, limited partners or partners who are engaged in the business of one or more of our subsidiaries, as well as non-employee directors and consultants.

It is initially anticipated that awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan granted to our employees will be in the form of units of Silvercrest L.P. that will not vest until a specified period of time has elapsed, or other vesting conditions have been satisfied as determined by the Compensation Committee, and which may be forfeited if the vesting conditions are not met. During the period that any vesting restrictions apply, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, the recipient of the award will be eligible to participate in distributions of income from Silvercrest L.P. In addition, before the vesting conditions have been satisfied, the transferability of such units is generally prohibited and such units will not be eligible to be exchanged for cash or shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the exchange agreement.

Awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will be structured to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

Shares Subject to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

A total of 1,687,500 shares of our Class A common stock, representing 15% of the shares of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock outstanding as of the closing of this offering, will be reserved and available for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The equity interests may be issued in the form of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B units of Silvercrest L.P.

If an equity award granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the equity interests not acquired pursuant to the award will again

 

143


Table of Contents

become available for subsequent issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, equity awards that are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered prior to becoming fully vested, may become available for the grant of new equity awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

The aggregate number of equity interests that may be granted to any single individual during a calendar year in the form of stock awards may not exceed 1,687,500 shares of Class A common stock and/or Class B units.

Administration of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our Compensation Committee. Subject to the terms of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee will determine which employees, directors, consultants and advisers will receive grants under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the exercise or purchase price of each award, and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting and, in certain instances, the fair market value applicable to a stock award. In addition, the Compensation Committee will interpret the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and may adopt any administrative rules, regulations, procedures and guidelines governing the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan or any awards granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as it deems appropriate.

The Compensation Committee may cancel, with the consent of the affected participants, any or all of the outstanding stock options or SARs in exchange for (i) new stock options or SARs covering the same or a different number of shares of our Class A common stock, but with an exercise price or base amount per share not less than the fair market value per share of our Class A common stock on the new grant date; or (ii) cash or shares of our Class A common stock, whether vested or unvested, equal in value to the value of the cancelled stock options or SARs.

Types of Equity-Based Awards

The types of awards that may be made under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan are described below. These awards may be made singly or in combination, as part of compensation awards or ownership awards, or both. All of the awards described below are subject to the conditions, limitations, restrictions, vesting and forfeiture provisions determined by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, subject to certain limitations provided in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan may be granted without any vesting or forfeiture conditions, as determined by the Compensation Committee. Each award granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will be evidenced by an award agreement, which will govern that award’s terms and conditions.

Non-qualified Stock Options

A non-qualified stock option is an option that does not meet the qualifications of an incentive stock option as described below. An award of a non-qualified stock option grants a participant the right to purchase a certain number of shares of our Class A common stock during a specified term in the future, after a vesting period, at an exercise price equal to at least 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the grant date. The term of a non-qualified stock option may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Except as provided in the award agreement or as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, an option may only be exercised while the participant is employed by, or providing services to, us or our subsidiaries, or during an applicable period after termination of employment or service.

Incentive Stock Options

An incentive stock option is a stock option that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees and must have an exercise price of

 

144


Table of Contents

no less than 100% of fair market value on the grant date, a term of no more than ten years, and be granted from a plan that has been approved by our stockholders. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates, or more than 10% of the value of all classes of our stock, unless (i) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (ii) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

SARs

A SAR entitles the participant to receive an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the exercise date and the exercise price of the SAR (which may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock on the grant date), multiplied by the number of shares subject to the SAR. The term of a SAR may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Payment to a participant upon the exercise of a SAR may be either in cash, shares of our Class A common stock or a combination of the two as determined by the Compensation Committee. Except as provided in the award agreement or as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, a SAR may only be exercised while the participant is employed by, or providing services to, us or our subsidiaries, or during an applicable period after termination of employment or service.

Restricted Stock

A restricted stock award is an award of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock that does not vest until a specified period of time has elapsed, or other vesting conditions have been satisfied as determined by the Compensation Committee, and which may be forfeited if the conditions to vesting are not met. During the period that any restrictions apply, the transferability of stock awards is generally prohibited. Participants generally have all of the rights of a stockholder as to those shares, including the right to receive dividend payments on the shares subject to their award during the vesting period (unless the awards are subject to performance-vesting criteria) and the right to vote those shares. Dividends will be subject to the same restrictions as the underlying restricted stock unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee. All unvested restricted stock awards are forfeited if the participant’s employment or service is terminated for any reason, unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise.

Restricted Stock Units

A restricted stock unit is a phantom unit that represents shares of our Class A common stock. Restricted stock units become payable on terms and conditions determined by the Compensation Committee and will be settled either in cash, shares of our Class A common stock or Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. or a combination of any of the three as determined by the Compensation Committee. All unvested restricted stock units are forfeited if the participant’s employment or service is terminated for any reason, unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise.

Performance Awards

The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock that may qualify as performance-based compensation, not subject to the $1 million limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered principal imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, to the extent Section 162(m) is applicable to us. To assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based stock will so qualify, our Compensation Committee can, but will not be required to, structure these awards so that stock will be issued or paid pursuant to the award only upon the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

 

145


Table of Contents

The performance goals, to the extent designed to meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, will be based on one or more of the following criteria: (i) earnings including operating income, economic income, economic net income, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, or extraordinary or special items or book value per share (which may exclude nonrecurring items); (ii) pre-tax income or after-tax income; (iii) earnings per common share (basic or diluted); (iv) operating profit; (v) revenue, revenue growth or rate of revenue growth; (vi) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on equity; (vii) return on sales or revenues; (viii) operating expenses; (ix) stock price appreciation; (x) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (xi) implementation or completion of critical projects or processes; (xii) economic value created; (xiii) cumulative earnings per share growth; (xiv) operating margin or profit margin; (xv) common stock price or total stockholder return; (xvi) cost targets, reductions and savings, productivity and efficiencies; (xvii) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, human resources management, supervision of litigation, information technology and goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and similar transactions and budget comparisons; (xviii) personal professional objectives, including any of the foregoing performance goals, implementation of policies and plans, negotiation of transactions, development of long-term business goals, formation of joint ventures, research or development collaborations, and completion of other corporate transactions; and (xix) any combination of any of the foregoing.

Dividend Equivalents

Dividend equivalents entitle the participant to receive amounts equal to ordinary dividends that are paid on the shares underlying a grant while the grant is outstanding and may be awarded in connection with grants other than stock options or SARs. The Compensation Committee will determine whether dividend equivalents will be paid currently or credited to a bookkeeping account as a dollar amount or in the form of restricted stock units. Dividend equivalents may be paid in cash, in shares of our Class A common stock or in a combination of the two. The Compensation Committee will determine whether dividend equivalents will be conditioned upon the exercise, vesting or payment of the grant to which they relate and the other terms and conditions of the grant.

Class B Units

Under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee may also grant equity-based incentives related to Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. to encourage ownership in our operating partnership. The Compensation Committee may grant the same types of awards available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan related to our Class A common stock as awards related to the Class B units of Silvercrest L.P., including options to purchase Class B units. Any award granted covering units will reduce the overall limit with respect to the number of shares of Class A common stock that may be granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan on a one-for-one basis.

LTIP Awards

The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan allows for the grant of LTIP units that may, upon the occurrence of certain events or the participant’s achievement of certain performance goals, convert into Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. To the extent provided in an award agreement, LTIP units, whether or not vested, would entitle the participant to receive, currently or on a deferred or contingent basis, distributions or distribution equivalent payments with respect to the number of Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. corresponding to the LTIP units. The Compensation Committee may award LTIP units as free-standing awards or in tandem with other awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Any award granted covering LTIP units will reduce the overall limit with respect to the number of shares of Class A common stock that may be granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan on a one-for-one basis.

 

146


Table of Contents

Other Equity-Based Awards

Under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee may grant other types of awards that are based on, or measured by reference to, shares of our Class A common stock or Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. The Compensation Committee will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. Other stock-based awards may be settled in either cash or equity, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

Adjustments

In connection with stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and certain other events affecting our Class A common stock, the Compensation Committee will make adjustments as it deems appropriate in (i) the number and kind of shares covered by outstanding grants and (ii) the exercise price of all outstanding stock awards, if applicable.

Change of Control

If we experience a change of control, unless otherwise determined by our Compensation Committee or evidenced in the applicable award or other agreement, our Compensation Committee will have discretion to provide, among other things, (i) for the continuation of outstanding awards after the change in control without change; (ii) the cash-out of outstanding options as of the time of the change in control transaction as part of the transaction; (iii) a requirement that the buyer assume or substitute outstanding awards; and (iv) the acceleration of outstanding options and awards. In the event of a change in control in which the consideration paid to the holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. is solely cash, our Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, provide that each award shall, upon the occurrence of a change in control, be cancelled in exchange for a payment, in cash or Class A common stock, in an amount equal to (x) the excess of the consideration paid per share of Class A common stock and Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. in the change of control over the exercise or purchase price (if any) per share of Class A common stock or Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. subject to the award, multiplied by (y) the number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. granted under the award.

In general terms, a change of control under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan occurs:

 

   

if a person, entity or affiliated group (with certain exceptions) acquires more than 50% of our then outstanding voting securities;

 

   

if we merge into another entity, unless the holders of our voting shares immediately prior to the merger have at least 50% of the combined voting power of the securities in the merged entity or its parent;

 

   

if we sell or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

if we are liquidated or dissolved;

 

   

if a majority of the members of our board of directors is replaced during any 12-month or shorter period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the incumbent directors; or

 

   

We cease to be the general partner of Silvercrest L.P.

Section 162(m) Stockholder Approval Requirements

In compliance with the transition rules under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, and after this offering, to the extent Section 162(m) is applicable to us, our stockholders will approve the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan no later than the first occurrence of: (i) the expiration of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan; (ii) a material modification of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code); (iii) the issuance of all our Class A common stock authorized for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan; or (iv) our first stockholders’ meeting (during which our directors are elected) that occurs after the end of the third calendar year following the year in which this offering occurs.

 

147


Table of Contents

Amendment; Termination

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan at any time. Our stockholders must approve any amendment if their approval is required in order to comply with the Internal Revenue Code, applicable laws, or applicable stock exchange requirements. Unless terminated sooner by our board of directors or extended with stockholder approval, awards may be granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan at any time in the period commencing on the date of approval of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan by the board of directors and ending on the issuance of all of the shares of Class A common stock subject to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Awards granted pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan within that period shall not expire solely by reason of the termination of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

148


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Reorganization

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we entered into a series of transactions to reorganize our capital structure. We also entered into agreements with certain related persons in connection with the reorganization. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure.”

In addition, we entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our executive officers and directors that provides, in general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on our behalf. Due to the nature of the indemnification agreements, they are not the type of agreements that are typically entered into with or available to unaffiliated third parties.

Purchase of Class B Units

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, we intend to purchase an aggregate of 3,540,684 Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. from certain existing limited partners of Silvercrest L.P. for approximately $42.4 million (based on an assumed public offering price of $13.00), including 2,678,657 Class B units from Vulcan Wealth Management LLC, our largest equity holder, for $32.1 million; 463,468 Class B units from Martin Jaffe, one of our principals, for $5.6 million; 206,295 Class B units from G. Moffett Cochran, our chief executive officer, for $2.5 million; and 17,679 Class B units from Albert S. Messina, one of our named executive officers, for $0.2 million. The purchase price for the Class B units will be determined by the public offering price of our Class A common stock in this offering less the per share amount of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses incurred by us.

Promissory Notes

On September 18, 2012, Mr. Hough repaid in full the principal amount and all accrued interest on five promissory notes issued by Mr. Hough in favor of Silvercrest L.P. The principal amounts at the time of repayment were $542,220.00, $122,812.50, $44,544.00, $77,520.00, and $222,837.51 with interest accruing at 3.53%, 2.77%, 4.40%, 2.64% and 2.42%, per annum, respectively.

On September 18, 2012, Mr. Gerard repaid in full the principal amount and all accrued interest on two promissory notes issued by Mr. Gerard in favor of Silvercrest L.P. The principal amounts at the time of repayment were $261,513.54 and $133,640.17 with interest accruing at 1.62% and 2.66%, per annum, respectively.

On September 18, 2012, Mr. Campbell repaid in full the principal amount and all accrued interest on two promissory notes issued by Mr. Campbell in favor of Silvercrest L.P. The principal amounts at the time of repayment were $77,520.00 and $270,187.51 with interest accruing at 2.64% and 2.84%, per annum, respectively.

On April 17, 2013, Mr. Messina repaid in full the principal amount and all accrued interest on two promissory notes issued by Mr. Messina in favor of Silvercrest L.P. The principal amounts at the time of repayment were $98,250.00 and $58,140.00 with interest accruing at 2.77% and 2.64%, per annum, respectively.

Shares Subject to Redemption

Under the terms of the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement, governing the rights and liabilities of our named executive officers with respect to the ownership of their interests in Silvercrest L.P., those interests are subject to redemption at the option of the employee or Silvercrest L.P. upon the termination of their employment. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control—Vesting and Redemption of Silvercrest L.P. Interests” for further discussion of these redemption obligations.

 

149


Table of Contents

Management Fees

SAMG LLC manages the personal funds of many of its employees and members of the families of those employees, including Messrs. Cochran, Hough, Gerard, Campbell and Messina pursuant to investment management agreements in which it has agreed to reduce the advisory fees it charges its employees and members of their families. The value of the discount to the investment advisory services provided to Mr. Cochran by our company in 2012 was approximately $236,000. The value of services provided to other executives by our company was not significant.

Policies and Procedures Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt written policies and procedures for transactions with related persons. As a general matter, the policy will require our Audit Committee to review and approve or disapprove the entry by us into certain transactions with related persons. The policy will contain transactions which are pre-approved transactions. The policy will only apply to transactions, arrangements and relationships where the aggregate amount involved could reasonably be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year and in which a related person has a direct or indirect interest. A related person is (i) any of our directors, nominees for director or executive officers, (ii) any immediate family member of any of our directors, nominees for director or executive officers and (iii) any person, and his or her immediate family members, or entity, including affiliates, that was a beneficial owner of 5% or more of any of our outstanding equity securities at the time the transaction occurred or existed.

The policy will provide that if advance approval of a transaction subject to the policy is not obtained, it must be promptly submitted to the Audit Committee for possible ratification, approval, amendment, termination or rescission. In reviewing any transaction, the Audit Committee will take into account, among other factors the Audit Committee deems appropriate, recommendations from senior management, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than the terms generally available to a third party in similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. Any related person transaction must be conducted at arm’s length. Any member of the Audit Committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under review may not participate in the deliberations or vote on the approval or ratification of the transaction. However, such a director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Audit Committee that considers a transaction.

 

150


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

A beneficial owner of a security includes any person who directly or indirectly has or shares voting power and/or investment power with respect to that security or has the right to obtain voting power and/or investment power within 60 days. Except as otherwise noted, each beneficial owner in the table below has sole voting power with respect to the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock listed. The following table sets forth beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

 

   

each person who beneficially owns more than 5% of the shares;

 

   

each of our named executive officers listed in the summary compensation table

 

   

each member of our board of directors; and

 

   

all executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the address of each stockholder is c/o Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc., 1330 Avenue of the Americas, 38th Floor, New York, New York 10019.

This beneficial ownership information is presented on the following basis:

 

   

after giving effect to the issuance of an aggregate of 6,459,316 shares of Class B common stock to the members of Silvercrest L.P. in connection with the reorganization; and

 

   

after giving effect to the issuance of 4,790,684 shares of Class A common stock in this offering.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage of ownership held by that person, shares of common stock subject to equity awards held by that person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after June 3, 2013 are deemed outstanding, while these shares are not deemed outstanding for computing percentage ownership of any other person.

 

    Class A     Class B  

Beneficial Owner

  No. of
Shares
Before
Offering
    Percentage     No. of
Shares
After
Offering (3)
    Percentage (3)     No. of
Shares
Before
Offering
    Percentage     No. of
Shares
After
Offering
    Percentage (4)  

Officers and Directors

               

G. Moffett Cochran (1)

    10        —          10        —          2,206,222        22.06     1,999,927        17.78

Richard R. Hough III

    —          —          —          —          155,797        1.56     155,797        1.38

Scott A. Gerard

    —          —          —          —          57,860        *        57,860        *   

David J. Campbell

    —          —          —          —          87,914        *        87,914        *   

Albert S. Messina

    —          —          —          —          196,368        1.96     178,689        1.59

Winthrop B. Conrad, Jr.

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Wilmot H. Kidd III

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Richard S. Pechter

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

All directors and executive officers as a group (8 people).

    10        —          10        —          2,704,161        27.04     2,480,187        22.05

5% Security Holders

               

Martin Jaffe

    —          —          —          —          1,390,382        13.90     926,914        8.24

Vulcan Wealth Management LLC (2)

    —          —          —          —          2,678,657        26.79     —          —     

 

  * Less than 1%.
(1) Includes amount of Class B units owned by The Moffett Cochran GRAT 2010 of which Mr. Cochran is the trustee.

 

151


Table of Contents
(2) Vulcan is wholly-owned by Vulcan Capital Private Equity I LLC. Vulcan Capital Private Equity Inc. is the managing member of Vulcan Capital Private Equity Management I LLC, which is the manager of Vulcan Capital Private Equity I LLC. Paul Allen is the sole stockholder of Vulcan Capital Private Equity Inc., and, as such, possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares held by Vulcan. Mr. Allen disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Vulcan except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for Vulcan is 505 5th Avenue S, Suite 900, Seattle, Washington 98104.
(3) The number of Class A shares and the corresponding percentages will not be altered in the event the underwriters exercise their right to purchase additional shares.
(4) If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock, the number of Class A Shares will not be altered; however the corresponding percentages will change as follows: Mr. Cochran—16.7%; Mr. Hough—1.3%; Mr. Messina—1.5%; Mr. Jaffe—7.7%; and all named executive officers and directors as a group—20.7%.

 

152


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of the material terms of our capital stock and provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect immediately prior to this offering. Copies of the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Immediately prior to this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 50 million shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 25 million shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 10 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Upon the consummation of this offering, 4,790,694 shares of Class A common stock, 6,459,316 shares of Class B common stock and no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding.

Common Stock

Class A Common Stock

Voting Rights

Our Class A stockholders will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Our Class A stockholders will not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class. Except as otherwise provided by law or as described in “—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation—Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws,” amendments to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation must be approved by a majority of the combined voting power of all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class. However, amendments to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class A common stock, so as to affect them adversely, also must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the authorized shares of Class A common stock must be approved by the vote of the holders of a majority of our shares of Class A common stock.

Dividend Rights

Class A stockholders are entitled to receive dividends, when and if declared by our board of directors, out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock. Dividends consisting of shares of Class A common stock may be paid only as follows: (i) shares of Class A common stock may be paid only to holders of shares of Class A common stock and (ii) shares will be paid proportionately with respect to each outstanding share of our Class A common stock. See “Dividend Policy.”

Liquidation Rights

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, or the sale of all, or substantially all, of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to holders of preferred stock having a liquidation preference, if any, the Class A stockholders will be entitled to share ratably in our remaining assets available for distribution to Class A stockholders.

 

153


Table of Contents

Other Matters

In the event of our merger or consolidation with or into another company in connection with which shares of common stock are converted into, or exchangeable for, shares of stock, other securities or property (including cash), common stockholders, regardless of class, will be entitled to receive the same kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property (including cash); provided that, if shares of Class A common stock are exchanged for or converted into shares of capital stock, the shares for which they are exchanged, or converted into, may differ to the extent that the shares of Class A common stock and the Class B common stock differ.

No shares of Class A common stock will be subject to redemption or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

Upon consummation of this offering, all the outstanding shares of Class A common stock will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Exchanges of Class B units for Class A Common Stock and Registration Rights

Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. held by our principals will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock, on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary adjustments for share splits, dividends and reclassifications. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.—Exchange Rights” for a description of the timing and circumstances under which Class B units may be exchanged for shares of our Class A common stock. Also, see “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Resale and Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of circumstances in which these shares may be resold.

Class B Common Stock

Issuance of Class B Common Stock with Class B units

Shares of our Class B common stock are issuable only in connection with the issuance of Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. When a vested or unvested Class B unit is issued by Silvercrest L.P., we will issue the holder one share of our Class B common stock in exchange for the payment of its par value, subject to the holder’s agreement to be bound by the terms of the stockholders’ agreement described in the “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Stockholders’ Agreement Among Class B Stockholders.” Each share of our Class B common stock will be redeemed for its par value and cancelled by us if the holder of the corresponding Class B unit exchanges or forfeits its Class B unit pursuant to the terms of the second amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Silvercrest L.P., the terms of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or otherwise.

Voting Rights

Our Class B stockholders will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Class B stockholders will not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all Class B stockholders and Class A stockholders present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class. Except as otherwise provided by law or as described in “—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation—Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws,” amendments to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation must be approved by a majority of the combined voting power of all shares of Class B common stock and Class A common stock, voting together as a single class. However, amendments to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of Class B common stock so as to affect them adversely also must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the authorized shares of Class B common stock must be approved by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Class B common stock.

 

154


Table of Contents

See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Stockholders’ Agreement Among Class B Stockholders” for a description of the terms of the stockholders’ agreement that the principals who hold shares of Class B common stock outstanding immediately after this offering will enter into simultaneously with this offering. Any employee who is issued shares of Class B common stock after this offering will be required to become a party to the stockholders’ agreement.

Dividend Rights

Our Class B stockholders will not participate in any dividends declared by our board of directors.

Liquidation Rights

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, or the sale of all, or substantially all, of our assets, Class B stockholders only will be entitled to receive the par value of our Class B common stock.

Other Matters

In the event of our merger or consolidation with or into another company in connection with which shares of Class B common stock are converted into, or exchangeable for, shares of stock, other securities or property (including cash), all common stockholders will be entitled to receive the same kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property (including cash); provided that, if shares of Class B common stock are exchanged for, or converted into, shares of capital stock, the shares for which they are exchanged, or converted into, may differ to the extent that the shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock differ.

No shares of Class B common stock will have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of Class B common stock.

Upon consummation of this offering, all outstanding shares of Class B common stock will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and related restrictions, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, or the designation of the class or series, without the approval of our stockholders.

The authority of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without approval of our stockholders may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common stock, including the loss of voting control to others.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, contain provisions which may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of our company. These provisions include the following:

Issuance of Preferred Stock

Our board of directors is authorized to issue million shares of preferred stock and determine the powers, preferences and special rights of any unissued series of preferred stock, including voting rights, dividend rights, and terms of redemption, conversion rights and the designation of any such series, without the approval of our

 

155


Table of Contents

stockholders. As a result, our board of directors could issue preferred stock quickly and easily, which could adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock. Our board of directors could issue the preferred stock with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control or make removal of management more difficult.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

Elimination of the Ability to Call Special Meetings

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors, a committee of the board of directors that has been duly designated by the board of directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings, or by the Chairman of our board of directors. Stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require our board to call a special meeting.

Advance Notice Procedures for Stockholder Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board. Stockholders at our annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting, or brought before the meeting by, or at the direction of, our board of directors, or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given to our secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting.

Classified Board of Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

Removal of Directors; Board of Directors Vacancies

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that members of our board of directors may not be removed without cause. Our amended and restated bylaws further provide that only our board of directors may fill vacant directorships, except in limited circumstances. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from gaining control of our board of directors by removing incumbent directors and filling the resulting vacancies with such stockholder’s own nominees.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or DGCL, provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote is required to amend or repeal a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation generally requires the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote in connection with the election of directors, to amend any provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation described in “—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.” Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and

 

156


Table of Contents

amended and restated bylaws provide that the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote in connection with the election of directors have the power to amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws. In addition, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal our amended and restated bylaws without a stockholder vote in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

The foregoing provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our equity securities and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our Class A common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management, or delaying or preventing a transaction that might benefit you or other minority stockholders.

Section 203 of the DGCL

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the “business combination” or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own) 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. The existence of this provision could have anti-takeover effects with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, such as discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price of our common stock.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors that may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law. In addition, as permitted by the DGCL, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:

 

   

any breach of his duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith, or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit; or

 

   

improper distributions to stockholders.

 

157


Table of Contents

If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of our directors or officers shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

This provision regarding indemnification of our directors and officers in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation generally does not limit liability under state or federal securities laws.

Delaware law and our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of that person’s former or present official capacity with our company against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. A person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of the proceeding. Your investment may be adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be American Stock Transfer.

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “SAMG.”

 

158


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common stock or the availability of shares of our Class A common stock for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market, including shares issued and sold upon exchange of Class B units, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Class A Common Stock Outstanding Upon Closing

4,790,694 shares of Class A common stock will be outstanding immediately after this offering (or 5,509,296 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). Subject to certain restrictions, following the six-month anniversary of the consummation of this offering, each principal and certain permitted transferees will have the right to exchange their Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis pursuant to the terms of our second amended and restated limited partnership agreement. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.—Exchange Rights.” These shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of Class B units would be “restricted securities,” as defined in Rule 144. However, we will enter into a resale and registration rights agreement with the holders of the Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. that will require us to register under the Securities Act these shares of Class A common stock. See “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Resale and Registration Rights Agreement.”

Of the shares of Class A common stock outstanding following this offering, 4,790,694 shares of Class A common stock (or 5,509,296 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares of Class A common stock held by our “affiliates”, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which would be subject to the limitations and restrictions described below under “—Rule 144.”

The shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. may be sold only as part of an annual underwritten offering pursuant to the resale and registration rights agreement until the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, subject to the following exceptions:

 

   

holders at any time may sell a number of shares sufficient to cover taxes due upon exchange of Class B units in any manner of sale permitted under the securities laws; and

 

   

the estate of any deceased holder or the beneficiaries thereof, at any time, may sell a number of shares sufficient to cover applicable estate and inheritance taxes.

Shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of Class B units held by a principal of Silvercrest L.P. are subject to additional restrictions on transfer as described under “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Resale and Registration Rights Agreement.”

In addition, our board of directors may at any time waive any restrictions on sale of our Class A common stock.

Lock-Up Agreements

We will agree with the underwriters not to issue, sell, or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock, subject to certain exceptions, for the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus, without the prior consent of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

 

159


Table of Contents

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our executive officers and directors and our employees who participate in the directed share program will enter into similar lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. may, at any time, release us and/or any of our officers and directors from this lock-up agreement and allow us to sell shares of our Class A common stock within this 180-day period. See “Underwriting.” Pursuant to our lock-up agreement with the underwriters, we will not be permitted to waive these restrictions pursuant to the exchange agreement without the prior consent of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, our affiliates who own shares for at least six months or own shares purchased in the open market are entitled to sell these shares as follows. Within any three-month period, each person may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of our then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock, which will equal approximately 47,907 shares immediately after this offering (based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering), or the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice of the sale on Form 144. Sales under Rule 144 by affiliates also will be subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

A person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who owns shares of Class A common stock within the definition of “restricted securities” under Rule 144 that were acquired from us or any affiliate at least six months previously, would also be entitled to sell shares under Rule 144. Such sales would be permitted without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice requirements described above and, after one year, without any limits, including the public information requirement.

Rule 701

In general, and subject to lock-up agreements, any of our employees, consultants or advisers, other than affiliates, who purchased shares of Class A common stock from us under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or other written agreements in accordance with Rule 701 of the Securities Act, are eligible to resell their shares under Rule 144.

Registration of Shares Under 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 covering all of the shares of Class A common stock issuable or reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. When issued, these shares of Class A common stock will be freely tradable in the public market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates and, in some cases, the expiration of the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting.”

Resale and Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a resale and registration rights agreement with our principals who hold Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. pursuant to which the shares of our Class A common stock issued upon exchange or conversion of their Class B units will be eligible for resale, subject to the resale timing and manner limitations described under “The Reorganization and Our Holding Company Structure—Resale and Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

160


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax and estate tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial opinions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) who purchase shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold those shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code.

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income or estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, any consequences under the unearned income Medicare contribution tax pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or any consequences under other U.S. federal tax laws, nor does it address any aspects of tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction. This discussion also does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax or estate tax laws, including without limitation:

 

   

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

   

partnerships or other pass-through entities;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

traders, brokers, or dealers in securities, commodities or currencies;

 

   

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S.;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations;

 

   

passive foreign investment companies;

 

   

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our Class A common stock;

 

   

persons that will hold common stock as a position treated as a hedging transaction, “straddle” or “conversion transaction” or other risk-reduction transaction for tax purposes; and

 

   

persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

Accordingly, we urge prospective investors to consult with their own tax advisers regarding the state, local and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our Class A common stock.

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (or entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or persons who hold their Class A common stock through partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a partnership (or other entity treated as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership (or member in such other entity) will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner in a partnership holding shares of Class A common stock should consult its own tax advisers.

 

161


Table of Contents

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISERS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS ANY INCOME OR OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP OR DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF THE U.S., ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

In general, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of our Class A common stock (other than an entity treated as a partnership or disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. person. A “U.S. person” is any of the following:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the U.S. as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a corporation (or any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (a) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions on Class A Common Stock

If we make cash or other property distributions on our Class A common stock, or effect a redemption that is treated as a distribution with respect to our Class A common stock, then any such distribution or redemption will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class A common stock and will be applied against and reduce that basis, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the Class A common stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “—Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Class A Common Stock” below.

Except as described in the next paragraph, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or a lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent or withholding agent a properly completed and valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent or other withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and may be required to be updated periodically. Special certification and other requirements apply if our Class A common stock is held through a non-U.S. intermediary including non-U.S. pass-through entities. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent or other withholding agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If we are not able to determine whether or not a distribution will exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits at the time the distribution is made, we may withhold tax on the entire amount of any distribution at the same rate as we would withhold on a dividend. However, a non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund of amounts that we withhold to the extent the distribution in fact exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

 

162


Table of Contents

If a non-U.S. holder holds our Class A common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., and dividends paid on the Class A common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax, but will be subject to tax as provided below. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent or other withholding agent the required forms, including a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

Any dividends paid on our Class A common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a U.S. holder. A non-U.S. holder that is a non-U.S. corporation (or non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

A non-U.S. holder who provides us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI must update the form or submit a new form, as applicable, if there is a change in circumstances that makes any information on such form incorrect. A non-U.S. holder that claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Gain on Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is “effectively connected” with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that the non-U.S. holder maintains in the U.S.,

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual, holds the Class A common stock as a capital asset, is present in the U.S. for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale and certain other conditions exist, or

 

   

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A common stock, and such non-U.S. holder has actually or constructively held (at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of the disposition or the holder’s holding period) 5% or more of our Class A common stock.

We believe we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, no assurance can be offered in this regard.

Gain described in the first or third bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally in the same manner as if such holder were a U.S. holder. A non-U.S. holder that is a non-U.S. corporation (or non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. The gross proceeds from transactions to which the third bullet point above applies will generally be subject to a 10% withholding tax, which may be claimed as a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s federal income tax liability. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

163


Table of Contents

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the U.S.), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Federal Estate Taxes

An individual non-U.S. holder who is treated as the owner of, or has made certain lifetime transfers of, an interest in our Class A common stock will be required to include the value thereof in his or her gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise, even though such individual was not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of his or her death.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general (except as described below), backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to a distribution of dividends on our Class A common stock paid to you or to proceeds from the disposition of the Class A common stock by you, in each case, if you certify under penalties of perjury that you are a non-U.S. person, and neither we nor our paying agent (or other payor) have actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary. In general, if the Class A common stock is not held through a qualified intermediary, the amount of dividends, the name and address of the beneficial owner and the amount, if any, of tax withheld may be reported to the IRS.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder outside the U.S. through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the U.S. However, if a non-U.S. holder sells or otherwise disposes of its shares of our Class A common stock through a U.S. broker or the U.S. offices of a foreign broker, the broker will generally be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to the non-U.S. holder to the IRS and also backup withhold on that amount unless such non-U.S. holder provides appropriate certification to the broker of its status as a non-U.S. person (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Internal Revenue Code) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Information reporting will also apply if a non-U.S. holder sells its shares of our Class A common stock through a foreign broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from U.S. sources or having certain other connections to the U.S., unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that such non-U.S. holder is a non-U.S. person (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Internal Revenue Code) and certain other conditions are met, or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to a non-U.S. holder under the backup withholding rules generally can be credited against any U.S. federal income tax liability of the non-U.S. holder, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.

Foreign Accounts

Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA,” foreign financial institutions (which term includes most foreign hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and other investment vehicles) and certain other foreign entities must comply with certain new information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or confront a new withholding tax on U.S.-source payments made to them (whether received as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary for another party). More

 

164


Table of Contents

specifically, a foreign financial institution or other foreign entity that does not comply with the FATCA reporting requirements will generally be subject to a new 30% withholding tax with respect to any “withholdable payments.” For this purpose, withholdable payments include generally U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax (e.g., U.S.-source dividends) and also include the entire gross proceeds from the sale of any equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers, even if the payment would otherwise not be subject to U.S. nonresident withholding tax (e.g., because it is capital gain). Final Treasury regulations defer this withholding obligation until January 1, 2014 for payments of U.S.-source dividends and until January 1, 2017 for gross proceeds from dispositions of stock in a U.S. corporation.

We will not pay any additional amounts to non-U.S. holders in respect of any amounts withheld pursuant to FATCA. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the FATCA provisions to them based on their particular circumstances.

The preceding discussion is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult the prospective investor’s own tax adviser regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our Class A common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

165


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of our Class A common stock described in this prospectus in an underwritten offering in which we and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., as representative of the underwriters for the offering, will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase the respective number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares of Class A
common stock

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase shares of our Class A common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, including:

 

   

the representations and warranties made by us are true and agreements have been performed;

 

   

there is no material adverse change in their determination in the financial markets or in our business; and

 

   

we deliver customary closing documents.

Subject to these conditions, the underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus, if any such shares are purchased. However, the underwriters are not obligated to take or pay for the shares of our Class A common stock covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below, unless and until that option is exercised.

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable no later than 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, to purchase up to an aggregate of 718,603 additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Commissions and Expenses

The underwriters propose to offer our Class A common stock directly to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess of $         per share on sales to other brokers and dealers. After the public offering of our Class A common stock, the underwriters may change the offering price, concessions and other selling terms.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions that we will pay to the underwriters and the proceeds we will receive before expenses. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

     Per Share      Total without
over-allotment
exercise
     Total with
over-
allotment
exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $         $     

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   $         $         $     

 

166


Table of Contents

In addition to the underwriting discount, we will reimburse the underwriters for their reasonable out-of-pocket non-legal expenses up to $150,000 incurred in connection with their engagement as underwriters, in the event this offering is consummated, including, without limitation, marketing, syndication and travel expenses. Further, we will reimburse the underwriters for their legal fees of up to $100,000 incurred in connection with their engagement as underwriters, in the event that this offering is not consummated. We will also pay for filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements (up to an aggregate of $5,000) of blue sky counsel for the underwriters in connection with, securing any required review of the terms of this offering, as well as the fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters in connection with securing any required review by FINRA (up to an aggregate of $25,000). We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $600,000, and are payable by us.

We have agreed to grant Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. the right of first refusal to act as a financial advisor to us, in any transaction involving (i) a public offering of our or any of our subsidiaries’ securities and (ii) the sale in one or more transaction of series of related transactions by the existing holders of our or our subsidiaries’ outstanding securities representing at least 30.0% of our or any of our subsidiaries’ outstanding securities (other than any internal reorganization), in each case for a period of six months following the commencement of the sale of shares of our Class A common stock.

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representative and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock, the representative will consider:

 

   

the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

our earning prospects;

 

   

the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

the recent market prices of and the demand for publicly traded stock of comparable companies.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters, and persons who control the underwriters, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of these liabilities.

Lock-Up Agreement

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our directors and executive officers and our employees who participate in the directed share program will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, for a period of 180 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of the underwriters, subject to limited exceptions:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our Class A common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act, with respect to any of the foregoing, or

 

   

enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of our common stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

167


Table of Contents

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the period that begins on the date that is 15 calendar days plus 3 business days before the last day of the 180-day restricted period and ends on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs, or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 17-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the date that is 15 calendar days plus three business days after the date on which the earnings release is issued or the material news or material event relating to us occurs.

Listing on The Nasdaq Global Market

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SAMG.”

Stabilization

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may, but are not obligated to, engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of Class A common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or mitigating a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock while the offering is in progress.

 

   

Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares of Class A common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position that may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares of Class A common stock over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of Class A common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or mitigating a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the

 

168


Table of Contents

underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A common stock. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Directed Share Program

We have directed the underwriters to reserve up to 5.0% of the shares of Class A common stock to be issued in this offering for sale to our directors, officers and certain other persons at the initial public offering price through a directed share program. The number of shares Class A common stock available for sale to the public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase any reserved shares. Any shares of Class A common stock not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the public on the same basis as other shares offered hereby.

Our Relationship with the Underwriters

Certain of the underwriters and/or their affiliates have engaged, and may in the future engage, in commercial and investment banking transactions with us in the ordinary course of their business. They have received, and expect to receive, customary compensation and expense reimbursement for these commercial and investment banking transactions.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares of our Class A common stock may not be sold directly or indirectly in or into Switzerland except in a manner which will not result in a public offering within the meaning of the Swiss Code of Obligations. Neither this document nor any other offering materials relating to the Class A common stock may be distributed, published or otherwise made available in Switzerland except in a manner which will not constitute a public offer of our Class A common stock in Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This document does not constitute a prospectus for the purposes of the prospectus rules issued by the UK Financial Services Authorities, or the FSA, pursuant to section 84 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or the FSMA, and has not been filed with the FSA. The shares of Class A common stock to be issued in this offering may not be offered or sold and will not be offered or sold to the public in the United Kingdom (within the meaning of section 102B of the FSMA) save in the circumstances where it is lawful to do so without an approved prospectus (with the meaning of the section 85 of the FSMA) being made available to the public before the offer is made. In addition, no person may communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale or any shares of Class A common stock except in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to Silvercrest. This prospectus is directed only at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom and (ii) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of “investment professionals” in Article 19 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, the FPO, or (iii) high net worth bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships and trustees of high value trusts as described in Article 49 of the FPO.

Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is only available to and will only be engaged in with such persons and persons who do not fall within (ii) or (iii) above should not rely on or act upon this communication.

 

169


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Bingham McCutchen LLP. Certain legal matters with respect to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP.

EXPERTS

The balance sheet of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. as of December 31, 2012, included in this prospectus, has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such balance sheet has been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Silvercrest L.P. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to a change in Silvercrest L.P.’s annual goodwill impairment testing date. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2010, and the consolidated financial statements of MW Commodity Advisors, LLC as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2011, have been included herein in reliance upon the reports of Fulvio & Associates, L.L.P., an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to our Class A common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

You may read and copy any document we have filed or may file in the future at the SEC’s public reference facility in Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, file periodic reports and other information, including proxy statements, with the SEC.

 

170


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SILVERCREST ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP INC.

 

     Page  

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-3   

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012

     F-4   

Notes to Balance Sheet

     F-5   

Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2013 (Unaudited)

     F-7   

Notes to Balance Sheet

     F-8   

Silvercrest L.P. and Subsidiaries

  

Consolidated Financial Statements of Silvercrest L.P. and its Subsidiaries for the three years ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010:

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-10   

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

     F-11   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-12   

Consolidated Statements of Partners’ Deficit

     F-13   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-14   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-16   

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Silvercrest L.P. and its Subsidiaries for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (Unaudited):

  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

     F-39   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-40   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Partners’ Deficit

     F-41   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-42   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-44   

Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc.

  

Consolidated Financial Statements of Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 (Unaudited):

  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

     F-64   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-66   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

     F-67   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-68   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-70   

 

F-1


Table of Contents
     Page  

Consolidated Financial Statements of Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2010:

  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     F-81   

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

     F-82   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     F-83   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

     F-84   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-85   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-87   

Consolidated Financial Statements of Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2009:

  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     F-95   

Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition

     F-96   

Consolidated Statement of Income

     F-97   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

     F-98   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     F-99   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-100   

MW Commodity Advisors, LLC

  

Consolidated Financial Statements of MW Commodity Advisors, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2011:

  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     F-109   

Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition

     F-110   

Consolidated Statement of Operations

     F-111   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members’ Equity

     F-112   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     F-113   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-114   

Consolidated Financial Statements of MW Commodity Advisors, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2010:

  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     F-121   

Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition

     F-122   

Consolidated Statement of Income

     F-123   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Member’s Equity

     F-124   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     F-125   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-126   

 

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholder of Silvercrest Asset Management Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012. This balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. as of December 3, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York

April 18, 2013

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

Balance Sheet

December 31, 2012

 

Assets

  

Cash

   $       100   
  

 

 

 

Stockholder’s Equity

  

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value-10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

   $ —     

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value-50,000,000 shares authorized, 10 shares issued and outstanding

     —     

Class B common stock, $0.01 par value-25,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

     —     

Additional paid-in capital

     100   
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

   $ 100   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to balance sheet.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

Notes to Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2012

 

1. ORGANIZATION

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on July 11, 2011. The Company’s fiscal year end is December 31. The Company was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Silvercrest L.P. The Company will be the sole general partner in Silvercrest L.P. and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of Silvercrest L.P. and, through Silvercrest L.P. and its subsidiaries, continue to conduct the business now conducted by these subsidiaries.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting—The Balance Sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate Statements of Operations, Stockholder’s Equity and of Cash Flows have not been presented as there have been no activities by this entity. The Company’s initial issuance of Class A common stock was on May 10, 2012.

 

3. STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

G. Moffett Cochran, the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of the Company is the sole stockholder of the Company, and contributed $100 to the Company on May 10, 2012 to purchase 10 shares of Class A common stock.

On November 13, 2012, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase the total number of shares the Company shall have the authority to issue to 85,000,000 shares, consisting of 50,000,000 shares of Class A voting common stock and 25,000,000 shares of Class B voting common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. All authorized shares have a par value of $0.01 per share. Holders of Class A common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to stockholders for vote, consent or approval. Holders of Class B common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class B common stock held. Dividends are payable only to holders of Class A common stock.

 

4. EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

On November 2, 2012, our board of directors adopted the Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

A total of 15% of the shares of the Company’s Class A common stock and its Class B common stock outstanding as of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering, if consummated, will be reserved and available for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The equity interests may be issued in the form of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock and Class B units of Silvercrest L.P.

The purposes of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan are to (i) align the long-term financial interests of our employees, directors, consultants and advisers with those of our stockholders; (ii) attract and retain those individuals by providing compensation opportunities that are consistent with our compensation philosophy; and (iii) provide incentives to those individuals who contribute significantly to our long-term performance and growth. To accomplish these purposes, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of units of Silvercrest L.P. (All references to units or interests of Silvercrest L.P. refer to Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. and accompanying shares of Class B common stock of our Company). The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will also provide for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance-based stock awards and other stock-based awards (collectively, stock awards) based on our Class A common stock. Awards may be granted to employees, including officers, members, limited partners or partners who are engaged in the business of one or more of our subsidiaries, as well as non-employee directors and consultants.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

It is initially anticipated that awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan granted to our employees will be in the form of units of Silvercrest L.P. that will not vest until a specified period of time has elapsed, or other vesting conditions have been satisfied as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, and which may be forfeited if the vesting conditions are not met. During the period that any vesting restrictions apply, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, the recipient of the award will be eligible to participate in distributions of income from Silvercrest L.P. In addition, before the vesting conditions have been satisfied, the transferability of such units is generally prohibited and such units will not be eligible to be exchanged for cash or shares of our Class A common stock.

 

5. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On February 28, 2013, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certification of Incorporation to reduce the total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Company shall have authority to issue to 4,000 shares. The total number of shares of all classes of common stock which the Company shall have authority was reduced to 3,000 shares, consisting of 2,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share; and 1,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share and, together with the Class A common stock. The total number of shares of all classes of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, which the Company shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 18, 2013, which is the date the balance sheet was available to be issued.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

Balance Sheet

(Unaudited)

March 31, 2013

 

Assets

  

Cash

   $ 100   
  

 

 

 

Stockholder’s Equity

  

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value-1,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

   $ —    

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value-2,000 shares authorized, 10 shares issued and outstanding

     —    

Class B common stock, $0.01 par value-1,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

     —    

Additional paid-in capital

     100   
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

   $ 100   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to balance sheet.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

Notes to Balance Sheet

(Unaudited)

As of March 31, 2013

1. ORGANIZATION

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on July 11, 2011. The Company’s fiscal year end is December 31. The Company was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Silvercrest L.P. The Company will be the sole general partner in Silvercrest L.P. and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of Silvercrest L.P. and, through Silvercrest L.P. and its subsidiaries, continue to conduct the business now conducted by these subsidiaries.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting—The Balance Sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate Statements of Operations, Stockholder’s Equity and of Cash Flows have not been presented as there have been no activities by this entity. The Company’s initial issuance of Class A common stock was on May 10, 2012.

 

3. STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

G. Moffett Cochran, the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of the Company is the sole stockholder of the Company, and contributed $100 to the Company on May 10, 2012 to purchase 10 shares of Class A common stock.

On November 13, 2012, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase the total number of shares the Company shall have the authority to issue to 85,000,000 shares, consisting of 50,000,000 shares of Class A voting common stock and 25,000,000 shares of Class B voting common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. All authorized shares have a par value of $0.01 per share. Holders of Class A common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to stockholders for vote, consent or approval. Holders of Class B common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class B common stock held. Dividends are payable only to holders of Class A common stock.

On February 28, 2013, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certification of Incorporation to reduce the total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Company shall have authority to issue to 4,000 shares. The total number of shares of all classes of common stock which the Company shall have authority was reduced to 3,000 shares, consisting of 2,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share; and 1,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share and, together with the Class A common stock. The total number of shares of all classes of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, which the Company shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares.

 

4. EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

On November 2, 2012, our board of directors adopted the Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

A total of 15% of the shares of the Company’s Class A common stock and its Class B common stock outstanding as of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering, if consummated, will be reserved and available for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The equity interests may be issued in the form of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock and Class B units of Silvercrest L.P.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The purposes of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan are to (i) align the long-term financial interests of our employees, directors, consultants and advisers with those of our stockholders; (ii) attract and retain those individuals by providing compensation opportunities that are consistent with our compensation philosophy; and (iii) provide incentives to those individuals who contribute significantly to our long-term performance and growth. To accomplish these purposes, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of units of Silvercrest L.P. (All references to units or interests of Silvercrest L.P. refer to Class B units of Silvercrest L.P. and accompanying shares of Class B common stock of our Company). The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will also provide for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance-based stock awards and other stock-based awards (collectively, stock awards) based on our Class A common stock. Awards may be granted to employees, including officers, members, limited partners or partners who are engaged in the business of one or more of our subsidiaries, as well as non-employee directors and consultants.

It is initially anticipated that awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan granted to our employees will be in the form of units of Silvercrest L.P. that will not vest until a specified period of time has elapsed, or other vesting conditions have been satisfied as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, and which may be forfeited if the vesting conditions are not met. During the period that any vesting restrictions apply, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, the recipient of the award will be eligible to participate in distributions of income from Silvercrest L.P. In addition, before the vesting conditions have been satisfied, the transferability of such units is generally prohibited and such units will not be eligible to be exchanged for cash or shares of our Class A common stock.

 

5. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 22, 2013, which is the date the balance sheet was available to be issued.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Partners of Silvercrest L.P. and Subsidiaries:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Silvercrest, L.P. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, partners’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Silvercrest, L.P. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its annual goodwill impairment testing date from December 31 to October 1, effective October 1, 2011.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York

April 18, 2013

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P. And Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(In thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,443      $ 7,354   

Restricted certificates of deposit and escrow

     1,020        1,130   

Investments

     1,980        1,128   

Receivables, net

     3,675        2,238   

Due from Silvercrest Funds

     1,622        2,043   

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net

     2,061        2,275   

Goodwill

     15,891        14,683   

Intangible assets, net

     12,363        13,810   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     399        601   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 52,454      $ 45,262   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Partners’ Capital and Partners’ Deficit

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 4,513      $ 4,365   

Accrued compensation

     3,656        2,915   

Notes payable

     3,315        4,809   

Deferred rent

     2,268        3,287   

Deferred tax and other liabilities

     565        375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     14,317        15,751   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable partners’ capital

     102,017        91,201   

Notes receivable from partners

     (3,410 )     (6,024 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable partners’ capital

     98,607        85,177   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10)

    

Partners’ Deficit

    

Partners’ capital

     47,904        44,359   

Excess of liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partners’ capital over assets

     (108,374 )     (100,025 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total partners’ deficit

     (60,470 )     (55,666 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partners’ deficit

   $ 52,454      $ 45,262   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P.

And Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands)

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Revenue

      

Management and advisory fees

   $ 46,069      $ 37,869      $ 32,442   

Performance fees and allocations

     714        85        548   

Family office services

     4,907        4,833        3,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     51,690        42,787        36,831   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

      

Compensation and benefits

     19,108        17,492        16,528   

General and administrative

     13,680        10,849        9,459   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     32,788        28,341        25,987   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before other income (expense), net

     18,902        14,446        10,844   

Other income (expense), net

      

Loss on forgiveness of notes receivable

     —          (34 )     (508 )

Other income (expense), net

     123        (210 )     32   

Interest income

     145        187        231   

Interest expense

     (304 )     (164 )     (241 )

Equity income from investments

     1,911        950        1,241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     1,875        729        755   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     20,777        15,175        11,599   

Provision for income taxes

     (1,057 )     (566 )     (657 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 19,720      $ 14,609      $ 10,942   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Pro forma consolidated statements of operations information
(unaudited) (Note 1)

       

Income before provision for income taxes

   $ 20,777       

Pro forma provision for income taxes (40% assumed tax rate)

     (8,311    
  

 

 

     

Pro forma net income

   $ 12,466       
  

 

 

     

Net income per unit:

      

Basic

   $ 1.12       
  

 

 

     

Diluted

   $ 1.11       
  

 

 

     

Weighted average units outstanding:

      

Basic

     11,115,092       
  

 

 

     

Diluted

     11,258,787       
  

 

 

     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P.

And Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Partners’ Deficit

(In thousands)

 

     Partners’
Capital
    Excess of
Liabilities,
Redeemable
Partners’
Capital and
Partners’
Capital
over Assets
    Total
Partners’
Deficit
 

January 1, 2010

   $ 39,760      $ (58,908 )   $ (19,148 )

Contributions from partners

     —          1,090        1,090   

Distributions to partners

     (823     (5,050 )     (5,873 )

Equity-based compensation

     —          9        9   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable partnership units

     —          (12,050 )     (12,050

Net income

     2,972        7,970        10,942   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

     41,909        (66,939 )     (25,030 )

Contributions from partners

     —          849        849   

Distributions to partners

     (1,271 )     (8,723 )     (9,994 )

Equity-based compensation

     —          489        489   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable partnership units

     —          (36,589 )     (36,589 )

Net income

     3,721        10,888        14,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

     44,359        (100,025 )     (55,666 )

Contributions from partners

     —          112        112   

Distributions to partners

     (1,466 )     (13,283 )     (14,749 )

Equity-based compensation

     —          1,019        1,019   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable partnership units

     —          (10,906 )     (10,906 )

Net income

     5,011        14,709        19,720   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

   $ 47,904      $ (108,374 )   $ (60,470 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P.

And Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

      

Net income

   $ 19,720      $ 14,609      $ 10,942   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity-based compensation

     1,354        977        583   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,918        1,469        1,379   

Amortization of acquired deferred revenue

     —          (870 )     —     

Deferred rent

     (336     (265     (418

Reversal of lease abandonment charge

     (576     —          —     

Deferred income taxes

     22        (275 )     (174 )

Change in fair value of options granted

     —          —          (2 )

Loss on forgiveness of notes receivable

     —          34        508   

Non-cash interest on notes receivable from partners

     (138 )     (180 )     (207 )

Distributions received from investment funds

     965        1,231        274   

Equity income from investments

     (1,911 )     (950 )     (1,241 )

Provision for doubtful receivables

     —          —          104   

Other

     (6 )     92        —     

Cash flows due to changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Receivables and due from Silvercrest funds

     (1,016 )     (780 )     (1,438 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     117        192        422   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (76 )     644        (261 )

Accrued compensation

     406        (360 )     113   

Other liabilities

     154        (282 )     646   

Interest payable on notes payable

     201        115        189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     20,756        15,401        11,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

      

Restricted certificates of deposit and escrow

   $ 110      $ 335      $ 689   

Acquisition of furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements

     (257     (606     (79

Earn-outs paid related to acquisitions completed before January 1, 2009

     (720 )     (663 )     (245 )

Acquisition of Milbank, net of cash acquired

     —          (3,357 )     —     

Purchase of investments

     (42 )     (419 )     —     

Proceeds from sale of investments

     139        234        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (770 )     (4,476 )     365   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of partner interests

   $ —        $ 13      $ 180   

Earn-outs paid related to acquisitions completed on or after January 1, 2009

     (75     —          —     

Redemptions of partners’ interests

     (222 )     (237 )     (225 )

Repayments of notes payable

     (1,695 )     (1,445 )     (4,373 )

Payments on capital leases

     (20 )     (16 )     (2 )

Distributions to partners

     (14,749 )     (9,994 )     (5,873 )

Payments from partners on notes receivable

     2,864        1,083        207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (13,897 )     (10,596 )     (10,086 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     6,089        329        1,698   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     7,354        7,025        5,327   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 13,443      $ 7,354      $ 7,025   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
     For the year ended December 31,  
         2012              2011              2010      

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

        

Net cash paid (refunded) during the year for:

        

Income taxes

   $ 995       $ 855       $ (539 )

Interest

     225         114         252   

Supplemental Disclosures of Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities

        

Notes receivable:

        

From partners for capital contributions

   $ 112       $ 836       $ 187   

Satisfied as part of share redemptions

     —           —           734   

Loss on forgiveness of notes receivable

     —           34         508   

Earnout accrual for acquisition of Marathon Capital Group, LLC

     1,061         419         685   

Earnout accrual for acquisition of Milbank

     —           1,726         —     

Issuance of notes payable for redemption of partner interests

     —           —           745   

Issuance of notes payable for acquisition of Milbank

     —           3,181         —     

Issuance of partner interests as satisfaction of notes payable to partners

     —           —           724   

Issuance of shares for acquisition of Milbank

     —           3,105         —     

Issuance of shares and call rights option for acquisition of MW Commodity Advisors, LLC

     147         —           —     

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P.

and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS

Silvercrest L.P. (“Silvercrest”), together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”), provides investment management and family office services to individuals and families and their trusts, and to endowments, foundations and other institutional investors primarily located in the United States of America. The business includes the management of funds of funds, and other investment funds, collectively referred to as the “Silvercrest Funds.”

Silvercrest was formed on December 10, 2008 and commenced operations on January 1, 2009 along with its general partner, Silvercrest GP LLC (“GP LLC”) as part of a restructuring that was completed to organize the Company more in line with industry standards and to increase tax efficiency. Pursuant to the reorganization each of the members of Silvercrest Asset Management Group LLC (“SAMG LLC”) contributed their limited liability company interests in SAMG LLC to Silvercrest L.P. in return for limited partnership interests in Silvercrest L.P. and member interests in Silvercrest GP LLC, such that immediately after giving effect to such issuances each member’s percentage ownership of, and voting interest in, the aggregate limited partnership interests was equal to its ownership and voting interests immediately prior to such issuance, but reduced pro rata to take into account the 1% interest in Silvercrest L.P. owned by Silvercrest GP LLC, the general partner of Silvercrest L.P. As a result of the restructuring, SAMG LLC became a wholly owned subsidiary as of January 1, 2009. The reorganization was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control and all balances of SAMG LLC were carried over to Silvercrest at their carrying values as of December 31, 2008.

On March 11, 2004, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of James C. Edwards Asset Management, Inc. (“JCE”) and subsequently changed JCE’s name to Silvercrest Financial Services, Inc. (“SFS”). On December 31, 2004, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of The LongChamp Group, Inc. now SAM Alternative Solutions, Inc. (“LGI”). Effective March 31, 2005, the Company entered into an Asset Contribution Agreement to acquire all of the assets, properties, rights and certain liabilities of Heritage Financial Management, LLC (“HFM”). Effective October 3, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding limited liability company interests of Marathon Capital Group, LLC (“MCG”) through a limited liability company interest purchase agreement dated September 22, 2008. On November 1, 2011, the Company acquired certain assets of Milbank Winthrop & Co. (“Milbank”). On April 1, 2012, the Company acquired the LLC interests of MW Commodity Advisors, LLC (“Commodity Advisors”). See Notes 3, 7 and 8 for additional information related to goodwill and intangible assets related to these acquisitions.

Pro Forma Statements of Operations Information (unaudited)

Pro forma income taxes

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. will be subject to federal, state and local income tax upon completion of its initial public offering.

The pro forma income tax provision presents the Company’s results from operations as if it were subject to federal, state and local income tax. However, only a portion of the Company’s units will be purchased in connection with the initial public offering of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc., therefore only a portion of the Company’s earnings will be taxed at Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.’s statutory corporate income tax rate of 40%. The Company anticipates that the actual consolidated effective tax rate of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. will be lower than 40% and will be dependent upon the number of units purchased in connection with the initial public offering of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Earnings per unit

In connection with the reorganization of Silvercrest L.P. and the initial public offering of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. the Company anticipates completing a unit distribution of 19.27 units for each unit outstanding (including deferred equity units) as of the date of the consummation of the initial public offering.

Pro forma weighted average units outstanding reflect the pro forma effect of the unit distribution as if it had occurred as of December 31, 2012.

Basic weighted average units outstanding:

 

Incremental units (1)

     769,231   

Basic weighted average units outstanding

     10,345,861   
  

 

 

 

Total pro forma units for purposes of calculating pro forma basic net income per unit

     11,115,092   
  

 

 

 

(1) Represents incremental units which are assumed to fund the cash distribution to partners that will be made prior to consummation of the offering.

 

Distribution to be made prior to the closing of the offering

   $ 10,000,000   

Estimated IPO offering price

   $ 13.00   
  

 

 

 

Incremental units

     769,231   

Diluted weighted average units outstanding:

 

Incremental units

     769,231   

Diluted weighted average units outstanding (2)

     10,489,556   
  

 

 

 

Total pro forma diluted units for purposes of calculating pro forma diluted net income per unit

     11,258,787   
  

 

 

 

(2) Includes 143,695 performance units which are conditionally issuable units that would be issuable if December 31, 2012 was the end of the contingency period.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Silvercrest and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, SAMG LLC, SFS, LGI, MCG, Silvercrest Investors LLC and Silvercrest Investors II LLC as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

In addition, the Company evaluates for consolidation those entities it controls through a majority voting interest or otherwise, including those Silvercrest Funds in which the general partner or equivalent is presumed to have control over the fund. The initial step in our determination of whether a fund for which Silvercrest is the general

 

F-17


Table of Contents

partner is required to be consolidated is assessing whether the fund meets the definition of a variable interest entity (VIE). None of funds for which Silvercrest is the general partner met the definition of a VIE during the three years ended December 31, 2012, as the total equity at risk of each fund is sufficient for the fund to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support provided by any parties, including the equity holders.

Silvercrest then considers whether the fund is a voting interest entities (VoIE) in which the unaffiliated limited partners have substantive “kick-out” rights that provide the ability to dissolve (liquidate) the limited partnership or otherwise remove the general partner without cause . Silvercrest considers the “kick-out” rights to be substantive if the general partner for the fund can be removed by the vote of a simple majority of the unaffiliated limited partners and there are no significant barriers to the unaffiliated limited partners’ ability to exercise these rights in that among other things (1) there are no conditions or timing limits on when the rights can be exercised, (2) there are no financial or operational barriers associated with replacing the general partner, (3) there are a number of qualified replacement investment advisors that would accept appointment at the same fee level, (4) each fund’s documents provide for the ability to call and conduct a vote, and (5) the information necessary to exercise the kick-out rights and related vote are available from the fund and its administrator.

As of and for the years ended December 2012, 2011 and 2010, all of the funds for which Silvercrest was the general partner have substantive “kick-out” rights and therefore Silvercrest did not consolidate any of the Silvercrest Funds.

Segment Reporting

The Company views its operations as comprising one operating segment. Each of the Company’s acquired businesses have similar economic characteristics and have been fully integrated upon acquisition. Furthermore, our Chief Operating Decision Maker, which is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, monitors and reviews financial information at a consolidated level for assessing operating results and the allocation of resources.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues, expenses and other income reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates and assumptions made by management include the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities, equity based compensation, the fair value of our reporting unit utilized in assessing goodwill for impairment, accounting for income taxes, the useful lives of long lived assets and other matters that affect the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid securities with original maturities of 90 days or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Certificates of Deposit

Certain certificates of deposit held at a major financial institution are restricted and serve as collateral for letters of credit for the Company’s lease obligations as described in Note 10.

Equity Method Investments

Entities and investments over which the Company exercises significant influence over the activities of the entity but which do not meet the requirements for consolidation are accounted for using the equity method of

 

F-18


Table of Contents

accounting, whereby the Company records its share of the underlying income or losses of these entities. Intercompany profit arising from transactions with affiliates is eliminated to the extent of its beneficial interest. Equity in losses of equity method investments is not recognized after the carrying value of an investment, including advances and loans, has been reduced to zero, unless guarantees or other funding obligations exist.

The Company evaluates its equity method investments for impairment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such investments may not be recoverable. The difference between the carrying value of the equity method investment and its estimated fair value is recognized as impairment when the loss in value is deemed other than temporary. The Company’s equity method investments approximate their fair value at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. The fair value of the equity method investments is estimated based on the Company’s share of the fair value of net assets of the equity method investee which consist of Level I and Level II securities. No impairment charges related to equity method investments were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Receivables and Due from Silvercrest Funds

Receivables consist primarily of amounts for advisory fees due from clients and management fees, and are stated at net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful receivables based on estimates of expected losses and specific identification of uncollectible accounts. The Company charges actual losses to the allowance when incurred.

Furniture, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements consist primarily of furniture, fixtures and equipment, computer hardware and software and leasehold improvements and are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, which for leasehold improvements is the lesser of the lease term or the life of the asset, generally 10 years, and 3 to 7 years for other fixed assets.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires that purchase price, including the fair value of contingent consideration, of the acquisition be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed using the fair values determined by management as of the acquisition date. Contingent consideration is recorded as part of the purchase price when such contingent consideration is not based on continuing employment of the selling shareholders. Contingent consideration that is related to continuing employment is recorded as compensation expense. Payments made for contingent consideration recorded as part of an acquisition’s purchase price are reflected as financing activities in the Company’s statements of cash flows.

For acquisitions completed subsequent to January 1, 2009, the Company remeasures the fair value of contingent consideration at each reporting period using a probability-adjusted discounted cash flow method based on significant inputs not observable in the market and any change in the fair value from either the passage of time or events occurring after the acquisition date, is recorded in earnings. Contingent consideration payments that exceed the acquisition date fair value of the contingent consideration are reflected as an operating activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill consists of the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is not amortized and is evaluated for impairment using a two-step process that is performed at least annually, or whenever events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. During 2011,

 

F-19


Table of Contents

the Company changed its annual impairment test date from December 31 to October 1, effective October 1, 2011. The change in the impairment testing date was not made with the intent of accelerating or delaying an impairment charge. The change was made in anticipation of the Company having a requirement to issue its annual financial statements on an accelerated basis as compared to prior years. The change had no impact on the Company’s results of operations or any other financial statement line item.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment”, which provided new accounting guidance on testing goodwill for impairment. The enhanced guidance provides an entity the option to first perform a qualitative assessment of whether a reporting unit’s fair value is more likely than not less than its carrying value, including goodwill. In performing its qualitative assessment, an entity considers the extent to which adverse events or circumstances identified, such as changes in economic conditions, industry and market conditions or entity specific events, could affect the comparison of the reporting unit’s fair value with its carrying amount. If an entity concludes that the fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not less than its carrying amount, the entity is required to perform the currently prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test to identify potential goodwill impairment and, accordingly, measure the amount, if any, of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized for that reporting unit. The guidance was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2012. The Company did not utilize this option and assessed goodwill using the two-step process when performing its annual impairment assessment in 2012.

The first step is a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired and the second step is unnecessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the goodwill to a determination of the implied fair value of the goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill is greater than the implied value, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference. The implied value of the goodwill is determined as of the test date by performing a purchase price allocation, as if the reporting unit had just been acquired, using currently estimated fair values of the individual assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, together with an estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit taken as a whole. The estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit is based upon information available regarding prices of similar groups of assets, or other valuation techniques including present value techniques based upon estimates of future cash flows.

The Company has one reporting unit at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

During 2011, the Company changed its annual impairment test date from December 31 to October 1, effective October 1, 2011. The change was made in anticipation of the Company having a requirement to issue its annual financial statements on an accelerated basis as compared to prior years. The change had no impact on the Company’s results of operations or any other financial statement line item.

Identifiable finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 20 years. The method of amortization is based on the pattern over which the economic benefits, generally expected undiscounted cash flows, of the intangible asset are consumed. Intangible assets for which no pattern can be reliably determined are amortized using the straight-line method. Intangible assets consist primarily of the contractual right to future management, advisory and performance fees from customer contracts or relationships.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets of the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the net carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. In connection with such review, the Company also re-evaluates the periods of depreciation and amortization for these assets. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their fair value.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Initial Public Offering Costs

During 2012, the Company incurred $2,816 of professional fees and other costs associated with its planned initial public offering. These costs are included in general, administrative and other in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. These costs were expensed upon the withdrawal of the Company’s registration statement in November 2012.

Derivative Instruments

Derivative instruments are recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s derivatives are not designated as hedging instruments and are used as “economic hedges” to manage certain risks in the Company’s business.

As a result of the use of derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to the risk that counterparties to derivative contracts will fail to meet their contractual obligations. The Company does not hold collateral or other security from its counterparties supporting its derivative instruments. In addition, there are no netting arrangements in place with the counterparties. To mitigate the counterparty credit risk, the Company has a policy of entering into contracts only with carefully selected major financial institutions based upon their credit ratings and other factors.

The Company records the changes in fair value of derivative instruments in “Other income (expenses), net” in the consolidated statement of operations.

The Company does not purchase, hold or sell derivative financial instruments for trading and speculative purposes.

Partner Distributions

Partner incentive allocations, which are determined by the general partner and approved by a vote of the partners, can be formula based or discretionary. Incentive allocations are considered distributions of net income as stipulated by Silvercrest’s Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement and are recognized in the period in which they are paid. In the event there is insufficient distributable cash flow to make incentive distributions, the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion may determine not to make any distributions called for under the partnership agreement. The remaining net income or loss after partner incentive allocations is generally allocated to the partners based on their pro rata ownership.

Redeemable Partnership Units

Redeemable partnership units in our Company consist of units issued to our founders and those purchased by certain of our employees. These capital units entitle the holder to a share of the distributions of our Company. Units are subject to certain redemption features. Upon the termination of employment of the Terminated Employee, as defined, the Company has a right to call the units. In addition, the terminated employee has a right to put the units to the Company upon termination or death, provided the terminated employee has complied with certain restrictions as described in the partnership agreement. In accordance with the provisions of our partnership and operating agreements, the put described above expires with the consummation of an IPO or Sale Transaction, as defined in our partnership and operating agreements.

As the units are redeemable at the option of the holder and are not mandatorily redeemable, the redeemable partnership units have be classified outside of permanent partner’s capital. The units are adjusted to their current redemption value at the end of each reporting period with the increase or decrease in redemption value being charged to excess of liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partner’s capital over assets.

The Company also makes distributions to its partners of various nature including incentive payments, profit distributions and tax distributions.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized ratably over the period in which services are performed. Revenue consists primarily of investment advisory fees, family office services fees and fund management fees. Investment advisory fees are typically billed quarterly in advance at the beginning of the quarter or in arrears after the end of the quarter, based on a contractually specified percentage of the assets managed. For investment advisory fees billed in advance, the value of assets managed is determined based on the value of the customer’s account as of the last trading day of the preceding quarter. For investment advisory fees billed in arrears the value of assets managed is determined based on the value of the customer’s account on the last day of the quarter being billed. Family office services fees are typically billed quarterly in advance at the beginning of the quarter or in arrears after the end of the quarter based on a contractual percentage of the assets managed or based on a fixed fee arrangement. Management fees from proprietary and non-proprietary funds are calculated as a percentage of net asset values measured at the beginning of a month or quarter or at the end of a quarter, depending on the fund.

The Company accounts for performance based revenue in accordance with ASC 605-20-S99, “ Accounting for Management Fees Based on a Formula ,  by recognizing performance fees and allocations as revenue only when it is certain that the fee income is earned and payable pursuant to the relevant agreements, and no contingencies remain. Performance fee contingencies are typically resolved at the end of each annual period. In certain arrangements, the Company is only entitled to receive performance fees and allocations when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. The Company records performance fees and allocations as a component of revenue.

Equity-Based Compensation

Equity-based compensation cost relating to the issuance of share-based awards to partners is based on the fair value of the award at the date of grant, which is expensed ratably over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The forfeiture assumption is ultimately adjusted to the actual forfeiture rate. Therefore, changes in the forfeiture assumptions may affect the timing of the total amount of expense recognized over the vesting period. The service period is the period over which the employee performs the related services, which is normally the same as the vesting period. Equity-based awards that do not require future service are expensed immediately. Equity-based awards that have the potential to be settled in cash at the election of the employee or which relate to redeemable partnership units are classified as liabilities (“Liability Awards”) and are adjusted to fair value at the end of each reporting period. Distributions associated with Liability Awards not expected to vest are accounted for as compensation expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Leases

The Company expenses the net lease payments associated with operating leases on a straight-line basis over the respective leases’ term including any rent-free periods. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the improvements (generally 10 years) or the remaining lease term.

Income Taxes

Silvercrest is not subject to federal and state income taxes, since all income, gains and losses are passed through to its partners. Silvercrest is subject to New York City unincorporated business tax. SFS is subject to federal and state corporate income tax, which requires an asset and liability approach to the financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. With respect to the Company’s incorporated entity, the annual tax rate is based on the income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available in the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and respective governmental taxing authorities. Judgment is required in determining the tax expense and in evaluating tax positions. The tax effects of an uncertain tax position (“UTP”) taken or expected to be taken in income tax

 

F-22


Table of Contents

returns are recognized only if it is “more likely-than-not” to be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on its technical merits as of the reporting date. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes estimated accrued interest and penalties related to UTPs in income tax expense.

The Company recognizes the benefit of a UTP in the period when it is effectively settled. Previously recognized tax positions are derecognized in the first period in which it is no longer more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained upon examination.

Recent Accounting Developments

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)”, which amended guidance on fair value measurements to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in GAAP and IFRS. The amended guidance specifies that the concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise in a fair value measurement are relevant only when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets and are not relevant when measuring the fair value of financial assets or of liabilities. The amendments include requirements specific to measuring the fair value of those instruments, such as equity interests used as consideration in a business combination. An entity should measure the fair value of its own equity instrument from the perspective of a market participant that holds the instrument as an asset. With respect to financial instruments that are managed as part of a portfolio, an exception to fair value requirements is provided. That exception permits a reporting entity to measure the fair value of such financial assets and financial liabilities at the price that would be received to sell a net asset position for a particular risk or to transfer a net liability position for a particular risk in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The amendments also clarify that premiums and discounts should only be applied if market participants would do so when pricing the asset or liability. Premiums and discounts related to the size of an entity’s holding (e.g., a blockage factor) rather than as a characteristic of the asset or liability (e.g., a control premium) is not permitted in a fair value measurement.

The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements, including, among other things, (a) for fair value measurements categorized within Level III of the fair value hierarchy, (1) a quantitative disclosure of the unobservable inputs and assumptions used in the measurement, (2) the valuation process used by the reporting entity, and (3) a narrative description of the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, if any, and (b) the categorization by level of the fair value hierarchy for items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position but for which the fair value is required to be disclosed (for example, a financial instrument that is measured at amortized cost in the statement of financial position but for which fair value is disclosed). The guidance also amends disclosure requirements for significant transfers between Level I and Level II and now requires disclosure of all transfers between Levels I and II in the fair value hierarchy.

The amended guidance was effective for the Company on January 1, 2012 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

3. ACQUISITIONS

Milbank:

On November 1, 2011, the Company acquired certain assets of Milbank, a registered investment advisor that oversees approximately $500 million of assets primarily on behalf of high-net-worth families. The strategic acquisition of Milbank, a long-standing and highly regarded investment boutique, strengthens the Company’s presence in the New York market and the Company obtains investment managers that have significant

 

F-23


Table of Contents

experience and knowledge of the industry. Milbank’s clients will gain access to the Company’s complete investment management, wealth planning and reporting capabilities, including proprietary value equity and fixed income disciplines and alternative investment advisory services. Under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company paid cash consideration of $3,357 (net of cash acquired of $813), issued units of the Company with a fair value of $3,105, and issued a promissory note to Milbank for $3,181. The promissory note bears interest at a rate of 5% per annum and is payable in four annual installments (see Note 9). The purchase price allocation includes an estimate of the fair value of the 19,757 units issued to the former owners of Milbank which was determined by calculating a per unit limited partnership interest fair value in the Company utilizing both discounted cash flow and guideline company valuation methodologies. Furthermore, as part of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company is obligated to make future earnout payments to Milbank. The Company determined that the acquisition-date fair value of the contingent consideration was $1,726 based on the likelihood that the financial and performance targets will be achieved. Under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, Milbank is entitled to receive six earnout payments. The earnout periods are as follows: November 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011, full calendar years 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, and January 1, 2016 through October 31, 2016. Each earnout payment is equal to 20% of annual EBITDA, as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement. There is no required EBITDA milestone that needs to be achieved in order for an earnout payment to be made. The amount of the earnout payments will vary depending on the level of EBITDA that is generated in each respective earnout period. As the acquisition was completed after January 1, 2009, the estimated fair value of contingent consideration is recognized at the date of acquisition, and adjusted for changes in facts and circumstances until the ultimate resolution of the contingency. Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration are reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The fair value of the contingent consideration was based on discounted cash flow models using projected EBITDA for each earnout period. The discount rate applied to the to the projected EBITDA was determined based on the weighted average cost of capital for the Company and took into account that the overall risk associated with the payments was similar to the overall risks of the Company as there is no target, floor or cap associated the contingent payments. A fair value adjustment of $42 was recorded at December 31, 2012, and is included in general, administrative and other expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company has a liability of $1,609 related to Milbank included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2012 for contingent consideration.

During 2011, the Company incurred $222 in costs related to the acquisition of Milbank, and has included these in general, administrative and other in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

Units issued

   $ 3,105   

Note payable due to Milbank

     3,181   

Cash paid on date of acquisition

     4,170   

Contingent consideration

     1,726   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 12,182   
  

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the final amounts allocated to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill and intangible assets.

 

Cash

   $ 813   

Prepaid expenses

     57   

Furniture and equipment

     20   

Deferred revenue

     (871

Net deferred tax liability

     (107

Capital lease

     (17
  

 

 

 

Total fair value of net tangible assets acquired

     (105

Goodwill

     3,271   

Customer relationships (20 years)

     8,200   

Non-compete agreements (3-5 years)

     816   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 12,182   
  

 

 

 

The Company believes the recorded goodwill is supported by the anticipated revenues and expected synergies of integrating the operations of Milbank into the Company. Furthermore, there are expected synergies with respect to compensation and benefits and general and administrative costs. The goodwill that is expected to be deductible for tax purposes is goodwill that originates from contingent consideration.

Commodity Advisors:

On April 1, 2012, the Company acquired Commodity Advisors. Commodity Advisors is the general partner of MW Commodity Strategies, L.P. (the “MW Commodity Fund LLC”), a fund whose investment objective is to seek superior risk adjusted returns through strategic, sector-based investments with commodity and macro trading investment managers. The acquisition of Commodity Advisors adds another strategy to the Company’s investment management, wealth planning and reporting capabilities, including proprietary value equity and fixed income disciplines and alternative investment advisory services. On April 1, 2012, the Company, in exchange for the member interests of Commodity Advisors, issued 631 and 6 units of Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC, respectively, at closing, with a fair value of $132. Furthermore, the Company is obligated to make quarterly contingent payments if incremental income, as defined in the purchase agreement, exceeds various thresholds. As these contingent payments are tied to the continued employment by the Company of the former member of Commodity Advisors, they will be considered compensation expense in the period in which such contingent payments are earned. The Company is obligated to make a future one-time earnout payment in units equal to the difference between $800 and the redemption value of the units issued at closing, if incremental revenue, as defined, reaches an amount equal to $400 prior to March 31, 2014.

 

Units issued

   $ 132   

Call rights option issued

     15   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 147   
  

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the final amounts allocated to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill and intangible assets.

 

Receivables

   $ 7   

Liabilities

     (7
  

 

 

 

Total fair value of net tangible assets acquired

     —     

Goodwill

     147   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 147   
  

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The pro forma information below represents consolidated results of operations as if the acquisitions of Milbank occurred on January 1, 2010 and January 1, 2011 and the acquisition of Commodity Advisors occurred on January 1, 2011 and on January 1, 2012. The pro forma information has been included for comparative purposes and is not indicative of results of operations of the consolidated Company had the acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2012, 2011 and 2010, nor is it necessarily indicative of future results.

 

     Pro Forma
Twelve Months
Ended
December 31,
2012
     Pro Forma
Twelve Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
     Pro Forma
Twelve Months
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Total Revenue

   $ 51,728       $ 47,680       $ 41,617   

Net Income

   $ 19,748       $ 16,013       $ 12,122   

Milbank revenue and income before provision for income taxes for the two months ended December 31, 2011 that are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations are $871 and $367, respectively.

Commodity Advisors revenue and income before provision for income taxes for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 that are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations are $74 and $43, respectively.

 

4. INVESTMENTS AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Investments include $1,968, $1,034, and $1,316 as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, representing the Company’s equity method investments in affiliated investment funds which have been established and managed by the Company and its affiliates. The Company’s financial interest in these funds can range up to 2%. Despite the Company’s insignificant financial interest, the Company exerts significant influence over these funds as the Company typically serves as the general partner, managing member or equivalent for these funds. During 2007, the Silvercrest Funds granted rights to the unaffiliated investors in each respective fund to provide that a simple majority of the fund’s unaffiliated investors will have the right, without cause, to remove the general partner or equivalent of that fund or to accelerate the liquidation date of that fund in accordance with certain procedures. At December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company determined none of the Silvercrest Funds were required to be consolidated. The Company’s involvement with these entities began on the dates that they were formed, which range from July 2003 to July 2008.

Summarized financial information for investments accounted for under the equity method as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     As of and for the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2012      2011      2010  

Total assets

   $ 273,797       $ 257,349       $ 266,979   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 2,962       $ 20,412       $ 1,712   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income

   $ 16,627       $ 17,398       $ 18,771   

Operating expenses

     2,342         2,161         2,236   

Realized and unrealized net gain on investments

     17,461         5,675         6,533   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase in members capital resulting from operations

   $ 31,747       $ 20,913       $ 23,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2011, the Company entered into derivative contracts that were not designated as accounting hedges. The fair value of these derivative assets is recorded within Investments in the 2011 Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. The Company entered into these derivative instruments in order to mitigate the risk of any exposure during the fourth quarter between the values of certain investor redemptions and the actual proceeds received by one of our funds when the underlying securities to these redemptions were sold. As of December 31, 2011, Investments

 

F-26


Table of Contents

include put options with notional and fair values of $795 and $94, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011, realized gains and (losses) for options and other derivative contracts were $2 and ($81), respectively. The net change in unrealized gains and (losses) on the put options was ($13) for the year ended December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2012, all derivative contracts had been settled. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, realized gains for put options and other derivative contracts were $8 and realized (losses) were ($17).

Fair Value Measurements

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) establishes a hierarchal disclosure framework which prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring investments at fair value. Market price observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of investment, the characteristics specific to the investment and the state of the marketplace including the existence and transparency of transactions between market participants. Investments with readily available active quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices in an orderly market generally will have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value.

Investments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories.

 

   

Level I: Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date. The type of investments in Level I include listed equities and listed derivatives.

 

   

Level II: Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date, and fair value is determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies. Investments which are generally included in Level II include corporate bonds and loans, less liquid and restricted equity securities, certain over-the counter derivatives, and certain fund of hedge funds investments in which the Company has the ability to redeem its investment at net asset value at, or within three months of, the reporting date.

 

   

Level III: Pricing inputs are unobservable for the investment and includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. Investments that are included in Level III generally include general and limited partnership interests in private equity and real estate funds, credit-oriented funds, certain over-the counter derivatives, funds of hedge funds which use net asset value per share to determine fair value in which the Company may not have the ability to redeem its investment at net asset value at, or within three months of, the reporting date, distressed debt and non-investment grade residual interests in securitizations and collateralized debt obligations.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the determination of which category within the fair value hierarchy is appropriate for any given investment is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the investment.

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial assets by the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Assets

           

Cash equivalents - Money Market Funds

   $ 1,020       $ —         $ —         $ 1,020   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial assets by the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Assets

           

Cash equivalents - Money Market Funds

   $ 1,037       $ —         $ —         $ 1,037   

Free Standing Derivatives - Put Options

     94         —          —          94   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,131       $ —         $ —         $ 1,131   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, financial instruments that are not held at fair value are categorized in the table below:

 

     2012      2011     

Fair Value
Hierarchy

     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
    

Financial Assets:

              

Cash

   $ 12,392       $ 12,392       $ 6,317       $ 6,317      

Restricted Certificates of Deposit and Escrow

  

$

1,020

  

   $ 1,020       $ 1,130       $ 1,130       Level 1(1)

Financial liabilities:

              

Notes Payable

   $ 3,315       $ 3,315       $ 4,809       $ 4,809       Level 2(2)

 

  (1) Restricted certificates of deposit and escrow consists of money market funds that are carried at either cost or amortized cost that approximates fair value due to their short-term maturities. The money market funds are valued through the use of quoted market prices, or $1.00, which is generally the NAV of the funds.

 

  (2) The carrying value of notes payable approximates fair value, which is determined based on interest rates currently available to the Company for similar debt.

 

5. RECEIVABLES, NET

The following is a summary of receivables as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  

Management and advisory fees receivable

   $ 1,815      $ 1,433   

Unbilled receivables

     1,787        1,134   

Other receivables

     435        57   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivables

     4,037        2,624   

Allowance for doubtful receivables

     (362     (386
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivables, net

   $ 3,675      $ 2,238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents
6. FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS, NET

The following is a summary of furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 3,557      $ 3,466   

Furniture and equipment

     3,526        3,360   

Artwork

     338        338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost

     7,421        7,164   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (5,360     (4,889
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net

   $ 2,061      $ 2,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $471, $492, and $463, respectively.

 

7. GOODWILL

The following is a summary of the changes to the carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  

January 1,

    

Gross balance

   $ 32,098      $ 28,408   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (17,415     (17,415
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance

     14,683        10,993   

Purchase price adjustments from earnouts

     1,061        419   

Acquisition of Milbank

     —          3,271   

Acquisition of Commodity Advisors

     147        —     

December 31,

    

Gross balance

     33,436        32,098   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (17,415     (17,415
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance

   $ 15,891      $ 14,683   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents
8. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following is a summary of intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Customer
Relationships
    Other
Intangible Assets
    Total  

Cost

      

Balance, January 1, 2012

   $ 15,910      $ 1,566      $ 17,476   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

     15,910        1,566        17,476   

Useful lives

     15-20 years        3-5 years     

Accumulated amortization

      

Balance, January 1, 2012

     (3,144     (522     (3,666

Amortization expense

     (1,094     (353     (1,447
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

     (4,238     (875     (5,113
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

   $ 11,672      $ 691      $ 12,363   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost

      

Balance, January 1, 2011

   $ 7,710      $ 750      $ 8,460   

Acquisition of certain assets of Milbank

     8,200        816        9,016   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

     15,910        1,566        17,476   

Useful lives

     15-20 years        3-5 years     

Accumulated amortization

      

Balance, January 1, 2011

     (2,351     (338     (2,689

Amortization expense

     (793     (184     (977
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

     (3,144     (522     (3,666
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

   $ 12,766      $ 1,044      $ 13,810   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense related to the intangible assets was $916 for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Amortization related to the Company’s finite life intangible assets is scheduled to be expensed over the next five years and thereafter as follows:

 

2013

   $ 1,370   

2014

     1,229   

2015

     1,100   

2016

     1,044   

2017

     947   

Thereafter

     6,673   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,363   
  

 

 

 

 

9. NOTES PAYABLE

The following is a summary of notes payable:

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Interest Rate     Amount  

Principal on fixed rate notes

     5.0   $ 2,397   

Variable rate notes issued for redemption of partners’ interests (see Note 16)

     Prime plus 1     872   

Interest payable

       46   
    

 

 

 

Total, December 31, 2012

     $ 3,315   
    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2011  
     Interest Rate     Amount  

Principal on fixed rate notes

     5.0   $ 3,181   

Variable rate notes issued for redemption of partners’ interest (see Note 16)

     Prime plus 1     1,558   

Interest payable

       70   
    

 

 

 

Total, December 31, 2011

     $ 4,809   
    

 

 

 

The carrying value of notes payable approximates fair value. The fixed rate note, which is related to the Milbank acquisition, approximates fair value based on interest rates currently available to the Company for similar debt. The variable rate notes are based on a multiple of the U.S. Prime Rate.

Future principal amounts payable under the notes payable are as follows:

 

2013

   $ 1,555   

2014

     1,150   

2015

     564   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,269   
  

 

 

 

 

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments

The Company leases office space pursuant to operating leases that are subject to specific escalation clauses. Rent expense charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 amounted to $3,588, $3,304, and $3,273, respectively The Company received sub-lease income from subtenants during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 of $764, $1,006, and $682, respectively. Therefore, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, net rent expense amounted to $2,824, $2,298, and $2,591, respectively, and is included in general, administrative and other expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

During 2006, the Company entered into a lease agreement for office space for its headquarters. The lease commenced on January 1, 2007 and expires September 30, 2017. The lease is subject to escalation clauses and provides for rent free periods of 6 to 9 months and a leasehold improvement allowance of $1,538 provided the Company spends at least an additional $513 on improvements. The Company spent $3,284 on leasehold improvements and received $1,499 of the allowance during 2007; the remaining $39 of the allowance was received in 2008. As security for performance under the leases, the Company is required to maintain letters of credit in favor of the landlord totaling $2,023 that were reduced to $1,013 on August 31, 2010 and can be further reduced to $506 on August 31, 2014. The letter of credit is collateralized by a certificate of deposit in an equal amount.

Future minimum lease payments and rentals under lease agreements which expire through 2017 are as follows:

 

     Minimum
Lease
Commitments
     Non-cancellable
Subleases
    Minimum Net
Rentals
 

2013

   $ 3,675       $ (727   $ 2,948   

2014

     3,675         (444     3,231   

2015

     3,632         (458     3,174   

2016

     3,590         (458     3,132   

2017

     2,780         (354     2,426   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,352       $ (2,441   $ 14,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

In 2009, the Company abandoned a portion of its unutilized space at its headquarters and subleased the space through September 29, 2017. The Company recorded a lease abandonment charge in 2009 in the amount of $1,154 (on a net present value basis). The balance of the related liability at January 1, 2011 was $894, which was reduced by lease payments during 2011 of $174, resulting in an ending balance at December 31, 2011 of $720. The liability is included in Deferred Rent on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition at December 31, 2011. This liability was further reduced by lease payments during the year ended December 31, 2012 of $58. On May 1, 2012, the Company reoccupied space at its headquarters that it had previously abandoned in 2009. As a result, the Company released the remaining abandonment-related liability of $662 and wrote off prepaid interest expense of $86, resulting in a net lease abandonment reversal of $576. This reversal was recorded in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

In 2010, an escrow account was funded by a sub-tenant whose sub-lease with the Company commenced on January 1, 2011. Pursuant to the sub-lease, the tenant was required to deposit the first 16 months of rent into the escrow account totaling $452. The initial deposit was depleted as of April 2012, and an additional deposit of $99 was made by the sub-tenant. This account has been recorded as restricted certificates of deposit and escrow on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the remaining balance in the escrow account was $1 and $114, respectively.

The Company recorded a loss on this sub-lease in 2011 of $150 (on a net present value basis). The related unamortized liability that was established in January 2011 was $247 and was reduced by lease payments during the year of $85, resulting in an ending balance at December 31, 2011 of $162. This liability was further reduced by lease payments during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 of $85, resulting in an ending balance at December 31, 2012 of $77. This liability is included in deferred rent on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.

The Company has capital leases for certain office equipment. The principal balance of these leases was $33 and $55 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Contingent Consideration

In connection with its acquisition of MCG in October 2008, the Company entered into a contingent consideration agreement whereby the former members of MCG were entitled to contingent consideration equal to 22% of adjusted annual EBITDA for each of the five years subsequent to the date of acquisition. As the acquisition was completed prior to January 1, 2009, contingent consideration is recognized when the contingency is resolved pursuant to the authoritative guidance on business combinations in effect at the date of the closing of the acquisition. The contingent consideration related to the MCG acquisition is recorded on the date when the contingency is resolved. Contingent consideration payments of $720, $663 and $245 were made made during the three years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 related to MCG and are reflected in investing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Indemnification Agreement

On October 13, 2011, Silvercrest Strategic Opportunities Fund (“SSOF”) entered into a $5,000,000 revolving credit agreement (the “SSOF Credit Agreement”) with Pershing LLC (“Pershing”). Simultaneously with the execution of the SSOF Credit Agreement, SAMG LLC, the investment advisor to SSOF, entered into an indemnification agreement (the “Indemnification Agreement”) with Pershing whereby SAMG LLC agreed to indemnify Pershing from claims arising out of the exercise by Pershing of any rights and remedies under the security agreement related to the obligations of SSOF under the SSOF Credit Agreement. The SSOF Credit Agreement matured and was repaid on January 15, 2012 and as of December 31, 2011, $3,224 inclusive of interest was outstanding on the revolving credit line.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
11. PARTNERS’ INCENTIVE ALLOCATIONS AND ALLOCATION OF INCOME AND LOSSES

Pursuant to Silvercrest’s Operating Agreement, as amended and restated, partner incentive allocations are treated as distributions of net income. The remaining net income or loss after partner incentive allocations is generally allocated to the partners based on their pro rata ownership. Net income allocation is subject to the recovery of the allocated losses of prior periods. Distributions of partner incentive allocations of net income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 amounted to $8,775, $5,073, and $2,691, respectively, and are included in excess of liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partners’ capital over assets in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

 

12. NOTES RECEIVABLE FROM PARTNERS

Partner contributions are made in cash, in the form of five or six year interest-bearing promissory notes and/or in the form of nine year interest-bearing limited recourse promissory notes. Limited recourse promissory notes were issued in January 2008, August 2009 and September 2009 with interest rates of 3.53%, 2.77% and 2.84%, respectively. The recourse limitation includes a stated percentage of the initial principal amount of the limited recourse note plus a stated percentage of the accreted principal amount as of the date upon which all amounts due are paid in full plus all costs and expenses required to be paid by the borrower and all amounts required to be paid pursuant to a pledge agreement associated with each note issued. Certain notes receivable are payable in annual installments and are collateralized by the Company’s shares that are purchased with the note.

Notes receivable from partners are as follows:

 

     2012     2011  

Balance, January 1,

   $ 6,024      $ 6,125   

Repayment of notes

     (2,864     (1,083

Forgiveness of notes receivable

     —          (34

Interest accrued and capitalized on notes receivable

     138        180   

New notes receivable issued to partners

     112        836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

   $ 3,410      $ 6,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Full recourse and limited recourse notes receivable from partners as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are $1,953 and $3,549 and $1,457 and $3,707, respectively. There is no allowance for credit losses on notes receivable from partners as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. During 2011 and 2010, the Company forgave $34 and $508, respectively, of notes receivable in connection with the termination of partners whose corresponding capital was forfeited.

 

13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company provided services to the domesticated Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund LP (formed in 2011 and formerly Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund), Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund (International), Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund Ltd (formed in 2011 and includes ERISA investors of Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund LP), the domesticated Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund LP (formed in 2011 and formerly Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund), Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund (International), Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund Ltd (formed in 2011 and includes ERISA investors of Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund LP), Silvercrest Market Neutral Fund (currently in liquidation), Silvercrest Market Neutral Fund (International) (currently in liquidation), Silvercrest Municipal Advantage Portfolio A LLC, Silvercrest Municipal Advantage Portfolio P LLC, the domesticated Silvercrest Strategic Opportunities Fund LP (formed in 2011 and formerly Silvercrest Strategic Opportunities Fund), and Silvercrest Strategic Opportunities Fund (International) (terminated in 2011). These entities operate as feeder funds investing through master-feeder structures except for Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund LP, Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund Ltd, Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund LP, Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund Ltd, and Silvercrest Strategic Opportunities Fund LP which operate and invest as stand-alone funds.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Silvercrest also provides services for the Silvercrest Global Opportunities Fund, L.P. (currently in liquidation), Silvercrest Global Opportunities Fund (International), Ltd. (currently in liquidation), Silvercrest Capital Appreciation Fund LLC (currently in liquidation), Silvercrest International Equity Fund, L.P., Silvercrest Municipal Special Situations Fund LLC, Silvercrest Municipal Special Situations Fund II LLC, Silvercrest Select Growth Equity Fund, L.P., Silvercrest Global Partners, L.P., Silvercrest Small Cap, L.P. Silvercrest Special Situations, L.P., and Silvercrest Commodity Strategies Fund, LP which operate and invest separately as stand-alone funds.

Pursuant to agreements with the above entities, the Company provides investment advisory services and receives an annual management fee of 0% to 1.75% of assets under management and a performance fee or allocation of 0% to 10% of the above entities’ net appreciation over a high-water mark.

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company earned from the above activities management fee income, which is included in Management and advisory fees in the Consolidated Statement of Operations, of $8,484, $5,403, and $4,890, respectively, and performance fees and allocations of $2,615, $1,046, and $1,379, respectively, of which $1,901, $950, and $1,241, respectively, is included in equity income from investments and $714, $85, and $138, respectively, is included in performance fees in the Statement of Operations. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company was owed $1,622 and $2,043, respectively, from its various funds.

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company earned advisory fees of $408, $427, and $683, respectively, from assets managed on behalf of certain of its partners. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company is owed approximately $17 and $19, respectively, from certain of its partners.

 

14. INCOME TAXES

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the current tax expense was $1,035, $841, and $974, respectively, and the deferred tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $22, ($275), and ($317), respectively, which resulted in an income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 of $1,057, $566, and $657, respectively, recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Current (Benefit) Provision:

      

Federal

   $ 6      $ 6      $ (9

State and local

     1,029        835        983   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Provision

     1,035        841        974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred (Benefit) Provision:

      

Federal

     (14     (281     (224

State and local

     36        6        (93
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Deferred Provision (Benefit)

     22        (275     (317
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Provision for Income Taxes

   $ 1,057      $ 566      $ 657   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their bases for income tax purposes.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had a net deferred tax liability of $130 and $109, respectively. Temporary differences giving rise to the net deferred tax liability include deferred tax assets associated with deferred rent offset by deferred tax liabilities, primarily intangible assets.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

A summary of deferred tax assets and liabilities as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
         2012             2011      

Deferred tax assets

    

Deferred rent

   $ 112      $ 120   

Equity-based compensation of partners

     32        33   

Other

     2        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 146      $ 153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Intangible assets

   $ 238      $ 251   

Other

     38        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ 276      $ 262   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (130   $ (109
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table reconciles the provision for income taxes to the U.S. Federal statutory tax rate:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate

     35.00     35.00     35.00

Income passed through to Partners

     (35.00 )%     (35.00 )%     (35.00 )%

State and local income taxes

     5.26     5.72     5.68

Other

     -0.17     -1.99     -0.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     5.09     3.73     5.66

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had taxes payable of $356 and $318, respectively, primarily consisting of NYC UBT liability of $354 and $306, respectively.

The Company files U.S. Federal, state and local tax returns. The 2009, 2010, and 2011 tax years of the Company remain subject to examination by U.S. Federal and most state and local tax authorities.

The guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company does not have any material uncertain tax positions.

 

15. REDEEMABLE PARTNERSHIP UNITS

Upon the termination of employment, the Company has a right to call the terminated employee’s partnership units. In addition, the terminated employee also has a right to put the partnership units back to the Company upon termination or death, provided the terminated employee has complied with certain restrictions as described in the partnership agreement. With respect to the two founders of the Company, their estate, heirs or other permitted related parties cannot require the Company to redeem their units prior to April 1, 2013. In accordance with the provisions of the Company’s partnership and operating agreements, the put described above expires with the consummation of an IPO or Sale Transaction, as defined in our partnership and operating agreements. The redemption value per share is based on a multiple of historical EBITDA, pursuant to the Company’s partnership agreement. Once units are called or put back to the Company, the redemption results in the issuance of a

 

F-35


Table of Contents

promissory note by the Company which is typically paid in installments over four years. The Company has recognized redeemable partners’ capital of $102,017 and $91,201 as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, which represents the amount of partners’ capital subject to both put and call rights.

 

16. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of equity compensation awards requires the input of complex and subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the equity compensation awards and the stock price volatility. In addition, determining the appropriate amount of associated periodic expense requires management to estimate the amount of employee forfeitures and the likelihood of the achievement of certain performance targets. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of equity compensation awards and the associated periodic expense represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. As a result, if factors change and the Company deems it necessary in the future to modify the assumptions it made or to use different assumptions, or if the quantity and nature of the Company’s equity-based compensation awards changes, then the amount of expense may need to be adjusted and future equity compensation expense could be materially different from what has been recorded in the current period.

The Company has granted equity-based compensation awards to certain partners under the Company’s 2010, 2011 and 2012 Deferred Equity programs (the “Equity Programs”). The Equity Programs allow for the granting of deferred equity units based on the fair value of the Company’s units. These deferred equity units contain both service and performance requirements.

Each grant includes a deferred equity unit (“Deferred Equity Unit”) and performance unit (“Performance Unit”) subject to various terms including terms of forfeiture and acceleration of vesting. Each 100 Deferred Equity Units represent the unsecured right to receive one unit of Silvercrest GP LLC and 99 units of Silvercrest L.P. The Deferred Equity Unit represents the unsecured right to receive one unit of the Company or the equivalent cash value of up to fifty percent (50%) (or such other percentage as may be determined by the Company’s Executive Committee) of the Company’s units issuable upon the vesting of any such Deferred Equity Units and the remaining fifty percent (50%) in units upon the vesting of any such Deferred Equity Units. Such cash amount is to be calculated using the redemption price of such units as of the applicable vesting date. The Performance Unit represents the unsecured right to receive one unit of the Company for every two units of the Company issuable upon the vesting of any such Deferred Equity Units.

Twenty-five percent of the Deferred Equity Units shall vest on each of the first, second, third, and fourth anniversaries of the grant date until the Deferred Equity Units are fully vested. The Performance Units shall be subject to forfeiture and subject to the satisfaction of a predetermined performance target at the end of the four year vesting period. If the performance target is achieved, then the Performance Units shall vest at the end of the four year vesting period. The rights of the partners with respect to the Performance Units shall remain subject to forfeiture at all times prior to the date on which such rights become vested and will be forfeited if the performance target is not achieved.

Distributions related to Deferred Equity Units that are paid to partners are charged to excess of liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partners’ capital over assets. Distributions related to the unvested portion of Deferred Equity Units that are assumed to be forfeited are recognized as compensation expense because these distributions are not required to be returned by partners to the Company upon forfeiture.

The Company utilized both discounted cash flow and guideline company valuation methods to determine the grant date fair value of the Deferred Equity Units. The grant date fair values of Performance Units were determined by applying a performance probability factor to the Deferred Equity Unit Value. These methodologies included the use of third party data and discounts for lack of control and marketability. All Deferred Equity Units are considered to be liability awards and are adjusted to fair value at the end of each

 

F-36


Table of Contents

reporting period. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded compensation expense related to such units of $1,388, $1,060 and $669, respectively, of which $147, $128 and $123, respectively, relates to the Performance Units given that there is an explicit service period associated with the Deferred Equity Units, and the likelihood that the performance target will be met is considered probable. Distributions include cash distributions paid on Liability Awards. Cash distributions paid on awards expected to be forfeited were $17, $20 and $9 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are part of total compensation expense for the years then ended. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, $63 and $82, respectively, of vested Deferred Equity Units were settled in cash. As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, there was $1,428, $2,260 and $2,114, respectively, of estimated unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested awards. As of December 31, 2012, the unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested awards is expected to be recognized over a period of 2.16 years.

A summary of these equity grants by the Company as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 during the periods then ended is presented below:

 

     Deferred Equity Units     Performance Units  
     Units     Fair Value
per unit
    Units     Fair Value
per unit
 

Deferred equity unit awards outstanding at January 1, 2010

     —            —       

Granted

     15,808          7,904     

Vested

     —            —       

Forfeited

     —            —       
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Deferred equity unit awards outstanding at December 31, 2010

     15,808      $ 148.35        7,904      $ 81.19   

Granted

     10,802      $ 157.16        5,401      $ 60.24   

Vested

     (4,257   $ (157.16     —        $ (60.24

Forfeited

     —            (541  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Deferred equity unit awards outstanding at December 31, 2011

     22,353      $ 157.16        12,764      $ 60.24   

Granted

     1,000      $ 205.70        500      $ 64.24   

Vested

     (6,565 )   $ (205.70 )     —       $ (64.24 )

Forfeited

     —           (140 )  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Deferred equity unit awards outstanding at December 31, 2012

     16,788      $ 205.70        13,124      $ 64.24   

The Company expects 10% of all awards to be forfeited and the related service period is four years.

 

17. DEFINED CONTRIBUTION AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

SAMG LLC has a defined contribution 401(k) savings plan (the “Plan”) for all eligible employees who meet the minimum age and service requirements as defined in the Plan. The Plan is designed to be a qualified plan under sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. For employees who qualify under the terms of the Plan, on an annual basis Silvercrest matches dollar for dollar an employee’s contributions up to the first four percent of compensation. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, Silvercrest made matching contributions of $63, $71, and $46, respectively, for the benefit of employees.

LGI had an annual bonus and deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Plan”). The amount of a Participant’s Award (as defined) for any Plan Year (as defined) shall equal the product of the Net Revenues (as defined) for such Plan Year multiplied by a percentage, the numerator of which shall be the number of Units (as defined) allocated to such Participant for such Plan Year, and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate number of Units allocated under the Plan (as defined) for such Plan Year; provided, however, that (i) the Award for any Participant in any Plan Year shall, in no event, exceed $10 per Unit and (ii) the aggregate number of Units is subject to increase or decrease, by the Administrator (as defined) in his sole discretion, during such Plan Year to reflect the addition of new employees becoming Participants or to reflect the termination of employment of any

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Participant. Each Participant may elect to receive their Award in cash, on a deferred basis, or a combination of both subject to various provisions in the Deferred Plan. The Deferred Plan was discontinued as of December 31, 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2010, $154 of payments were made to participants under the plan. The remaining liability at December 31, 2010 was $70, which was paid in full in March 2011.

 

18. SOFT DOLLAR ARRANGEMENTS

The Company obtains research and other services through “soft dollar” arrangements. The Company receives credits from broker-dealers whereby technology-based research, market quotation and/or market survey services are effectively paid for in whole or in part by “soft dollar” brokerage arrangements. Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provides a “safe harbor” to an investment adviser against claims that it breached its fiduciary duty under state or federal law (including ERISA) solely because the adviser caused its clients’ accounts to pay more than the lowest available commission for executing a securities trade in return for brokerage and research services. To rely on the safe harbor offered by Section 28(e), (i) the Company must make a good-faith determination that the amount of commissions is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services being received and (ii) the brokerage and research services must provide lawful and appropriate assistance to the Company in carrying out its investment decision-making responsibilities. If the use of soft dollars is limited or prohibited in the future by regulation, the Company may have to bear the costs of such research and other services. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company utilized “soft dollar” credits of $320, $861, and $812, respectively.

 

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

ACQUISITION

On March 28, 2013, the Company signed an Asset Purchase Agreement and closed the related transaction to acquire certain assets of Ten-Sixty Asset Management, LLC (“Ten-Sixty”). Ten-Sixty is a registered investment adviser that oversees approximately $1.9 billion of assets primarily on behalf of institutional clients. This strategic acquisition expands the Company’s hedge fund due diligence capabilities and continues the growth of its institutional business. Under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company paid cash consideration at closing of $2,500 and issued a promissory note to Ten-Sixty for $1,479 subject to adjustment. The principal amount of the promissory note is payable in two installments of $218 each on April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013 and then quarterly installments from June 30, 2014 through March 31, 2017 of $87 each. The principal amount outstanding under this note bears interest at the rate of five percent per annum. As the acquisition was completed shortly before the issuance of these financial statements, the Company is just commencing its process to account for this business combination, and therefore, the disclosure of acquired assets and liabilities and pro forma financial results are not presented.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 18, 2013, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

*****

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P. And Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Unaudited Pro Forma
March 31, 2013

(Note 1)
    March 31,     December 31,  
       2013     2012  

Assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

     $ 4,355      $ 13,443   

Restricted certificates of deposit and escrow

       1,275        1,020   

Investments

       84        1,980   

Receivables, net

       3,307        3,675   

Due from Silvercrest Funds

       1,220        1,622   

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net

       1,990        2,061   

Goodwill

       18,124        15,891   

Intangible assets, net

       13,759        12,363   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

       923        399   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     $ 45,037      $ 52,454   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Partners’ Capital and Partners’ Deficit

      

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 14,752      $ 4,752      $ 4,513   

Accrued compensation

       1,438        3,656   

Notes payable

       4,350        3,315   

Deferred rent

       2,139        2,268   

Deferred tax and other liabilities

       514        565   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     23,193        13,193        14,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable partners’ capital

       113,764        102,017   

Notes receivable from partners

       (2,716     (3,410
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable partners’ capital

       111,048        98,607   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10)

      

Partners’ Deficit

      

Partners’ capital

     46,370        48,915        47,904   

Excess of liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partners’ capital over assets

     (135,574     (128,119     (108,374
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total partners’ deficit

     (89,204     (79,204     (60,470
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partners’ deficit

   $ 45,037      $ 45,037      $ 52,454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P.

And Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2013     2012  

Revenue

    

Management and advisory fees

   $ 12,457      $ 10,682   

Performance fees and allocations

     3        —     

Family office services

     1,225        1,198   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     13,685        11,880   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

    

Compensation and benefits

     5,201        4,768   

General and administrative

     2,710        2,566   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     7,911        7,334   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before other income (expense), net

     5,774        4,546   

Other income (expense), net

    

Other income (expense), net

     29        32   

Interest income

     27        45   

Interest expense

     (37     (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     19        13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     5,793        4,559   

Provision for income taxes

     329        270   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 5,464      $ 4,289   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Pro forma consolidated statements of operations information
(unaudited) (Note 1)

            

Income before provision for income taxes

   $ 5,793     

Pro forma provision for income taxes (40% assumed tax rate)

     (2,317  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net income

   $ 3,476     
  

 

 

   

Net income per unit:

    

Basic

   $ 0.32     
  

 

 

   

Diluted

   $ 0.31     
  

 

 

   

Weighted average units outstanding:

    

Basic

     10,841,317     
  

 

 

   

Diluted

     11,078,406     
  

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P.

And Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Partners’ Deficit

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Partners’
Capital
    Excess of
Liabilities,
Redeemable
Partners’
Capital and
Partners’
Capital
over Assets
    Total
Partners’
Deficit
 

January 1, 2012

   $ 44,359      $ (100,025   $ (55,666

Contributions from partners

     —          112        112   

Distributions to partners

     (323     (7,532     (7,855

Equity-based compensation

     —          1,014        1,014   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable partnership units

     —          4,994        4,994   

Net income

     1,090        3,199        4,289   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

March 31, 2012

   $ 45,127      $ (98,237   $ 53,110   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

January 1, 2013

   $ 47,904      $ (108,374   $ (60,470

Contributions from partners

     —          —          —     

Distributions to partners

     (380     (13,289     (13,669

Equity-based compensation

     —          1,479        1,479   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable partnership units

     —          (12,008     (12,008

Net income

     1,391        4,073        5,464   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

March 31, 2013

   $ 48,915      $ (128,119   $ (79,204
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P.

And Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2013     2012  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

    

Net income

   $ 5,464      $ 4,289   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Equity-based compensation

     359        431   

Depreciation and amortization

     449        475   

Deferred rent

     (108     (121

Deferred income taxes

     44        22   

Non-cash interest on notes receivable from partners

     (25     (43

Distributions received from investment funds

     1,900        961   

Other

     (4     (4

Cash flows due to changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Receivables and due from Silvercrest funds

     770        215   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (545     (273

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     237        (232

Accrued compensation

     (1,098     (1,152

Other liabilities

     (95     (118

Interest payable on notes payable

     36        52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     7,384        4,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

    

Restricted certificates of deposit and escrow

   $ (255   $ 84   

Acquisition of furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements

     (27     (5

Earn-outs paid related to acquisitions completed before January 1, 2009

     —          (390

Acquisition of Ten-Sixty

     (2,500     —     

Purchase of investments

     —          (42

Proceeds from sale of investments

     —          139   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,782     (214
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

    

Earn-outs paid related to acquisitions completed on or after January 1, 2009

   $ —        $ (75

Redemptions of partners’ interests

     (261     (63

Repayments of notes payable

     (480     (499

Payments on capital leases

     —          (5

Distributions to partners

     (13,669     (7,855

Payments from partners on notes receivable

     720        950   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (13,690     (7,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (9,088     (3,259

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     13,443        7,354   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 4,355      $ 4,095   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
         2013              2012      

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

     

Net cash paid during the year for:

     

Income taxes

   $ 260       $ 196   

Interest

     27         46   

Supplemental Disclosures of Non-cash Financing Activities

     

Notes receivable:

     

From partners for capital contributions

   $ —         $ 112   

Issuance of notes payable for acquisition of Ten-Sixty

     1,479         —     

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Silvercrest L.P.

and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS

Silvercrest L.P. (“Silvercrest”), together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”), provides investment management and family office services to individuals and families and their trusts, and to endowments, foundations and other institutional investors primarily located in the United States of America. The business includes the management of funds of funds, and other investment funds, collectively referred to as the “Silvercrest Funds.”

Silvercrest was formed on December 10, 2008 and commenced operations on January 1, 2009 along with its general partner, Silvercrest GP LLC (“GP LLC”) as part of a restructuring that was completed to organize the Company more in line with industry standards and to increase tax efficiency. Pursuant to the reorganization each of the members of Silvercrest Asset Management Group LLC (“SAMG LLC”) contributed their limited liability company interests in SAMG LLC to Silvercrest L.P. in return for limited partnership interests in Silvercrest L.P. and member interests in Silvercrest GP LLC, such that immediately after giving effect to such issuances each member’s percentage ownership of, and voting interest in, the aggregate limited partnership interests was equal to its ownership and voting interests immediately prior to such issuance, but reduced pro rata to take into account the 1% interest in Silvercrest L.P. owned by Silvercrest GP LLC, the general partner of Silvercrest L.P. As a result of the restructuring, SAMG LLC became a wholly owned subsidiary as of January 1, 2009. The reorganization was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control and all balances of SAMG LLC were carried over to Silvercrest at their carrying values as of December 31, 2008.

On March 11, 2004, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of James C. Edwards Asset Management, Inc. (“JCE”) and subsequently changed JCE’s name to Silvercrest Financial Services, Inc. (“SFS”). On December 31, 2004, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of The LongChamp Group, Inc. now SAM Alternative Solutions, Inc. (“LGI”). Effective March 31, 2005, the Company entered into an Asset Contribution Agreement to acquire all of the assets, properties, rights and certain liabilities of Heritage Financial Management, LLC (“HFM”). Effective October 3, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding limited liability company interests of Marathon Capital Group, LLC (“MCG”) through a limited liability company interest purchase agreement dated September 22, 2008. On November 1, 2011, the Company acquired certain assets of Milbank Winthrop & Co. (“Milbank”). On April 1, 2012, the Company acquired the LLC interests of MW Commodity Advisors, LLC (“Commodity Advisors”). On March 28, 2013, the Company acquired certain assets of Ten-Sixty Asset Management, LLC (“Ten-Sixty”). See Notes 3, 7 and 8 for additional information related to goodwill and intangible assets related to these acquisitions.

Pro Forma Impact of Distributions in Connection with Initial Public Offering (unaudited)

The Company intends to make a $10,000 distribution to its existing limited partners as of the date of the closing of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.’s initial public offering, of which $6,000 is the estimated amount to be funded from borrowings under a proposed $15,000 credit facility of SAMG LLC for which a bank has entered into a commitment letter with SAMG LLC. The actual amount of the total distribution could be lower if the credit facility that the Company intends to enter into does not close prior to the consummation of the offering.

Pro Forma Statements of Operations Information (unaudited)

Pro forma income taxes

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. will be subject to federal, state and local income tax upon completion of its initial public offering.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The pro forma income tax provision presents the Company’s results from operations as if it were subject to federal, state and local income tax. However, only a portion of the Company’s units will be purchased in connection with the initial public offering of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc., therefore only a portion of the Company’s earnings will be taxed at Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.’s statutory corporate income tax rate of 40%. The Company anticipates that the actual consolidated effective tax rate of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. will be lower than 40% and will be dependent upon the number of units purchased in connection with the initial public offering of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

Earnings per unit

In connection with the reorganization of Silvercrest L.P. and the initial public offering of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. the Company anticipates completing a unit distribution of 19.27 units for each unit outstanding (including deferred equity units) as of the date of the consummation of the initial public offering.

Pro forma weighted average units outstanding reflect the pro forma effect of the unit distribution as if it had occurred as of March 31, 2013.

Basic weighted average units outstanding:

 

Incremental units (1)

     501,861   

Basic weighted average units outstanding

     10,339,456   
  

 

 

 

Total pro forma units for purposes of calculating pro forma basic net income per unit

     10,841,317   
  

 

 

 

(1) Represents incremental units which are assumed to fund the cash distributions to partners as such cash distributions exceed current year pro forma earnings.

 

Distribution to be made prior to the closing of the offering

   $ 10,000,000   

Pro forma net income

     3,475,800   
  

 

 

 

Distributions in excess of pro forma net income

   $ 6,524,200   

Estimated IPO offering price

   $ 13.00   
  

 

 

 

Incremental units

     501,861   

Diluted weighted average units outstanding:

 

Incremental units

     501,861   

Diluted weighted average units outstanding (2)

     10,576,545   
  

 

 

 

Total pro forma diluted units for purposes of calculating pro forma net income per unit

     11,078,406   
  

 

 

 

(2) Includes 237,089 performance units which are conditionally issuable units that would be issuable if March 31, 2013 was the end of the contingency period.

 

F-45


Table of Contents
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Silvercrest and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, SAMG LLC, SFS, LGI, MCG, Silvercrest Investors LLC and Silvercrest Investors II LLC as of and for the quarter ended March 31, 2013. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

In addition, the Company evaluates for consolidation those entities it controls through a majority voting interest or otherwise, including those Silvercrest Funds in which the general partner or equivalent is presumed to have control over the fund. The initial step in our determination of whether a fund for which Silvercrest is the general partner is required to be consolidated is assessing whether the fund meets the definition of a variable interest entity (VIE). None of funds for which Silvercrest is the general partner met the definition of a VIE during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the two years ended December 31, 2012, as the total equity at risk of each fund is sufficient for the fund to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support provided by any parties, including the equity holders.

Silvercrest then considers whether the fund is a voting interest entities (VoIE) in which the unaffiliated limited partners have substantive “kick-out” rights that provide the ability to dissolve (liquidate) the limited partnership or otherwise remove the general partner without cause . Silvercrest considers the “kick-out” rights to be substantive if the general partner for the fund can be removed by the vote of a simple majority of the unaffiliated limited partners and there are no significant barriers to the unaffiliated limited partners’ ability to exercise these rights in that among other things (1) there are no conditions or timing limits on when the rights can be exercised, (2) there are no financial or operational barriers associated with replacing the general partner, (3) there are a number of qualified replacement investment advisors that would accept appointment at the same fee level,

(4) each fund’s documents provide for the ability to call and conduct a vote, and (5) the information necessary to exercise the kick-out rights and related vote are available from the fund and its administrator.

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, all of the funds for which Silvercrest was the general partner have substantive “kick-out” rights and therefore Silvercrest did not consolidate any of the Silvercrest Funds.

Segment Reporting

The Company views its operations as comprising one operating segment. Each of the Company’s acquired businesses have similar economic characteristics and have been fully integrated upon acquisition. Furthermore, our Chief Operating Decision Maker, which is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, monitors and reviews financial information at a consolidated level for assessing operating results and the allocation of resources.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues, expenses and other income reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates and assumptions made by management include the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities, equity based compensation, the fair value of our reporting unit utilized in assessing goodwill for impairment, accounting for income taxes, the useful lives of long lived assets and other matters that affect the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid securities with original maturities of 90 days or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Restricted Certificates of Deposit

Certain certificates of deposit held at a major financial institution are restricted and serve as collateral for letters of credit for the Company’s lease obligations as described in Note 10.

Equity Method Investments

Entities and investments over which the Company exercises significant influence over the activities of the entity but which do not meet the requirements for consolidation are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, whereby the Company records its share of the underlying income or losses of these entities. Intercompany profit arising from transactions with affiliates is eliminated to the extent of its beneficial interest. Equity in losses of equity method investments is not recognized after the carrying value of an investment, including advances and loans, has been reduced to zero, unless guarantees or other funding obligations exist.

The Company evaluates its equity method investments for impairment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such investments may not be recoverable. The difference between the carrying value of the equity method investment and its estimated fair value is recognized as impairment when the loss in value is deemed other than temporary. The Company’s equity method investments approximate their fair value at March 31, 2013 and 2012. The fair value of the equity method investments is estimated based on the Company’s share of the fair value of the net assets of the equity method investee which consist of Level I and Level II securities. No impairment charges related to equity method investments were recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

Receivables and Due from Silvercrest Funds

Receivables consist primarily of amounts for advisory fees due from clients and management fees, and are stated at net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful receivables based on estimates of expected losses and specific identification of uncollectible accounts. The Company charges actual losses to the allowance when incurred.

Furniture, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements consist primarily of furniture, fixtures and equipment, computer hardware and software and leasehold improvements and are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, which for leasehold improvements is the lesser of the lease term or the life of the asset, generally 10 years, and 3 to 7 years for other fixed assets.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires that purchase price, including the fair value of contingent consideration, of the acquisition be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed using the fair values determined by management as of the acquisition date. Contingent consideration is recorded as part of the purchase price when such contingent consideration is not based on continuing employment of the selling shareholders. Contingent consideration that is related to continuing employment is recorded as compensation expense. Payments made for contingent consideration recorded as part of an acquisition’s purchase price are reflected as financing activities in the Company’s statements of cash flows.

For acquisitions completed subsequent to January 1, 2009, the Company remeasures the fair value of contingent consideration at each reporting period using a probability-adjusted discounted cash flow method based on significant inputs not observable in the market and any change in the fair value from either the passage of time or

 

F-47


Table of Contents

events occurring after the acquisition date, is recorded in earnings. Contingent consideration payments that exceed the acquisition date fair value of the contingent consideration are reflected as an operating activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill consists of the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is not amortized and is evaluated for impairment using a two-step process that is performed at least annually, or whenever events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment”, which provided new accounting guidance on testing goodwill for impairment. The enhanced guidance provides an entity the option to first perform a qualitative assessment of whether a reporting unit’s fair value is more likely than not less than its carrying value, including goodwill. In performing its qualitative assessment, an entity considers the extent to which adverse events or circumstances identified, such as changes in economic conditions, industry and market conditions or entity specific events, could affect the comparison of the reporting unit’s fair value with its carrying amount. If an entity concludes that the fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not less than its carrying amount, the entity is required to perform the currently prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test to identify potential goodwill impairment and, accordingly, measure the amount, if any, of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized for that reporting unit. The guidance was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2012. The Company did not utilize this option and assessed goodwill using the two-step process when performing its annual impairment assessment in 2012.

The first step is a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired and the second step is unnecessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the goodwill to a determination of the implied fair value of the goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill is greater than the implied value, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference. The implied value of the goodwill is determined as of the test date by performing a purchase price allocation, as if the reporting unit had just been acquired, using currently estimated fair values of the individual assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, together with an estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit taken as a whole. The estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit is based upon information available regarding prices of similar groups of assets, or other valuation techniques including present value techniques based upon estimates of future cash flows.

The Company has one reporting unit at March 31, 2013 and 2012. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

Identifiable finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 20 years. The method of amortization is based on the pattern over which the economic benefits, generally expected undiscounted cash flows, of the intangible asset are consumed. Intangible assets for which no pattern can be reliably determined are amortized using the straight-line method. Intangible assets consist primarily of the contractual right to future management, advisory and performance fees from customer contracts or relationships.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets of the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the net carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. In connection with such review, the Company also re-evaluates the periods of depreciation and amortization for these assets. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their fair value.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Initial Public Offering Costs

As of March 31, 2013, the Company has incurred and deferred $30 of professional fees associated with its planned initial public offering. These fees are included in prepaid expenses and other assets in the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition at March 31, 2013. In the event the offering is not consummated, the deferred offering costs will be expensed.

Derivative Instruments

Derivative instruments are recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s derivatives are not designated as hedging instruments and are used as “economic hedges” to manage certain risks in the Company’s business.

As a result of the use of derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to the risk that counterparties to derivative contracts will fail to meet their contractual obligations. The Company does not hold collateral or other security from its counterparties supporting its derivative instruments. In addition, there are no netting arrangements in place with the counterparties. To mitigate the counterparty credit risk, the Company has a policy of entering into contracts only with carefully selected major financial institutions based upon their credit ratings and other factors.

The Company records the changes in fair value of derivative instruments in “Other income (expenses), net” in the consolidated statement of operations.

The Company does not purchase, hold or sell derivative financial instruments for trading and speculative purposes.

Partner Distributions

Partner incentive allocations, which are determined by the general partner and approved by a vote of the partners, can be formula based or discretionary. Incentive allocations are considered distributions of net income as stipulated by Silvercrest’s Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement and are recognized in the period in which they are paid. In the event there is insufficient distributable cash flow to make incentive distributions, the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion may determine not to make any distributions called for under the partnership agreement. The remaining net income or loss after partner incentive allocations is generally allocated to the partners based on their pro rata ownership.

Redeemable Partnership Units

Redeemable partnership units in our Company consist of units issued to our founders and those purchased by certain of our employees. These capital units entitle the holder to a share of the distributions of our Company. Units are subject to certain redemption features. Upon the termination of employment of the Terminated Employee, as defined, the Company has a right to call the units. In addition, the terminated employee has a right to put the units to the Company upon termination or death, provided the terminated employee has complied with certain restrictions as described in the partnership agreement. In accordance with the provisions of our partnership and operating agreements, the put described above expires with the consummation of an IPO or Sale Transaction, as defined in our partnership and operating agreements.

As the units are redeemable at the option of the holder and are not mandatorily redeemable, the redeemable partnership units have be classified outside of permanent partner’s capital. The units are adjusted to their current redemption value at the end of each reporting period with the increase or decrease in redemption value being charged to excess of liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partner’s capital over assets.

The Company also makes distributions to its partners of various nature including incentive payments, profit distributions and tax distributions.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized ratably over the period in which services are performed. Revenue consists primarily of investment advisory fees, family office services fees and fund management fees. Investment advisory fees are typically billed quarterly in advance at the beginning of the quarter or in arrears after the end of the quarter, based on a contractually specified percentage of the assets managed. For investment advisory fees billed in advance, the value of assets managed is determined based on the value of the customer’s account as of the last trading day of the preceding quarter. For investment advisory fees billed in arrears the value of assets managed is determined based on the value of the customer’s account on the last day of the quarter being billed. Family office services fees are typically billed quarterly in advance at the beginning of the quarter or in arrears after the end of the quarter based on a contractual percentage of the assets managed or based on a fixed fee arrangement. Management fees from proprietary and non-proprietary funds are calculated as a percentage of net asset values measured at the beginning of a month or quarter or at the end of a quarter, depending on the fund.

The Company accounts for performance based revenue in accordance with ASC 605-20-S99, “ Accounting for Management Fees Based on a Formula , by recognizing performance fees and allocations as revenue only when it is certain that the fee income is earned and payable pursuant to the relevant agreements, and no contingencies remain. Performance fee contingencies are typically resolved at the end of each annual period. In certain arrangements, the Company is only entitled to receive performance fees and allocations when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. The Company records performance fees and allocations as a component of revenue.

Equity-Based Compensation

Equity-based compensation cost relating to the issuance of share-based awards to partners is based on the fair value of the award at the date of grant, which is expensed ratably over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The forfeiture assumption is ultimately adjusted to the actual forfeiture rate. Therefore, changes in the forfeiture assumptions may affect the timing of the total amount of expense recognized over the vesting period. The service period is the period over which the employee performs the related services, which is normally the same as the vesting period. Equity-based awards that do not require future service are expensed immediately. Equity-based awards that have the potential to be settled in cash at the election of the employee or which relate to redeemable partnership units are classified as liabilities (“Liability Awards”) and are adjusted to fair value at the end of each reporting period. Distributions associated with Liability Awards not expected to vest are accounted for as compensation expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Leases

The Company expenses the net lease payments associated with operating leases on a straight-line basis over the respective leases’ term including any rent-free periods. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the improvements (generally 10 years) or the remaining lease term.

Income Taxes

Silvercrest is not subject to federal and state income taxes, since all income, gains and losses are passed through to its partners. Silvercrest is subject to New York City unincorporated business tax. SFS is subject to federal and state corporate income tax, which requires an asset and liability approach to the financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. With respect to the Company’s incorporated entity, the annual tax rate is based on the income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available in the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and respective governmental taxing authorities. Judgment is required in determining the tax expense and in evaluating tax positions. The tax effects of an uncertain tax position (“UTP”) taken or expected to be taken in income tax

 

F-50


Table of Contents

returns are recognized only if it is “more likely-than-not” to be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on its technical merits as of the reporting date. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes estimated accrued interest and penalties related to UTPs in income tax expense.

The Company recognizes the benefit of a UTP in the period when it is effectively settled. Previously recognized tax positions are derecognized in the first period in which it is no longer more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained upon examination.

Recent Accounting Developments

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)”, which amended guidance on fair value measurements to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in GAAP and IFRS. The amended guidance specifies that the concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise in a fair value measurement are relevant only when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets and are not relevant when measuring the fair value of financial assets or of liabilities. The amendments include requirements specific to measuring the fair value of those instruments, such as equity interests used as consideration in a business combination. An entity should measure the fair value of its own equity instrument from the perspective of a market participant that holds the instrument as an asset. With respect to financial instruments that are managed as part of a portfolio, an exception to fair value requirements is provided. That exception permits a reporting entity to measure the fair value of such financial assets and financial liabilities at the price that would be received to sell a net asset position for a particular risk or to transfer a net liability position for a particular risk in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The amendments also clarify that premiums and discounts should only be applied if market participants would do so when pricing the asset or liability. Premiums and discounts related to the size of an entity’s holding (e.g., a blockage factor) rather than as a characteristic of the asset or liability (e.g., a control premium) is not permitted in a fair value measurement.

The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements, including, among other things, (a) for fair value measurements categorized within Level III of the fair value hierarchy, (1) a quantitative disclosure of the unobservable inputs and assumptions used in the measurement, (2) the valuation process used by the reporting entity, and (3) a narrative description of the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, if any, and (b) the categorization by level of the fair value hierarchy for items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position but for which the fair value is required to be disclosed (for example, a financial instrument that is measured at amortized cost in the statement of financial position but for which fair value is disclosed). The guidance also amends disclosure requirements for significant transfers between Level I and Level II and now requires disclosure of all transfers between Levels I and II in the fair value hierarchy.

The amended guidance was effective for the Company on January 1, 2012 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

3. ACQUISITIONS

Commodity Advisors:

On April 1, 2012, the Company acquired Commodity Advisors. Commodity Advisors is the general partner of MW Commodity Strategies, L.P. (the “MW Commodity Fund LLC”), a fund whose investment objective is to seek superior risk adjusted returns through strategic, sector-based investments with commodity and macro trading investment managers. The acquisition of Commodity Advisors adds another strategy to the Company’s

 

F-51


Table of Contents

investment management, wealth planning and reporting capabilities, including proprietary value equity and fixed income disciplines and alternative investment advisory services. On April 1, 2012, the Company, in exchange for the member interests of Commodity Advisors, issued 631 and 6 units of Silvercrest L.P. and Silvercrest GP LLC, respectively, at closing, with a fair value of $132. Furthermore, the Company is obligated to make quarterly contingent payments if incremental income, as defined in the purchase agreement, exceeds various thresholds. As these contingent payments are tied to the continued employment by the Company of the former member of Commodity Advisors, they will be considered compensation expense in the period in which such contingent payments are earned (See Note 10). The Company is obligated to make a future one-time earnout payment in units equal to the difference between $800 and the redemption value of the units issued at closing, if incremental revenue, as defined, reaches an amount equal to $400 prior to March 31, 2014.

 

Units issued

   $ 132   

Call rights option issued

     15   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 147   
  

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the final amounts allocated to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill and intangible assets.

 

Receivables

   $ 7   

Liabilities

     (7
  

 

 

 

Total fair value of net tangible assets acquired

     —     

Goodwill

     147   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 147   
  

 

 

 

Ten-Sixty:

On March 28, 2013, the Company executed an Asset Purchase Agreement with and closed the related transaction to acquire certain assets of Ten-Sixty. Ten-Sixty is a registered investment adviser that advises on approximately $1.9 billion of assets primarily on behalf of institutional clients. This strategic acquisition enhances the Company’s hedge fund and investment manager due diligence capabilities, risk management analysis and reporting, and enhances its institutional business. Under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company paid cash consideration at closing of $2,500 and issued a promissory note to Ten-Sixty for $1,479 subject to adjustment. The principal amount of the promissory note is payable in two initial installments of $218 each on April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013 and then quarterly installments from June 30, 2014 through March 31, 2017 of $87 each. The principal amount outstanding under this note bears interest at the rate of five percent per annum. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company incurred $51 in costs related to the acquisition of Ten-Sixty, and has included these in general, administrative and other in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

Cash paid on date of acquisition

   $ 2,500   

Note payable due to Ten-Sixty . .

     1,479   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration . .

   $ 3,979   
  

 

 

 

The Company is in the process of evaluating the allocation of the purchase price of the Ten-Sixty acquisition. Based on the preliminary purchase price allocation, the net tangible assets acquired from the Ten-Sixty transaction were determined to have a fair value of $0.

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the excess of the purchase price over the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill and intangible assets.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Goodwill

     2,232   

Customer relationships (10 years)

     1,650   

Non-compete agreements (5 years)

     97   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 3,979   
  

 

 

 

The fair values of the intangibles from the Ten-Sixty acquisition are preliminary and provisional and subject to adjustment if additional information is obtained during the measurement period (a period of up to one year from the closing date) of this transaction that may change the fair value allocation as of the acquisition date.

The Company believes the recorded goodwill is supported by the anticipated revenues and expected synergies of integrating the operations of Ten-Sixty into the Company. Furthermore, there are expected synergies with respect to compensation and benefits and general and administrative costs. All goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The pro forma information below represents consolidated results of operations as if the acquisition of Commodity Advisors occurred on January 1, 2012 and the acquisition of Ten-Sixty occurred on January 1, 2013 and January 1, 2012. The pro forma information has been included for comparative purposes and is not indicative of results of operations of the consolidated Company had the acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2013 and 2012, nor is it necessarily indicative of future results.

 

     Pro Forma
Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2013
     Pro Forma
Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2012
 

Total Revenue

   $ 13,913       $ 12,095   

Net Income

   $ 5,516       $ 4,301   

 

4. INVESTMENTS AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Investments include $84 and $1,980 as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, representing the Company’s equity method investments in affiliated investment funds which have been established and managed by the Company and its affiliates. The Company’s financial interest in these funds can range up to 2%. Despite the Company’s insignificant financial interest, the Company exercises significant influence over these funds as the Company typically serves as the general partner, managing member or equivalent for these funds. During 2007, the Silvercrest Funds granted rights to the unaffiliated investors in each respective fund to provide that a simple majority of the fund’s unaffiliated investors will have the right, without cause, to remove the general partner or equivalent of that fund or to accelerate the liquidation date of that fund in accordance with certain procedures. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company determined none of the Silvercrest Funds were required to be consolidated. The Company’s involvement with these entities began on the dates that they were formed, which range from July 2003 to July 2008.

Fair Value Measurements

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) establishes a hierarchal disclosure framework which prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring investments at fair value. Market price observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of investment, the characteristics specific to the investment and the state of the marketplace including the existence and transparency of transactions between market participants. Investments with readily available active quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices in an orderly market generally will have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value.

Investments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories.

 

F-53


Table of Contents
   

Level I: Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date. The type of investments in Level I include listed equities and listed derivatives.

 

   

Level II: Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date, and fair value is determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies. Investments which are generally included in Level II include corporate

  bonds and loans, less liquid and restricted equity securities, certain over-the counter derivatives, and certain fund of hedge funds investments in which the Company has the ability to redeem its investment at net asset value at, or within three months of, the reporting date.

 

   

Level III: Pricing inputs are unobservable for the investment and includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. Investments that are included in Level III generally include general and limited partnership interests in private equity and real estate funds, credit-oriented funds, certain over-the counter derivatives, funds of hedge funds which use net asset value per share to determine fair value in which the Company may not have the ability to redeem its investment at net asset value at, or within three months of, the reporting date, distressed debt and non-investment grade residual interests in securitizations and collateralized debt obligations.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the determination of which category within the fair value hierarchy is appropriate for any given investment is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the investment.

The following table summarizes the classification of the Company’s financial assets in the fair value hierarchy as of March 31, 2013:

 

     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Assets

           

Cash equivalents – Money Market Funds

   $ 1,041       $ —         $ —         $ 1,041   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the classification of the Company’s financial assets in the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Assets

           

Cash equivalents – Money Market Funds

   $ 1,020       $ —         $ —         $ 1,020   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, financial instruments that are not held at fair value are categorized in the table below:

 

     March 31, 2013      December 31, 2012         
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Fair Value
Hierarchy
 

Financial Assets:

              

Cash

   $ 3,314       $ 3,314       $ 12,392       $ 12,392      

Restricted Certificates of Deposit and Escrow

   $ 1,275       $ 1,275       $ 1,020       $ 1,020         Level 1 (1) 

Financial liabilities:

              

Notes Payable

   $ 4,350       $ 4,350       $ 3,315       $ 3,315         Level 2 (2) 

 

  (1)

Restricted certificates of deposit and escrow consists of money market funds that are carried at either cost or amortized cost that approximates fair value due to their short-term maturities. The

 

F-54


Table of Contents
  money market funds are valued through the use of quoted market prices, or $1.00, which is generally the NAV of the funds.

 

  (2) The carrying value of notes payable approximates fair value, which is determined based on interest rates currently available to the Company for similar debt.

 

5. RECEIVABLES, NET

The following is a summary of receivables as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

     2013     2012  

Management and advisory fees receivable .

   $ 1,611      $ 1,815   

Unbilled receivables

     1,917        1,787   

Other receivables

     92        435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivables

     3,620        4,037   

Allowance for doubtful receivables

     (313     (362
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivables, net

   $ 3,307      $ 3,675   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

6. FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS, NET

The following is a summary of furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

     2013     2012  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 3,557      $ 3,557   

Furniture and equipment .

     3,553        3,526   

Artwork . .

     338        338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost

     7,448        7,421   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (5,458     (5,360
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net

   $ 1,990      $ 2,061   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $98 and $113, respectively.

 

7. GOODWILL

The following is a summary of the changes to the carrying amount of goodwill as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

     2013     2012  

Beginning

    

Gross balance

   $ 33,306      $ 32,098   

Accumulated impairment losses .

     (17,415     (17,415
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance . .

     15,891        14,683   

Purchase price adjustments from earnouts

            1,061   

Acquisition of Commodity Advisors .

            147   

Acquisition of Ten-Sixty

     2,233          

Ending

    

Gross balance

     35,539        33,306   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (17,415     (17,415
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance

   $ 18,124      $ 15,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents
8. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following is a summary of intangible assets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

     Customer
Relationships
    Other
Intangible Assets
    Total  

Cost

      

Balance, January 1, 2013

   $ 15,910      $ 1,566      $ 17,476   

Acquisition of certain assets of Ten-Sixty

     1,650        97        1,747   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2013

     17,560        1,663        19,223   

Useful lives

     10-20 years        3-5 years     

Accumulated amortization

      

Balance, January 1, 2013

     (4,238     (875     (5,113

Amortization expense

     (263     (88     (351
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2013

     (4,501     (963     (5,464
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

   $ 13,057      $ 705      $ 13,759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost

      

Balance, January 1, 2012

   $ 15,910      $ 1,566      $ 17,476   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

     15,910        1,566        17,476   

Useful lives

     15-20 years        3-5 years     

Accumulated amortization

      

Balance, January 1, 2012

     (3,144     (522     (3,666

Amortization expense

     (1,094     (353     (1,447
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

     (4,238     (875     (5,113
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

   $ 11,672      $ 691      $ 12,363   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense related to the intangible assets was $351 and $362 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Amortization related to the Company’s finite life intangible assets is scheduled to be expensed over the next five years and thereafter as follows:

 

2013

   $ 1,170   

2014

     1,422   

2015

     1,291   

2016

     1,236   

2017

     1,135   

Thereafter

     7,505   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,759   
  

 

 

 

 

9. NOTES PAYABLE

The following is a summary of notes payable:

 

     March 31, 2013  
     Interest Rate     Amount  

Principal on fixed rate notes

     5.0   $ 3,877   

Variable rate notes issued for redemption of partners’ interests (see Note 16)

     Prime plus 1     418   

Interest payable

       55   
    

 

 

 

Total, March 31, 2013

     $ 4,350   
    

 

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2012  
     Interest Rate     Amount  

Principal on fixed rate notes

     5.0   $ 2,397   

Variable rate notes issued for redemption of partners’ interest (see Note 16)

     Prime plus 1     872   

Interest payable

       46   
    

 

 

 

Total, December 31, 2012

     $ 3,315   
    

 

 

 

The carrying value of notes payable approximates fair value. The fixed rate notes, which are related to the Ten-Sixty and Milbank acquisitions, approximate fair value based on interest rates currently available to the Company for similar debt. The variable rate notes are based on a multiple of the U.S. Prime Rate.

Future principal amounts payable under the notes payable are as follows:

 

2013 .

   $ 1,536   

2014 .

     1,412   

2015 .

     912   

2016 .

     348   

2017 .

     87   
  

 

 

 

Total .

   $ 4,295   
  

 

 

 

 

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments

The Company leases office space pursuant to operating leases that are subject to specific escalation clauses. Rent expense charged to operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $901 and $864, respectively. The Company received sub-lease income from subtenants during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 of $284 and $255, respectively. Therefore, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, net rent expense amounted to $617 and $609, respectively, and is included in general, administrative and other expenses in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

During 2006, the Company entered into a lease agreement for office space for its headquarters. The lease commenced on January 1, 2007 and expires September 30, 2017. The lease is subject to escalation clauses and provides for rent free periods of 6 to 9 months and a leasehold improvement allowance of $1,538 provided the Company spends at least an additional $513 on improvements. The Company spent $3,284 on leasehold improvements and received $1,499 of the allowance during 2007; the remaining $39 of the allowance was received in 2008. As security for performance under the leases, the Company is required to maintain letters of credit in favor of the landlord totaling $2,023 that were reduced to $1,013 on August 31, 2010 and can be further reduced to $506 on August 31, 2014. The letter of credit is collateralized by a certificate of deposit in an equal amount.

Future minimum lease payments and rentals under lease agreements which expire through 2017 are as follows:

 

     Minimum
Lease
Commitments
     Non-cancellable
Subleases
    Minimum Net
Rentals
 

Remainder of 2013

   $ 2,756       $ (538   $ 2,218   

2014

     3,675         (444     3,231   

2015

     3,632         (458     3,174   

2016

     3,590         (458     3,132   

2017

     2,780         (354     2,426   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 16,433       $ (2,252   $ 14,181   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

In 2010, an escrow account was funded by a sub-tenant whose sub-lease with the Company commenced on January 1, 2011. Pursuant to the sub-lease, the tenant was required to deposit the first 16 months of rent into the escrow account totaling $452. The initial deposit was depleted as of April 2012, and additional deposits of $99 in June 2012 and $339 in December 2012 were made by the sub-tenant. This account has been recorded as restricted certificates of deposit and escrow on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. As of March 31, 2013, the remaining balance in the escrow account was $255.

The Company recorded a loss on this sub-lease in 2011 of $150 (on a net present value basis). The related unamortized liability that was established in January 2011 was $247 and was reduced by lease payments during 2011 of $85, during 2012 of $85 and during the three months ended March 31, 2013 of $21, resulting in an ending balance at March 31, 2013 of $56. This liability is included in deferred rent on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

The Company has capital leases for certain office equipment. The principal balance of these leases was $33 as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

Contingent Consideration

In connection with its acquisition of MCG in October 2008, the Company entered into a contingent consideration agreement whereby the former members of MCG were entitled to contingent consideration equal to 22% of adjusted annual EBITDA for each of the five years subsequent to the date of acquisition. As the acquisition was completed prior to January 1, 2009, contingent consideration is recognized when the contingency is resolved pursuant to the authoritative guidance on business combinations in effect at the date of the closing of the acquisition. The contingent consideration related to the MCG acquisition is recorded on the date when the contingency is resolved. Contingent consideration payments of $0 and $390 were made during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to MCG and are reflected in investing activities in the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows.

Quarterly contingent payments related to the Commodity Advisors acquisition were accrued when the contingency was resolved. The total of these payments for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $99, and were recorded as compensation expense in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

11. PARTNERS’ INCENTIVE ALLOCATIONS AND ALLOCATION OF INCOME AND LOSSES

Pursuant to Silvercrest’s Operating Agreement, as amended and restated, partner incentive allocations are treated as distributions of net income. The remaining net income or loss after partner incentive allocations is generally allocated to the partners based on their pro rata ownership. Net income allocation is subject to the recovery of the allocated losses of prior periods. Distributions of partner incentive allocations of net income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $12,104 and $6,581, respectively, and are included in excess of liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partners’ capital over assets in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

 

12. NOTES RECEIVABLE FROM PARTNERS

Partner contributions are made in cash, in the form of five or six year interest-bearing promissory notes and/or in the form of nine year interest-bearing limited recourse promissory notes. Limited recourse promissory notes were issued in January 2008, August 2009 and September 2009 with interest rates of 3.53%, 2.77% and 2.84%, respectively. The recourse limitation includes a stated percentage of the initial principal amount of the limited recourse note plus a stated percentage of the accreted principal amount as of the date upon which all amounts due are paid in full plus all costs and expenses required to be paid by the borrower and all amounts required to be paid pursuant to a pledge agreement associated with each note issued. Certain notes receivable are payable in annual installments and are collateralized by the Company’s shares that are purchased with the note.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Notes receivable from partners are as follows:

 

     March 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Beginning balance

   $ 3,410      $ 6,024   

Repayment of notes

     (720     (2,864

Interest accrued and capitalized on notes receivable

     26        138   

New notes receivable issued to partners

     —          112   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,716      $ 3,410   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Full recourse and limited recourse notes receivable from partners as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are $1,246 and $1,953 and $1,470 and $1,457, respectively. There is no allowance for credit losses on notes receivable from partners as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. On April 17, 2013, one of the Company’s executives repaid outstanding notes payable and accrued interest of $167 that were initially issued in connection with the acquisition of his partnership interests.

 

13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During 2013 and 2012, the Company provided services to the domesticated Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund LP (formed in 2011 and formerly Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund), Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund (International), Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund Ltd (formed in 2011 and includes ERISA investors of Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund LP), the domesticated Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund LP (formed in 2011 and formerly Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund), Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund (International), Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund Ltd (formed in 2011 and includes ERISA investors of Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund LP), Silvercrest Market Neutral Fund (currently in liquidation), Silvercrest Market Neutral Fund (International) (currently in liquidation), Silvercrest Municipal Advantage Portfolio A LLC, Silvercrest Municipal Advantage Portfolio P LLC, the domesticated Silvercrest Strategic Opportunities Fund LP (formed in 2011 and formerly Silvercrest Strategic Opportunities Fund), and Silvercrest Strategic Opportunities Fund (International) (terminated in 2011). These entities operate as feeder funds investing through master-feeder structures except for Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund LP, Silvercrest Hedged Equity Fund Ltd, Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund LP, Silvercrest Emerging Markets Fund Ltd, and Silvercrest Strategic Opportunities Fund LP which operate and invest as stand-alone funds.

Silvercrest also provides services for the Silvercrest Global Opportunities Fund, L.P. (currently in liquidation), Silvercrest Global Opportunities Fund (International), Ltd. (currently in liquidation), Silvercrest Capital Appreciation Fund LLC (currently in liquidation), Silvercrest International Equity Fund, L.P., Silvercrest Municipal Special Situations Fund LLC, Silvercrest Municipal Special Situations Fund II LLC, Silvercrest Select Growth Equity Fund, L.P., Silvercrest Global Partners, L.P., Silvercrest Small Cap, L.P. Silvercrest Special Situations, L.P., and Silvercrest Commodity Strategies Fund, LP which operate and invest separately as stand- alone funds.

Pursuant to agreements with the above entities, the Company provides investment advisory services and receives an annual management fee of 0% to 1.75% of assets under management and a performance fee or allocation of 0% to 10% of the above entities’ net appreciation over a high-water mark.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company earned from the above activities management fee income, which is included in Management and advisory fees in the Consolidated Statement of Operations, of $2,180, and $2,030, respectively, and performance fees and allocations of $3, and $0, respectively. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company was owed $1,220 and $1,622, respectively, from its various funds.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company earned advisory fees of $103 and $98, respectively, from assets managed on behalf of certain of its partners. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company is owed approximately $21 and $17, respectively, from certain of its partners.

 

F-59


Table of Contents
14. INCOME TAXES

As of March 31, 2013, the Company had net deferred tax liabilities of $157, which is recorded as a non-current deferred tax liability of $33 (specific to SLP which consists primarily of liabilities related to temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of intangible assets offset in part by amounts for deferred rent expense) and a non-current deferred tax liability of $124 related to the corporate activity of SFS which is primarily related to temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of intangible assets. These amounts are included in the prepaid expenses and other assets and deferred tax and other liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, respectively.

As of March 31, 2012, the Company had net deferred tax liabilities of $131, which is recorded as a non-current deferred tax asset of $7 (specific to SLP which consists primarily of assets for deferred rent expense and equity-based compensation offset by a liability for the excess of book over tax basis of intangible assets) and non-current deferred tax liability of $138 related to the corporate activity of SFS which is primarily related to temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of intangible assets. These amounts are included in the prepaid expenses and other assets and deferred tax and other liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, respectively. The change in the deferred tax asset for SLP from March 31, 2012 to March 31, 2013 is attributable primarily to the current period reversal of deferred tax accounts.

The current tax expense was $303 and $249 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The deferred tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, was $26 and $21, respectively, which when combined with current tax expense, resulted in an income tax provision for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 of $329 and $270, respectively, recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. The current expense increased from the comparable period for 2012 mainly due to increased profitability during 2013. The deferred expense difference is attributable primarily to the increase in price at which deferred equity units vested and the impact on the deferred tax account between 2012 and 2013.

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal, state, and local tax regulators. As of March 31, 2013, the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for the years 2009 through 2011 are open under the normal three-year statute of limitations and therefore subject to examination.

The Company does not believe that it has any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months.

 

15. REDEEMABLE PARTNERSHIP UNITS

Upon the termination of employment, the Company has a right to call the terminated employee’s partnership units. In addition, the terminated employee also has a right to put the partnership units back to the Company upon termination or death, provided the terminated employee has complied with certain restrictions as described in the partnership agreement. With respect to the two founders of the Company, their estate, heirs or other permitted related parties cannot require the Company to redeem their units prior to April 1, 2013. In accordance with the provisions of the Company’s partnership and operating agreements, the put described above expires with the consummation of an IPO or Sale Transaction, as defined in our partnership and operating agreements. The redemption value per share is based on a multiple of historical EBITDA, pursuant to the Company’s partnership agreement. Once units are called or put back to the Company, the redemption results in the issuance of a promissory note by the Company which is typically paid in installments over four years. The Company has recognized redeemable partners’ capital of $113,764 and $102,017 as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, which represents the amount of partners’ capital subject to both put and call rights.

 

F-60


Table of Contents
16. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of equity compensation awards requires the input of complex and subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the equity compensation awards and the stock price volatility. In addition, determining the appropriate amount of associated periodic expense requires management to estimate the amount of employee forfeitures and the likelihood of the achievement of certain performance targets. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of equity compensation awards and the associated periodic expense represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. As a result, if factors change and the Company deems it necessary in the future to modify the assumptions it made or to use different assumptions, or if the quantity and nature of the Company’s equity-based compensation awards changes, then the amount of expense may need to be adjusted and future equity compensation expense could be materially different from what has been recorded in the current period.

The Company has granted equity-based compensation awards to certain partners under the Company’s 2010, 2011 and 2012 Deferred Equity programs (the “Equity Programs”). The Equity Programs allow for the granting of deferred equity units based on the fair value of the Company’s units. These deferred equity units contain both service and performance requirements.

Each grant includes a deferred equity unit (“Deferred Equity Unit”) and performance unit (“Performance Unit”) subject to various terms including terms of forfeiture and acceleration of vesting. Each 100 Deferred Equity Units represent the unsecured right to receive one unit of Silvercrest GP LLC and 99 units of Silvercrest L.P. The Deferred Equity Unit represents the unsecured right to receive one unit of the Company or the equivalent cash value of up to fifty percent (50%) (or such other percentage as may be determined by the Company’s Executive Committee) of the Company’s units issuable upon the vesting of any such Deferred Equity Units and the remaining fifty percent (50%) in units upon the vesting of any such Deferred Equity Units. Such cash amount is to be calculated using the redemption price of such units as of the applicable vesting date. The Performance Unit represents the unsecured right to receive one unit of the Company for every two units of the Company issuable upon the vesting of any such Deferred Equity Units.

Twenty-five percent of the Deferred Equity Units shall vest on each of the first, second, third, and fourth anniversaries of the grant date until the Deferred Equity Units are fully vested. The Performance Units shall be subject to forfeiture and subject to the satisfaction of a predetermined performance target at the end of the four year vesting period. If the performance target is achieved, then the Performance Units shall vest at the end of the four year vesting period. The rights of the partners with respect to the Performance Units shall remain subject to forfeiture at all times prior to the date on which such rights become vested and will be forfeited if the performance target is not achieved.

Distributions related to Deferred Equity Units that are paid to partners are charged to excess of liabilities, redeemable partners’ capital and partners’ capital over assets. Distributions related to the unvested portion of Deferred Equity Units that are assumed to be forfeited are recognized as compensation expense because these distributions are not required to be returned by partners to the Company upon forfeiture.

The Company utilized both discounted cash flow and guideline company valuation methods to determine the grant date fair value of the Deferred Equity Units. The grant date fair values of Performance Units were determined by applying a performance probability factor to the Deferred Equity Unit Value. These methodologies included the use of third party data and discounts for lack of control and marketability.

All Deferred Equity Units are considered to be liability awards and are adjusted to fair value at the end of each reporting period.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded compensation expense related to such units of $620 and $425, respectively, of which $54 and $48, respectively, relates to the Performance Units

 

F-61


Table of Contents

given that there is an explicit service period associated with the Deferred Equity Units, and the likelihood that the performance target will be met is considered probable. Distributions include cash distributions paid on Liability Awards. Cash distributions paid on awards expected to be forfeited were $7 and $6 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and are part of total compensation expense for the three months then ended. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, $261 and $63, respectively, of vested Deferred Equity Units were settled in cash. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there was $3,087 and $1,428, respectively, of estimated unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested awards. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested awards is expected to be recognized over a period of 1.91 and 2.16 years.

A summary of these equity grants by the Company as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 during the periods then ended is presented below:

 

     Deferred Equity Units     Performance Units  
     Units     Fair Value
per unit
    Units     Fair Value
per unit
 

Balance at January 1, 2013

     16,788      $ 205.70        13,124      $ 64.24   

Granted

     —            —       

Vested

     (6,815   $ (300.44     —       

Forfeited

     —            (446   $ (93.83
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Balance at March 31, 2013

     9,973      $ 300.44        12,678      $ 93.83   

Balance at January 1, 2012

     22,353      $ 157.16        12,764      $ 60.24   

Granted

     1,000      $ 205.70        500      $ 64.24   

Vested

     (6,565   $ (205.70     —       

Forfeited

     —            (140   $ (64.24
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Balance at March 31, 2012

     16,788      $ 205.70        13,124      $ 64.24   

The Company expects 10% of all awards to be forfeited and the related service period is four years.

 

17. DEFINED CONTRIBUTION AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

SAMG LLC has a defined contribution 401(k) savings plan (the “Plan”) for all eligible employees who meet the minimum age and service requirements as defined in the Plan. The Plan is designed to be a qualified plan under sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. For employees who qualify under the terms of the Plan, on an annual basis Silvercrest matches dollar for dollar an employee’s contributions up to the first four percent of compensation. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, Silvercrest made matching contributions of $16 and $18, respectively, for the benefit of employees.

 

18. SOFT DOLLAR ARRANGEMENTS

The Company obtains research and other services through “soft dollar” arrangements. The Company receives credits from broker-dealers whereby technology-based research, market quotation and/or market survey services are effectively paid for in whole or in part by “soft dollar” brokerage arrangements. Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provides a “safe harbor” to an investment adviser against claims that it breached its fiduciary duty under state or federal law (including ERISA) solely because the adviser caused its clients’ accounts to pay more than the lowest available commission for executing a securities trade in return for brokerage and research services. To rely on the safe harbor offered by Section 28(e), (i) the Company must make a good-faith determination that the amount of commissions is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services being received and (ii) the brokerage and research services must provide lawful and appropriate assistance to the Company in carrying out its investment decision-making responsibilities. If the use of soft dollars is limited or prohibited in the future by regulation, the Company may have to bear the costs of such research and other services. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company utilized “soft dollar” credits of $248 and $223, respectively.

 

F-62


Table of Contents
19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On June 3, 2013, the Company exercised its call right to purchase 18,144 partnership units held by two former partners at a price per unit of $292.11. The Company issued promissory notes with aggregate principal of approximately $5,300, such principal amount is subject to downward adjustment to the extent of any breach by the holder of such note. The notes are payable in four equal installments on each of June 3, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017. The principal amounts outstanding under these notes bear interest at the U.S. Prime Rate plus one percent in effect at the time payments are due.

On June 24, 2013, the subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P. entered into a $15.0 million credit facility with City National Bank. The subsidiaries of Silvercrest L.P. are the borrowers under such facility and Silvercrest L.P. guarantees the obligations of its subsidiaries under the credit facility. The credit facility is secured by certain assets of Silvercrest L.P. and its subsidiaries. The credit facility consists of a $7.5 million delayed draw term loan that matures on June 24, 2020 and a $7.5 million revolving credit facility that matures on December 24, 2016. The loan bears interest at either (a) the higher of the prime rate plus a margin of 0.05 percentage points and 2.5% or (b) the LIBOR rate plus 3 percentage points, at the borrowers’ option. No amount has been drawn on the term loan or revolving credit facility as of the date of this prospectus and the borrowers may draw up to the full amount of the term loan through June 25, 2018. Borrowings under the term loan on or prior to June 24, 2015 will be payable in twenty equal quarterly installments. Borrowings under the term loan after June 24, 2015 will be payable in equal quarterly installments through the maturity date. The new credit facility contains restrictions on, among other things, (i) incurrence of additional debt, (ii) creating liens on certain assets, (iii) making certain investments, (iv) consolidating, merging or otherwise disposing of substantially all of our assets, (v) the sale of certain assets, and (vi) entering into transactions with affiliates. In addition, the credit facility contains certain financial covenants including a test on discretionary assets under management, maximum debt to EBITDA and a fixed charge coverage ratio. The credit facility contains customary events of default, including the occurrence of a change in control which includes a person or group of persons acting together acquiring more than 30% of the total voting securities of Silvercrest.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 25, 2013, which is the date the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

*****

 

F-63


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011 AND DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

     SEPTEMBER 30, 2011      DECEMBER 31, 2010  
     (unaudited)         

ASSETS

           

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 339,099          $ 163,256   

Investments in securities and partnerships

        8,247            7,818   

Accounts receivable

        710,965            97,148   

Prepaid taxes

                   34,915   

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, at cost (net of accumulated depreciation of $285,068 and $284,168)

        28,426            27,073   

Security deposit

        15,220            15,220   

Prepaid expenses and other

        79,552            105,898   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,708,030          $ 18,066,684      

Investments in securities

     102,190,687            123,483,737      

Investments in Funds

     167,976,499            198,373,114      

Redemptions receivable from investments in Funds

     395,139            9,624,700      

Accrued income

     101,398            173,463      

Due from partner

     81,402                 

Prepaid expenses and other

     119,190         282,572,345         153,628         349,875,326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

      $ 283,753,854          $ 350,326,654   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

           

Liabilities:

           

Accrued expenses

      $ 39,210          $ 21,400   

Taxes payable

        293,543              

Deferred taxes

        53,668            91,122   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

           

Contributions received in advance

                500,000      

Accrued expenses

     287,743            639,584      

Redemptions payable

     2,211,744            34,305,163      

Securities sold short

     2,541,031         5,040,518         4,434,420         39,879,167   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

      $ 5,426,939          $ 39,991,689   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies
(see Note 5)

           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011 AND DECEMBER 31, 2010 (continued)

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     (unaudited)     

Stockholders’ Equity:

    

Common stock:

    

7,000 Class A par $0.05 shares authorized;

    

3,922 shares issued and outstanding

   $ 196      $ 196   

7,000 Class B par $0.05 shares authorized;

    

2,496 shares issued and outstanding

     125        125   

Additional paid in capital

     454,839        454,839   

Retained earnings

     1,190,660        867,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. Stockholders’ Equity

     1,645,820        1,323,117   

Minority interests in Consolidated Milbank Partnerships

     276,681,095        309,011,848   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     278,326,915        310,334,965   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 283,753,854      $ 350,326,654   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30:

 

     2011     2010  
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

REVENUES:

         

Investment advisory fees

     $ 1,501,604         $ 1,355,072   

Other income

       535           1,016   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships

         

Dividends

   $ 1,629,197        $ 1,477,273      

Interest

     394,230        2,023,427        521,669         1,998,942   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

       3,525,566           3,355,030   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

EXPENSES:

         

Compensation and benefits

       3,780,024           3,551,485   

Rent

       130,348           130,157   

Insurance

       105,167           99,247   

Office and administrative

       138,384           152,014   

Computer services

       80,251           69,574   

Professional fees

       134,371           27,806   

Depreciation

       900           900   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

         

Management and advisory fees

     1,409,795          1,240,705      

Interest and dividends

     232,863          223,503      

Professional fees

     266,334          285,558      

Office and administrative

     42,694          127,245      

Other expenses

     83,436        2,035,122        90,158         1,967,169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

       6,404,567           5,998,352   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE NET GAIN (LOSS) FROM CONSOLIDATED MILBANK PARTNERSHIPS

       (2,879,001        (2,643,322

Net gain (loss) from investment activities of Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

         

Realized gain on investments in securities, net

     4,987,983          6,703,204      

Realized gain on investments in Funds, net

     766,884          —        

Unrealized gain (loss) on investments in securities, net change

     (19,574,394       2,940,362      

Unrealized gain (loss) on investments in Funds, net change

     (21,155,552     (34,975,079     14,582,651         24,226,217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE

       (37,854,080        21,582,895   

Income tax expense

       330,019           232,567   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

       (38,184,099        21,350,328   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Minority interest in Consolidated Milbank Partnerships

       (38,506,802        21,093,366   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

     $ 322,703         $ 256,962   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011 (unaudited)

AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

     Number of
Class A Shares
     Par Value      Number of
Class B Shares
     Par Value      Additional
Paid-in Capital
     Retained
Earnings
     Minority
Interests in
Consolidated
Milbank
Partnerships
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2009

     3,922       $ 196         2,496       $ 125       $ 454,839       $ 800,541       $ 299,512,994      $ 300,768,695   

Contributions

     —           —           —           —           —           —           2,900,000        2,900,000   

Redemptions

     —           —           —           —           —           —           (37,863,210     (37,863,210

Net Income

     —           —           —           —           —           67,416         44,462,064        44,529,480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     3,922         196         2,496         125         454,839         867,957         309,011,848        310,334,965   

Contributions

     —           —           —           —           —           —           12,539,311        12,539,311   

Withdrawals

     —           —           —           —           —           —           (6,363,262     (6,363,262

Net Income (Loss)

     —           —           —           —           —           322,703         (38,506,802     (38,184,099
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2011 (unaudited)

     3,922       $ 196         2,496       $ 125       $ 454,839       $ 1,190,660       $ 276,681,095      $ 278,326,915   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30:

 

     2011     2010  
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income

   $ 322,703      $ 256,962   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

    

Net income (loss)

     (38,506,802     21,093,366   

Depreciation

     900        900   

Deferred taxes

     (37,454     26,942   

Sales of securities and partnerships

     —          17,130   

Unrealized (gain) on investments in securities and partnerships, net change

     (429     (8,076

Realized loss on investments in securities and partnerships, net

     —          8,119   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

    

Realized (gain) on investments in securities, net

     (4,987,983     (6,703,204

Realized (gain) on investments in Funds, net

     (766,884     —     

Unrealized (gain) loss on investments in securities, net change

     19,574,394        (2,940,362

Unrealized (gain) loss on investments in Funds, net change

     21,155,552        (14,582,651

Purchases of investments in securities

     (62,909,399     (146,801,804

Purchases of investments in Funds

     (7,000,000     —     

Sales of investments in securities

     67,722,649        152,615,257   

Sales of investments in Funds

     17,007,947        4,060,065   

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

    

Accounts receivable

     (613,817     (507,379

Prepaid taxes

     34,915        43,955   

Prepaid expenses and other

     26,346        (22,391

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

     6,358,654        6,075,279   

Redemptions receivable from investments in Funds

     9,229,561        82,760,368   

Accrued income

     72,065        137,334   

Prepaid expenses and other

     34,438        (22,572

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

    

Accrued expenses

     17,810        1,731   

Taxes payable

     293,543        130,337   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

    

Accrued expenses

     (351,841     (1,299,427
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 26,676,868      $ 94,339,879   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30:

(continued)

 

     2011     2010  
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchase of fixed assets

   $ (2,253   $ (665
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,253     (665
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Contributions to Milbank Partnerships

     11,957,909        775,000   

Withdrawals from Milbank Partnerships

     (38,456,681     (95,064,326
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (26,498,772     (94,289,326
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     175,843        49,888   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period:

     163,256        126,858   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period:

   $ 339,099      $ 176,746   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for taxes

   $ 1,561      $ 31,333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 215,690      $ 200,505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(unaudited)

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION

Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. (“Milbank”) was incorporated in Delaware in 1980. “Milbank” conducts an investment advisory business in New York City and is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

Milbank is the general partner (the “General Partner”) of three investment partnerships, MW Global Partners, L.P., MW Small Cap, L.P. and MW Special Situations, L.P. (the “Partnerships”) which are consolidated in these financial statements (collectively the “Company”).

The Partnerships invest in a mix of securities and independent investment partnerships (the “Funds”).

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Basis of Accounting

The Company follows the accrual method of accounting. Income is recorded when earned, and expenses are recorded when incurred in the period to which they pertain. Purchases and sales of securities are recorded on the trade date basis. Purchases and sales of Funds are recorded on the effective dates as specified in the Funds’ investment agreements.

Basis of Consolidation

Milbank consolidates the Partnerships in which the General Partner is presumed to have control under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-20. Although Milbank holds non-substantive equity-at-risk in the Partnerships, Milbank’s related parties, including its de facto agents, hold substantive equity-at-risk. Further, the limited partners do not have the right to dissolve the Partnerships or have substantive kick out rights or participating rights that would overcome the presumption of control by Milbank. Accordingly, Milbank consolidates the assets, liabilities and operating results of the Partnerships and records the minority interests held by the limited partners in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and liquid investments with maturities of less than 90 days. For purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash in banks and readily available money market funds in investment accounts.

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships—Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Partnerships are not available to fund any of the liquidity needs of Milbank.

Fair Value Measurements

GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements, including a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to value techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels explained below:

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices available in active markets for identical investments.

Level 2—Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The inputs or methodology used for valuing investments are not necessarily an indication of the risks associated with holding those investments.

Valuation and Revenue Recognition

Investments in securities, option contracts, and securities sold short which are traded on a national securities exchange or listed on NASDAQ are valued at the last reported sales price on the last business day of the year. Investments in securities and securities sold short which are traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the last reported bid and ask prices, respectively.

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith under consistently applied procedures established by the General Partner.

Although the General Partner and the Funds’ administrators use their best judgment in estimating the fair value of the investments in the Funds, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique. Therefore, the values presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amount that could be realized in a current transaction. Future events will also affect the estimates of fair value, and the effects of such events on the estimates of fair value could be material. The valuation of the Funds has been deemed reasonable based on inquiry and the documentation provided from the Funds’ general partners or administrators.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Valuation and Revenue Recognition (continued)

 

The Funds may carry investments for which market quotations are not readily available and are valued at their fair values as determined in good faith by their respective general partners or administrators. A change in the estimated values may occur in the near term.

Certain Funds invest in emerging markets. The risks of investments are often increased in developing countries. These risks include repatriation restrictions, foreign exchange fluctuations, low trading volume in securities markets of emerging countries, lack of uniform reporting standards, and political, economic and legal uncertainties.

Milbank investment advisory fees are billed quarterly and recorded as revenue in the period earned. These fees are based on a percentage of assets under management.

Income from Funds is recognized based upon the Company’s allocable share of the earnings of the Funds which carry their investments at fair value, which include unrealized gains and losses.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of advisory fees due from clients and Funds.

Redemptions Receivable from Investments in Funds

Redemptions receivable from investments in funds consists of withdrawal requests issued to the Funds, primarily to fund redemption requests of Fund partners.

Furniture, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are capitalized at cost. Depreciation is calculated using accelerated methods applied over the expected lives of the assets. The difference between these accelerated methods and the straight line depreciation required by GAAP is deemed immaterial in comparison to these consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

Leases

The Company expenses payments on operating leases on a straight line basis over the term of the lease.

Income Taxes

The Company is subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. The Company calculates both current and deferred taxes based on the difference between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities versus their tax basis. A provision for these taxes has been made and is reflected on the consolidated statement of operations.

Management has determined that the Company has no uncertain tax positions that would require financial statement adjustment or disclosure. The tax years that remain subject to examination by taxing authorities are 2008, 2009 and 2010.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Foreign Securities

The value of securities and cash equivalents which are denominated in foreign currencies are stated using the exchange rate in effect on the last business day of the period. Purchases and sales of securities, interest and dividend income and expenses, which are denominated in foreign currencies, are recorded at the exchange rate as of the date of the transactions. For financial statement purposes, the Company does not isolate that portion of the gain or loss on securities resulting from exchange rate fluctuation. Such changes are combined with changes in market prices and shown as realized or unrealized gain or loss.

Accounting Developments

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), which changes the approach to determining the primary beneficiary of a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) and requires companies to more frequently assess whether they must consolidate VIEs. This pronouncement is effective for the first annual reporting period beginning after November 15, 2009 and for interim periods within that first annual reporting period. In November 2009, the FASB agreed to defer the effective date of this pronouncement for certain types of asset manager funds until the completion of its consolidation project. The Company is currently assessing the potential impacts, if any, on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (“ASU 2010-06”). ASU 2010-06 requires disclosing separately the amount of significant transfers in and out of the Level 1 and Level 2 categories and the reasons for the transfers and it requires that Level 3 purchases, sales, issuances and settlements activity be reported on a gross rather than a net basis. ASU 2010-06 also requires fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities and disclosures about valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for Level 2 and Level 3 measurements. These disclosures are effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the Level 3 gross reporting which is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of ASU 2010-06 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance on fair value measurements to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amended guidance specifies that the concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise in a fair value measurement are relevant only when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets and are not relevant when measuring the fair value of financial assets or liabilities. The amendments include requirements specific to measuring the fair value of those instruments, such as equity interests used as consideration in a business combination. An entity should measure the fair value of its own equity instrument from the perspective of a market participant that holds the instrument as an asset. With respect to financial instruments that are managed as part of a portfolio, an exception to fair value requirements is provided. That exception permits a reporting entity to measure the fair value of such financial assets and liabilities at the price that would be received to sell a net asset position for a particular risk or to transfer a net liability position for a particular risk in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The amendments also clarify that premiums and discounts should only be applied if market participants would do so when pricing the asset or liability.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Accounting Developments (continued)

 

Premiums and discounts related to the size of an entity’s holding (e.g., a blockage factor) rather than as a characteristic of the asset or liability (e.g., a control premium) are not permitted in a fair value measurement. The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements, including, among other things, (a) for fair value measurements categorized within Level III of the fair value hierarchy, (1) a quantitative disclosure of the unobservable inputs and assumptions used in the measurement, (2) the valuation process used by the reporting entity, and (3) a narrative description of the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, if any, and (b) the categorization by level of the fair value hierarchy for items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial condition but for which the fair value is required to be disclosed (for example, a financial instrument that is measured at amortized cost in the statement of financial condition but for which fair value is disclosed). The guidance also amends disclosure requirements for significant transfers between Level I and Level II and now requires disclosure of all transfers between Levels I and II in the fair value hierarchy. The amended guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. As the impact of the guidance is primarily limited to enhanced disclosures, adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following table summarizes investments under the fair value hierarchy the valuation of the Company’s as of September 30, 2011:

 

Assets

   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Investments in

Securities and Partnerships

   $ 3,247      $ —        $ 5,000      $ 8,247   

From Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

        

Investments in

        

Securities

     96,449,023        5,059,848        681,816        102,190,687   

Investments in Funds

     —          154,867,659        13,108,840        167,976,499   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 96,452,270      $ 159,927,507      $ 13,795,656      $ 270,175,433   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Securities Sold Short

   $ (927,955   $ (1,281,162   $ (331,914   $ (2,541,031
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(continued)

 

NOTE 3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (continued)

 

The following table discloses a reconciliation of investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

 

Assets

   Investments  

Beginning balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 8,568,283   

Total gains or (losses), realized and unrealized

     (188,890

Purchases and sales, net

     5,416,263   
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, September 30, 2011

   $ 13,795,656   
  

 

 

 

The amount of gain (losses) included in income attributable to the change in unrealizedgains (losses) relating to assets still heldat September 30, 2011

   $ (267,353
  

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

   Securities Sold
Short
 

Beginning balance, December 31, 2010

   $ (312,096

Total gains or (losses), realized and unrealized

     17,419   

Purchases and sales, net

     (37,237
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, September 30, 2011

   $ (331,914

The amount of gains (losses) included in income attributable to the change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to liabilities still held at September 30, 2011

   $ 17,419   
  

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s investments under the fair value hierarchy, as described above, as of December 31, 2010:

 

Assets

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Investment in securities and partnerships

   $ 2,818       $ —         $ 5,000       $ 7,818   

From consolidated affiliated Partnerships:

           

Investment in securities

     114,505,465         7,887,319         1,090,953         123,483,737   

Investment in Funds

     —           190,900,784         7,472,330         198,373,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 114,508,283       $ 198,788,103       $ 8,568,283       $ 321,864,669   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Securities sold short

   $ 2,143,953       $ 1,978,371       $ 312,096       $ 4,434,420   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-75


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(continued)

 

NOTE 3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (continued)

 

The following table discloses a reconciliation of investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Assets

   Investments  

Beginning balance, December 31, 2009

   $ 168,393,421   

Total gains or (losses), realized and unrealized

     29,106,390   

Purchases and sales, net

     2,544,680   

Transferred in (out) of Level 3

     (191,476,208
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 8,568,283   
  

 

 

 

The amount of gains (losses) included in income attributable to the change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010

   $ 1,540,210   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

   Securities Sold
Short
 

Beginning balance, December 31, 2009

   $ (71,500

Total gains or (losses),realized and unrealized

     271,608   

Purchases and sales, net

     (526,454

Transferred in (out) of Level 3

     14,250   
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2010

   $ (312,096
  

 

 

 

The amount of gains (losses) included in income attributable to the change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to liabilities still held at December 31, 2010

   $ 214,358   
  

 

 

 

Gains (losses), realized and unrealized, if any, are included in the net realized gain (loss) on investments or Funds and net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments or Funds in the consolidated statement of operations.

The Company values its Level 2 investments in securities based on the last price in non-active markets. The Company values its Level 2 and 3 investments in Funds based on their proportionate share of the net assets of the Funds. Transfers between levels are recognized at the end of the reporting period.

NOTE 4. INVESTMENTS IN FUNDS

As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Partnerships invested in other Funds, none of which were related parties. The investment objectives of the Funds primarily relate to the maximization of appreciation through the investments in equity, debt and related instruments. The Funds utilize one of the following strategies:

 

  a. Long Only Strategy—This category includes Funds that invest in long positions only, primarily in common stocks. Management of the Funds has the ability to shift the investments from value to growth strategies and from small to large capitalization stocks,

 

  b. Equity Long/Short Strategy—This category includes Funds that invest both long and short, primarily in common stocks. Management of the Funds has the ability to shift investments from value to growth strategies, from small to large capitalization stocks, and from a net long position to a net short position.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(continued)

 

NOTE 4. INVESTMENTS IN FUNDS (continued)

 

  c. Multi-strategy Funds—This category includes Funds that pursue multiple strategies to diversify risks and reduce volatility. The Funds’ composite portfolio for this category includes investments in U.S. common stocks, non-U.S. common stocks, distressed debt, commodities and arbitrage investments. In addition, some of the Funds invest in various special situation investments.

 

  d. Global Strategy Funds—This category includes Funds that hold investments in non-U.S. common stocks, primarily in the energy, information technology, utilities, and telecommunications sectors. They also hold investments in emerging markets and real estate sectors as well as investments in diversified currencies.

Cost is determined based on capital contributions to, and withdrawals from, the Funds, plus reinvested realized net income.

Substantially all of the Funds in which the Partnerships invest charge management fees at varying rates, principally 0.75% to 2% annually of periodic net asset values.

Substantially all of the Funds in which the Partnerships invest provide for a specific allocation or fee to their respective general partner or affiliate, which is calculated at various rates, primarily 20% of appreciation, as defined in their respective partnership agreements.

Some of the Funds permit partial withdrawals during the year on either a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis; however, substantially all of the Funds permit full withdrawals only at the end of the year.

The activities of certain Funds include the purchase and sale of a variety of derivative financial instruments such as equity options, index options, swap agreements, futures and forward contracts, and other similar instruments. These derivatives are used for trading purposes and for managing risk associated with their portfolio of securities and securities sold short. The use of derivative instruments may involve elements of market risk in excess of the amount recognized in the statement of financial condition of these Funds. In many cases, these Funds limit their risk by holding offsetting security or option positions.

The Partnerships, through their investment in other Funds, are subject to certain inherent risks arising from their investing activities of short selling and entering into forward contracts. The ultimate cost to acquire these securities or settle these contracts may exceed the liability reflected in their financial statements.

NOTE 5. LEASE COMMITMENT

The Company is subject to a lease for office space in New York City through April 30, 2012. The base rent is $149,400 per year and includes electricity. It is also subject to real estate tax and operating cost escalations. Future minimum lease commitments are as follows:

 

     September 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  

2011

   $ 37,350       $ 149,400   

2012

     49,800         49,800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 87,150       $ 199,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total rent expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was $130,348 and $130,157, respectively.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(continued)

 

NOTE 6. PENSION PLAN

The Company sponsors a 401(k) retirement plan for its employees. The Company contributes 3% of eligible employees’ compensation. The plan also permits elective deferrals by employees.

Total Pension costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 were $8,460 and $10,013, respectively.

NOTE 7. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER

The details of Milbank’s prepayments at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, are as follows:

 

     September 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  

Insurance

   $ 59,091       $ 86,685   

Rent

     12,450         12,450   

Other

     8,011         6,763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 79,552       $ 105,898   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Milbank earns advisory fees for client assets invested with the Partnerships. It is also reimbursed for costs incurred in providing administrative services to the Partnerships. For the nine months ending September 30, 2011 and 2010, Milbank earned $3,251,445 and $2,737,402, respectively, in advisory fees and $379,170 and $356,062, respectively, in administrative fees from the Partnerships.

These intercompany fees have been fully eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 9. INCOME TAXES

The Company’s income tax expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 has been determined as follows:

 

     2011     2010  

Current taxes

    

Federal

   $ 257,231      $ 143,938   

State and local

     110,242        61,687   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     367,473        205,625   

Deferred taxes

    

Federal

     (37,454     26,942   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 330,019      $ 232,567   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current taxes are provided using statutory tax rates as applied to taxable income. Deferred taxes are provided at approximately 35% of unrealized appreciation of investments in excess of tax basis.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(continued)

 

NOTE 10. FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

 

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. As discussed in Note 2, the Company applies accelerated methods of depreciation over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

 

Assets at cost:

   September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  

Furniture and equipment

   $ 222,796      $ 220,543   

Leasehold improvements

     90,698        90,698   

Total cost

     313,494        311,241   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (285,068     (284,168
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net fixed assets

   $ 28,426      $ 27,073   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for both the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was $900.

NOTE 11. SHARES OF STOCK

Under the Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated January 9, 1997 (the “Certificate”), 7,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, having a par value of $0.05 per share, were authorized. Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, 3,922 shares were issued and outstanding.

Also under the Certificate, 7,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, having a par value of $0.05 per share, were authorized. Class B Common Stock is non-voting stock. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, 2,496 shares were issued and outstanding.

NOTE 12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events have been evaluated through March 14, 2012, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. Milbank was purchased by Silvercrest Asset Management Group LLC on November 1, 2011.

A gross rather than a net basis. ASU 2010-06 also requires fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities and disclosures about valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for Level 2 and Level 3 measurements. These disclosures are effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the Level 3 gross reporting which is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2010. We do not anticipate that the adoption of ASU 2010-06 will have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(continued)

 

NOTE 3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s investments under the fair value hierarchy, as described above, as of December 31, 2010:

 

Assets    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Investment in securities and partnerships

   $ 2,818       $ —         $ 5,000       $ 7,818   

From consolidated affiliated Partnerships:

           

Investment in securities

     114,505,465         7,887,319         1,090,953         123,483,737   

Investment in Funds

     —           190,900,784         7,472,330         198,373,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 114,508,283       $ 198,788,103       $ 8,568,283       $ 321,864,669   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Securities sold short

   $ 2,143,953       $ 1,978,371       $ 312,096       $ 4,434,420   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-80


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Stockholders of

Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. as of December 31, 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Fulvio & Associates, LLP

New York, New York

September 2, 2011

 

F-81


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 163,256   

Investments in securities and partnerships

        7,818   

Accounts receivable

        97,148   

Prepaid taxes

        34,915   

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, at cost (net of accumulated depreciation of $284,168)

        27,073   

Security deposit

        15,220   

Prepaid expenses and other

        105,898   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 18,066,684      

Investments in securities

     123,483,737      

Investments in Funds

     198,373,114      

Redemptions receivable from investments in Funds

     9,624,700      

Accrued income

     173,463      

Prepaid expenses and other

     153,628         349,875,326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

      $ 350,326,654   
     

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Liabilities:

     

Accrued expenses

      $ 21,400   

Deferred taxes

        91,122   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

     

Contributions received in advance

   $ 500,000      

Accrued expenses

     639,584      

Redemptions payable

     34,305,163      

Securities sold short

     4,434,420         39,879,167   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

        39,991,689   
     

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (see Note 5)

     

Stockholders’ Equity:

     

Common stock:

     

7,000 Class A par $0.05 shares authorized; 3,922 shares issued and outstanding

        196   

7,000 Class B par $0.05 shares authorized; 2,496 shares issued and outstanding

        125   

Additional paid in capital

        454,839   

Retained earnings

        867,957   
     

 

 

 

Total Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. Stockholders’ Equity

        1,323,117   
     

 

 

 

Minority interests in Consolidated Milbank Partnerships

        309,011,848   
     

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

        310,334,965   
     

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

      $ 350,326,654   
     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

REVENUES:

     

Investment advisory fees

      $ 1,822,748   

Other income

        755   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

     

Dividends

   $ 1,996,373      

Interest

     663,103         2,659,476   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

        4,482,979   
     

 

 

 

EXPENSES:

     

Compensation and benefits

        5,505,058   

Rent

        167,506   

Insurance

        133,034   

Office and administrative

        132,650   

Computer services

        93,653   

Professional fees

        39,606   

Depreciation

        6,751   

Other

        83,703   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

     

Management and advisory fees

     1,591,767      

Office and administrative

     538,045      

Professional fees

     377,634      

Interest and dividends

     318,727         2,826,173   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

        8,988,134   
     

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE NET GAINS FROM CONSOLIDATED MILBANK PARTNERSHIPS

        (4,505,155

Net gains from investment activities of Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

     

Realized gain on investments in securities, net

     11,004,979      

Unrealized gain on investments in securities, net change

     9,205,034      

Unrealized gain on investments in Funds, net change

     28,901,005         49,111,018   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE

        44,605,863   

Income tax expense

        76,383   
     

 

 

 

NET INCOME

        44,529,480   
     

 

 

 

Minority Interests in Consolidated Milbank Partnerships

        (44,462,064
     

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

      $ 67,416   
     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

     Number of
Class A Shares
     Par Value      Number of
Class B Shares
     Par Value      Additional
Paid-in Capital
     Retained
Earnings
     Minority
Interests in
Consolidated
Milbank
Partnerships
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2009

     3,922       $ 196         2,496       $ 125       $ 454,839       $ 800,541       $ 299,512,994      $ 300,768,695   

Contributions

     —           —           —           —           —           —           2,900,000        2,900,000   

Redemptions

     —           —           —           —           —           —           (37,863,210     (37,863,210

Net Income

     —           —           —           —           —           67,416         44,462,064        44,529,480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2011

     3,922       $ 196         2,496       $ 125       $ 454,839       $ 867,957       $ 309,011,848      $ 310,334,965   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income

     $ 67,416   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

    

Net income

   $ 44,462,064     

Depreciation

     6,751     

Deferred taxes

     34,905     

Sales of securities and partnerships

     17,173     

Unrealized gain on investments in securities and partnerships, net change

     (331  

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

    

Realized gain on investments in securities, net

     (11,004,979  

Unrealized gain on investments in securities, net change

     (9,205,034  

Unrealized gain on investments in funds, net change

     (28,901,005  

Purchases of investments in securities

     (164,514,871  

Purchases of investments in funds

     (13,524  

Sales of investments in securities

     174,448,934     

Sales of investments in funds

     14,502,312     

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

    

Accounts receivable

     57,783     

Prepaid taxes

     9,040     

Security deposit

     (203  

Prepaid expenses and other

     1,668     

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships

    

Cash and cash equivalents

     (473,962  

Redemption receivable from investments in funds

     74,517,538     

Prepaid investments

     61,430     

Accrued income

     18,754     

Prepaid expenses and other

     (36,671  

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

    

Accrued expenses

     (18,081  

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships

    

Accrued expenses

     (1,009,006  
  

 

 

   

Total Adjustments

     $ 92,960,685   
    

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     $ 93,028,101   
    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

  

Purchase of fixed assets

   $ (5,627
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (5,627
  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

  

Contributions to Milbank Partnerships

     3,375,000   

Redemptions from Milbank Partnerships

     (96,361,076
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (92,986,076
  

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     36,398   

Cash and Cash Equivalents at December 31, 2009

     126,858   
  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at December 31, 2010

   $ 163,256   
  

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

  

Cash paid during the period for taxes

   $ 32,438   
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION

Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. (“Milbank”) was incorporated in Delaware in 1980. “Milbank” conducts an investment advisory business in New York City and is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940.

Milbank is the General Partner (the “General Partner”) of three investment partnerships, MW Global Partners, L.P., MW Small Cap, L.P. and MW Special Situations, L.P. (the “Partnerships”) which are consolidated in these financial statements (collectively the “Company”).

The Partnerships invest in a mix of securities and independent investment partnerships (the “Funds”).

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Basis of Accounting

The Company follows the accrual method of accounting. Income is recorded when earned, and expenses are recorded when incurred in the period to which they pertain. Purchases and sales of securities are recorded on the trade date basis.

Basis of Consolidation

Milbank consolidates the Partnerships in which the General Partner is presumed to have control under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-20. Although Milbank holds non-substantive equity-at-risk in the Partnerships, Milbank’s related parties, including its de facto agents, hold substantive equity-at-risk. Further, the limited partners do not have the right to dissolve the Partnerships or have substantive kick out rights or participating rights that would overcome the presumption of control by Milbank. Accordingly, Milbank consolidates the assets, liabilities and operating results of the Partnerships and records the minority interests held by the limited partners in the accompanying financial statements. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash in banks and readily available money market funds in investment accounts.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships—Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Partnerships are not available to fund any of the liquidity needs of Milbank.

Fair Value Measurements

GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements, including a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to value techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels explained below:

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices available in active markets for identical investments.

Level 2—Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The inputs or methodology used for valuing investments are not necessarily an indication of the risks associated with investing in those investments.

Valuation and Revenue Recognition

Investments in securities, option contracts, and securities sold short which are traded on a national securities exchange or listed on. NASDAQ are valued at the last reported sales price on the last business day of the year. Investments in securities and securities sold short which are traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the last reported bid and ask prices, respectively.

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith under consistently applied procedures established by the General Partner.

Although the General Partner and the Funds’ administrators use their best judgment in estimating the fair value of the investments in the Funds, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique. Therefore, the values presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amount that could be realized in a current transaction. Future events will also affect the estimates of fair value, and the effects of such events on the estimates of fair value could be material. The valuation of the Funds has been deemed reasonable based on inquiry and the documentation provided from the Funds’ general partners or administrators.

The Funds may carry investments for which market quotations are not readily available and are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by their respective general partners or administrators. A change in the estimated value may occur in the near term.

Certain Funds invest in emerging markets. The risks of investments are often increased in developing countries. These risks include repatriation restrictions, foreign exchange fluctuations, low trading volume in securities markets of emerging countries, lack of uniform reporting standards, and political, economic and legal uncertainties.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Valuation and Revenue Recognition (continued)

 

Milbank investment advisory fees are billed quarterly and recorded as revenue in the period earned. These fees are based on a percentage of assets under management.

Income from Funds is recognized based upon the Company’s allocable share of the earnings of the Funds which carry their investments at fair value, which include unrealized gains and losses.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable consists of advisory fees due from clients and Funds.

Redemptions Receivable from Investments in Funds

Redemptions receivable from investments in funds consists of withdrawal requests issued to the Funds, primarily to fund redemption requests of Fund partners.

Furniture, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are capitalized at cost. Depreciation is calculated using accelerated methods applied over the expected lives of the assets. The difference between these accelerated methods and the straight line depreciation required by GAAP is deemed immaterial in comparison to these financial statements taken as a whole.

Leases

The Company expenses payments on operating leases on a straight line basis over the term of the lease.

Income Taxes

The Company is subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. The Company calculates both current and deferred taxes based on the difference between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities versus their tax basis. A provision for these taxes has been made and is reflected on the statement of income.

Management has determined that the Company has no uncertain tax positions that would require financial statement adjustment or disclosure. The tax years that remain subject to examination by taxing authorities are 2007, 2008 and 2009.

Foreign Securities

The value of securities and cash equivalents which are denominated in foreign currencies are stated using the exchange rate in effect on the last business day of the year. Purchases and sales of securities, interest and dividend income and expenses, which are denominated in foreign currencies, are recorded at the exchange rate as of date of the transactions. For financial statement purposes, the Company does not isolate that portion of the gain or loss on securities resulting from exchange rate fluctuation. Such changes are combined with changes in market prices and shown as realized or unrealized gain or loss.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Accounting Developments

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), which changes the approach to determining the primary beneficiary of a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) and requires companies to more frequently assess whether they must consolidate VIEs. This pronouncement is effective for the first annual reporting period beginning after November 15, 2009 and for interim periods within that first annual reporting period. In November 2009, the FASB agreed to defer the effective date of this pronouncement for certain types of asset manager funds until the completion of its consolidation project. The Company is currently assessing the potential impacts, if any, on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2010-06, Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements (“ASU 2010-06”). ASU 2010-06 requires disclosing separately the amount of significant transfers in and out of the Level 1 and Level 2 categories and the reasons for the transfers and it requires that Level 3 purchases, sales, issuances and settlements activity be reported on a gross rather than a net basis. ASU 2010-06 also requires fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities and disclosures about valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for Level 2 and Level 3 measurements. These disclosures are effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the Level 3 gross reporting which is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2010. We do not anticipate that the adoption of ASU 2010-06 will have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s investments under the fair value hierarchy, as described above, as of December 31, 2010:

 

Assets

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Investment in securities and partnerships

   $ 2,818       $ —         $ 5,000       $ 7,818   

From consolidated affiliated Partnerships:

           

Investment in securities

     114,505,465         7,887,319         1,090,953         123,483,737   

Investment in Funds

     —           190,900,784         7,472,330         198,373,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 114,508,283       $ 198,788,103       $ 8,568,283       $ 321,864,669   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Securities sold short

   $ 2,143,953       $ 1,978,371       $ 312,096       $ 4,434,420   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-90


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

NOTE 3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (continued)

 

The following table discloses a reconciliation of investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Assets

   Investments  

Beginning balance, December 31, 2009

   $ 168,393,421   

Total gains or (losses), realized and unrealized

     29,106,390   

Purchases and sales, net

     2,544,680   

Transferred in (out) of Level 3

     (191,476,208
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 8,568,283   
  

 

 

 

The amount of gains (losses) included in income attributable to the change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010

   $ 1,540,210   
  

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

   Securities Sold Short  

Beginning balance, December 31, 2009 Total gains or (losses),

   $ (71,500

realized and unrealized

     271,608   

Purchases and sales, net

     (526,454

Transferred in (out) of Level 3

     14,250   
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2010

   $ (312,096
  

 

 

 

The amount of gains (losses) included in income attributable to the change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to liabilities still held at December 31, 2010

   $ 214,358   
  

 

 

 

Gains (losses), realized and unrealized, if any, are included in the net realized gain (loss) on investments or Funds and net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments or Funds in the Statement of Income.

The Company values its Level 2 investments in securities based on the last price in non-active markets. The Company values its Level 2 and 3 investments in Funds based on their proportionate share of the net assets of the Funds. Transfers between levels are recognized at the end of the reporting period.

NOTE 4. INVESTMENTS IN FUNDS

As of December 31, 2010, the Partnerships invested in other Funds, none of which were related parties. The investment objectives of the Funds primarily relate to the maximization of appreciation through the investments in equity, debt and related instruments. The Funds utilize one of the following strategies:

 

a Long Only Strategy—This category includes Funds that invest in long positions only, primarily in common stocks. Management of the Funds has the ability to shift the investments from value to growth strategies and from small to large capitalization stocks.

 

b Equity Long/Short Strategy—This category includes Funds that invest both long and short, primarily in common stocks. Management of the Funds has the ability to shift investments from value to growth strategies, from small to large capitalization stocks, and from a net long position to a net short position.

 

c Multi-strategy Funds—This category includes Funds that pursue multiple strategies to diversify risks and reduce volatility. The Funds’ composite portfolio for this category includes investments in U.S. common stocks, non-U.S. common stocks, distressed debt, commodities and arbitrage investments. In addition, some of the Funds invest in various special situation investments.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

NOTE 4. INVESTMENTS IN FUNDS (continued)

 

d Global Strategy Funds—This category includes Funds that hold investments in non-U.S. common stocks, primarily in the energy, information technology, utilities, and telecommunications sectors. They also hold investments in emerging markets and real estate sectors as well as investments in diversified currencies.

Cost is determined based on capital contributions to, and withdrawals from, the Funds, plus reinvested realized net income.

Substantially all of the Funds in which the Partnerships invest are charged management fees at varying rates, principally 0.75% to 2% annually of periodic net asset values.

Substantially all of the Funds in which the Partnerships invest provide for a specific allocation or fee to their respective general partner or affiliate, which is calculated at various rates, primarily 20% of appreciation, as defined in their respective partnership agreements.

Some of the Funds permit partial withdrawals during the year on either a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis; however, substantially all of the Funds permit full withdrawals only at the end of the year.

The activities of certain Funds include the purchase and sale of a variety of derivative financial instruments such as equity options, index options, swap agreements, futures and forward contracts, and other similar instruments. These derivatives are used for trading purposes and for managing risk associated with their portfolio of securities and securities sold short. The use of derivative instruments may involve elements of market risk in excess of the amount recognized in the statement of assets and liabilities of these Funds. In many cases, these Funds limit their risk by holding offsetting security or option positions.

The Partnerships, through their investment in other Funds, is subject to certain inherent risks arising from their investing activities of short selling and entering into forward contracts. The ultimate cost to acquire these securities or settle these contracts may exceed the liability reflecting in their financial statements.

NOTE 5. LEASE COMMITMENT

The Company is subject to a lease for office space in New York City through April 30, 2012. The base rent is $149,400 per year and includes electricity. It is also subject to real estate tax and operating cost escalations. Future minimum lease commitments for the year ending December 31 are as follows:

 

2011

   $ 149,400   

2012

     49,800   
  

 

 

 
   $ 199,200   
  

 

 

 

Total rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $167,506.

NOTE 6. PENSION PLAN

The Company sponsors a 401(k) retirement plan for its employees. The Company contributes 3% of eligible employee’s compensation. The plan also permits elective deferrals by employees.

Total Pension costs for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $13,350.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

NOTE 7. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER

 

The details of Milbank’s prepayments at December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

Insurance

   $ 86,685   

Rent

     12,450   

Other

     6,763   
  

 

 

 
   $ 105,898   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Milbank earns advisory fees for client assets invested with the Partnerships. It is also reimbursed for costs incurred in providing administrative services to the Partnerships. During 2010, Milbank earned $3,829,228 in advisory fees and $505,200 in administrative fees from the Partnerships.

These intercompany fees have been fully eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 9. INCOME TAXES

The Company’s income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 has been determined as follows:

 

Current taxes

  

Federal

   $ (11,820

State and local

     53,298   
  

 

 

 
     41,478   

Deferred taxes

  

Federal

     34,905   
  

 

 

 
   $ 76,383   
  

 

 

 

Current taxes are provided using statutory tax rates as applied to taxable income. Deferred taxes are provided at approximately 35% of unrealized appreciation of investments in excess of tax basis.

NOTE 10. FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. As discussed in Note 2, the Company applies accelerated methods of depreciation over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

 

Asset at cost:

  

Furniture and equipment

   $ 220,543   

Leasehold improvement

     90,698   

Total cost

     311,241   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (284,168
  

 

 

 

Net fixed assets

   $ 27,073   
  

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $6,751.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

NOTE 11. SHARES OF STOCK

 

Under the Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated January 9, 1997 (the “Certificate”), 7,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, having a par value of $0.05 per share, were authorized. Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share. At December 31, 2010, 3,922 shares were issued and outstanding.

Also under the Certificate, 7,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, having a par value of $0.05 per share, were authorized. Class B Common Stock is non-voting stock. At December 31, 2010, 2,496 shares were issued and outstanding.

NOTE 12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events have been evaluated through September 2, 2011, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The Company is engaged in negotiations to merge with an outside entity.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Shareholders of

    Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. as of December 31, 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Fulvio & Associates, LLP

New York, New York

August 30, 2011

 

F-95


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 126,858   

Investments in securities and partnerships

        24,660   

Accounts receivable

        18,173   

Prepaid taxes

        43,955   

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, at cost (net of accumulated depreciation of $277,417)

        28,197   

Security deposit

        15,017   

Prepaid expenses and other

        107,566   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,592,722      

Investments in securities

     112,117,035      

Investments in Funds

     183,960,896      

Redemptions receivable from investments in Funds

     84,142,238      

Accrued income

     253,647      

Prepaid expenses and other

     116,957         398,183,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

      $ 398,547,921   
     

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Liabilities:

     

Accrued expenses

      $ 39,481   

Deferred taxes

        56,217   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

     

Contributions received in advance

   $ 25,000      

Accrued expenses

     1,511,832      

Redemptions payable

     92,803,029      

Securities sold short

     3,343,667         97,683,538   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

        97,779,226   
     

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (see Note 5)

     

Stockholders’ Equity:

     

Common stock:

     

7,000 Class A par $0.05 shares authorized; 3,922 shares issued and outstanding

        196   

7,000 Class B par $0.05 shares authorized; 2,496 shares issued and outstanding

        125   

Additional paid in capital

        454,839   

Retained earnings

        800,541   
     

 

 

 

Total Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. Stockholders’ Equity

        1,255,701   
     

 

 

 

Minority interests in Consolidated Milbank Partnerships

        299,512,994   
     

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

        300,768,695   
     

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

      $ 398,547,921   
     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

REVENUES:

     

Investment advisory fees

      $ 1,732,854   

Other income

        5,074   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

     

Dividends

   $ 1,837,732      

Interest

     1,134,922         2,972,654   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

        4,710,582   
     

 

 

 

EXPENSES:

     

Compensation and benefits

        5,293,535   

Rent

        164,251   

Insurance

        140,120   

Office and administrative

        134,206   

Professional fees

        109,482   

Depreciation

        2,097   

Other

        156,041   

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

     

Management and advisory fees

     1,582,597      

Office and administrative

     1,226,115      

Professional fees

     396,815      

Interest and dividends

     295,978         3,501,505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

        9,501,237   
     

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE NET GAINS FROM CONSOLIDATED MILBANK PARTNERSHIPS

        (4,790,655

Net gains from investment activities of Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

     

Realized gain on investments in securities, net

     2,239,337      

Unrealized gain on investments in securities, net change

     36,511,370      

Realized gain on investments in Funds, net

     1,861,609      

Unrealized gain on investments in Funds, net change

     56,060,996         96,673,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE

        91,882,657   

Income tax expense

        138,669   
     

 

 

 

NET INCOME

        91,743,988   
     

 

 

 

Minority Interests in Consolidated Milbank Partnerships

        (91,653,265
     

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

      $ 90,723   
     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

     Number of
Class A Shares
     Par Value      Number of
Class B Shares
     Par Value      Additional
Paid-in Capital
     Retained
Earnings
     Minority
Interests in
Consolidated
Milbank
Partnerships
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2008

     3,922       $ 196         2,496       $ 125       $ 454,839       $ 709,818       $ 299,398,031      $ 300,563,009   

Contributions

     —           —           —           —           —           —           2,150,000        2,150,000   

Redemptions

     —           —           —           —           —           —           (93,688,302     (93,688,302

Net Income

     —           —           —           —           —           90,723         91,653,265        91,743,988   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     3,922       $ 196         2,496       $ 125       $ 454,839       $ 800,541       $ 299,512,994      $ 300,768,695   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income

     $ 90,723   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

    

Net income

   $ 91,653,265     

Depreciation

     2,097     

Deferred taxes

     56,217     

Purchases of securities and partnerships

     (28,808  

Sales of securities and partnerships

     103     

Unrealized gain on investments in securities and partnerships, net change

     (4,514  

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

    

Realized gain on investments in securities, net

     (2,239,337  

Unrealized gain on investments in securities, net change

     (36,511,370  

Realized gain on investments in funds, net

     (1,861,609  

Unrealized gain on investments in funds, net change

     (56,060,996  

Purchases of investments in securities

     (122,598,527  

Purchases of investments in funds

     (10,000,000  

Sales of investments in securities

     150,623,210     

Sales of investments in funds

     84,466,655     

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

    

Accounts receivable

     16,348     

Prepaid taxes

     (43,955  

Security deposit

     (203  

Prepaid expenses and other

     (2,488  

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

     (7,342,804  

Redemption receivable from investments in funds

     (52,342,738  

Prepaid investments

     7,000,000     

Accounts receivable

     159,750     

Accrued income

     215,963     

Prepaid expenses and other

     10,596     

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

    

Accrued expenses

     16,792     

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships:

    

Accrued expenses

     805,938     
  

 

 

   

Total Adjustments

       45,989,585   
    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by Operating Activities

     $ 46,080,308   
    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Contributions to Milbank Partnerships

     $ 2,175,000   

Redemption from Milbank Partnerships

       (48,233,273
    

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

       (46,058,273
    

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

       22,035   

Cash and Cash Equivalents at December 31, 2008

       104,823   
    

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at December 31, 2009

     $ 126,858   
    

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for taxes

     $ 88,729   
    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2009

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION

Milbank Winthrop & Co., Inc. (“Milbank”) was incorporated in Delaware in 1980. “Milbank” conducts an investment advisory business in New York City and is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940.

Milbank is the General Partner (the “General Partner”) of three investment partnerships, MW Global Partners, L.P., MW Small Cap, L.P. and MW Special Situations, L.P. (the “Partnerships”) which are consolidated in these financial statements (collectively the “Company”).

The Partnerships invest in a mix of securities and independent investment partnerships (the “Funds”).

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Basis of Accounting

The Company follows the accrual method of accounting. Income is recorded when earned, and expenses are recorded when incurred in the period to which they pertain. Purchases and sales of securities are recorded on the trade date basis.

Basis of Consolidation

Milbank consolidates the Partnerships in which the General Partner is presumed to have control under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-20. Although Milbank holds non-substantive equity-at-risk in the Partnerships, Milbank’s related parties, including its de facto agents, hold substantive equity-at-risk. Further, the limited partners do not have the right to dissolve the Partnerships or have substantive kick out rights or participating rights that would overcome the presumption of control by Milbank. Accordingly, Milbank consolidates the assets, liabilities and operating results of the Partnerships and records the minority interests held by the limited partners in the accompanying financial statements. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash in banks and readily available money market funds in investment accounts.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2009

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Consolidated Milbank Partnerships—Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Partnerships are not available to fund any of the liquidity needs of Milbank.

Fair Value Measurements

GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements, including a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to value techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels explained below:

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices available in active markets for identical investments.

Level 2—Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The inputs or methodology used for valuing investments are not necessarily an indication of the risks associated with investing in those investments.

Valuation and Revenue Recognition

Investments in securities, option contracts, and securities sold short which are traded on a national securities exchange or listed on NASDAQ are valued at the last reported sales price on the last business day of the year. Investments in securities and securities sold short which are traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the last reported bid and ask prices, respectively.

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith under consistently applied procedures established by the General Partner.

Although the General Partner and the Funds’ administrators use their best judgment in estimating the fair value of the investments in the Funds, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique. Therefore, the values presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amount that could be realized in a current transaction. Future events will also affect the estimates of fair value, and the effects of such events on the estimates of fair value could be material. The valuation of the Funds has been deemed reasonable based on inquiry and the documentation provided from the Funds’ general partners or administrators.

The Funds may carry investments for which market quotations are not readily available and are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by their respective general partners or administrators. A change in the estimated value may occur in the near term.

Certain Funds invest in emerging markets. The risks of investments are often increased in developing countries. These risks include repatriation restrictions, foreign exchange fluctuations, low trading volume in securities markets of emerging countries, lack of uniform reporting standards, and political, economic and legal uncertainties.

 

F-101


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2009

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Valuation and Revenue Recognition (continued)

 

Milbank investment advisory fees are billed quarterly and recorded as revenue in the period earned. These fees are based on a percentage of assets under management.

Income from Funds is recognized based upon the Company’s allocable share of the earnings of the Funds which carry their investments at fair value, which include unrealized gains and losses.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable consists of advisory fees due from clients and Funds

Redemptions Receivable from Investments in Funds

Redemptions receivable from investments in funds consists of withdrawal requests issued to the Funds, primarily to fund redemption requests of Fund partners.

Furniture, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are capitalized at cost. Depreciation is calculated using accelerated methods applied over the expected lives of the assets. The difference between these accelerated methods and the straight line depreciation required by GAAP is deemed immaterial in comparison to these financial statements taken as a whole.

Leases

The Company expenses payments on operating leases on a straight line basis over the term of the lease.

Income Taxes

The Company is subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. The Company calculates both current and deferred taxes based on the difference between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities versus their tax basis. A provision for these taxes has been made and is reflected on the statement of income.

Management has determined that the Company has no uncertain tax positions that would require financial statement adjustment or disclosure. The tax years that remain subject to examination by taxing authorities are 2006, 2007 and 2008.

Foreign Securities

The value of securities and cash equivalents which are denominated in foreign currencies are stated using the exchange rate in effect on the last business day of the year. Purchases and sales of securities, interest and dividend income and expenses, which are denominated in foreign currencies, are recorded at the exchange rate as of date of the transactions. For financial statement purposes, the Company does not isolate that portion of the gain or loss on securities resulting from exchange rate fluctuation. Such changes are combined with changes in market prices and shown as realized or unrealized gain or loss.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2009

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Accounting Developments

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation Number (“FIN”) 48 which is part of ASC 740, Income Taxes. ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for income taxes recognized in financial statements. This interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for how an entity should recognize, measure, present and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the entity has taken or expects to take on a tax return. In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position FIN 48-2, Effective Date of FASB Interpretation No. 48 for Certain Nonpublic Enterprises, deferring the effective date for certain nonpublic enterprises, including the Company, to annual financial statements beginning after December 15, 2007. In January 2009, the FASB issued Staff Position FIN 48-3, Effective Date of FASB Interpretation No. 48 for Certain Nonpublic Enterprises, to provide another one-year delay of the effective date for certain nonpublic entities including the Company. Eligible entities that elect the deferral will be required to apply the uncertain tax position guidance of ASC 740 to annual financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the application of uncertain tax positions which did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FIN 46(R)-7, Application of FIN 46(R) to Investment Companies (incorporated into ASC 810) (“ASC 810 Interpretation”) which amends ASC 810 to make permanent the temporary deferral of the application of ASC 810 to entities within the scope of the revised audit guide under Statement of Position (“SOP”) 07-1, Clarification of the Scope of the Audit and Accounting Guide Investment Companies and Accounting by Parent Companies and Equity Method Investors for Investments in Investment Companies (formerly SOP 07-1 and now incorporated into ASC 946-10 Financial Services—Investment Companies) (“ASC 946-10”). ASC 810 Interpretation is effective upon adoption of ASC 946-10. In February 2008, the FASB indefinitely deferred the effective date of ASC 946-10. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASC 810 Interpretation to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations, now ASC 805 (“ASC 805”). ASC 805 requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the full fair value of assets, liabilities, contractual contingencies and contingent consideration obtained in the transaction (whether for a full or partial acquisition); establishes the acquisition date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; requires expensing of most transaction and restructuring costs; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors and other users all of the information needed to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. ASC 805 applies to all transactions or other events in which the Company obtains control of one or more businesses, including those sometimes referred to as “true mergers” or “mergers of equals” and combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration, for example, by contract alone or through the lapse of minority veto rights. ASC 805 applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 805 did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, now incorporated into ASC 810. This pronouncement requires reporting entities to present non-controlling (minority) interests as equity (as opposed to as a liability or mezzanine equity) and provides guidance on the accounting for transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests. This pronouncement applies prospectively as of January 1, 2009, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements which will be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2009

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Accounting Developments (continued)

 

In April 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position Financial Accounting Standards (“FAS”) 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (incorporated into ASC 350) (“ASC 350 Interpretation”). ASC 350 Interpretation amends the factors an entity should consider in developing renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of recognized intangible assets under ASC 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. ASC 350 Interpretation affects entities with recognized intangible assets and is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. The new guidance applies prospectively to (1) intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets and (2) both intangible assets acquired in business combinations and asset acquisitions. The adoption of ASC 350 Interpretation by the Company did not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), which changes the approach to determining the primary beneficiary of a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) and requires companies to more frequently assess whether they must consolidate VIEs. This pronouncement is effective for the first annual reporting period beginning after November 15, 2009 and for interim periods within that first annual reporting period. In November 2009, the FASB agreed to defer the effective date of this pronouncement for certain types of asset manager funds until the completion of its consolidation project. The Company is currently assessing the potential impacts, if any, on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In July 2009, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (the “Codification”) were issued. The Codification is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Codification combines the previous GAAP hierarchy which included four levels of authoritative accounting literature distributed among a number of different sources. The Codification does not by itself create new accounting standards but instead reorganizes existing GAAP accounting rules into approximately 90 accounting topics. All existing accounting standard documents are superseded by the Codification and all other accounting literature not included in the Codification is now considered nonauthoritative. The Codification is now the single source of authoritative nongovernmental accounting standards in the United States of America.

In 2009, FASB amended ASC 855, Subsequent Events (“ASC 855”). ASC 855 establishes the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity shall evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, the circumstances under which an entity shall recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements and the disclosures that an entity shall make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. We have evaluated events that have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2009 as prescribed by the FASB.

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2010-06, Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements (“ASU 2010-06”). ASU 2010-06 requires disclosing separately the amount of significant transfers in and out of the Level 1 and Level 2 categories and the reasons for the transfers and it requires that Level 3 purchases, sales, issuances and settlements activity be reported on a gross rather than a net basis. ASU 2010-06 also requires fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities and disclosures about valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for Level 2 and Level 3 measurements. These disclosures are effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the Level 3 gross reporting which is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company is currently assessing the potential impacts, if any, on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2009

(continued)

 

NOTE 3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s investments under the fair value hierarchy, as described above, as of December 31, 2009:

 

Assets

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Investments in securities and partnerships

   $ 2,487       $ —         $ 22,173       $ 24,660   

From Consolidated affiliated Partnerships:

           

Investments in securities

     99,416,010         10,239,480         2,461,545         112,117,035   

Investments in Funds

     —           18,051,193         165,909,703         183,960,896   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 99,418,497       $ 28,290,673       $ 168,393,421       $ 296,102,591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Securities sold short

   $ 1,844,370       $ 1,427,797       $ 71,500       $ 3,343,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table discloses a reconciliation of investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

Assets

   Investments  

Beginning balance, December 31, 2008

   $ 203,148,415   

Total gains or (losses), realized and unrealized

     51,669,953   

Purchases and sales, net

     (70,575,571

Transferred in/out of Level 3

     (15,849,376
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2009

   $ 168,393,421   
  

 

 

 

The amount of gains (losses) included in income attributable to the change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets still held at December 31, 2009

   $ 52,044,937   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

   Securities Sold
Short
 

Beginning balance, December 31, 2008

   $ (179,100

Total gains or (losses), realized and unrealized

     52,368   

Purchases and sales, net

     55,232   
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2009

   $ (71,500
  

 

 

 

The amount of gains (losses) included in income attributable to the change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to liabilities still held at December 31, 2009

   $ 7,300   
  

 

 

 

Gains (losses), realized and unrealized, if any, are included in the net realized gain (loss) on investments or Funds and net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments or Funds in the Statement of Income.

The Company values its Level 2 investments in securities based on the last price in non-active markets. The Company values its Level 2 and 3 investments in Funds based on their proportionate share of the net assets of the Funds. Transfers between levels are recognized at the end of the reporting period.

 

F-105


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2009

(continued)

 

NOTE 4. INVESTMENTS IN FUNDS

As of December 31, 2009, the Partnerships invested in other Funds, none of which were related parties. The investment objectives of the Funds primarily relate to the maximization of appreciation through the investments in equity, debt and related instruments. The Funds utilize one of the following strategies:

 

  a Long Only Strategy—This category includes Funds that invest in long positions only, primarily in common stocks. Management of the Funds has the ability to shift the investments from value to growth strategies and from small to large capitalization stocks.

 

  b Equity Long/Short Strategy—This category includes Funds that invest both long and short, primarily in common stocks. Management of the Funds has the ability to shift investments from value to growth strategies, from small to large capitalization stocks, and from a net long position to a net short position.

 

  c Multi-strategy Funds—This category includes Funds that pursue multiple strategies to diversify risks and reduce volatility. The Funds’ composite portfolio for this category includes investments in U.S. common stocks, non-U.S. common stocks, distressed debt, commodities and arbitrage investments. In addition, some of the Funds invest in various special situation investments.

 

  d Global Strategy Funds—This category includes Funds that hold investments in non-U.S. common stocks, primarily in the energy, information technology, utilities, and telecommunications sectors. They also hold investments in emerging markets and real estate sectors as well as investments in diversified currencies.

Cost is determined based on capital contributions to, and withdrawals from, the Funds, plus reinvested realized net income.

Substantially all of the Funds in which the Partnerships invest are charged management fees at varying rates, principally 0.75% to 2% annually of periodic net asset values.

Substantially all of the Funds in which the Partnerships invest provide for a specific allocation or fee to their respective general partner or affiliate, which is calculated at various rates, primarily 20% of appreciation, as defined in their respective partnership agreements.

Some of the Funds permit partial withdrawals during the year on either a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis; however, substantially all of the Funds permit full withdrawals only at the end of the year.

The activities of certain Funds include the purchase and sale of a variety of derivative financial instruments such as equity options, index options, swap agreements, futures and forward contracts, and other similar instruments. These derivatives are used for trading purposes and for managing risk associated with their portfolio of securities and securities sold short. The use of derivative instruments may involve elements of market risk in excess of the amount recognized in the statement of assets and liabilities of these Funds. In many cases, these Funds limit their risk by holding offsetting security or option positions.

The Partnerships, through their investment in other Funds, are subject to certain inherent risks arising from their investing activities of short selling and entering into forward contracts. The ultimate cost to acquire these securities or settle these contracts may exceed the liability reflecting in their financial statements.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2009

(continued)

 

NOTE 5. LEASE COMMITMENT

The Company is subject to a lease for office space in New York City through April 30, 2012. The base rent is $149,400 per year and includes electricity. It is also subject to real estate tax and operating cost escalations. Future minimum lease commitments for the year ending December 31 are as follows:

 

2010

   $ 149,400   

2011

     149,400   

2012

     49,800   
  

 

 

 
   $ 348,600   
  

 

 

 

Total rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $164,251.

NOTE 6. PENSION PLAN

The Company sponsors a 401(k) retirement plan for its employees. The Company contributes 3% of eligible employee’s compensation. The plan also permits elective deferrals by employees.

Total Pension costs for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $15,150.

NOTE 7. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER

The details of Milbank’s prepayments at December 31, 2009 are as follows:

 

Insurance

   $ 84,116   

Rent

     12,450   

Other

     11,000   
  

 

 

 
   $ 107,566   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Milbank earns advisory fees for client assets invested with the Partnerships. It is also reimbursed for costs incurred in providing administrative services to the Partnerships. During 2009, Milbank earned $3,807,621 in advisory fees and $474,750 in administrative fees from the Partnerships.

These intercompany fees have been fully eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

MILBANK WINTHROP & CO., INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2009

(continued)

 

NOTE 9. INCOME TAXES

The Company’s income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 has been determined as follows:

 

Current taxes

  

Federal

   $ 14,347   

State and local

     68,100   
  

 

 

 
     82,447   

Deferred taxes

  

Federal

     56,222   
  

 

 

 
   $ 138,669   
  

 

 

 

Current taxes are provided using statutory tax rates as applied to taxable income. Deferred taxes are provided at approximately 35% of unrealized appreciation of investments in excess of tax basis.

NOTE 10. FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. As discussed in Note 2, the Company applies accelerated methods of depreciation over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

 

Assets at cost:

  

Furniture and equipment

   $ 214,916   

Leasehold improvement

     90,698   
  

 

 

 

Total cost

     305,614   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (277,417
  

 

 

 

Net fixed assets

   $ 28,197   
  

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $2,097.

NOTE 11. SHARES OF STOCK

Under the Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated January 9, 1997 (the “Certificate”), 7,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, having a par value of $0.05 per share, were authorized. Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share. At December 31, 2009, 3,922 shares were issued and outstanding.

Also under the Certificate, 7,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, having a par value of $0.05 per share, were authorized. Class B Common Stock is non-voting stock. At December 31, 2009, 2,496 shares were issued and outstanding.

NOTE 12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events have been evaluated through August 30, 2011, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The Company is engaged in negotiations to merge with an outside entity.

 

F-108


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Member of

MW Commodity Advisors, LLC:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of MW Commodity Advisors, LLC (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in member’s equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MW Commodity Advisors, LLC as of December 31, 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Fulvio & Associates, LLP

New York, New York

March 15, 2012

 

F-109


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 2,919   

Accounts receivable

        4,000   

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 141,356      

Investments in Funds

     29,919,624      

Other assets

     488         30,061,468   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

      $ 30,068,387   

LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY

     

Liabilities:

     

Professional fees payable

      $ 4,915   

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

     

Redemptions payable

     194,946      

Professional fees payable

     27,325      

Other liabilities

     20,614         242,885   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

        247,800   
     

 

 

 

Member’s Equity:

     

Member’s Equity

        71,811   

Minority interests in MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.

        29,748,776   
     

 

 

 

Total Member’s Equity

        29,820,587   
     

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY

      $ 30,068,387   
     

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-110


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

REVENUES:

    

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

    

Interest

     $ 203   
    

 

 

 

Total revenues

       203   
    

 

 

 

EXPENSES:

    

Account fees

       27,164   

Other

       9,703   

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

    

Professional fees

   $ 41,138     

Other

     17,031        58,169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

       95,036   
    

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE NET GAINS (LOSS) FROM

    

MW COMMODITY STRATEGIES, L.P.

       (94,833

Net loss from MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

    

Realized loss on investments in Funds, net

     (288,915  

Unrealized loss on investments in Funds, net change

     (2,287,676     (2,576,591
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS

       (2,671,424
    

 

 

 

Minority Interests in MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.

       2,793,270   
    

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

     $ 121,846   
    

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBER’S EQUITY

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

     MW Commodity
Advisors, LLC
Sole Member
    Minority
Interests in MW
Commodity
Strategies, L.P.
    Total  

Member’s Equity—December 31, 2010

   $ 169,965      $ 27,650,761      $ 27,820,726   

Contributions-

     —          5,650,000        5,650,000   

Withdrawals

     (220,000     (758,715     (978,715

Net Income (Loss)

     121,846        (2,793,270     (2,671,424
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Member’s Equity—December 31, 2011

   $ 71,811      $ 29,748,776      $ 29,820,587   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-112


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income

     $ 121,846   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

    

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

    

Net loss

   $ (2,793,270  

Realized loss on investments in Funds, net

     288,915     

Unrealized loss on investments in Funds, net change

     2,287,676     

Purchase of investments in Funds

     (8,500,000  

Proceeds from investments in Funds

     4,273,076     

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

    

Accounts receivable

     (4,000  

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

     909,153     

Redemptions receivable from investments in Funds

     100,000     

Other assets

     6,893     

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

    

Professional fees payable

     4,915     

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

    

Professional fees payable

     (46,575  

Other liabilities

     7,857     
  

 

 

   

Total adjustments

       (3,465,360
    

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

       (3,343,514
    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Withdrawals

     (220,000  

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

    

Contributions

     5,650,000     

Withdrawals

     (2,155,810  
  

 

 

   

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

       3,274,190   
    

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

       (69,324

Cash and Cash Equivalents at December 31, 2010

       72,243   
    

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at December 31, 2011

     $ 2,919   
    

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-113


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2011

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION

MW Commodity Advisors, LLC (“Advisors”), a single member limited liability company formed in Delaware on June 17, 2005, conducts an investment advisory business in New York City and is an affiliate of Milbank Winthrop & Co., an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

Advisors is the general partner (the “General Partner”) of MW Commodity Strategies, L.P., an investment partnership (the “Partnership”) which is consolidated in these financial statements (collectively, the “Company”).

The Partnership invests in various independent investment partnerships (the “Funds”).

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Basis of Accounting

The Company follows the accrual method of accounting. Income is recorded when earned, and expenses are recorded when incurred in the period to which they pertain. Purchases and sales of securities are recorded on the trade date basis. Purchases and sales of Funds are recorded on the effective date as specified in the Funds’ investment agreements.

Use of Estimates

The presentation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP may require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and liquid investments with maturities of less than 90 days. For purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash in banks and readily available money market funds in investment accounts.

Basis of Consolidation

Advisors consolidates the Partnership in which the General Partner is presumed to have control under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-20. Although Advisors holds non-substantive equity-at-risk in the Partnership, Advisors’ related parties, including its de facto agents, hold substantive equity-at-risk. Further, the limited partners do not have the right to dissolve the Partnership or have substantive kick out rights or participating rights that would overcome the presumption of control by Advisors. Accordingly, Advisors consolidates the assets, liabilities and operating results of the Partnership and records the minority interests held by the limited partners in the accompanying financial statements. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

 

F-114


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2011

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.—Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Partnership are not available to fund any of the liquidity needs of Advisors.

Fair Value Measurements

GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements, including a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels explained below:

Level 1 - Valuations based on quoted prices available in active markets for identical investments.

Level 2 - Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 - Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The inputs or methodology used for valuing investments are not necessarily an indication of the risks associated with holding those investments.

Valuation and Revenue Recognition

Investments in securities, option contracts, and securities sold short which are traded on a national securities exchange or listed on NASDAQ are valued at the last reported sales price on the last business day of the year. Investments in securities and securities sold short which are traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the last reported bid and ask prices, respectively.

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith under consistently applied procedures established by the General Partner.

Although the General Partner and the Funds’ administrators use their best judgment in estimating the fair value of the investments in the Funds, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique. Therefore, the values presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amount that could be realized in a current transaction. Future events will also affect the estimates of fair value, and the effects of such events on the estimates of fair value could be material. The valuation of the Funds has been deemed reasonable based on inquiry and the documentation provided from the Funds’ general partners or administrators.

The Funds may carry investments for which market quotations are not readily available and are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by their respective general partners or administrators. A change in the estimated value may occur in the near term.

Certain Funds invest in emerging markets. The risks of investments are often increased in developing countries. These risks include repatriation restrictions, foreign exchange fluctuations, low trading volume in securities markets of emerging countries, lack of uniform reporting standards, and political, economic and legal uncertainties.

 

F-115


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2011

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Valuation and Revenue Recognition (continued)

 

Income from Funds is recognized based upon the Company’s allocable share of the earnings of the Funds which carry their investments at fair value, which include unrealized gains and losses.

The Funds generally value their investments according to the following guidelines:

 

   

Short-term investments are valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

 

   

Securities held and sold short listed on a national securities exchange are valued at the last sale price on the date of valuation, or if no sale occurred on such date, at the last bid or ask price thereon or at an appropriate discount from such price if such securities are restricted.

 

   

Non-marketable securities are carried at estimated fair value as determined by the management of the Funds. Trade debt, bank debt, and warrants for which market quotations are not readily available are generally valued by the management of the Funds at fair value after consideration of a variety of factors including quotations available from dealers who make a market in these financial instruments and model produced valuations. Private equity investments are carried at fair value, which may be estimated using methods such as comparable companies’ earnings multiples, cash flow analyses, and review of underlying financial conditions. Loan participations are interests in short-term loans valued at fair value, which generally approximates cost plus accrued interest.

 

   

Options for the purchase or sale of securities traded on an exchange are valued at the mean of the last report bid and ask prices. Forward contracts are valued by adjusting the spot market price of the underlying security for the cost of carrying from the trade date to the settlement date.

 

   

All other securities are valued initially at cost, with subsequent adjustment to value which reflect either the basis of meaningful third party transactions in the private market or the fair value deemed appropriate by the general partner of each of the Funds. In such instances, consideration is also given to the financial condition and operating results of the issuer, the amount that Funds can reasonably expect to realize upon the sale of the securities and any other factors deemed relevant.

The Fund’s general partners’ estimates and assumptions of fair value of the non-marketable securities may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed, and the differences could be material.

Interest and Dividends

Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis. Dividend income is recognized on the ex-dividend date.

Income Taxes

Advisors and the Partnership themselves are not subject to U.S. Federal income taxes. Each member/partner is individually liable for income taxes, if any, on its share of the entity’s net taxable income. Interest, dividends and other income realized by the Partnership from non-U.S. sources and capital gains realized on the sale of securities of non-U.S. issuers may be subject to withholding and other taxes levied by the jurisdiction in which the income is sourced.

The General Partner determined that there are no uncertain tax positions which would require adjustments or disclosures on the financial statements. The tax years that remain subject to examination by taxing authorities are 2008, 2009 and 2010.

 

F-116


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2011

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Accounting Developments

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), which changes the approach to determining the primary beneficiary of a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) and requires companies to more frequently assess whether they must consolidate VIEs. This pronouncement is effective for the first annual reporting period beginning after November 15, 2009 and for interim periods within that first annual reporting period. In November 2009, the FASB agreed to defer the effective date of this pronouncement for certain types of asset manager funds until the completion of its consolidation project. The Company is currently assessing the potential impacts, if any, on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In January 2010, the FASB issued. Accounting Standards Update 201006, Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements (“ASU 2010-06”). ASU 2010-06 requires disclosing separately the amount of significant transfers in and out of the Level 1 and Level 2 categories and the reasons for the transfers and it requires that Level 3 purchases, sales, issuances and settlements activity be reported on a gross rather than a net basis. ASU 2010-06 also requires fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities and disclosures about valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for Level 2 and Level 3 measurements. These disclosures are effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the Level 3 gross reporting which is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of ASU 2010-06 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance on fair value measurements to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amended guidance specifies that the concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise in a fair value measurement are relevant only when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets and are not relevant when measuring the fair value of financial assets or liabilities. The amendments include requirements specific to measuring the fair value of those instruments, such as equity interests used as consideration in a business combination. An entity should measure the fair value of its own equity instrument from the perspective of a market participant that holds the instrument as an asset. With respect to financial instruments that are managed as part of a portfolio, an exception to fair value requirements is provided. That exception permits a reporting entity to measure the fair value of such financial assets and liabilities at the price that would be received to sell a net asset position for a particular risk or to transfer a net liability position for a particular risk in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The amendments also clarify that premiums and discounts should only be applied if market participants would do so when pricing the asset or liability. Premiums and discounts related to the size of an entity’s holding (e.g., a blockage factor) rather than as a characteristic of the asset or liability (e.g., a control premium) are not permitted in a fair value measurement. The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements, including, among other things, (a) for fair value measurements categorized within Level III of the fair value hierarchy, (1) a quantitative disclosure of the unobservable inputs and assumptions used in the measurement, (2) the valuation process used by the reporting entity, and (3) a narrative description of the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, if any, and (b) the categorization by level of the fair value hierarchy for items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial condition but for which the fair value is required to be disclosed (for example, a financial instrument that is measured at amortized cost in the statement of financial condition but for which fair value is disclosed). The guidance also amends disclosure requirements for significant transfers between Level I and Level II and now

 

F-117


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2011

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Accounting Developments (continued)

 

requires disclosure of all transfers between Levels I and II in the fair value hierarchy. The amended guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. As the impact of the guidance is primarily limited to enhanced disclosures, adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued a deferral of the effective date for certain disclosures relating to the comprehensive income, specifically with respect to the presentation of reclassifications of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The deferral is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. As the amendments are limited to presentation only, adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3. INVESTMENTS IN FUNDS

As of December 31, 2011, the Company was invested in 13 Funds, none of which are related parties. The Funds employ, to varying degrees, directional, volatility and relative value based strategies for investments in the commodity and macro markets. See detailed descriptions of the Fund strategies below.

The partnership agreements of the Funds provide for compensation to the investment managers in the form of management fees ranging from 0% to 2% annually of net assets and an incentive allocation not exceeding 30% of net new profits earned.

 

Fund and (Strategy)

   Fair Value at
December 31, 2011
     Capital
Liquidity

Covepoint Emerging Markets Macro Fund, L.P. CI. A. (d)

   $ 2,258,119       Quarterly

Covepoint Emerging Markets Macro Fund, L.P. CI. B. (d)

     448,619       Quarterly

Dynamic Domestic Fund L.P. (d)

     2,898,050       Monthly

Goldfinch Capital Management, L.P. (b)

     1,939,801       Monthly

Hard Assets Partners 2X L.P. (d)

     2,112,717       Quarterly

Peak Partners, L.P. (d)

     1,922,912       Monthly

Tiverton Investments, LLC (d)

     4,432,502       Monthly

Vardana Partners, LP (d)

     2,728,342       Quarterly

Wexford Catalyst Fund, L.P. (d)

     3,180,816       Quarterly

Bocage Global Resource Fund, L.P. (b)

     4,257,486       Monthly

Taylor Woods (b)

     3,250,111       Quarterly

Other Funds (a), (c)

     490,149      
  

 

 

    

Total Investments in Funds

   $ 29,919,624      
  

 

 

    

As of December 31, 2011, the investments in Funds had no remaining significant lockups and all Funds qualified as Level 2 investments. The Partnership values Level 2 investments based on its proportionate share of the net asset value of the Funds. Gains and losses (realized and unrealized), if any, are included in the net realized gain (loss) on investments in Funds and net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments in Funds in the statement of operations. Transfers between levels are recognized at the end of the reporting period.

 

F-118


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2011

(continued)

 

NOTE 3. INVESTMENTS IN FUNDS (continued)

 

The Fund investment strategies are as follows:

a) Equity Long/Short Funds:

This category includes investments in Funds that invest both long and short primarily in U.S. common stocks. Portfolio managers have the ability to shift investments from value to growth strategies, from small to large capitalization stocks, and from a net long position to a net short position. The fair values of the investments in this category have been estimated using the net asset value per share of the investments which are provided by the Fund’s associated administrators.

b) Futures and Derivatives Funds:

This category includes investments in Funds that invest primarily in commodity futures and derivatives. The Portfolio manager’s investment strategy may use fundamental analysis, technical analysis or a combination of the two. Investment decisions target both short and long term price movement in the commodity and associated markets. In certain instances, managers may use relative value based strategies, weighing different time horizons or commodities against each other. The fair values of the investments in this category have been estimated using the net asset value per share of the investments which are provided by the Fund’s associated administrators.

c) Macro Funds:

The category is similar to Futures and Derivatives Funds above but with a focus on using macro-based strategies, which may include commodity futures and derivatives, currencies (including “commodity” currencies), fixed income instruments and securities. The economics of the commodity markets may influence the portfolio manager’s decisions in this category. The fair value of the investments in this category have been estimated using the net asset value per share of the investments which are provided by the Fund’s associated administrators.

d) Multi-Strategy Funds:

This category includes investments in Funds which utilize a combination of the preceding Equity Long/Short, Futures and Derivatives and Macro Funds approaches. Portfolio managers will determine allocations to such strategies based on their expectations of return and risk. The fair values of the investments in this category have been estimated using the net asset value per share of the investments which are provided by the Fund’s associated administrators.

NOTE 4. OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK, CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK, AND OTHER RISKS

In the normal course of business, the Funds in which the Partnership invests trade various financial instruments and enter into various investment activities with off-balance sheet risk. These include, but are not limited to, short selling activities, writing option contracts, and equity swaps. To the extent that the Partnership’s investment activity is limited to making investments in Funds via limited partnership interests or limited liability company holdings, the Partnership’s risk of loss in these Funds is generally limited to the value of these investments reported by the Partnership. To date, the Partnership has only invested in such limited partnership interests and limited liability company holdings.

 

F-119


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2011

(continued)

 

NOTE 4. OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK, CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK, AND OTHER RISKS (continued)

 

There are a number of other risks to the Partnership. Three principal types of risk that can adversely affect the Partnership’s investment approach are market risk, strategy risk, and manager risk. The Partnership is also subject to multiple manager risks, possible limitations in investment opportunities, allocation risks, illiquidity, lack of diversification, and other risks for the Partnership and potentially for each Fund.

NOTE 5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into contracts that contain a variety of representations and warranties and which provide general indemnifications. The general indemnifications apply not only to the extent such representations and warranties are untrue but also may cover third parties such as the Partnership’s Administrator for claims related to the services performed for the Partnership. The Company’s maximum exposure under any such arrangements are unknown, as exposure only arises to the extent further claims that have not yet occurred are made against the Company.

NOTE 6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Advisors earned $158,015 in management fees from the Partnership during 2011. These intercompany fees have been fully eliminated in these consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 7. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events have been evaluated through March 15, 2012, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. In January, 2012, Advisors signed an agreement to sell its assets to Silvercrest Asset Management Group LLC on March 31, 2012.

 

F-120


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Member of

MW Commodity Advisors, LLC:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of MW Commodity Advisors, LLC (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in member’s equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MW Commodity Advisors, LLC as of December 31, 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Fulvio & Associates, LLP

New York, New York

October 28, 2011

 

F-121


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 72,243   

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,050,509      

Investments in Funds

     28,269,291      

Redemptions receivable

     100,000      

Other assets

     7,381         29,427,181   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

      $ 29,499,424   
     

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY

     

Liabilities:

     

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

     

Redemptions payable

   $ 1,592,041      

Professional fees payable

     73,900      

Other liabilities

     12,757      
  

 

 

    

Total Liabilities

      $ 1,678,698   
     

 

 

 

Member’s Equity:

     

Member’s Equity

        169,965   
     

 

 

 

Minority interests in MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.

        27,650,761   
     

 

 

 

Total Member’s Equity

        27,820,726   
     

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY

      $ 29,499,424   
     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-122


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

REVENUES:

     

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

     

Interest

      $ 679   
     

 

 

 

Total revenues

        679   
     

 

 

 

EXPENSES:

     

Account fees

        26,384   

Liability fees

        18,648   

Filing fees

        783   

Other

        2,211   

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

     

Professional fees

   $ 86,482      

Other

     14,510         100,992   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

        149,018   
     

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE NET GAINS FROM MW COMMODITY STRATEGIES, L.P.

        (148,339

Net gains from investment activities of MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

     

Realized gain on investments in Funds, net

     84,434      

Unrealized gain on investments in Funds, net change

     1,125,925         1,210,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INCOME

      $ 1,062,020   
     

 

 

 

Minority Interests in MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.

        (939,734
     

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

      $ 122,286   
     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-123


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBER’S EQUITY

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

     MW Commodity
Advisors, LLC Sole
Member
    Minority
Interests in MW
Commodity
Strategies, L.P.
    Total  

Member’s Equity—December 31, 2009

   $ 167,590      $ 26,957,046      $ 27,124,636   

Contributions

     —          4,708,688        4,708,688   

Withdrawals

     (119,911     (4,954,707     (5,074,618

Net Income

     122,286        939,734        1,062,020   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Member’s Equity—December 31, 2010

   $ 169,965      $ 27,650,761      $ 27,820,726   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-124


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income

     $ 122,286   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

    

Net income

   $ 939,734     

Proceeds from investments

     69,911     

Realized gain on investments in Funds, net

     (84,434  

Unrealized gain on investments in Funds, net change

     (1,125,925  

Purchase of investments in Funds

     (4,000,000  

Proceeds from investments in Funds

     2,018,051     

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

    

Accounts receivable

     8,669     

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

     9,101,694     

Redemptions receivable from investments in Funds

     1,235,938     

Other assets

     6,887     

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

    

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

    

Professional fees payable

     (92,106  

Other liabilities

     5,435     
  

 

 

   

Total adjustments

       8,083,854   
    

 

 

 

Net Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities

       8,206,140   
    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Withdrawals

     (119,911  

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.:

    

Contributions

     2,408,688     

Withdrawals

     (10,464,144  
  

 

 

   

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

       (8,175,367
    

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

       30,773   

Cash and Cash Equivalents at December 31, 2009

       41,470   
    

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at December 31, 2010

     $ 72,243   
    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-125


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION

MW Commodity Advisors, LLC (“Advisors”), a single member limited liability company formed in Delaware on June 17, 2005, conducts an investment advisory business in New York City and is an affiliate of Milbank Winthrop & Co., an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, as amended.

Advisors is the general partner (the “General Partner”) of MW Commodity Strategies, L.P., an investment partnership (the “Partnership”) which is consolidated in these financial statements (collectively, the “Company”).

The Partnership invests in various independent investment partnerships (the “Funds”).

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Basis of Accounting

The Company follows the accrual method of accounting. Income is recorded when earned, and expenses are recorded when incurred in the period to which they pertain. Purchases and sales of securities are recorded on the trade date basis. Purchases and sales of Funds are recorded on the effective date as specified in the Funds investment agreements.

Use of Estimates

The presentation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP may require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and liquid investments with maturities of less than 90 days. For purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash in banks and readily available money market funds in investment accounts.

Basis of Consolidation

Advisors consolidates the Partnership in which the General Partner is presumed to have control under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-20. Although Advisors holds non-substantive equity-at-risk in the Partnership, Advisors’ related parties, including its de facto agents, hold substantive equity-at-risk. Further, the limited partners do not have the right to dissolve the Partnership or have substantive kick out rights or participating rights that would overcome the presumption of control by Advisors. Accordingly, Advisors consolidates the assets, liabilities and operating results of the Partnership and records the minority interests held by the limited partners in the accompanying financial statements. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

 

F-126


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

MW Commodity Strategies, L.P.—Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Partnership are not available to fund any of the liquidity needs of Advisors.

Fair Value Measurements

GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements, including a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels explained below:

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices available in active markets for identical investments.

Level 2—Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The inputs or methodology used for valuing investments are not necessarily an indication of the risks associated with holding those investments.

Valuation and Revenue Recognition

Investments in securities, option contracts, and securities sold short which are traded on a national securities exchange or listed on NASDAQ are valued at the last reported sales price on the last business day of the year. Investments in securities and securities sold short which are traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the last reported bid and ask prices, respectively.

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith under consistently applied procedures established by the General Partner.

Although the General Partner and the Funds’ administrators use their best judgment in estimating the fair value of the investments in the Funds, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique. Therefore, the values presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amount that could be realized in a current transaction. Future events will also affect the estimates of fair value, and the effects of such events on the estimates of fair value could be material. The valuation of the Funds has been deemed reasonable based on inquiry and the documentation provided from the Funds’ general partners or administrators.

The Funds may carry investments for which market quotations are not readily available and are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by their respective general partners or administrators. A change in the estimated value may occur in the near term.

Certain Funds invest in emerging markets. The risks of investments are often increased in developing countries. These risks include repatriation restrictions, foreign exchange fluctuations, low trading volume in securities markets of emerging countries, lack of uniform reporting standards, and political, economic and legal uncertainties.

 

F-127


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Valuation and Revenue Recognition (continued)

 

Income from Funds is recognized based upon the Company’s allocable share of the earnings of the Funds which carry their investments at fair value, which include unrealized gains and losses.

The Funds generally value their investments according to the following guidelines:

 

   

Short-term investments are valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

 

   

Securities held and sold short listed on a national securities exchange are valued at the last sale price on the date of valuation, or if no sale occurred on such date, at the last bid or ask price thereon or at an appropriate discount from such price if such securities are restricted.

 

   

Non-marketable securities are carried at estimated fair value as determined by the management of the Funds. Trade debt, bank debt, and warrants for which market quotations are not readily available are generally valued by the management of the Funds at fair value after consideration of a variety of factors including quotations available from dealers who make a market in these financial instruments and model produced valuations. Private equity investments are carried at fair value, which may be estimated using methods such as comparable companies’ earnings multiples, cash flow analyses, and review of underlying financial conditions. Loan participations are interests in short-term loans valued at fair value, which generally approximates cost plus accrued interest.

 

   

Options for the purchase or sale of securities traded on an exchange are valued at the mean of the last report bid and ask prices. Forward contracts are valued by adjusting the spot market price of the underlying security for the cost of carrying from the trade date to the settlement date.

 

   

All other securities are valued initially at cost, with subsequent adjustment to value which reflect either the basis of meaningful third party transactions in the private market or the fair value deemed appropriate by the general partner of each of the Funds. In such instances, consideration is also given to the financial condition and operating results of the issuer, the amount that Funds can reasonably expect to realize upon the sale of the securities and any other factors deemed relevant.

The Fund’s general partners’ estimate and assumption of fair value of the non-marketable securities may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed, and the differences could be material.

Interest and Dividends

Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis. Dividend income is recognized on the ex-dividend date.

Income Taxes

Advisors and the Partnership themselves are not subject to U.S. Federal income taxes. Each member/partner is individually liable for income taxes, if any, on its share of the entity’s net taxable income. Interest, dividends and other income realized by the Partnership from non-U.S. sources and capital gains realized on the sale of securities of non-U.S. issuers may be subject to withholding and other taxes levied by the jurisdiction in which the income is sourced.

 

F-128


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Income Taxes (continued)

 

The General Partner determined that there are no uncertain tax positions which would require adjustments or disclosures on the financial statements. The tax years that remain subject to examination by taxing authorities are 2007, 2008 and 2009.

Accounting Developments

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), which changes the approach to determining the primary beneficiary of a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) and requires companies to more frequently assess whether they must consolidate VIEs. This pronouncement is effective for the first annual reporting period beginning after November 15, 2009 and for interim periods within that first annual reporting period. In November 2009, the FASB agreed to defer the effective date of this pronouncement for certain types of asset manager funds until the completion of its consolidation project. The Company is currently assessing the potential impacts, if any, on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2010-06, Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements (“ASU 2010-06”). ASU 2010-06 requires disclosing separately the amount of significant transfers in and out of the Level 1 and Level 2 categories and the reasons for the transfers and it requires that Level 3 purchases, sales, issuances and settlements activity be reported on a gross rather than a net basis. ASU 2010-06 also requires fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities and disclosures about valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for Level 2 and Level 3 measurements. These disclosures are effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the Level 3 gross reporting which is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2010. We do not anticipate that the adoption of ASU 2010-06 will have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

F-129


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

NOTE 3. INVESTMENTS IN FUNDS

As of December 31, 2010, the Partnership was invested in 12 Funds, none of which are related parties. The Funds employ to varying degrees directional, volatility and relative value based strategies for investment in the commodity and macro markets. See detailed descriptions of the Fund strategies below.

The partnership agreements of the Funds provide for compensation to the investment managers in the form of management fees ranging from 0% to 2% annually of net assets and an incentive allocation not exceeding 30% of net new profits earned.

 

Fund and (Strategy)

   Fair Value at
December 31,
2010
     Liquidity
Capital
 

Covepoint Emerging Markets Macro Fund, L.P. (d)

   $ 4,005,911         Quarterly   

Dynamic Domestic Fund L.P. (d)

     2,711,778         Monthly   

Goldfinch Capital Management, L.P. (b)

     1,611,218         Monthly   

Hard Assets Partners 2X L.P. (d)

     2,440,332         Quarterly   

Peak Partners, L.P. (d)

     2,941,146         Monthly   

Quantitative Global 1X Fund LLC (b)

     2,795,278         Monthly   

Tiverton Investments, LLC (d)

     4,606,234         Monthly   

Vardana Partners, LP (d)

     1,731,625         Quarterly   

Wexford Catalyst Fund, L.P. (d)

     3,442,623         Quarterly   

Other Investments (a), (c)

     1,983,146      
  

 

 

    
   $ 28,269,291      
  

 

 

    

As of December 31, 2010, the investments in the Funds had no remaining significant lockups.

The Fund investment strategies are as follows:

a) Equity Long/Short Funds:

This category includes investments in Funds that invest both long and short primarily in U.S. common stocks. Portfolio managers have the ability to shift investments from value to growth strategies, from small to large capitalization stocks, and from a net long position to a net short position. The fair values of the investments in this category have been estimated using the net asset value per share of the investments which are provided by the Fund’s associated administrators.

b) Futures and Derivatives Funds:

This category includes investments in Funds that invest primarily in commodity futures and derivatives. The Portfolio manager’s investment strategy may use fundamental analysis, technical analysis or a combination of the two. Investment decisions target both short and long term price movement in the commodity and associated markets. In certain instances, managers may use relative value based strategies, weighing different time horizons or commodities against each other. The fair values of the investments in this category have been estimated using the net asset value per share of the investments which are provided by the Fund’s associated administrators.

c) Macro Funds:

The category is similar to Futures and Derivatives Funds above but with a focus on using macro-based strategies, which may include commodity futures and derivatives, currencies (including “commodity”

 

F-130


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

NOTE 3. INVESTMENTS IN FUNDS (continued)

 

currencies), fixed income instruments and securities. The economics of the commodity markets may influence the portfolio manager’s decisions in this category. The fair value of the investments in this category have been estimated using the net asset value per share of the investments which are provided by the Fund’s associated administrators.

d) Multi-Strategy Funds:

This category includes investments in Funds which utilize a combination of the preceding Equity Long/Short, Futures and Derivatives and Macro Funds approaches. Portfolio managers will determine allocations to such strategies based on their expectations of return and risk. The fair values of the investments in this category have been estimated using the net asset value per share of the investments which are provided by the Fund’s associated administrators.

NOTE 4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following table discloses a reconciliation of investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

     Investments in
Funds
 

Beginning balance, December 31, 2009

   $ 25,076,983   

Total gains or losses (realized and unrealized)

     1,210,359   

Purchases and sales, net

     1,981,949   

Transfer in (out) of Level 3

     (28,269,291
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2010

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

The amount of gains (losses) included in income attributable to the change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

Gains and losses (realized and unrealized), if any, are included in the net realized gain on investments in Funds and net change in unrealized gain on investments in Funds in the statement of income.

The Partnership values Level 2 investments based on its proportionate share of the net asset value of the Funds. At December 31, 2010, all investments were valued using Level 2 inputs. Transfers between levels are recognized at the end of the reporting period.

NOTE 5. OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK, CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK, AND OTHER RISKS

In the normal course of business, the Funds in which the Partnership invests trade various financial instruments and enter into various investment activities with off-balance sheet risk. These include, but are not limited to, short selling activities, writing option contracts, and equity swaps. To the extent that the Partnership’s investment activity is limited to making investments in Funds via limited partnership interests or limited liability company holdings, the Partnership’s risk of loss in these Funds is generally limited to the value of these investments reported by the Partnership. To date, the Partnership has only invested in such limited partnership interests and limited liability company holdings.

 

F-131


Table of Contents

MW COMMODITY ADVISORS, LLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(continued)

 

NOTE 5. OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK, CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK, AND OTHER RISKS (continued)

 

There are a number of other risks to the Partnership. Three principal types of risk that can adversely affect the Partnership’s investment approach are market risk, strategy risk, and manager risk. The Partnership is also subject to multiple manager risks, possible limitations in investment opportunities, allocation risks, illiquidity, lack of diversification, and other risks for the Partnership and potentially for each Fund.

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into contracts that contain a variety of representations and warranties and which provide general indemnifications. The general indemnifications apply not only to the extent such representations and warranties are untrue but also may cover third parties such as the Partnership’s Administrator for claims related to the services performed for the Partnership. The Company’s maximum exposure under any such arrangements is unknown, as exposure only arises to the extent further claims that have not yet occurred are made against the Company.

NOTE 7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Advisors earned $132,685 in management fees from the Partnership during 2010. These intercompany fees have been fully eliminated in these consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events have been evaluated through October 28, 2011, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The Company is in negotiations to merge with an outside entity.

 

F-132


Table of Contents

 

 

4,790,684 Shares

 

LOGO

Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

 

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

S ANDLER O’N EILL + P ARTNERS , L.P.

R AYMOND J AMES

 

                    , 2013

Until             , all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by the registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and Nasdaq listing fee.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 9,769   

FINRA Filing Fee

     12,070   

Nasdaq Listing Fee

     25,000   

Accounting Fees and Expenses

     220,000   

Legal Fees and Expenses

     275,000   

Printing Fees and Expenses

     50,000   

Miscellaneous

     8,161   
  

 

 

 

Total:

   $ 600,000   
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we, to the full extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, as amended from time to time, shall indemnify all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto. It further provides that expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which such officer or director may be entitled to indemnification hereunder shall be paid by us in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by us as authorized thereby.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in a successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to the court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On May 7, 2012, the Registrant issued 10 shares of its Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, to Mr. Cochran in exchange for $100. The issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1†    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
  4.1†    Specimen stock certificate for shares of Class A common stock.
  4.2†    Exchange Agreement.
  4.3†    Resale and Registration Rights Agreement.
  4.4†    2012 Equity Incentive Plan.
  4.5†    Class B Stockholders Agreement.
  4.6†    Form of February 2010 Deferred Equity Unit Award Agreement.
  5.1†    Opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP.
10.1†    Form of Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.
10.2†    Tax Receivable Agreement.
10.3†    Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors.
10.4†    Form of Purchase and Sale Agreement.
10.5    Credit Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2013 among Silvercrest Asset Management Group LLC, Silvercrest Investors LLC, Silvercrest Investors II LLC, Silvercrest Financial Services Inc. and City National Bank.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries.
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.3    Consent of Fulvio & Associates, LLP.
23.4†    Consent of Bingham McCutchen LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).
23.5†    Consent of Cerulli Associates.
24.1†    Powers of Attorney (included in the Registration Statement filed April 18, 2013 under “Signatures”).

 

Previously filed.

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each person.

 

(2) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel, the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
(3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York on June 24, 2013.

 

SILVERCREST ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP INC.

By:

 

/s/ G. Moffett Cochran

  G. Moffett Cochran
  Chief Executive Officer

By:

 

/s/ Scott A. Gerard

 

Scott A. Gerard

 

Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 24th day of June, 2013:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ G. Moffett Cochran

G. Moffett Cochran

   (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   June 24, 2013

/s/ Scott A. Gerard

Scott A. Gerard

  

(Principal Financial and Accounting
Officer)

  June 24, 2013

/s/ Richard R. Hough III

Richard R. Hough III

   Director   June 24, 2013

*

Winthrop B. Conrad, Jr.

   Director   June 24, 2013

*

Wilmot H. Kidd III

   Director   June 24, 2013

*

Richard S. Pechter

   Director   June 24, 2013
*By:  

/s/ G. Moffett Cochran

  G. Moffett Cochran
as attorney-in-fact

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1†    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
  4.1†    Specimen stock certificate for shares of Class A common stock.
  4.2†    Exchange Agreement.
  4.3†    Resale and Registration Rights Agreement.
  4.4†    2012 Equity Incentive Plan.
  4.5†    Class B Stockholders Agreement.
  4.6†    Form of February 2010 Deferred Equity Agreement.
  5.1†    Opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP.
10.1†    Form of Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Silvercrest L.P.
10.2†    Tax Receivable Agreement.
10.3†    Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors.
10.4†    Form of Purchase and Sale Agreement.
10.5    Credit Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2013, among Silvercrest Asset Management Group LLC, Silvercrest Investors LLC, Silvercrest Investors II LLC, Silvercrest Financial Services Inc. and City National Bank.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries.
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.3    Consent of Fulvio & Associates, LLP.
23.4†    Consent of Bingham McCutchen LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).
23.5†    Consent of Cerulli Associates.
24.1†    Powers of Attorney (included in the Registration Statement filed April 18, 2013 under “Signatures”).

 

Previously filed.

 

II-5

Exhibit 10.5

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of June 24, 2013

by and among

SILVERCREST ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP LLC,

SILVERCREST INVESTORS LLC,

SILVERCREST INVESTORS II LLC,

and

SILVERCREST FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

and

CITY NATIONAL BANK

 

 

 


ARTICLE I

   DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION      1   

1.1

   Definitions      1   

1.2

   Construction      21   

ARTICLE II

   AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS      21   

2.1

   Revolving Credit Facility      21   

2.2

   Term Loans      22   

2.3

   Rate Designation      22   

2.4

   Interest Rates; Payment Interest      22   

2.5

   Default Rate      23   

2.6

   Computation of Interest and Fees; Maximum Interest Rate      23   

2.7

   Request for Borrowing      24   

2.8

   Conversion or Continuation      25   

2.9

   Mandatory Repayment and Prepayment      26   

2.10

   Voluntary Prepayments; Termination of Commitments      28   

2.11

   Fees      28   

2.12

   Letters of Credit      29   

2.13

   Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Obligations      34   

2.14

   Increased Costs      34   

2.15

   Suspension of LIBOR Rate Loans      35   

2.16

   Funding Sources      35   

2.17

   Place of Borrowings      36   

2.18

   Survivability      36   

ARTICLE III

   CONDITIONS TO LOANS      36   

3.1

   Conditions Precedent to the Initial Loan      36   

3.2

   Conditions Precedent to All Extensions of Credit      38   

ARTICLE IV

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      39   

4.1

   Due Organization      39   

4.2

   Securities in Loan Parties      39   

4.3

   Requisite Power and Authorization      39   

4.4

   Binding Agreements      39   

4.5

   Other Agreements      40   

4.6

   Litigation: Adverse Facts      40   

4.7

   Government Consents      40   

4.8

   Title to Assets; Liens      41   

4.9

   Payment of Taxes      41   

4.10

   Governmental Regulation      41   

4.11

   Disclosure      42   

4.12

   Debt      42   

4.13

   Existing Defaults      42   

4.14

   No Default; No Material Adverse Effect      42   

4.15

   Affiliate Transactions      43   

4.16

   Nature of Business      43   

4.17

   Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts      43   

4.18

   Solvency      43   

4.19

   Holding Company Status      43   

 

i


ARTICLE V

   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      43   

5.1

   Accounting Records and Inspection      43   

5.2

   Financial Statements and Other Information      44   

5.3

   Existence      46   

5.4

   Payment of Taxes and Claims      46   

5.5

   Compliance with Laws      47   

5.6

   Further Assurances      47   

5.7

   Formation of Subsidiaries      47   

5.8

   Foreign Qualification      47   

5.9

   Control Agreements      48   

5.10

   Management Fees      48   

5.11

   Silvercrest Financial Stock Certificate      48   

ARTICLE VI

   NEGATIVE COVENANTS      48   

6.1

   Debt      48   

6.2

   Liens      50   

6.3

   Investments      50   

6.4

   Dividends; Distributions      50   

6.5

   Restriction on Fundamental Changes      51   

6.6

   Sale of Assets      52   

6.7

   Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates      52   

6.8

   Conduct of Business      52   

6.9

   Amendments or Waivers of Certain Documents; Actions Requiring the Consent of Lender      52   

6.10

   Use of Proceeds      53   

6.11

   Holding Company Status      53   

6.12

   Margin Regulation      53   

6.13

   Misrepresentations      53   

6.14

   Accounting Changes      53   

6.15

   Financial Covenants      53   

ARTICLE VII

   EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES      54   

7.1

   Events of Default      54   

7.2

   Remedies      57   

7.3

   Application of Payments and Proceeds of Collateral      57   

ARTICLE VIII

   EXPENSES AND INDEMNITIES      58   

8.1

   Expenses      58   

8.2

   Indemnity      59   

ARTICLE IX

   MISCELLANEOUS      59   

9.1

   No Waivers, Remedies      59   

9.2

   Waivers and Amendments      59   

9.3

   Taxes      60   

 

ii


9.4

   Notices      60   

9.5

   Successors and Assigns      60   

9.6

   Headings      61   

9.7

   Execution in Counterparts; Effectiveness      61   

9.8

   GOVERNING LAW      61   

9.9

   JURISDICTION AND VENUE      61   

9.10

   WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY      62   

9.11

   DISPUTE RESOLUTION      62   

9.12

   Independence of Covenants      64   

9.13

   Confidentiality      64   

9.14

   Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations      65   

9.15

   Complete Agreement      65   

9.16

   USA Patriot Act Notice      65   

9.17

   Silvercrest as Agent for Borrowers      65   

9.18

   Extent of Each Borrower’s Liability, Contribution      66   

 

EXHIBITS

  

Exhibit C-1

   Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit R-1

   Form of Request for Borrowing

Exhibit R-2

   Form of Request for Conversion/Continuation

Exhibit 9.4

   Addresses and Information for Notices

Schedule L-1

   Lender’s Account

 

iii


CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of June 24, 2013, is entered into by and among SILVERCREST ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Silvercrest ”), SILVERCREST INVESTORS LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Silvercrest Investors ”), SILVERCREST INVESTORS II LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Silvercrest Investors II ”), SILVERCREST FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. , a New York corporation (“ Silvercrest Financial ”, together with Silvercrest Investors, Silvercrest Investors II, and Silvercrest, each individually a “ Borrower ” and, collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), and CITY NATIONAL BANK , a national banking association (“ Lender ”).

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement (as defined below), the following initially capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Administrative Borrower ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 9.17 .

Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”), means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting Securities, by contract, or otherwise; provided , however , that, for purposes of Section 4.15 or Section 6.7 of this Agreement: (a) any Person which owns directly or indirectly 10% or more of the Securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other members of the governing body of a Person or 10% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of a Person shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person, (b) each director (or comparable manager) of a Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Person, and (c) each partnership in which a Person is a general partner shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person.

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement among Borrowers and Lender, together with all exhibits and schedules hereto, including the Disclosure Statement.

Asset ” means any interest of a Person in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal, or mixed real and personal, or whether tangible or intangible.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, and any successor statute, and all of the rules and regulations issued or promulgated in connection therewith.

Base LIBOR Rate ” means:

(a) Pre-IHI, the British Banker’s Association or any successor determining administrator definition of the London InterBank Offered Rates for Dollar deposits as made available by Bloomberg LP, or such other information service available to Lender, for the

 


applicable Interest Period for the LIBOR Rate Loan selected by Administrative Borrower and as quoted by Lender on the Business Day Administrative Borrower requests a LIBOR Rate Loan or on the last day of an expiring Interest Period.

(b) Post-IHI, the British Banker’s Association or any successor determining administrator definition of the London InterBank Offered Rates for Dollar deposits as made available by Bloomberg LP, or such other information service available to Lender, for the applicable monthly period upon which the Interest Period is based for the LIBOR Rate Loan as determined by Lender two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of each Interest Period.

Base Rate ” means the rate most recently announced by Lender at its principal office in Los Angeles, California as its “Prime Rate”. Any change in the interest rate resulting from a change in the Base Rate will be effective on the day on which each change in the Base Rate is announced by Lender.

Base Rate Margin ” means 0.50 percentage points.

Base Rate Loan ” means any Loan bearing interest at the Base Rate.

Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors (or comparable managers) of such Person, or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the board of directors (or comparable managers).

Borrower ” and “ Borrowers ” have the meaning specified therefor in the preamble hereto.

Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of a Revolving Loan or a Term Loan made by Lender to Borrowers.

Business Day ” means a day when major commercial banks are open for business in California, other than Saturdays or Sundays.

Capital Expenditures ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of all cash expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period that are capital expenditures as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Lease Obligations ” means the aggregate amount which, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be reported as a liability on the balance sheet of a Person at such time in respect of such Person’s interest as lessee under a capitalized lease.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“ S&P ”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”), (c) commercial paper maturing no

 

2


more than 270 days from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s, (d) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000, (e) demand deposit accounts maintained with any bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof so long as the amount maintained with any individual bank is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and (f) Investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are invested in the types of assets described in clauses (a) through (e) above.

CFC ” means a controlled foreign corporation (as that term is defined in the Code).

Change of Control Event ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(a)(i) prior to the Initial Distribution, Permitted Holders fail to own, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, voting Securities of the General Partnership representing at least a majority of the total voting power of the voting Securities of the General Partnership, or (ii) prior to the Reorganization, Permitted Holders fail to own directly at least a majority of the limited partnership interests of Parent, or (iii) the General Partnership fails to own directly 100% of the general partnership interests of Parent other than any portion of the general partnership interests that are distributed pursuant to the Initial Distribution or transferred to the IPO Vehicle pursuant to the GP Transfer, or (iv) prior to the Reorganization, Parent fails to own directly 100% of the Securities of the Borrowers, or (v) at any time after the consummation of the Reorganization, (1) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), acquires, directly or indirectly, more than 30% of the total voting Securities of the IPO Vehicle or any of its direct or indirect parent entities, (2) the IPO Vehicle fails to own directly 100% of the general partnership interests of Parent, or (3) Parent fails to own directly 100% of the Securities of the Borrowers; or

(b) prior to the Reorganization, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the General Partnership, and at any time after the reorganization, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the IPO Vehicle, do not constitute Continuing Directors.

Closing Date ” means the first date on which the conditions set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement have been satisfied or waived by Lender.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means all assets and interests in assets and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party upon which a Lien is granted pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents in favor of the Lender to secure the Obligations owed by the Loan Parties to Lender under the Loan Documents, provided that the Collateral shall not include any Excluded Assets.

 

3


Commitments ” means the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment and the Term Loan Commitment.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 delivered by a Responsible Officer of Administrative Borrower to Lender.

Contingent Obligation ” means, as to any Person and without duplication of amounts, any written obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee (whether guaranteed, endorsed, co made, discounted, or sold with recourse to such Person) any Debt, noncancellable lease, dividend, reimbursement obligations relating to letters of credit, or any other obligation that pertains to Debt, a noncancellable lease, a dividend, or a reimbursement obligation related to letters of credit (each, a “primary obligation”) of any other Person (“primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, but not limited to, any written obligation of such Person, irrespective of whether contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation, (b) to advance or supply funds (whether in the form of a loan, advance, Securities purchase, capital contribution, or otherwise) (i) for the purchase, repurchase, or payment of any such primary obligation or any Asset constituting direct or indirect security therefor, or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor, or otherwise to maintain the net worth, solvency, or other financial condition of the primary obligor, or (c) to purchase or make payment for any Asset, securities, services, or noncancellable lease if primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Contingent Obligations” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Debt, lease, dividend, or obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.

Continuing Director ” means (a) any member of the Board of Directors who was a director (or comparable manager) of the General Partnership on the Closing Date, and (b) any individual who becomes a member of the Board of Directors after the Closing Date if such individual was approved, appointed or nominated for election to the Board of Directors by either the Permitted Holders or a majority of the Continuing Directors, but excluding any such individual originally proposed for election in opposition to the Board of Directors in office at the Closing Date in an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors (or comparable managers) of the General Partnership and whose initial assumption of office resulted from such contest or the settlement thereof.

Contractual Obligation ” means, as applied to any Person, any provision of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement, or other instrument to which that Person is a party or to which any of its Assets is subject.

 

4


Control Agreement ” means a control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, executed and delivered by one of the Loan Parties, Lender, and the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account).

Current Portion of Long-Term Debt ” means, as a of any date of determination, the current portion of long-term Debt (excluding Debt owing to sellers of assets or Securities to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and the Revolving Loans) of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries scheduled to be due and payable within twelve (12) months of such date.

Daily Balance ” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to any Obligation, the amount of such Obligation owed at the end of such day.

Debt ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication (a) all obligations for such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments and all reimbursement or other obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances, interest rate swaps, or other financial products, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of Assets or services, exclusive of trade payables, that are due and payable in the ordinary and usual course of such Person’s business, (d) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (e) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any Asset owned by such Person, irrespective of whether such obligation or liability is assumed, to the extent of the lesser of such obligation or liability or the fair market value of such Asset, and (f) all Contingent Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (e). The amount of any net obligation under any interest rate swap or other financial product on any date shall be deemed to be, in respect of any one or more interest rate swaps or other financial products, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such interest rate swaps or other financial contracts, (i) for any date on or after the date such interest rate swap or financial product, as the case may be, has been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (ii) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (i), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such interest rate swap or other financial product, as the case may be, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such interest rate swap or other financial product, as the case may be.

Deposit Account ” means any “deposit account” (as that term is defined in the UCC).

Designated Account ” means Deposit Account number 210221832 of Borrowers maintained with Lender, or such other deposit account of Borrowers (located within the United States and approved by Lender in Lender’s reasonable discretion) designated, in writing, and from time to time, by Administrative Borrower to Lender.

Disclosure Statement ” means that certain statement, executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of Borrowers, that sets forth information regarding or exceptions to the representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrowers herein, as amended from time to time to the extent permitted hereby.

 

5


Discretionary Assets Under Management ” means, as of any date, the aggregate amount of discretionary assets under management by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, to the extent that Management Fees accrue based on any such amount. For the avoidance of doubt, “Discretionary Assets Under Management” shall not include non-discretionary assets under management that are monitored by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

Distribution ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 6.4 hereof.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” mean United States of America dollars or such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts in the United States of America.

Drawing Document ” means any Letter of Credit or other document presented for purposes of drawing under any Letter of Credit.

EBITDA ” means, for any period, (a) the consolidated net income of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period plus, (b) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining consolidated net income for such period, the sum of (i) provision for Taxes based on income (including, without limitation, franchise taxes based on income), profits or capital, (ii) Interest Expense, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense, (iv) amortization of intangibles (including goodwill), (v) any non-cash charges (including, for the avoidance of doubt, non-cash charges resulting from the issuance of stock-based awards), (vi) Transaction Costs and reasonable and documented nonrecurring transaction costs and expenses incurred in connection with any incurrence or issuance of Debt, issuance of Securities, Investments, Permitted Acquisitions, dispositions of Assets or other similar transactions, in each case, to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement and whether or not consummated, (vii) restructuring expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 during the trailing twelve-month period, (viii) severance expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 in any period, (ix) expenses associated with office expansion in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 during the trailing twelve-month period, and (x) other nonrecurring charges in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000 during the trailing twelve-month period and any other nonrecurring charges in excess thereof to the extent approved by Lender, and minus , (c) without duplication and to the extent included in determining consolidated net income for such period, the sum of (i) interest income, (ii) any extraordinary income or gains, (iii) gains associated with the termination of interest rate swap contracts or hedging agreements in respect of interest rates to the extent such gains are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP, and (iv) any other non-cash income or gain for such period (excluding any such non cash income or gain (x) for which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period and (y) to the extent it represents the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period).

Employee Shareholder ” means an employee of Silvercrest who is a Shareholder of Parent or the General Partnership on the Closing Date.

Eurocurrency Reserve Requirement ” means the sum (without duplication) of the rates (expressed as a decimal) of reserves (including, without limitation, any basic, marginal, supplemental, or emergency reserves) that are required to be maintained by banks during the Interest Period under any regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto, applicable to funding based on so-called “Eurocurrency Liabilities”, including Regulation
D (12 CFR 224).

 

6


Eurodollar Business Day ” means any Business Day on which major commercial banks are open for international business (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in New York, New York and London, England.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified therefor in Article VII hereof.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or supplemented from time to time, and any successor statute, and all of the rules and regulations issued or promulgated in connection therewith.

Excluded Assets ” means (i) any directly held investment property or general intangibles, or any rights or interest in any contract, lease, permit, license, or license agreement covering real or personal property of any Loan Party, if under the terms of any organizational document or agreement relating thereto (in the case of directly held investment property or general intangibles) or such contract, lease, permit, license, license agreement, organizational document or other agreement, or applicable law with respect thereto, the grant of a security interest or lien therein is prohibited as a matter of law or under the terms of such contract, lease, permit, license, license agreement, organizational document or other agreement or a consent is required for the grant of such security interest and such prohibition or restriction has not been waived or the consent of the other party to such contract, lease, permit, license, license agreement, organizational document or other agreement has not been obtained (provided, that, (A) the foregoing exclusions of this clause (i) shall in no way be construed (1) to apply to the extent that any described prohibition or restriction is ineffective under Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408, or 9-409 of the UCC or other applicable law, or (2) to apply to the extent that any consent or waiver has been obtained that would permit Lender’s security interest or lien to attach notwithstanding the prohibition or restriction on the pledge of such contract, lease, permit, license, or license agreement and (B) the foregoing exclusions of clause (i) shall in no way be construed to limit, impair, or otherwise affect any of Lender’s continuing security interests in and liens upon any rights or interests of any Loan Party in or to (1) monies due or to become due under or in connection with any described contract, lease, permit, license, license agreement, or Security, or (2) any proceeds from the sale, license, lease, or other dispositions of any such contract, lease, permit, license, license agreement, or Securities); (ii) or any management agreement, advisory agreement, subadvisory agreement, investment advisory agreement or similar agreement (provided the foregoing exclusions shall in no way be construed to limit, impair, or otherwise affect any of Lender’s continuing security interests in and liens upon any rights or interests of any Loan Party in or to (1) monies due or to become due under or in connection with any such management agreement, advisory agreement, subadvisory agreement, investment advisory agreement or similar agreement, or (2) any proceeds from the sale or other dispositions of any such management agreement, advisory agreement, subadvisory agreement, investment advisory agreement or similar agreement); (iii) any United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law, provided that upon submission and acceptance by the US Patent and Trademark Office of an amendment to allege use pursuant to 15

 

7


U.S.C. Section 1060(a) (or any successor provision), such intent-to-use trademark application shall be considered Collateral; (iv) any Deposit Account exclusively used for all or any of the following purposes: payroll, benefits, taxes, trusts, utility payments, escrow, customs, insurance impress accounts, other fiduciary purposes or compliance with legal requirements to the extent such legal requirements prohibit the granting of a Lien thereon, or (v) any general partnership or managing member interests held by any Loan Party (provided that such exclusion in this clause (v) shall not be construed to apply to any economic interests related thereto).

Federal Reserve Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, for any period and with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the ratio of (i) the sum of (a) EBITDA for such period minus (b) all Capital Expenditures made during such period minus (c) Permitted Tax Distributions actually made with respect to taxes incurred and payable relating to such period minus (d) Taxes based on income (including, without limitation, franchise taxes based on income), profits or capital payable for such period minus (e) earn-outs due in respect of Permitted Acquisitions and paid or payable in cash during such period to (ii) Fixed Charges for such period.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any period and with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum, without duplication, of (a) Interest Expense paid in cash (less the amount of any interest income received in cash) during such period, plus (b) the Current Portion of Long-Term Debt, plus (c) payments made in cash during such period on Debt owing to sellers of assets or Securities to a Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, plus (d) payments made in cash during such period on Debt assumed in connection with any acquisition of assets or Securities by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

Funding Date ” means the date on which a Loan is made by Lender to Borrowers.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time.

General Partnership ” means Silvercrest GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Governing Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, the certificate or Articles of incorporation or formation, by-laws or operating agreement, or other organizational or governing documents of such Person.

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local, or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, central bank, court, tribunal, or other instrumentality, domestic or foreign.

GP Transfer ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of “Reorganization” in this Section 1.1 .

 

8


Guarantors ” means Parent and any other Person who is joined as a guarantor under the Guaranty, and “ Guarantor ” means any one of them.

Guaranty ” means that certain General Continuing Guaranty, dated as of the date hereof, made by the Guarantors party thereto in favor of Lender.

Highest Lawful Rate ” means the maximum non-usurious interest rate, as in effect from time to time, that may be charged, contracted for, reserved, received, or collected by Lender in connection with the Loans.

IHI Date ” means the first day of the month after Borrowers and Lender enter into an Interest Hedging Instrument and such agreement becomes effective with respect to one or more Term Loans or any portion thereof (and as applicable only to such Term Loans or portion thereof).

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 8.2 hereof.

Indemnitee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 8.2 of hereof.

Initial Distribution ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of “Reorganization” in this Section 1.1 .

Initial Interest Period ” means the time from the date of this Agreement through the last day of the month in which the effective date of an Interest Hedging Instrument occurs, if any, entered into with respect to a Term Loan.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person under any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law, assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extensions generally with creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

Intercompany Subordination Agreement ” means that certain Intercompany Subordination Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Loan Parties and Lender.

Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the aggregate of the interest expense of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Interest Hedging Instrument ” means any documentation evidencing any interest rate swap, interest “cap” or “collar” or any other interest rate hedging device or swap agreement (as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 et. seq.) between any Borrower and Lender (or any Affiliate of Lender); provided however, nothing herein shall be deemed to be a commitment by Lender (or any Affiliate of Lender) to enter into any interest rate swap, interest “cap” or “collar” or any other interest rate hedging device or swap agreement.

 

9


Interest Payment Date ” means, (x) in the case of Base Rate Loans, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December in each year, and (y) in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans, (i) on the last day of the applicable Interest Period, and (ii) in the case of a LIBOR Rate Loan with an Interest Period greater than three (3) months in duration, the date that is three (3) months after the commencement of the applicable Interest Period.

Interest Period ” means, with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan:

(a) Pre-IHI, the period commencing on the date such LIBOR Rate Loan is made (including the date a Base Rate Loan is converted to a LIBOR Rate Loan, or a LIBOR Rate Loan is renewed as a LIBOR Rate Loan, which, in the latter case, will be the last day of the expiring Interest Period) and ending on the date which is one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter, as selected by Administrative Borrower; provided , however , that no Interest Period may extend beyond (a) with respect to Revolving Loans, the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, or (b) with respect to Term Loans, the Term Loan Maturity Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Interest Period for a LIBOR Rate Loan selected by Administrative Borrower is no longer available the Interest Period shall be the Interest Period next shortest in duration.

(b) Post-IHI, each one (1) month period commencing the first day of the month after the date of this Agreement and on the first day of each succeeding month, provided, however, no Interest Period may extend beyond the Term Loan Maturity Date. The LIBOR Rate shall adjust on the first day of each Interest Period, based on the LIBOR Rate as determined by Lender two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of each Interest Period.

Investment ” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by such Person of, or acquisition of a beneficial interest in, stock, instruments, bonds, debentures or other Securities of any other Person, or any direct or indirect loan, advance, or capital contribution by such Person to any other Person, including all indebtedness and accounts receivable due from that other Person that did not arise from sales or the rendition of services to that other Person in the ordinary and usual course of such Person’s business, and deposit accounts (including certificates of deposit).

IPO Sale ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of “Reorganization” in this Section 1.1 .

IPO Vehicle ” means Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc., a Delaware corporation.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the International Standby Practices 1998 (International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590) and any subsequent revision thereof adopted by the International Chamber of Commerce on the date such Letter of Credit is issued.

Lender ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement, including its permitted successors and assigns.

 

10


Lender’s Account ” means the Deposit Account of Lender identified on Schedule L-1 .

Letter of Credit ” means a letter of credit (as that term is defined in the UCC) issued by Lender.

Letter of Credit Agreements ” means a Letter of Credit Application, together with any and all related letter of credit agreements pursuant to which Lender agrees to issue, amend, or extend a Letter of Credit, or pursuant to which Borrowers agree to reimburse Lender for all Letter of Credit Disbursements, each such application and related agreement to be in the form specified by Lender from time to time.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application requesting Lender to issue, amend, or extend a Letter of Credit, each such application to be in the form specified by Lender from time to time.

Letter of Credit Collateralization ” means either (a) providing cash collateral (pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to Lender, including provisions that specify that the Letter of Credit fee and all usage charges set forth in this Agreement and the Letter of Credit Agreements will continue to accrue while the Letters of Credit are outstanding) to be held by Lender for the benefit of Lender in an amount equal to 105% of the then existing Letter of Credit Usage, (b) delivering to Lender the original of each Letter of Credit, together with documentation executed by all beneficiaries under each Letter of Credit in form and substance acceptable to Lender terminating all of such beneficiaries’ rights under such Letters of Credit, or (c) providing Lender with a standby letter of credit, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, from a commercial bank acceptable to Lender (in its sole discretion) in an amount equal to 105% of the then existing Letter of Credit Usage (it being understood that the Letter of Credit fee and all usage charges set forth in this Agreement will continue to accrue while the Letters of Credit are outstanding and that any such fees that accrue must be an amount that can be drawn under any such standby letter of credit).

Letter of Credit Disbursement ” means a payment made by Lender pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

Letter of Credit Indemnified Costs ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.12(e) of this Agreement.

Letter of Credit Related Person ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.12(e) of this Agreement.

Letter of Credit Usage ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, and (ii) the aggregate amount of outstanding reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit which remain unreimbursed or which have not been paid through a Borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

11


LIBOR Rate ” means:

(a) Pre-IHI, the rate per year (rounded upward to the next one-sixteenth (1/16th) of one percent (0.0625%), if necessary) determined by Lender to be the quotient of (a) the Base LIBOR Rate divided by (b) one minus the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirement for the applicable Interest Period; which is expressed by the following formula:

 

Base LIBOR Rate

1 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirement

(b) Post-IHI, the rate per year determined by Lender to be the quotient of (a) the Base LIBOR Rate divided by (b) one minus the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirement for the applicable Interest Period; which is expressed by the following formula:

 

Base LIBOR Rate

1 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirement

LIBOR Rate Loan ” means any Loan bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate.

LIBOR Rate Margin ” means 3.00 percentage points.

Lien ” means any lien, hypothecation, mortgage, pledge, assignment (including any assignment of rights to receive payments of money) for security, security interest, charge, or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest) in each case, in the nature of a security interest.

Loan Account ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13 hereof.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Control Agreements, the Guaranty, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Stock Pledge Agreement, any Letter of Credit Applications and other Letter of Credit Agreements entered into by Borrowers in connection with this Agreement, and any and all other documents, agreements, or instruments that have been or are entered into by any Loan Party, on the one hand, and Lender, on the other hand, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Loan Party ” means any Borrower or any Guarantor.

Loans ” means, individually and collectively, the Revolving Loans or the Term Loans.

LP Amendment ” means the amendment of the Limited Partnership Agreement of Parent in connection with the Reorganization to provide that its limited partnership interests shall convert into Class B units and its general partnership interests shall convert into Class A units, with such other terms and conditions not materially adverse to the interests of Lender.

Management Fee ” means any management, advisory, or sub-advisory fee and any other similar compensation paid to Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries by any Person for management or advisory services provided by Borrowers or such Subsidiary, as applicable, for such Person or its assets (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any carried interest or any similar profit interest in any such Person).

 

12


Margin Securities ” means “margin stock” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board.

Material Adverse Effect ” means, the occurrence and continuance of any of the following: (a) a material adverse change in the business, operations, results of operations, assets, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of any Borrower, individually, or the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of any Loan Party’s ability to perform its obligations under any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party or of the Lender’s ability to enforce the Obligations or realize upon the Collateral, or (c) a material impairment of the enforceability or priority of the Lender’s Liens with respect to the Collateral.

Material Agreements ” means, with respect to any Borrower, each contract or agreement to which such Person is a party involving aggregate consideration payable to or by such Person of $3,000,000 or more during any fiscal year.

Maximum Revolver Amount ” means $7,500,000.

Maximum Term Amount ” means $7,500,000.

Mezzanine Securities ” means loans, equity investments or other investments which consist of mezzanine investments, subordinated debt investments, bank loans, high yield bonds, equity securities, distressed debt securities or other similar investments.

Obligations ” means all loans (including the Revolving Loans and the Term Loans), debts, principal, interest, reimbursement or indemnification obligations with respect to Letters of Credit (irrespective of whether contingent), premiums, liabilities (including all amounts charged to Administrative Borrower’s Loan Account pursuant hereto), obligations (including indemnification obligations), fees, charges, costs, expenses (including any portion thereof that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), lease payments, guaranties, covenants, and duties of any kind and description owing by any Borrower to Lender pursuant to or evidenced by the Loan Documents and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including all interest not paid when due and all expenses that any Borrower is required to pay or reimburse by the Loan Documents, by law, or otherwise. Any reference in this Agreement or in the Loan Documents to the Obligations shall include all extensions, modifications, renewals, or alterations thereof, both prior and subsequent to any Insolvency Proceeding.

Overadvance Amount ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.9(c) hereof.

Parent ” means Silvercrest L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

13


Permitted Acquisition ” means the purchase or other acquisition directly by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries that is a Loan Party of (a) all of the Securities in, or all or substantially all of the property of, any Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a Subsidiary of a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries that is a Loan Party, or (b) some or all of the assets of any Person or Persons that, collectively and as a whole, constitute all or substantially all of a single business line, unit or division of such Person or Persons’ consolidated corporate family (including, in any case, as a result of a merger or consolidation); provided that, with respect to each such purchase or other acquisition:

(i) the applicable Borrower and any such newly-created or acquired Subsidiary shall comply with the requirements of Section 5.7 ;

(ii) the nature of the business of the Person to be (or the property of which is to be) so purchased or otherwise acquired shall be ancillary, reasonably related or incidental to the nature of the business of Borrowers in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) such proposed acquisition is consensual;

(iv) immediately before and immediately after giving pro forma effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(v) if (x) the total cash and noncash consideration (including the fair market value of all Securities issued or transferred to the sellers thereof, all indemnities, the aggregate amount paid under noncompete, consulting and other affiliated agreements with the sellers thereof (other than any such agreements for actual services rendered or to be rendered to a Borrower or its Subsidiaries), all write-downs of property and reserves for liabilities with respect thereto and all assumptions of Debt in connection therewith) paid by or on behalf of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for any such purchase or other acquisition exceeds (A) $7,500,000 for any single acquisition or series of related acquisitions, or (B) $7,500,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal quarter, and (y) and all or any portion of such consideration is to be paid with proceeds of a Term Loan, then at least 15 Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed acquisition, Borrowers shall have provided Lender with each of the following:

(1) written notice of the proposed acquisition and a description of the business of the Person to be acquired or assets to be acquired;

(2) copies of the acquisition agreement and other material documents relative to the proposed acquisition;

(3) historical financial statements of the Person to be acquired (or the historical financial statements related to the assets to be acquired) for the most recent trailing twelve-month period of such Person (or related to such assets); and

(5) written confirmation, supported by reasonably detailed calculations, that Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are projected to be in compliance with the financial covenants in Section 6.15 of the Agreement (taking into account the effects of the

 

14


proposed acquisition, including, without limitation, the assumption of any Debt in connection therewith and Debt owing to sellers in connection therewith and payments made thereunder), for each of the 4 fiscal quarter periods immediately following the proposed date of consummation of such proposed acquisition;

(vi) Borrowers have delivered to Lender, prior to the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is to be consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrowers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in clauses (i)  through (v)  above have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition.

Permitted Holders ” means, collectively, the employees of Silvercrest.

Permitted Investments ” means (a) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents, (b) Investments in negotiable instruments for collection, (c) advances made in connection with purchases of goods or services in the ordinary course of business, (d) extensions of credit to any other Borrower or a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a Loan Party so long as such Person is a party to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, (e) Investments (other than extensions of credit) in any new Subsidiary formed or created after the Closing Date, subject to compliance with Section 5.7 hereof; (f) to the extent constituting Investments, the Obligations and the Debt of the Guarantors under the Guaranty, (g) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or insolvency of any debtor and in settlement of delinquent accounts or other disputes owing by such debtor to any Borrower or Subsidiary of any Borrower, (h) Investments received as the non-cash portion from any disposition of any Assets by any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower permitted under Section 6.6 hereof, (i) Permitted Acquisitions, (j) Investments held by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such Permitted Acquisition and were in existence on the date of such Permitted Acquisition, (k) Investments existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.3 , and (l) so long as no Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $6,500,000; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition of “Permitted Investments”, the aggregate amount of all Investments made in any Subsidiary that has incurred or assumed secured Debt permitted under Sections 6.1(k) and 6.2(a), which Debt is not otherwise subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Lender, shall in no event exceed $250,000 during the term of this Agreement while any such Debt remains outstanding or commitments relating to any such Debt have not been terminated.

Permitted Liens ” means: (a) Liens for Taxes, assessments, or governmental charges or claims, the payment of which is not, at such time, required by Section 5.4 hereof, (b) any attachment or judgment Lien either in existence less than 30 calendar days after the entry thereof, or with respect to which execution has been stayed, or with respect to which payment in full above any applicable deductible is covered by insurance (so long as no reservation of rights has been made by the insurer in connection with such coverage), (c) Liens incurred to secure any surety bonds, appeal bonds, supersedeas bonds, or other instruments serving a similar purpose in connection with the appeal of any such judgment, (d) banker’s Liens in the nature of rights of setoff arising in the ordinary course of business of any Borrower, (e) Liens granted by the Loan

 

15


Parties to Lender in order to secure their respective obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which they are a party, (f) Liens arising by operation of law in favor of warehousemen, landlords, carriers, mechanics, materialmen, laborers, or suppliers, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money, and which Liens either (i) are for sums not yet delinquent, or (ii) are the subject of Permitted Protests, (g) Liens on amounts deposited to secure any Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ obligations in connection with worker’s compensation or other unemployment insurance, (h) with respect to any real property, easements, rights of way, and zoning restrictions, minor defects or other irregularities of title and other similar encumbrances that, in the aggregate, which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto and that do not materially interfere with or impair the use or operation thereof, (i) Liens set forth on Schedule 6.2 ; provided , however , that to qualify as a Permitted Lien, any such Lien described on Schedule 6.2 shall only secure the Debt that it secures on the Closing Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, (j) Liens securing Debt of any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(b) (provided that (i) such Liens shall be created substantially simultaneously with, or within 90 days of, the incurrence of such Debt and (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Debt), (k) any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased, (l) Liens evidenced by precautionary UCC financing statements relating to operating leases, bailments and consignments of personal property, (m) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Acquisition, (n) Liens securing Debt permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(j) and 6.1(k ), so long as such Liens attach solely to the assets or business acquired in the Permitted Acquisition that is financed by such Debt (including any acquired Securities), and (o) other Liens not specified in clauses (a)  through (n)  above that do not secure Debt for borrowed money or letters of credit, so long as neither (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured thereby nor (ii) the aggregate fair market value (determined, in the case of each such Lien, as of the date such Lien is incurred) of the assets subject thereto exceed $300,000 at any time.

Permitted Protest ” means the right of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to protest any Lien (other than any Lien that secures the Obligations), taxes (other than payroll taxes or taxes that are the subject of a United States federal tax lien), or rental payment, provided that (a) a reserve with respect to such obligation is established on such Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s books and records in such amount as is required under GAAP, (b) any such protest is instituted promptly and prosecuted diligently by such Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, in good faith, and (c) Lender is satisfied that, while any such protest is pending, there will be no impairment of the enforceability, validity, or priority of any of Lender’s Liens.

Permitted Tax Distribution ” means, with respect to any tax period (or portion thereof) of any Borrower during which such Borrower is not treated as a separately taxable entity, for federal or state income tax purposes, cash distributions to any direct or indirect, Shareholder of any Borrower with respect to each such tax period for which income tax, or an installment of estimated tax, would be required to be paid by such Shareholder by virtue of owning, directly or indirectly, Securities in such Borrower, assuming a tax rate equal to the maximum combined federal, state, and local income tax rate applicable to either a corporation or a natural person that is a resident of New York City, New York (whichever is higher).

 

16


Person ” means and includes natural persons, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint ventures, associations, companies, business trusts, or other organizations, irrespective of whether they are legal entities.

Post-IHI ” shall mean the time after the end of the Initial Interest Period for any Term Loan subject to an Interest Hedging Instrument.

Pre-IHI ” shall mean either: (i) the time during which no Interest Hedging Instrument is in effect for the applicable Term Loan, or (ii) the time before the end of the Initial Interest Period for any Term Loan subject to an Interest Hedging Instrument.

Projections ” means Parent’s forecasted profit and loss statements, balance sheets and statements of cash flows, prepared on a basis consistent with Parent’s historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions.

Refinancing Debt ” means refinancings, renewals, or extensions of Debt so long as:

(a) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in an increase in the principal amount of the Debt so refinanced, renewed, or extended, other than by the amount of premiums paid thereon and the fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith and by the amount of unfunded commitments with respect thereto,

(b) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in a shortening of the average weighted maturity (measured as of the refinancing, renewal, or extension) of the Debt so refinanced, renewed, or extended, nor are they on terms or conditions that, taken as a whole, are or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of Lender,

(c) if the Debt that is refinanced, renewed, or extended was subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, then the terms and conditions of the refinancing, renewal, or extension must include subordination terms and conditions that are at least as favorable to Lender as those that were applicable to the refinanced, renewed, or extended Indebtedness, and

(d) the Debt that is refinanced, renewed, or extended is not recourse to any Person that is liable on account of the Obligations other than those Persons which were obligated with respect to the Debt that was refinanced, renewed, or extended.

Regulatory Change ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.14 hereof.

Reorganization ” means (i) the distribution of certain of the general partnership interests of Parent currently held by the General Partnership to the certain members of the General Partnership and the automatic conversion of such general partnership units into limited partnership interests of Parent (the “ Initial Distribution ”), (ii) the transfer by the General Partnership of its remaining general partnership interests in Parent to the IPO Vehicle (the “ GP

 

17


Transfer ”), (iii) the LP Amendment, (iv) a bona fide underwritten sale to the public of common Securities of the IPO Vehicle, in any transaction or series or related transactions, pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 that is declared effective by the SEC (the “ IPO Sale ”), and (v) the purchase by the IPO Vehicle of all of the limited partnership interests of Parent held by Vulcan Wealth Management LLC and certain limited partnership interests of Parent held by other Persons.

Request for Borrowing ” means an irrevocable written notice from a Responsible Officer of Administrative Borrower to Lender of a Borrower’s request to borrow any Loan, which notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit R-1 attached hereto.

Request for Conversion/Continuation ” means an irrevocable written notice from a Responsible Officer of Administrative Borrower to Lender pursuant to the terms of Section 2.7 , substantially in the form of Exhibit R-2 attached hereto.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) the managing partner, managing member, chief executive officer, chief financial officer or chief operating officer of such Person, or (b) any other officer of such Person designated by an officer of the type described in clause (a).

Revolving Credit Facility ” means the revolving credit facility described in Section 2.1 hereof pursuant to which Lender provides Revolving Loans to Borrowers and issues Letters of Credit for the account of Borrowers.

Revolving Credit Facility Commitment ” means the commitment of Lender to make Revolving Loans and to issue Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount.

Revolving Credit Facility Usage ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal balance of all Revolving Loans outstanding at such time, plus (b) the amount of the Letter of Credit Usage at such time.

Revolving Credit Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) December 24, 2016 and (b) such earlier date on which the Obligations shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Revolving Loan ” means a revolving loan made by Lender to Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

Revolving Loan Obligations ” means any Obligation with respect to the Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit (including the principal thereof, the interest thereon, and the fees and expenses specifically related thereto).

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or any successor thereto.

Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Loan Parties and Lender.

 

18


Securities ” means the capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests, or other securities of a Person, all warrants, options, convertible securities, and other interests which may be exercised in respect of, converted into or otherwise relate to such Person’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests, or other equity interests and any other securities, including debt securities of such Person.

Securities Account ” means a securities account (as that term is defined in the UCC).

Shareholder ” means, with respect to each Person, the holder of some or all of the Securities in such Person.

Silvercrest ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Preamble hereto.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, that (a) at fair valuations, the sum of such Person’s debts (including contingent liabilities) is less than all of such Person’s assets, (b) such Person is not engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction for which the remaining assets of such Person are unreasonably small in relation to the business or transaction or for which the property remaining with such Person is an unreasonably small capital, and (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or reasonably believe that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise), and (d) such Person is “solvent” or not “insolvent”, as applicable within the meaning given those terms and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

Standard Letter of Credit Practice ” means, for Lender, any domestic or foreign law or letter of credit practices applicable in the city in which Lender issued the applicable Letter of Credit or, for its branch or correspondent, such laws and practices applicable in the city in which it has advised, confirmed or negotiated such Letter of Credit, as the case may be, in each case, (a) which letter of credit practices are of banks that regularly issue letters of credit in the particular city, and (b) which laws or letter of credit practices are required or permitted under ISP or UCP 600, as chosen in the applicable Letter of Credit.

Stock Pledge Agreement ” means that certain Stock Pledge Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between Parent and Lender.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (a) any corporation in which such Person, directly or indirectly through its Subsidiaries, owns more than 50% of the Securities of any class or classes having by the terms thereof the ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation, and (b) any partnership, association, joint venture, limited liability company, or other entity in which such Person, directly or indirectly through its Subsidiaries, has more than a 50% equity interest at the time.

 

19


Taxes ” means any tax based upon, or measured by net or gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, occupation, premium or property taxes, or conduct of business, together with any interest and penalties, additions to tax and additional amounts imposed by any federal, state, local, or foreign taxing authority upon any Person.

Term Loan ” means a term loan made by Lender to Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof.

Term Loan Facility ” means the delayed-draw term loan facility described in Section 2.2 hereof pursuant to which Lender provides Term Loans to Borrowers.

Term Loan Draw Date ” means each date on which a Term Loan is made hereunder, each of which shall occur, if ever, not later than June 25, 2018.

Term Loan Commitment ” means the commitment of Lender to make Term Loans to Borrower on each Term Loan Draw Date, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $7,500,000.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) June 24, 2020 and (b) such earlier date on which the Obligations shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Term Loan Obligations ” means any Obligation with respect to the Term Loans (including the principal thereof, the interest thereon, and the fees and expenses specifically related thereto).

Transaction Costs ” means any and all fees, costs and expenses payable by the Loan Parties (including such fees payable to Lender) in connection with the Loans and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

UCC ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies with respect to Lender’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies. To the extent that defined terms set forth herein shall have different meanings under different Articles under the Uniform Commercial Code, the meaning assigned to such defined term under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code shall control.

UCP 600 ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits 2007 Revision, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600 and any subsequent revision thereof adopted by the International Chamber of Commerce on the date such Letter of Credit is issued.

 

20


Unmatured Event of Default ” means an event, act, or occurrence which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, would become an Event of Default.

Upfront Fee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.11(a) .

1.2 Construction . Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular and to the singular include the plural, the part includes the whole, the term “including” is not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”. References in this Agreement to a “determination” or “designation” include estimates by Lender (in the case of quantitative determinations or designations), and beliefs by Lender (in the case of qualitative determinations or designations). The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereby”, “hereunder”, and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Article, Section, subsection, clause, exhibit, and schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference herein to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents includes any and all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, or supplements thereto or thereof, as applicable. Any reference herein or in any other Loan Document to the satisfaction, payment or repayment in full of the Obligations shall mean the repayment in full in cash (or, in the case of contingent reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit, providing Letter of Credit Collateralization) of all Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations and unasserted contingent expense reimbursement claims) and the termination of the Commitments of Lender to extend credit hereunder. Where pro forma compliance with Section 6.15 is required but no measurement period is cited in Section 6.15 or in the defined terms used therein has then elapsed, the applicable covenant in Section 6.15 for the first measurement period cited in such Section shall need to be satisfied as of the last 4 quarters most recently ended.

ARTICLE II AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS

2.1 Revolving Credit Facility .

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 2.1 and Article III hereof, and the other terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement:

(i) Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to Borrowers on and after the Closing Date until, but not including, the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, at such times and in such amounts as Borrower may request in accordance with Section 2.7 hereof; and

(ii) Revolving Loans under the Revolving Credit Facility may be borrowed, repaid without penalty or premium, and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, reborrowed.

(b) In no event shall Lender be obligated to make Revolving Loans hereunder if, after giving effect to the requested Revolving Loan, the Revolving Credit Facility Usage would exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount.

(c) Subject to Section 2.1(b) hereof, each Borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 and, thereafter, in

 

21


integral multiples of $100,000, unless such Borrowing is being made to pay any interest, fees, or expenses then due hereunder, in which case such Borrowing may be in the amount of such interest, fees, or expenses.

2.2 Term Loans .

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 2.2 and Article III hereof and the other terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement

(i) Lender agrees to make Term Loans to Borrowers at Administrative Borrower’s request on any date occurring on or after the Closing Date and on or prior to June 25, 2018, in such amount as Borrower may request in accordance with Section 2.7 hereof;

(ii) The Term Loan Facility is not a revolving credit facility and any portion of a Term Loan that is repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed;

(iii) On the date on which each Term Loan shall be made to Borrowers, the Term Loan Commitment shall be automatically and permanently reduced on such date by an amount equal to the aggregate original principal amount of such Term Loan;

(iv) Any portion of the Term Loan Commitment that has not been funded by Lender to Borrowers shall expire and be terminated upon the earlier to occur of (i) 5:00 p.m. Pacific time on June 25, 2018 and (ii) the Term Loan Maturity Date.

(b) The aggregate principal amount of Term Loans made hereunder shall not exceed the Maximum Term Amount.

(c) Subject to Section 2.2(b) hereof, each Borrowing under the Term Loan Facility shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 and, thereafter, in integral multiples of $100,000, unless such Borrowing is being made to pay any interest, fees, or expenses then due hereunder, in which case such Borrowing may be in the amount of such interest, fees, or expenses.

2.3 Rate Designation .

Administrative Borrower shall designate each Loan as a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan in the Request for Borrowing or Request for Conversion/Continuation given to Lender in accordance with Section 2.7 or Section 2.8 , as applicable. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any and all Term Loans subject to an Interest Hedging Instrument shall be LIBOR Rate Loans.

2.4 Interest Rates; Payment Interest .

(a) Borrowers shall make each payment required to be made hereunder to Lender’s Account not later than noon Pacific time, on the due date of payment. If not paid in full in immediately available funds when due, each Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to charge the amount of any portion of such payments not made on such date to the Loan Account as a Revolving Loan, which thereafter shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans hereunder.

 

22


(b) Subject to Section 2.5 , each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal balance thereof, from and including the date advanced or converted to a Base Rate Loan, to but excluding the date of conversion to a LIBOR Rate Loan or repayment thereof, at a fluctuating rate, per annum, equal to the lesser of (i) the greater of (A) the Base Rate plus the Base Rate Margin, and (B) 2.50% per annum, and (ii) the Highest Lawful Rate. Accrued and unpaid interest with respect to Base Rate Loans shall be due and payable, in arrears, (A) on each Interest Payment Date, commencing on the first Interest Payment Date following the Closing Date, and continuing on each Interest Payment Date thereafter up to and including the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding (y) with respect to Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Loans, the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, and (z) with respect to Base Rate Loans that are Term Loans, the Term Loan Maturity Date, and (B)(y) with respect to Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Loans, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, and (z) with respect to Base Rate Loans that are Term Loans, on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

(c) Subject to Section 2.5 , each LIBOR Rate Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal balance thereof, from the date advanced, converted to a LIBOR Rate Loan, or continued as a LIBOR Rate Loan for a new Interest Period, to but excluding the date of conversion to a Base Rate Loan, repayment thereof, at a rate, per annum, equal to the lesser of (i) the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin and (ii) the Highest Lawful Rate. Accrued and unpaid interest with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans shall be due and payable, in arrears, (A) on each Interest Payment Date applicable to that LIBOR Rate Loan, commencing on the first Interest Payment Date following the Closing Date, and continuing on each Interest Payment Date thereafter up to and including the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding (y) with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans that are Revolving Loans, the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, and (z) with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans that are Term Loans, the Term Loan Maturity Date, and (B)(y) with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans that are Revolving Loans, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, and (z) with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans that Term Loans, on the Term Loan Maturity Date. Anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement notwithstanding, Borrowers may not have more than ten (10) LIBOR Rate Loans outstanding at any one time.

2.5 Default Rate . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (a) all Loans then outstanding shall bear interest at a rate equal to the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2.00 percentage points, and (b) the Letter of Credit fee provided for in Section 2.11(c) shall be increased by 2.00 percentage points above the per annum rate otherwise applicable under this Agreement. All amounts payable under this Section 2.5 shall be due and payable on demand by Lender.

2.6 Computation of Interest and Fees; Maximum Interest Rate .

(a) All computations of interest with respect to the Loans that bear interest at the Base Rate and computations of the fees due hereunder for any period shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, for the actual number of days elapsed in such period. All computations of interest with respect to the Loans that bear interest at the LIBOR Rate shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed.

 

23


Interest shall accrue from the first day of the making of a Loan (or the date on which interest or fees or other payments are due hereunder, if applicable) to (but not including) the date of repayment of such Loan (or the date of the payment of interest or fees or other payments, if applicable) in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) Anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement notwithstanding, Borrowers shall not be obligated to pay, and Lender shall not be entitled to charge, collect, receive, reserve, or take interest (it being understood that interest shall be calculated as the aggregate of all charges which constitute interest under applicable law that are contracted for, charged, reserved, received, or paid) in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate. During any period of time in which the interest rates specified herein exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, interest shall accrue and be payable at such Highest Lawful Rate; provided , however , that, if the interest rate otherwise applicable hereunder declines below the Highest Lawful Rate, interest shall continue to accrue and be payable at the Highest Lawful Rate (so long as there remains any unpaid principal with respect to the Loans) until the interest that has been paid hereunder equals the amount of interest that would have been paid if interest had at all times accrued and been payable at the applicable interest rates otherwise specified in this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 2.6 , the term “applicable law” shall mean that law in effect from time to time and applicable to this loan transaction which lawfully permits the charging and collection of the highest permissible, lawful, non-usurious rate of interest on such loan transaction and this Agreement, including laws of the State of California and, to the extent controlling, laws of the United States of America.

2.7 Request for Borrowing .

(a) Each Base Rate Loan shall be made on a Business Day and each LIBOR Rate Loan shall be made on a Eurodollar Business Day.

(b) Each Loan shall be made upon written notice, by way of a Request for Borrowing, which Request for Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall be given by telefacsimile, mail, email or personal service, and delivered to Lender at 555 S. Flower Street, 24th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90071, telefacsimile number (213) 673-9801, as follows:

(i) for a Base Rate Loan, Administrative Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Request for Borrowing not later than noon Pacific time on the date that is one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Funding Date, and such Request for Borrowing shall specify that a Base Rate Loan is requested and state the amount thereof (subject to the provisions of this Article II );

(ii) for a LIBOR Rate Loan, Administrative Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Request for Borrowing not later than noon Pacific time on the date that is two (2) Eurodollar Business Days before the requested Funding Date, and such Request for Borrowing shall specify that a LIBOR Rate Loan is requested and state the amount and the initial Interest Period applicable thereto (subject to the provisions of this Article II ); provided , however , that no Loan shall be available as a LIBOR Rate Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. If Administrative Borrower fails to designate a Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan in accordance herewith, the Loan will be a Base Rate Loan, provided that Administrative

 

24


Borrower may at any time thereafter convert such Base Rate Loan into a LIBOR Rate Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In connection with each LIBOR Rate Loan, each Borrower shall indemnify, defend, and hold Lender harmless against any loss, cost, or expense incurred by Lender as a result of (a) the prepayment of any LIBOR Rate Loan on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any LIBOR Rate Loan on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any LIBOR Rate Loan on the date specified in any Request for Borrowing or notice of prepayment, as applicable, delivered pursuant hereto (such losses, costs, and expenses, collectively, “ Funding Losses ”). Funding Losses shall, with respect to Lender, be deemed to equal the amount determined by Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such LIBOR Rate Loan had such event not occurred, at the LIBOR Rate that would have been applicable thereto, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert, or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period therefor), minus (ii) the amount of interest that would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which Lender would be offered were it to be offered, at the commencement of such period, Dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period in the London interbank market. A certificate of Lender delivered to Administrative Borrower setting forth any amount or amounts that Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.7(b) (which certificate shall include Lender’s calculations of such amount or amounts) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(c) If the notice provided for in clause (b)  of this Section 2.7 with respect to a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan is received by Lender not later than noon Pacific time, on a Business Day or Eurodollar Business Day, as applicable, such day shall be treated as the first Business Day or Eurodollar Business Day, as applicable, of the required notice period. In any other event, such notice will be treated as having been received immediately before noon Pacific time, of the next Business Day or Eurodollar Business Day, as applicable, and such day shall be treated as the first Business Day or Eurodollar Business Day, as applicable, of the required notice period.

(d) The initial Request for Borrowing shall include certification by a Responsible Officer of Administrative Borrower that each of the conditions in Article III have been satisfied or waived. Each Request for Borrowing delivered to Lender thereafter shall include a certificate by a Responsible Officer of Administrative Borrower that each of the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 have been satisfied or waived.

2.8 Conversion or Continuation .

(a) Subject to the provisions of clause (d)  and (e)  of this Section 2.8 and the provisions of Section 2.14 , Borrowers shall have the option to (i) convert all or any portion of the principal amount of outstanding Base Rate Loans equal to $250,000, and integral multiples of $50,000 in excess of such amount, to a LIBOR Rate Loan, (ii) convert all or any portion of the principal amount of outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans equal to $250,000 and integral multiples of $50,000 in excess of such amount, to a Base Rate Loan, and (iii) upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any outstanding LIBOR Rate Loan, continue all or any portion of the principal amount of such LIBOR Rate Loan equal to $250,000, and integral

 

25


multiples of $50,000 in excess of such amount, as a LIBOR Rate Loan, and the succeeding Interest Period of such continued Loan shall commence on the expiration date of the Interest Period previously applicable thereto; provided , however , that a LIBOR Rate Loan only may be converted or continued, as the case may be, on the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable thereto; provided further , however , that no outstanding Loan may be continued as, or be converted into, a LIBOR Rate Loan when any Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided further , however , that if, before the expiration of an Interest Period of a LIBOR Rate Loan, Administrative Borrower fails to timely deliver the appropriate Request for Conversion/Continuation, such LIBOR Rate Loan automatically shall be converted to a Base Rate Loan.

(b) Administrative Borrower shall by telefacsimile, mail, email or personal service deliver a Request for Conversion/Continuation to Lender (i) no later than noon Pacific time, one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed conversion date, in the case of a conversion to a Base Rate Loan, and (ii) no later than noon Pacific time, two (2) Eurodollar Business Days prior to the proposed conversion or continuation date, in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a LIBOR Rate Loan. A Request for Conversion/Continuation shall specify (x) the proposed conversion or continuation date (which shall be a Business Day or a Eurodollar Business Day, as applicable), (y) the amount and type of the Loan to be converted or continued, and (z) the Interest Period applicable to any Loan being converted to or continued as a LIBOR Rate Loan.

(c) Any Request for Conversion/Continuation (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof) shall be irrevocable and Borrowers shall be obligated to convert or continue in accordance therewith.

(d) No Loan (or portion thereof) may be converted into, or continued as, a LIBOR Rate Loan with an Interest Period that ends after (i) with respect to a Revolving Loan, the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, and (ii) with respect to Term Loans, the Term Loan Maturity Date.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no Term Loan (or portion thereof) that is subject to an Interest Hedging Instrument may be converted into a Base Rate Loan.

2.9 Mandatory Repayment and Prepayment .

(a) The Revolving Credit Facility Commitment shall terminate on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, and the outstanding unpaid principal balance of all Revolving Loans, all accrued and unpaid interest on the Revolving Loans, unpaid fees, costs, or expenses that are payable hereunder or under the other Loan Documents in connection with the Revolving Loan Obligations, and all other Revolving Loan Obligations shall be due and payable in full by Borrowers, without notice or demand on the earliest of (i) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (ii) the date of the acceleration of the Revolving Loan Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof, and (iii) the date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.2 .

 

26


(b) The Term Loan Commitment shall terminate on June 25, 2018. Prior to the IHI Date, the principal amount of each Term Loan drawn (i) on or prior to June 24, 2015 shall be repaid in twenty equal quarterly installments, and (ii) after June 24, 2015 shall be repaid in equal quarterly installments, with the amount of such installments calculated based on an amortization period from the Term Loan Draw Date with respect to such Term Loan to the Term Loan Maturity Date, with each such payment in the case of both clause (i) and (ii) due and payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December in each year, commencing with the first such date to occur after the applicable Term Loan Draw Date. In the event that all or any portion of a Term Loan becomes subject to an Interest Hedging Instrument, Borrowers shall make consecutive monthly installments of principal plus interest (with interest determined in accordance with such Interest Hedging Instrument) on the portion of such Term Loan that is subject to such Interest Hedging Instrument on the first day of each month after the IHI Date, with the amount of such monthly principal payments calculated based on an amortization period equal to (x) with respect to each Term Loan drawn on or prior to June 24, 2015, five (5) years less the number of months which have elapsed since the applicable Term Loan Draw Date, and (y) with respect to each Term Loan drawn after June 24, 2015, the period remaining prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date. The installments of the principal payments of any portion of such Term Loan that is not subject to such Interest Hedging Instrument shall be adjusted at such time, with the amount of such quarterly principal payments calculated based on an amortization period equal to (A) with respect to each Term Loan drawn on or prior to June 24, 2015, five (5) years less the number of quarters which have elapsed since the applicable Term Loan Draw Date, and (B) with respect to each Term Loan drawn after June 24, 2015, the period remaining prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, with each such payment in the case of both clause (A) and (B) due and payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December in each year, commencing with the first such date to occur after the applicable Term Loan Draw Date. The remaining outstanding unpaid principal balance of the Term Loans, all accrued and unpaid interest on the Term Loans, all unpaid fees, costs, or expenses that are payable hereunder or under the other Loan Documents in connection with the Term Loan Obligations, and all other Term Loan Obligations shall be due and payable in full, without notice or demand on the earliest of (I) the Term Loan Maturity Date, (II) the date of the acceleration of the Term Loan Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof, and (III) the date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.2 .

(c) Borrowers shall repay the Revolving Loans from time to time such that the aggregate principal balance of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding is less than or equal to $3,000,000 for at least thirty (30) consecutive days on not less than two separate occasions during each fiscal year.

(d) In the event that, at any time, the Revolving Credit Facility Usage exceeds the Maximum Revolver Amount, then, and in each such event, Borrowers shall promptly (and in any event before the end of such Business Day) repay the amount of such excess to Lender (the “ Overadvance Amount ”). If payment in full of the outstanding Revolving Loans is insufficient to eliminate the Overadvance Amount and Letter of Credit Usage continues to exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount, Borrowers shall maintain Letter of Credit Collateralization of the outstanding Letter of Credit Usage. Lender shall not be obligated to provide any Revolving Loans during any period that an Overadvance Amount is outstanding.

 

27


2.10 Voluntary Prepayments; Termination of Commitments .

(a) Subject to payment of any amounts due under any Interest Hedging Instrument, Borrowers shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to prepay the Loans in whole or in part without penalty or premium. Administrative Borrower shall give Lender written notice not less than one (1) Business Day prior to any such prepayment with respect to Base Rate Loans and not less than two (2) Eurodollar Business Days prior written notice of any such prepayment with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans. In each case, such notice shall specify the date on which such prepayment is to be made (which shall be a Business Day or Eurodollar Business Day, as applicable), and the amount of such prepayment. Each such prepayment shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000, and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of such amount, in each case, and shall include interest accrued but unpaid on the principal amount prepaid to, but not including, the date of payment in accordance with the terms hereof (or, in each case, such lesser amount constituting the amount of all Loans then outstanding). The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, Borrowers may prepay any portion of the outstanding principal balance of a LIBOR Rate Loan prior to the end of the applicable Interest Period, provided, that such prepayment shall be subject to Section 2.7(b)(ii) .

(b) Borrowers may, upon notice to the Lender from the Administrative Borrower, terminate the Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce either the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment or the Term Loan Commitment (or both); provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Lender not later than three Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or any whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, and (iii) Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Revolving Credit Facility Usage would exceed the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment.

2.11 Fees .

(a) Upfront Fee . Borrowers shall pay a fee (the “ Upfront Fee ”) to Lender (i) in the amount of $48,750 on the Closing Date, which shall be due and payable in full in immediately available funds on the Closing Date, and (ii) in an amount equal to 0.30% times the amount of any Term Loan made hereunder, which shall be due and payable in full in immediately available funds on the Term Loan Draw Date with respect thereto. The Upfront Fee shall be deemed fully earned and non-refundable under all circumstances.

(b) Unused Line Fee . An unused line fee shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears, on the first Business Day of each fiscal quarter, in an amount equal to (i) 0.25% per annum times the actual daily amount by which the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment exceeds Revolving Credit Facility Usage for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, plus (ii) 0.40% per annum times the actual daily amount of unused Term Loan Commitment for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter. For the avoidance of doubt, no unused line fee with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility shall accrue on or after the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, and no unused line fee with respect to the Term Loan Facility shall accrue on or after June 25, 2018.

 

28


(c) Letter of Credit Fees . A Letter of Credit fee (in addition to the charges, commissions, fees, and costs set forth in Section 2.12(e) ) which shall accrue at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate Margin times the Daily Balance of the undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, payable quarterly in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable to Base Rate Loans and on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and continuing until all undrawn Letters of Credit have expired or been returned for cancellation. A fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit equal to 0.125% per annum times the Daily Balance of the undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, payable quarterly in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable to Base Rate Loans and on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and continuing until all undrawn Letters of Credit have expired or been returned for cancellation. All fees upon the occurrence of any other activity with respect to any Letter of Credit (including, without limitation, the issuance, transfer, amendment, extension or cancellation of any Letter of Credit and honoring of draws under any Letter of Credit) determined in accordance with Lender’s standard fees and charges then in effect for such activity. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

2.12 Letters of Credit .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon the request of a Borrower made in accordance herewith, Lender agrees to issue a requested Letter of Credit for the account of such Borrower. By submitting a request to Lender for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Borrower shall be deemed to have requested that Lender issue the requested Letter of Credit. Each request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or the amendment, renewal, or extension of any outstanding Letter of Credit, shall be irrevocable and shall be made in writing by a Responsible Officer and delivered to Lender by telefacsimile, mail, email or personal service, and delivered to Lender at 555 S. Flower Street, 24th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90071, telefacsimile number (213) 673-9801, and reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal, or extension. Each such request shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, and (i) shall specify (A) the amount of such Letter of Credit, (B) the date of issuance, amendment, renewal, or extension of such Letter of Credit, (C) the proposed expiration date of such Letter of Credit, (D) the name and address of the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit, and (E) such other information (including, the conditions to drawing, and, in the case of an amendment, renewal, or extension, identification of the Letter of Credit to be so amended, renewed, or extended) as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew, or extend such Letter of Credit, and (ii) shall be accompanied by such Letter of Credit Agreements as Lender may request or require, to the extent that such requests or requirements are consistent with the Letter of Credit Agreements that Lender generally requests for Letters of Credit in similar circumstances. Lender’s records of the content of any such request will be conclusive.

(b) Lender shall have no obligation to issue, amend, renew or extend a Letter of Credit (i) after the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, and/or (ii) if, after giving effect to the requested issuance, amendment, renewal, or extension, (1) the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed the lesser of: (x) the Maximum Revolver Amount less the outstanding amount of Revolving Loans, or (y) $4,000,000, and/or (2) an Event of Default exists or would result therefrom.

 

29


(c) Lender shall have no obligation to issue a Letter of Credit if (i) any order, judgment, or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall, by its terms, purport to enjoin or restrain Lender from issuing such Letter of Credit or any law applicable to Lender or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over Lender shall prohibit or request that Lender refrain from the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular, or (ii) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of Lender applicable to letters of credit generally.

(d) Each Letter of Credit shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender, including the requirement that the amounts payable thereunder must be payable in Dollars, and shall expire on a date no more than 12 months after the date of issuance or last renewal of such Letter of Credit, which date shall be no later than the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. If Lender makes a payment under a Letter of Credit, Borrowers shall pay the Lender an amount equal to the applicable Letter of Credit Disbursement on the Business Day such Letter of Credit Disbursement is made and, in the absence of such payment, the amount of the Letter of Credit Disbursement immediately and automatically shall be deemed to be Revolving Loan hereunder (notwithstanding any failure to satisfy any condition precedent set forth in Article III or this Section 2.12 ) and, initially, shall bear interest at the rate then applicable to Revolving Loans. If a Letter of Credit Disbursement is deemed to be a Revolving Loan hereunder, Borrowers’ obligation to pay the amount of such Letter of Credit Disbursement to Lender shall be automatically converted into an obligation to pay Lender such resulting Revolving Loan.

(e) Each Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lender (including its branches, Affiliates, and correspondents) and each such Person’s respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys and agents (each, a “ Letter of Credit Related Person ”) (to the fullest extent permitted by law) from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings, liabilities, fines, costs, penalties, and damages, and all reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, experts, or consultants and all other costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith or in connection with the enforcement of this indemnification (as and when they are incurred and irrespective of whether suit is brought), which may be incurred by or awarded against any such Letter of Credit Related Person (other than Taxes, which shall be governed by Section 9.3 ) (the “ Letter of Credit Indemnified Costs ”), and which arise out of or in connection with, or as a result of: (i) any Letter of Credit or any pre-advice of its issuance; (ii) any transfer, sale, delivery, surrender or endorsement of any Drawing Document at any time(s) held by any such Letter of Credit Related Person in connection with any Letter of Credit; (iii) any action or proceeding arising out of, or in connection with, any Letter of Credit (whether administrative, judicial or in connection with arbitration), including any action or proceeding to compel or restrain any presentation or payment under any Letter of Credit, or for the wrongful dishonor of, or honoring a presentation under, any Letter of Credit; (iv) any independent undertakings issued by the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit; (v) any unauthorized instruction or request made to Lender in connection with any Letter of Credit or requested Letter of Credit or error in computer or electronic transmission; (vi) an adviser, confirmer or other nominated person seeking to be reimbursed, indemnified or compensated; (vii) any third party seeking to enforce the rights of an applicant, beneficiary, nominated person, transferee, assignee of Letter of Credit proceeds or holder of an instrument or document; (viii)

 

30


the fraud, forgery or illegal action of parties other than the Letter of Credit Related Person; (ix) Lender’s performance of the obligations of a confirming institution or entity that wrongfully dishonors a confirmation; or (x) the acts or omissions, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto governmental or regulatory authority or cause or event beyond the control of the Letter of Credit Related Person; in each case, including that resulting from the Letter of Credit Related Person’s own negligence; provided , however , that such indemnity shall not be available to any Letter of Credit Related Person claiming indemnification under clauses (i ) through (x)  above to the extent that such Letter of Credit Indemnified Costs may be finally determined in a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted directly from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Letter of Credit Related Person claiming indemnity. Borrowers hereby agree to pay the Letter of Credit Related Person claiming indemnity on demand from time to time all amounts owing under this Section 2.12(e) . If and to the extent that the obligations of Borrowers under this Section 2.12(e) are unenforceable for any reason, Borrowers agree to make the maximum contribution to the Letter of Credit Indemnified Costs permissible under applicable law. This indemnification provision shall survive termination of this Agreement and all Letters of Credit.

(f) The liability of Lender (or any other Letter of Credit Related Person) under, in connection with or arising out of any Letter of Credit (or pre-advice), regardless of the form or legal grounds of the action or proceeding, shall be limited to direct damages suffered by Borrowers that are caused directly by Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in (i) honoring a presentation under a Letter of Credit that on its face does not at least substantially comply with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, (ii) failing to honor a presentation under a Letter of Credit that strictly complies with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit or (iii) retaining Drawing Documents presented under a Letter of Credit. Lender shall be deemed to have acted with due diligence and reasonable care if Lender’s conduct is in accordance with Standard Letter of Credit Practice or in accordance with this Agreement. Borrowers’ aggregate remedies against Lender and any Letter of Credit Related Person for wrongfully honoring a presentation under any Letter of Credit or wrongfully retaining honored Drawing Documents shall in no event exceed the aggregate amount paid by Borrowers to Lender in respect of the honored presentation in connection with such Letter of Credit under Section 2.12(d) , plus interest at the rate then applicable to Revolving Loans hereunder. Borrowers shall take action to avoid and mitigate the amount of any damages claimed against Lender or any other Letter of Credit Related Person, including by enforcing its rights against the beneficiaries of the Letters of Credit. Any claim by Borrowers under or in connection with any Letter of Credit shall be reduced by an amount equal to the sum of (x) the amount (if any) saved by Borrowers as a result of the breach or alleged wrongful conduct complained of; and (y) the amount (if any) of the loss that would have been avoided had Borrowers taken all reasonable steps to mitigate any loss, and in case of a claim of wrongful dishonor, by specifically and timely authorizing Lender to effect a cure.

(g) Borrowers are responsible for preparing or approving the final text of the Letter of Credit as issued by Lender, irrespective of any assistance Lender may provide such as drafting or recommending text or by Lender’s use or refusal to use text submitted by Borrowers. Borrowers are solely responsible for the suitability of the Letter of Credit for Borrowers’ purposes. With respect to any Letter of Credit containing an “automatic amendment” to extend the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, Lender, in its sole and

 

31


absolute discretion, may give notice of nonrenewal of such Letter of Credit and, if Borrowers does not at any time want such Letter of Credit to be renewed, Borrowers will so notify Lender at least 15 calendar days before Lender is required to notify the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any advising bank of such nonrenewal pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(h) Borrowers’ reimbursement and payment obligations under this Section 2.12 are absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever, including: (i) any lack of validity, enforceability or legal effect of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement or any term or provision therein or herein; (ii) payment against presentation of any draft, demand or claim for payment under any Drawing Document that does not comply in whole or in part with the terms of the applicable Letter of Credit or which proves to be fraudulent, forged or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, or which is signed, issued or presented by a Person or a transferee of such Person purporting to be a successor or transferee of the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit; (iii) Lender or any of its branches or Affiliates being the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit; (iv) Lender or any correspondent honoring a drawing against a Drawing Document up to the amount available under any Letter of Credit even if such Drawing Document claims an amount in excess of the amount available under the Letter of Credit; (v) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may have at any time against any beneficiary, any assignee of proceeds, Lender or any other Person; (vi) any other event, circumstance or conduct whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing that might, but for this Section 2.12(h) , constitute a legal or equitable defense to or discharge of, or provide a right of set-off against, any Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ reimbursement and other payment obligations and liabilities, arising under, or in connection with, any Letter of Credit, whether against Lender, the beneficiary or any other Person; or (vii) the fact that any Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; provided , however , that subject to Section 2.12(f) above, the foregoing shall not release Lender from such liability to Borrowers as may be finally determined in a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction against Lender following reimbursement or payment of the obligations and liabilities, including reimbursement and other payment obligations, of Borrowers to Lender arising under, or in connection with, this Section 2.12 or any Letter of Credit.

(i) Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, Lender and each other Letter of Credit Related Person (if applicable) shall not be responsible to Borrowers for, and Lender’s rights and remedies against Borrowers and the obligation of Borrowers to reimburse Lender for each drawing under each Letter of Credit shall not be impaired by: (i) honor of a presentation under any Letter of Credit that on its face substantially complies with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, even if the Letter of Credit requires strict compliance by the beneficiary; (ii) honor of a presentation of any Drawing Document that appears on its face to have been signed, presented or issued (A) by any purported successor or transferee of any beneficiary or other Person required to sign, present or issue such Drawing Document or (B) under a new name of the beneficiary; (iii) acceptance as a draft of any written or electronic demand or request for payment under a Letter of Credit, even if nonnegotiable or not in the form of a draft or notwithstanding any requirement that such draft, demand or request bear any or adequate reference to the Letter of Credit; (iv) the identity or authority of any presenter or signer of any Drawing Document or the form, accuracy,

 

32


genuineness or legal effect of any Drawing Document (other than Lender’s determination that such Drawing Document appears on its face substantially to comply with the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit); (v) acting upon any instruction or request relative to a Letter of Credit or requested Letter of Credit that Lender in good faith believes to have been given by a Person authorized to give such instruction or request; (vi) any errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any message, advice or document (regardless of how sent or transmitted) or for errors in interpretation of technical terms or in translation or any delay in giving or failing to give notice to Borrowers; (vii) any acts, omissions or fraud by, or the insolvency of, any beneficiary, any nominated person or entity or any other Person or any breach of contract between any beneficiary and any Borrower or any of the parties to the underlying transaction to which the Letter of Credit relates; (viii) assertion or waiver of any provision of the ISP or UCP 600 that primarily benefits an issuer of a letter of credit, including any requirement that any Drawing Document be presented to it at a particular hour or place; (ix) payment to any paying or negotiating bank (designated or permitted by the terms of the applicable Letter of Credit) claiming that it rightfully honored or is entitled to reimbursement or indemnity under Standard Letter of Credit Practice applicable to it; (x) acting or failing to act as required or permitted under Standard Letter of Credit Practice applicable to where Lender has issued, confirmed, advised or negotiated such Letter of Credit, as the case may be; (xi) honor of a presentation after the expiration date of any Letter of Credit notwithstanding that a presentation was made prior to such expiration date and dishonored by Lender if subsequently Lender or any court or other finder of fact determines such presentation should have been honored; (xii) dishonor of any presentation that does not strictly comply or that is fraudulent, forged or otherwise not entitled to honor; or (xiii) honor of a presentation that is subsequently determined by Lender to have been made in violation of international, federal, state or local restrictions on the transaction of business with certain prohibited Persons.

(j) Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that any and all fees, charges, costs, or commissions in effect from time to time imposed by, and any and all expenses incurred by, Lender, or by any adviser, confirming institution or entity or other nominated Person relating to Letters of Credit, at the time of issuance of any Letter of Credit and upon the occurrence of any other activity with respect to any Letter of Credit (including transfers, assignment of proceeds, amendments, drawings, renewals or cancellations), shall be non-refundable expenses under Section 8.1 and shall be reimbursable immediately by Borrowers to Lender.

(k) If by reason of (i) any change after the Closing Date in any applicable law, treaty, rule, or regulation or any change in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (ii) compliance by Lender with any direction, request, or requirement (irrespective of whether having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority or monetary authority including, Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board as from time to time in effect (and any successor thereto): (i) any reserve, deposit, or similar requirement is or shall be imposed or modified in respect of any Letter of Credit issued or caused to be issued hereunder or hereby, or (ii) there shall be imposed on Lender any other condition regarding any Letter of Credit, and the result of the foregoing is to increase, directly or indirectly, the cost to Lender of issuing, making, participating in, or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount receivable in respect thereof, then, and in any such case, Lender may, at any time within a reasonable period after the additional cost is incurred or the amount received is reduced, notify

 

33


Borrowers, and Borrowers shall pay within 30 days after demand therefor, such amounts as Lender may specify to be necessary to compensate Lender for such additional cost or reduced receipt, together with interest on such amount from the date of such demand until payment in full thereof at the rate then applicable to Revolving Loans hereunder; provided, that (A) Borrowers shall not be required to provide any compensation pursuant to this Section 2.12(k) for any such amounts incurred more than 120 days prior to the date on which the demand for payment of such amounts is first made to Borrowers, and (B) if an event or circumstance giving rise to such amounts is retroactive, then the 120-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. The determination by Lender of any amount due pursuant to this Section 2.12(k) , as set forth in a certificate setting forth the calculation thereof in reasonable detail, shall, in the absence of manifest or demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all of the parties hereto.

(l) Unless otherwise expressly agreed by Lender and Borrowers, when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP and UCP 600 shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of UCP 600 shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

(m) In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Section 2.12 and any provision contained in any Letter of Credit Agreement, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such provisions be read together and construed, to the fullest extent possible, to be in concert with each other. In the event of any actual, irreconcilable conflict that cannot be resolved as aforesaid, the terms and provisions of this Section 2.12 shall control and govern.

2.13 Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Obligations . Lender shall maintain an account on its books in the name of Borrowers (the “ Loan Account ”) on which Borrowers will be charged with all Revolving Loans made by Lender to Borrowers or for Borrowers’ account, the Letters of Credit issued or arranged by Lender for Borrowers’ account, all Term Loans made by Lender to Borrowers or for Borrowers’ account, and all interest, fees and expenses in respect thereof (in each case, as and when payable hereunder or under the other Loan Documents), and all other payment Obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and all interest, fees, and expenses in respect thereof (in each case, as and when payable hereunder or under the other Loan Documents). Lender shall render monthly statements regarding the Loan Account to Administrative Borrower, including principal, interest, fees, and including an itemization of all expenses owing, and such statements shall be conclusively presumed to be correct and accurate (absent manifest error) and constitute an account stated between each Borrower and Lender unless, within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof by Administrative Borrower, Administrative Borrower shall deliver to Lender written objection thereto describing the error or errors contained in any such statements.

2.14 Increased Costs . If after the Closing Date, the adoption of, or any change in, any applicable law, rule, or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Lender with any request, guideline, or directive (irrespective of whether having the force of law) of any governmental authority (a “ Regulatory Change ”) shall impose, modify, or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, or similar requirement (including any such requirement imposed by the Federal Reserve Board, but excluding with respect to any LIBOR

 

34


Rate Loan any such requirement included in the calculation of the Base LIBOR Rate, as applicable) against Assets of, deposits with, or for the account of, or credit extended by, Lender or shall impose on Lender or the interbank eurodollar market any other condition affecting its LIBOR Rate Loans, as applicable, or its obligation to make LIBOR Rate Loans, as applicable, then Lender may, at any time within a reasonable period after the additional cost is incurred or the amount received is reduced, notify Borrower, and Borrower shall pay within 30 days after demand therefor, such amounts as Lender may specify to be necessary to compensate Lender for such additional cost or reduced receipt, together with interest on such amount from the date of such demand until payment in full thereof at the rate then applicable to Revolving Loans hereunder; provided, that (A) Borrower shall not be required to provide any compensation pursuant to this Section 2.14 for any such amounts incurred more than 120 days prior to the date on which the demand for payment of such amounts is first made to Borrower, and (B) if an event or circumstance giving rise to such amounts is retroactive, then the 120-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. The determination by Lender of any amount due pursuant to this Section 2.14 , as set forth in a certificate setting forth the calculation thereof in reasonable detail, shall, in the absence of manifest or demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all of the parties hereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith, or (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, in each case after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a change in law, rule, regulation or guideline for purposes of this Agreement and the protection of this Agreement shall be available to Lender regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the law, rule, regulation, guideline or other change or condition which shall have occurred or been imposed, so long as it shall be customary for lenders or issuing banks affected thereby to comply therewith.

2.15 Suspension of LIBOR Rate Loans . If Lender, on any Eurodollar Business Day, is unable to determine the Base LIBOR Rate applicable for a new, continued, or converted LIBOR Rate Loan for any reason, or any law, regulation, or governmental order, rule or determination, makes it unlawful for Lender to make a LIBOR Rate Loan, Borrowers’ right to select LIBOR Rate Loans will be suspended until Lender is again able to determine the Base LIBOR Rate or make LIBOR Rate Loans, as the case may be. During such suspension, new Loans, outstanding Base Rate Loans, and LIBOR Rate Loans whose Interest Periods terminate may only be Base Rate Loans; provided that, if Lender is unable to determine the Base LIBOR Rate for a Term Loan subject to an Interest Hedging Instrument, then during such period of inability, the Term Loan shall bear interest at the alternative rate provided for in the Interest Hedging Instrument. Any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

2.16 Funding Sources . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate Lender to obtain the funds to make any Loan in any particular place or manner and nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute a representation by Lender that it has obtained or will obtain such funds in any particular place or manner.

 

35


2.17 Place of Borrowings . All Loans made hereunder shall be disbursed by credit to Borrowers’ Designated Account or as may otherwise be agreed to between Borrowers and Lender, or as otherwise provided for under this Agreement.

2.18 Survivability . Borrowers’ obligations under Section 2.14 hereof shall survive repayment of the Loans made hereunder and termination of the Commitments.

ARTICLE III CONDITIONS TO LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to the Initial Loan . The obligation of Lender to make its initial Loan is, in addition to the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 hereof, subject to the fulfillment, to the reasonable satisfaction of Lender, or waiver of each of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date:

(a) Borrowers shall have executed and delivered to Lender the Disclosure Statement required under this Agreement. The form and content of the Disclosure Statement shall be reasonably satisfactory to Lender;

(b) Lender shall have received the Guaranty, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Stock Pledge Agreement, and each other Loan Document, each duly executed and delivered by each party thereto and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender;

(c) Lender shall have received the written opinions, dated the date of this Agreement, of counsel to the Loan Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and its counsel;

(d) Lender shall have received a letter duly executed by each Loan Party authorizing Lender to file appropriate financing statements in such office or offices as may be necessary or, in the opinion of Lender, desirable to perfect the security interests to be created by the Loan Documents;

(e) Lender shall have received evidence that appropriate financing statements have been duly filed in such office or offices as may be necessary or, in the opinion of Lender, desirable to perfect the Lender’s Liens in and to the Collateral in which a Lien can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement;

(f) Lender shall have received certified copies of all effective financing statements, judgments or other filings with respect to any Liens which name as debtor any Loan Party and which are filed in the offices referred to in clause (d) above, together with copies of such financing statements, judgments or other filings, in each case, none of which results shall evidence Liens other than Permitted Liens;

(g) Lender shall have received a certificate of status with respect to each Loan Party, dated within ten (10) days of the Closing Date, such certificate to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party, which certificate shall indicate that such Loan Party is in good standing in such jurisdiction;

 

36


(h) Lender shall have received certificates of status with respect to each Loan Party, each dated within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date, such certificates to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdictions (other than the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party) in which its failure to be duly qualified or licensed would result in a Material Adverse Effect, which certificates shall indicate that such Loan Party is in good standing in such jurisdictions;

(i) Lender shall have received a copy of each Loan Party’s Governing Documents, certified by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party as being true, correct, and complete copies thereof, and to the extent available with respect to the Articles or certificate of incorporation or formation of such Loan Party, certified as of a recent date not more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date by an appropriate official of the state of organization of such Loan Party;

(j) Lender shall have received a copy of the resolutions or the unanimous written consents of the board of directors or other governing body of each Loan Party, certified as of the Closing Date by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party as being true, correct, and complete copies thereof, authorizing (A) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents to which such Person is or will be a party, and (B) the execution, delivery and performance by such Person of each Loan Document to which such Person is or will be a party and the execution and delivery of the other documents to be delivered by such Person in connection herewith and therewith;

(k) Lender shall have received a signature and incumbency certificate of the Responsible Officers of each Loan Party executing this Agreement, the Guaranty, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Stock Pledge Agreement, and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party, certified by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party;

(l) Lender shall have received full payment of all of the fees, costs, and expenses of Lender (including the reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Lender’s outside counsel) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, and delivery of the Loan Documents;

(m) Lender shall have received a duly executed disbursement letter with respect to the Loans to be made on the Closing Date, providing instructions to Lender with respect to the disbursement of the proceeds of such Loans;

(n) Lender shall have received a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party to the effect that such Loan Party has obtained all orders, consents, approvals, and other authorizations and has made all filings and other notifications (governmental or otherwise) required in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, other than orders, consents, approvals, authorizations, or filings the failure to obtain or file, as applicable, which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(o) Lender shall have received a financial report prepared by Parent containing a consolidated statement of the financial condition, operations, partners’ capital and

 

37


cash flows of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP, for the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2012, certified by a Responsible Officer of Administrative Borrower as being a true and correct copy thereof, and which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender;

(p) a Material Adverse Effect shall not have occurred since December 31, 2012;

(q) no litigation, inquiry, other action or proceeding (governmental or otherwise), or injunction or other restraining order shall be pending or overtly threatened in writing that could reasonably be expected to have, in the reasonable opinion of Lender, a Material Adverse Effect; and

(r) all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been delivered or executed or recorded and shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to All Extensions of Credit . The obligation of Lender to make any Loan or other extension of credit hereunder is subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the time of the making of such Loan or extension of credit, or waiver of each of the following conditions:

(a) the representations and warranties of Borrowers contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representation or warranty already qualified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of such Loan or extension of credit as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representation or warranty already qualified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date;

(b) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such Loan or extension of credit, nor shall either result from the making of such Loan or extension of credit;

(c) Administrative Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a Request for Borrowing pursuant to the terms of Section 2.7 hereof;

(d) in the case of any Term Loan, Borrowers shall have paid, or contemporaneously with the drawing of such Term Loan shall pay, the Upfront Fee owing with respect to such Term Loan;

(e) no event or development has occurred since the delivery of the most recent financial statements pursuant to Section 5.2(a) which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

38


(f) in the case of the extension of the initial Loans, Lender shall have received a certificate executed by the chief financial officer (or equivalent Responsible Officer) of each Loan Party as to the solvency of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated on the Closing Date and the extension of the initial Loans.

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Borrower makes the following representations and warranties, subject to any exceptions or additional information set forth in the Disclosure Statement with a specific reference to the Section of this Article IV affected thereby, which shall be true, correct, and complete in all respects as of the Closing Date, at and as of the date of each Loan or other extension of credit, as though made on and as of the date of the making of such Loan or other extension of credit (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date), and such representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans or other extensions of credit:

4.1 Due Organization . Each Loan Party is duly organized and validly existing, in good standing under the laws of the State of its formation and is duly qualified to conduct business in all jurisdictions where its failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on such Person.

4.2 Securities in Loan Parties . As of the Closing Date, all of the Securities of Borrowers and the other Loan Parties are owned by the Persons identified in the Disclosure Statement with respect to this Section 4.2 .

4.3 Requisite Power and Authorization . Each Borrower has all requisite power to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, and to borrow the sums provided for in this Agreement. Each Guarantor has all requisite power to execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Each Loan Party has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents, and approvals necessary to own and operate its Assets and to carry on its businesses as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, other than licenses, authorizations, consents, and approvals that are not currently required or the failure to obtain which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery, and performance by each Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been duly authorized by each Borrower and all necessary action in respect thereof has been taken, and the execution, delivery, and performance thereof do not require any consent or approval of any other Person that has not been obtained. The execution, delivery, and performance by each Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by each Guarantor and all necessary action in respect thereof has been taken, and the execution, delivery, and performance thereof do not require any consent or approval of any other Person that has not been obtained.

4.4 Binding Agreements . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrowers are a party, when executed and delivered by Borrowers, will constitute, the legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable against Borrowers in accordance with their respective terms, and the Loan Documents to which the Guarantors are a party, when

 

39


executed and delivered by the Guarantors will constitute, the legal, valid, and binding obligations of the Guarantors, enforceable against the Guarantors, in accordance with their respective terms, in each case except as the enforceability hereof or thereof may be affected by: (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) the limitation of certain remedies by certain equitable principles of general applicability.

4.5 Other Agreements . The execution, delivery, and performance by each Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, and the execution, delivery and performance by each of the Guarantors of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, do not and will not: (a) violate (i) any provision of any federal (including the Exchange Act), state, or local law, rule, or regulation (including Regulations T, U, and X of the Federal Reserve Board) binding on any Loan Party, (ii) any order of any domestic governmental authority, court, arbitration board, or tribunal binding on any Loan Party, or (iii) the Governing Documents of any Loan Party, or (b) contravene any provisions of, result in a breach of, constitute (with the giving of notice or the lapse of time) a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any of the Assets of any Loan Party pursuant to, any Contractual Obligation of such Loan Party, or (c) constitute a tortious interference with any contractual obligation of any Loan Party.

4.6 Litigation: Adverse Facts .

(a) There is no action, suit, proceeding, or arbitration (irrespective of whether purportedly on behalf of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries) at law or in equity, or before or by any federal, state, municipal, or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) None of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries is: (i) in violation of any applicable law in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) subject to or in default with respect to any final judgment, writ, injunction, decree, rule, or regulation of any court or of any federal, state, municipal, or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that questions the validity or the enforceability of this Agreement or other the Loan Documents.

4.7 Government Consents . Other than (i) as may have previously been obtained, filed, or given, as applicable, or (ii) filings and recordings in respect of Liens created pursuant to this Agreement or the Security Documents, no consent, license, permit, approval, or authorization of, exemption by, notice to, report to or registration, filing, or declaration with, any governmental authority or agency is required in connection with the execution, delivery, and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are a party.

 

40


4.8 Title to Assets; Liens . Except for Permitted Liens, all of the Assets of Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries are free from all Liens of any nature whatsoever. Except for Permitted Liens, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries have good and sufficient title to all of their respective Assets reflected in their books and records as being owned by them or their nominee, other than minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted and any Assets disposed of in the ordinary course of such Borrower’s business and not prohibited by this Agreement. Each Borrower owns, or is licensed to use, all intellectual property material to its business. Neither this Agreement, nor any of the other Loan Documents, nor any transaction contemplated under any such agreement will affect any right, title, or interest of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries in and to any of their respective Assets in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.9 Payment of Taxes . All income and other material tax returns and reports of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries (and all taxpayers with which such Person is consolidated or combined) required to be filed have been timely filed (inclusive of any permitted extensions), and all income and other material Taxes, assessments, fees, amounts required to be withheld and paid to a Governmental Authority and all other governmental charges upon any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries, and upon their Assets, income, and franchises, have been timely paid or are the subject of a Permitted Protest. To the knowledge of Borrowers, there is no asserted or assessed Tax deficiency against any Loan Party.

4.10 Governmental Regulation .

(a) No Borrower is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(b) Each Borrower is duly registered as an investment adviser or an associated person of an investment adviser, as applicable, under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (and has been so registered at all times when such registration has been required by applicable law with respect to the services provided for any Borrower’s Subsidiaries).

(c) Except as set forth in the Information Certificate delivered to Lender, none of the Loan Parties, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, any of their respective members, partners, officers, directors or other employees (in their capacity as employees) or other Affiliates are required under applicable law to be duly registered, licensed or qualified as a broker-dealer or as a member of a self-regulatory organization, such as FINRA, or to be registered, licensed or qualified as a broker-dealer representative, a registered representative, or agent in any State of the United States or with the SEC or required to be registered with any other Governmental Authority under applicable law.

(d) Any decrease in the aggregate value of the assets of the Loan Parties (other than Margin Securities) that are included in the Collateral (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) from the aggregate value of such assets as reported on the financial statements most recently delivered by Borrowers to Lender could not reasonably be expected to cause any Loan, the application of the proceeds of such Loan, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to violate Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

41


(e) None of the Loan Parties, or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, is subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act or any federal, state, or local law, rule, or regulation generally limiting its ability to incur Debt.

4.11 Disclosure . No representation or warranty of any Loan Party contained in this Agreement or any other document, certificate, or written statement furnished to Lender by or on behalf of Borrowers (as modified or supplemented by other written information so furnished) with respect to the business, operations, Assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Loan Parties for use solely in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than the Projections, any other financial projections and pro forma financial information, other forward-looking information, information of a general economic nature or information related to the specific industry in which any Loan Party conducts its business), when taken as a whole and as of the date on which such representation or warranty was so made, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements (when taken as a whole) contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading. All financial projections (including the Projections) represent, as of the date on which such financial projections are delivered to Lender, Borrowers’ good faith estimate of future performance for the periods covered thereby, based on assumptions believed by Borrowers to be reasonable in light of the circumstances under which such projections were prepared; provided that Lender acknowledges and agrees that financial projections are inherently uncertain and are not a guarantee of future performance and that actual results for the periods covered by such projections may differ from projected results and such differences may be material.

4.12 Debt . None of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries has any Debt outstanding other than Debt permitted by Section 6.1 hereof.

4.13 Existing Defaults . None of the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, contained in any Contractual Obligation applicable to it, and no condition exists which, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, would constitute a default under such Contractual Obligation, except, in any such case, where the consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if any, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.14 No Default; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from any proposed Loan.

(b) No Material Adverse Effect has occurred since December 31, 2012, and no event or development has occurred which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

42


4.15 Affiliate Transactions . Except with respect to transactions permitted under Section 6.7 , each Permitted Investment by any Borrower in an Affiliate of a Borrower (other than another Borrower) was negotiated by the applicable Borrower in good faith and on terms that, at the time of such Permitted Investment, were not less favorable to the applicable Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-Affiliate.

4.16 Nature of Business . No Loan Party is engaged in any business other than as set forth the Disclosure Statement with respect to this Section 4.16 and businesses that are ancillary, or reasonably related or incidental thereto.

4.17 Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts . Set forth on the Disclosure Statement with respect to this Section 4.17 (as such Disclosure Statement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time by Administrative Borrower) is a listing of all of the Loan Parties’ Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts, including, with respect to each bank or securities intermediary (a) the name and address of such Person, and (b) the account numbers of the Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts maintained with such Person.

4.18 Solvency . Each Loan Party is Solvent.

4.19 Holding Company Status . Parent has no material liabilities (other than liabilities arising under the Loan Documents), owns no material assets and engages in no operations or business (other than ownership of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and activities reasonably related thereto).

ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any portion of the Commitments under this Agreement shall be in effect and until payment, in full, of the Loans, with interest accrued and unpaid thereon, any other Obligations, and except as set forth in the Disclosure Statement with specific reference to the Section of this Article V affected thereby concerning matters which do not conform to the covenants of this Article V , each Borrower will do, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to do, each and all of the following:

5.1 Accounting Records and Inspection . Maintain adequate financial and accounting books and records, in which entries are made in conformity with GAAP consistently applied, and permit any representative of Lender to inspect, audit, and examine such books and records and to make copies and take extracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, financing, and accounts with such Borrower’s or the applicable Subsidiary’s officers and, so long as an officer of such Borrower is present, independent public accountants (provided that (i) such Borrower shall cause its officers to be reasonably available for any such discussions, and (ii) any such discussion shall be subject to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures), at any time during usual business hours, provided, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender shall provide Borrower with not less than 5 Business Days’ notice of any inspection, audit, examination or discussions and no more than one such inspection, audit, examination or discussion shall occur in any fiscal year. Each Borrower shall furnish Lender with any information reasonably requested by Lender regarding the Loan Parties’ or their respective Subsidiaries’ business or finances promptly upon request.

 

43


5.2 Financial Statements and Other Information. Furnish to Lender :

(a) Within one-hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent (or, if earlier, 15 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC (without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC)), an annual report containing a consolidated and, to the extent the IPO Vehicle has any direct Subsidiaries other than Parent, the consolidating statement of the financial condition, operations, partners’ capital and cash flows of (i) on or prior to the date of the IPO Sale, Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, and (ii) after the date of the IPO Sale, IPO Vehicle and its consolidated Subsidiaries, as of the end of such fiscal year, all of which shall be accompanied by a report and an unqualified opinion, prepared in accordance with GAAP, of independent certified public accountants of recognized standing selected by Parent (which opinion shall be without (i) a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, (ii) any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, or (iii) any qualification which relates to the treatment or classification of any item and which, as a condition to the removal of such qualification, would require an adjustment to such item, the effect of which would be to cause any noncompliance with the provisions of Section 6.15 );

(b) Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Parent (or, if earlier, 5 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC (without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC)), a financial report containing a consolidated and, to the extent the IPO Vehicle has any direct Subsidiaries other than Parent, the consolidating statement of the financial condition, operations, partners’ capital and cash flows of (i) on or prior to the date of the IPO Sale, Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, and (ii) after the date of the IPO Sale, IPO Vehicle and its consolidated Subsidiaries, a listing of Discretionary Assets Under Management and a report detailing the aggregate quarterly inflows and outflows of funds with respect to each Borrower and its Subsidiaries, other than with respect to Discretionary Assets Under management which is not a GAAP term, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP for the period then ended subject to the year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) Within forty-five (45) days after the beginning of each fiscal year of Parent, copies of Projections for such fiscal year, prepared on a basis consistent with the Projections Borrowers delivered on or prior to the Closing Date to Lender, for the forthcoming fiscal year, quarter by quarter, certified by a Responsible Officer of Administrative Borrower as being such Responsible Officer’s good faith estimate of future performance for the periods covered thereby, based on assumptions believed by such Responsible Officer to be reasonable in light of the circumstances under which such projections were prepared; provided, that Lender acknowledges and agrees that financial projections are inherently uncertain and are not a guarantee of future performance and that actual results for the periods covered by such projections may differ from projected results and such differences may be material;

(d) Concurrently with the delivery of the reports in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.2 , a Compliance Certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer of Administrative Borrower stating that (i) he or she has individually reviewed the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) the financial statements delivered concurrently therewith have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the lack of footnotes and being subject to year-end audit adjustments) and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for the periods covered

 

44


thereby, (iii) a review of the activities of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries during such fiscal year or fiscal quarter, as the case may be, has been made by or under such individual’s supervision, with a view to determining whether the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have fulfilled all of their obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and that the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have observed and performed each undertaking contained in this Agreement, and the other Loan Documents, (iv) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or if an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, specifying all such Events of Default or Unmatured Events of Default of which such individual has knowledge, (v) demonstrating whether each Borrower is in compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.15 for the applicable fiscal period covered by such Compliance Certificate, and (vi) an updated schedule of the holders of the Securities of the Loan Parties (and the number of shares of each class of Securities issued by any Loan Party held by each such holder), to the extent that such schedule has changed from the information most recently provided in the Disclosure Statement and in the compliance certificates delivered following the Closing Date;

(e) if not otherwise included in the financial statements provided pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this Section 5.2 , as applicable, then, contemporaneously with each quarterly and year-end financial report required by clause (a)  and (b)  of this Section 5.2 , a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Administrative Borrower separately identifying and describing all material Debt of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries incurred during the applicable fiscal quarter or year for which such financial statement are being delivered;

(f) notice, as soon as possible and, in any event, within five (5) days after any Borrower has knowledge, of: (i) the occurrence of any Event of Default or any Unmatured Event of Default; or (ii) event of default as defined in any agreement governing Debt in any outstanding principal amount in excess of $1,000,000 of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or under any agreement, indenture, or other instrument under which such Debt has been issued, irrespective of whether such Debt is accelerated or such default waived. In any such event, Borrowers also shall supply Lender with a statement from a Responsible Officer of such Borrower or general counsel setting forth the details thereof and the action, if any, that the Loan Parties propose to take with respect thereto if any such action has been determined to be taken;

(g) as soon as practicable, any written report pertaining to material items in respect of any Loan Party’s internal control matters submitted to any Loan Party by its independent accountants in connection with each annual audit of the financial condition of the Loan Parties;

(h) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the IPO Vehicle, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which IPO Vehicle or any Loan Party may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Lender pursuant hereto;

(i) as soon as practicable (in any event, within five (5) days after a Responsible Officer of any Borrower has obtained knowledge), written notice of any condition or event which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

45


(j) promptly upon becoming aware of any Person’s seeking to obtain a decree or order for relief with respect to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, a written notice thereof specifying what action Borrowers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto;

(k) promptly, copies of all amendments to the Governing Documents of any Loan Party;

(l) prompt notice (in any event, within five (5) days after a Responsible Officer of any Borrower has obtained knowledge) of:

(i) all legal or arbitral proceedings, and all proceedings by or before any governmental or regulatory authority or agency, commenced against or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii) the acquisition by any Loan Party of any Margin Securities; and

(iii) the issuance by any United States of America federal or state court or any United States of America federal or state regulatory authority of any injunction, order, or other restraint against any Loan Party prohibiting, or having the effect of prohibiting or delaying, the making of the Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit to any Borrower, or the institution of any litigation or similar proceeding seeking any such injunction, order, or other restraint against any Loan Party or Lender; and

(m) promptly, such other information and data with respect to the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, as from time to time may be reasonably requested by Lender (including any information reasonably requested by Lender to enable Lender to comply with any of the requirements under Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board).

5.3 Existence . Preserve and keep in full force and effect, at all times, its existence, except that any Subsidiary that is not a Borrower may liquidate or dissolve, provided that prior to or in connection with such liquidation or dissolution, such Subsidiary shall have transferred all of its remaining cash and Cash Equivalents, and other property or assets to a Borrower.

5.4 Payment of Taxes and Claims . Pay all income or franchise Taxes and other material Taxes, assessments, and other governmental charges imposed upon it or any of its Assets or in respect of any of its businesses, incomes, or Assets before any penalty or interest accrues thereon, and all claims (including claims for labor, services, materials, and supplies) for sums which have become due and payable and which by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its Assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto, except in each case to the extent that the validity of such Tax or assessment shall be the subject of a Permitted Protest.

 

46


5.5 Compliance with Laws . Comply (a) in material all respects with the requirements of Regulations T, U and X of the Federal Reserve Board, the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and (b) with the requirements of all other applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders of any Governmental Authority, except, solely in the case of this clause (b), to the extent that the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.6 Further Assurances . At any time or from time to time upon the reasonable request of Lender, execute and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as Lender may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and to provide for payment of the Loans made hereunder, with interest thereon, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

5.7 Formation of Subsidiaries . At the time that any Borrower forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary, or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Closing Date, within 10 days of such formation or acquisition (or such later date as permitted by Lender in its sole discretion) (a) cause such new Subsidiary, and if applicable, such Borrower, to provide to Lender a joinder to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, to the extent applicable, a Stock Pledge Agreement, the Guaranty and the Security Agreement, together with such other security documents, as well as appropriate UCC-1 financing statements, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender (including being sufficient to grant Lender a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), provided , that the joinder to the Guaranty and the Security Agreement, and such other security agreements shall not be required to be provided to Lender with respect to any Subsidiary of a Borrower organized outside of the United States to the extent (1) such Subsidiary is a CFC if providing such agreements would result in adverse tax consequences or (2) the costs to the Borrowers of providing such guaranty or such security agreements are unreasonably excessive (as determined by Lender in consultation with Borrowers) in relation to the benefits to Lender of the security or guarantee afforded thereby, (b) provide, or cause the applicable Subsidiary to provide, to Lender a pledge agreement and appropriate certificates and powers or financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender; provided , that only 65% of the total outstanding voting Securities of any first tier Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a CFC (and none of the Securities of any Subsidiary of such CFC) shall be required to be pledged if pledging a greater amount would result in adverse tax consequences (which pledge, if reasonably requested by Lender, shall be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of such Subsidiary), and (c) provide to Lender all other documentation, including one or more customary opinions of counsel satisfactory to Lender, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above and the perfection of Lender’s Liens. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be a Loan Document.

5.8 Foreign Qualification . Each Borrower shall duly qualify to conduct business in all jurisdictions where its failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Guarantor shall duly qualify to conduct business in all jurisdictions where its failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

47


5.9 Control Agreements . Not later than seventy five (75) days after the Closing Date (or such later date as Lender may approve in its sole discretion), deliver Control Agreements with respect to any Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts not held with lender, and take all other reasonable steps in order for Lender to obtain control in accordance with Sections 8-106, 9-104, 9-105, 9-106, and 9-107 of the UCC with respect to all of its Securities Accounts, Deposit Accounts, electronic chattel paper, investment property, and letter-of-credit rights, in each case, to the extent constituting Collateral.

5.10 Management Fees . If any Subsidiary of any Borrower receives any Management Fees, promptly upon the receipt of such Management Fees by such Subsidiary (and in any event within one Business Day of such Subsidiary’s receipt thereof of any cash Management Fees), such Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to pay or distribute to such Borrower the net proceeds of such Management Fees that one or more of the Borrowers are entitled to receive, calculated in a manner consistent with past practices, and such Borrower shall deposit or cause to be deposited any and all proceeds thereof in a Deposit Account maintained by such Borrower with Lender or with another financial institution and subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Lender which is in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

5.11 Silvercrest Financial Stock Certificate . Not later than ten (10) days after the Closing Date (or such later date as Lender may approve in its sole discretion), deliver to Lender an original certificate representing 100% of the Securities of Silvercrest Financial, together with an undated stock power executed in blank.

ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any portion of the Commitments under this Agreement shall be in effect and until payment, in full, of the Loans, with interest accrued and unpaid thereon, any other Obligations and except as set forth in the Disclosure Statement with specific reference to the Section of this Article VI affected thereby concerning matters which do not conform to the covenants of this Article VI , each Borrower will not do, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to do, any of the following:

6.1 Debt . Create, incur, assume, permit, guarantee, or otherwise become or remain, directly or indirectly, liable with respect to any Debt, except:

(a) Debt evidenced by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Capitalized Lease Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Contingent Obligations resulting from the endorsement of instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business;

 

48


(d) Debt consisting of unsecured guarantees by a Borrower or its Subsidiaries with respect to Debt of a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, to the extent that the Person that is obligated under such guaranty would have been permitted to incur such underlying Debt pursuant to this Section 6.1 ;

(e) Debt set forth on Schedule 6.1 and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Debt;

(f) Debt owed to any Person providing property, casualty, liability, or other insurance to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which Debt is incurred in the ordinary course of business, so long as the amount of such Debt is not in excess of the amount of the unpaid cost of, and shall be incurred only to defer the cost of, such insurance for the year in which such Debt is incurred and such Debt is outstanding only during such year;

(g) Debt incurred in the ordinary course of business under performance, surety, statutory, and appeal bonds;

(h) Debt in respect of netting services and overdraft protections in connection with Deposit Accounts;

(i) Debt incurred by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries arising from agreements providing for indemnities, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations (but excluding Debt consisting of the deferred purchase price of property acquired in a Permitted Acquisition) or from guaranties or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of such Borrower or Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in connection with acquisitions (including Permitted Acquisitions) or dispositions of any business or Assets permitted pursuant to Section 6.6 hereof;

(j) Debt owing to sellers of assets or Securities to a Borrower or its Subsidiaries (including Debt consisting of the deferred purchase price of property acquired in a Permitted Acquisition) that is incurred by the applicable Borrower or Subsidiary in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions so long as (i) such Debt is subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Lender, unless (x) the principal amount of any such Debt does not exceed $350,000, and the aggregate principal amount of all such Debt does not exceed $1,000,000 or (y) such Debt is unsecured and does not provide for any payments of principal or interest prior to the date that is six months after the Term Loan Maturity Date, and (ii) such Debt is otherwise on terms and conditions (including all economic terms and conditions and the absence of covenants) reasonably acceptable to Lender;

(k) Debt (i) assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or (ii) incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition, in each case, that is without recourse to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries other than (x) any Borrower or Subsidiary that owns the assets acquired in such Permitted Acquisition, and (y) any Borrower or Subsidiary that holds the Securities of the Person that owns the assets acquired in connection with such Permitted Acquisition (solely with respect to such Securities but otherwise without recourse to such Borrower or Subsidiary), and so long as both immediately before and immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto, no Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or shall result therefrom; provided that the aggregate principal amount of any such Debt described in this clause (k) shall not exceed $7,500,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

49


(l) Debt owing to any other Borrower or a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a Loan Party so long as such Person is a party to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement; and

(m) other unsecured Debt not specified in clauses (a)  through (k)  of this Section 6.1 in an aggregate principal outstanding amount not to exceed, in addition to the Debt listed above, $2,500,000 at any time.

6.2 Liens .

(a) Create, incur, assume, or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on or with respect to any of its Assets, of any kind, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, except Permitted Liens, or

(b) enter into, assume, or permit to exist any agreement that is binding on any Borrower or any of its Assets that prohibits Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries from granting Liens to or for the benefit of Lender, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to contractual obligations which (i) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business; (ii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets or entities sold subject thereto; or (iii) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Borrower or any Subsidiary.

6.3 Investments . Make or own, directly or indirectly, any Investment in any Person, except Permitted Investments; provided , however , that subject to Section 5.9 , Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries shall not have Permitted Investments in Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts in an aggregate amount in excess of (x) $50,000 at any one time for any individual bank or securities intermediary (other than Lender) or (y) $250,000 in the aggregate at any one time for all banks and securities intermediaries (other than Lender), in each case, unless such Borrower or Subsidiary, as applicable and the applicable securities intermediary or bank have entered into a Control Agreement governing such Permitted Investments in order to perfect (and further establish) the Lender’s Liens in such Permitted Investments.

6.4 Dividends; Distributions . Make or declare, directly or indirectly, any dividend (in cash, return of capital, or any other form of Assets) on, or make any other payment or distribution on account of, or set aside Assets for a sinking or other similar fund for the purchase, redemption, or retirement of, or redeem, purchase, retire, or otherwise acquire any interest of any class of equity interests in any Borrower, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or grant or issue any warrant, right, or option pertaining thereto, or other security convertible into any of the foregoing, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or Assets or in obligations (collectively, a “ Distribution ”), except that, Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall be permitted to make Permitted Tax Distributions and, so long as no Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, and such Distribution could not reasonably be expected to result in a violation of any applicable provisions of Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board:

 

50


(a)(i) any Subsidiary of any Borrower may declare and make Distributions (including issuances of Securities) to such Borrower; (ii) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may declare and make Distributions (including issuances of Securities) to another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; and (iii) any Borrower may declare and make Distributions (including issuances of Securities) to Parent and may make Distributions in connection with any aspect of the Reorganization so long as, immediately before and after giving pro forma effect to such Distributions, Borrowers are in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 6.15 hereof; and

(b) to the extent constituting a dividend or distribution, Silvercrest may engage in the transactions described in Section 6.5 .

6.5 Restriction on Fundamental Changes . Change its name, enter into any merger, consolidation, reorganization, or recapitalization, or reclassify its partnership interests (whether limited or general) or membership interests, as applicable, or convey, sell, assign, lease, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any substantial part of its business or Assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired except:

(a) any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower may sell or dispose of Assets in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.6 hereof;

(b) upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender, any Borrower or Subsidiary of any Borrower may change its name;

(c) any Subsidiary of a Borrower may merge with a Borrower; provided that such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person in connection with such merger;

(d) any Subsidiary of a Borrower may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any one or more Subsidiaries of such Borrower, provided that (i) if any wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, Subsidiary is merging, consolidating, combining or amalgamating with or into another Subsidiary, the continuing or surviving entity shall be, immediately after such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or combination, a wholly-owned, direct or indirect, Subsidiary, and (ii) if such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involves a Borrower, such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving entity;

(e) any Subsidiary of Borrower may sell or dispose of all or any part of its assets (whether as a contribution to capital, dividend, upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise), provided that the transferee is a Loan party (whether at the time or as a result of the transfer);

(f) any Borrower or its Subsidiary that is a Loan Party may consummate a Permitted Acquisition.

 

51


6.6 Sale of Assets . Sell, assign, transfer, convey, or otherwise dispose of its Assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for (a) the sale or other disposition of any of the businesses or Assets of any Borrower or Subsidiary of any Borrower (other than Securities issued by any Borrower) in the ordinary course of business and for not less than the fair value thereof, (b) to the extent constituting a sale or other disposition of Assets, any issuance of Securities permitted by Section 6.4 , any Permitted Investment or any Permitted Lien, (c) the disposition of Assets arising from the occurrence of a casualty event or condemnation with respect to such Assets of any Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, (d) sales, assignments, transfers, conveyances or other dispositions of Assets (i) between Borrowers or by any Subsidiary of a Borrower to such Borrower, (ii) between Subsidiaries of a Borrower that are not Borrowers but are Loan Parties, or (iii) between Subsidiaries of a Borrower that are not Loan Parties, (e) the use of Cash Equivalents, (f) the sale or other disposition of obsolete or worn-out Assets in the ordinary course of business, (g) any Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries may lease, sublease, license or sublicense (on a non-exclusive basis with respect to any intellectual property) real, personal or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business, and (h) the sale or disposition of equipment to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement equipment or (ii) the proceeds of such sale or disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement equipment.

6.7 Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates . Enter into or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease, or exchange of any Asset or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of any Borrower, except (a) any transaction that is on terms that are no less favorable to the Borrower than those terms that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not such an Affiliate or, if such transaction is not one in which terms could not be otherwise obtained from such other Person, on terms that are negotiated in good faith on an arm’s length basis, (b) the payment of any amounts in respect of compensation, severance, indemnification and reimbursement obligations to its officers, directors and employees in the ordinary course of business, (c) the payment of reasonable fees and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses to any of its directors, managers or consultants, (d) (i) transactions between Borrowers, (ii) transactions between Subsidiaries that are not Borrowers but are Loan Parties, or (iii) transactions between Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties, and (e) the Reorganization and transactions executed in connection therewith.

6.8 Conduct of Business . Engage in any business other than consistent with Section 4.16 .

6.9 Amendments or Waivers of Certain Documents; Actions Requiring the Consent of Lender . Without the prior written consent of Lender which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, conditioned or delayed, agree to any amendment to or waiver of the terms or provisions of (a) the Governing Documents of any Borrower or any Subsidiary whose stock is pledged to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents, or (b) any management agreements, advisory agreements, sub-advisory agreements or other similar agreements to which any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party (including the management agreements pursuant to which Management Fees are paid) and evidencing an obligation to pay Management Fees directly or indirectly to any Borrower, except in each case for: (i) immaterial amendments or waivers permitted by such Governing Documents or any management

 

52


agreements, advisory agreements, sub-advisory agreements or other similar agreements, including the management agreements pursuant to which Management Fees are paid; or (ii) amendments or waivers which would not, either individually or collectively, be adverse to the interests of Lender (in its capacity as a secured creditor).

6.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrowers shall not use the proceeds of the Revolving Loans made hereunder for any purpose other than, consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, to (a) finance the ongoing working capital needs and general corporate purposes of Borrowers, including Permitted Acquisitions, and (b) make distributions to the extent permitted under this Agreement. Borrowers shall not use the proceeds of the Term Loans made hereunder for any purpose other than, consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, to (a) prior to the IPO Sale, make distributions to enable Parent or the General Partnership to finance the purchase of Securities of Parent or the General Partnership owned by an Employee Shareholder in connection with such Employee Shareholder’s retirement or termination of employment with Silvercrest, and (b) make Permitted Acquisitions.

6.11 Holding Company Status . Permit Parent to incur any liabilities (other than liabilities arising under the Loan Documents), own any material assets or engage in any operations or business (other than ownership of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and activities reasonably related thereto).

6.12 Margin Regulation . Use any portion of the proceeds of any of the Loans in any manner which could reasonably be expected to cause the Loans, the application of such proceeds, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to violate Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board, or any other regulation of such board, or to violate the Exchange Act, or to violate the Investment Company Act of 1940.

6.13 Misrepresentations . Furnish Lender any certificate or other document required hereunder that: (a) contains any untrue statement of material fact; or (b) omits to state a fact necessary to make it not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was furnished.

6.14 Accounting Changes . Make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or change the fiscal year of Parent, IPO Vehicle, Borrower or of any Subsidiary, except to change the fiscal year of a Subsidiary to conform its fiscal year to that of Borrowers.

6.15 Financial Covenants .

(a) Discretionary Assets Under Management . As of the last day of any fiscal quarter of Parent (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2013), permit the average of the aggregate amount of Discretionary Assets Under Management as of the last day of each month during such fiscal quarter, to the extent that Management Fees are payable to a Borrower (directly or indirectly or by intercompany payment or otherwise) in connection with such Discretionary Assets Under Management, to be less than $5,750,000,000; provided , however , that the foregoing financial covenant shall only apply to the extent the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans and Revolving Loans exceeds $5,000,000 as of such date.

 

53


(b) Maximum Senior Debt to EBITDA . As of the last day of any fiscal quarter of Parent (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2013), permit the ratio of (i) with respect to Borrowers and its Subsidiaries, as of such date, the total outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, Revolving Credit Loans, Capital Lease Obligations, purchase money debt, and secured Debt incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions that is not otherwise subordinated as required by this Agreement, to (ii) the EBITDA for the twelve month period ending on such date, to be greater than 1.25:1.00.

(c) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . As of the last day of any fiscal quarter of Parent (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2013), permit its Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.25:1.00 for any twelve month period ending on the such date.

ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

7.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events, acts, or occurrences shall constitute an event of default (“ Event of Default ”) hereunder:

(a) Failure to Make Payments When Due . Any Borrower shall fail to pay when due and payable, or when declared due and payable, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise, (i) all or any portion of the Obligations consisting of interest, fees, or charges due the Lender, or other amounts (including fees, costs, or expenses owed hereunder but not including any portion thereof constituting principal) constituting Obligations (including any portion thereof that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding) and such failure shall continue for five (5) Business Days, or (ii) all or any portion of the Obligations constituting principal;

(b) Breach of Certain Covenants .

(i) Any Borrower shall fail to perform or comply with any covenant, term, or condition contained in Section 5.1 , 5.2 , 5.9 , 5.10 , or 5.11 or Article VI of this Agreement or in Section 2.2 of the Security Agreement;

(ii) Any Borrower shall fail to perform or comply fully with any covenant, term, or condition contained in Section 5.4 , 5.6 or 5.7 and such failure shall not have been remedied or waived within fifteen (15) Business Days after the occurrence thereof;

(iii) Any Loan Party shall fail to perform or comply fully with any other covenant, term, or condition contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is a party and such failure shall not have been remedied or waived within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof; provided , however , that this clause (iv)  shall not apply to: (1) the covenants, terms, or conditions referred to in subsections (a)  and (c)  of this Section 7.1 ; or (2) the covenants, terms, or conditions referred to in clauses (i) , (ii)  or (iii)  above of this subsection (b) ;

 

54


(c) Breach of Representation or Warranty . Any financial statement, representation, warranty, or certification made or furnished by any Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any statement, document, letter, or other writing or instrument furnished or delivered by or on behalf of any Loan Party to Lender pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is a party, or as an inducement to Lender to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall have been false, incorrect, or incomplete in any material respect (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations, warranties or certifications that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) when made or deemed made, as the case may be;

(d) Involuntary Bankruptcy .

(i) If an involuntary case seeking the liquidation or reorganization of Parent, any Borrower or any of Borrowers’ respective Subsidiaries, under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11, respectively, of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar proceeding shall be commenced against Parent, any Borrower or any of Borrowers’ respective Subsidiaries under any other applicable law and any of the following events occur: (1) such Person consents to the institution of the involuntary case or similar proceeding; (2) the petition commencing the involuntary case or similar proceeding is not timely controverted; (3) the petition commencing the involuntary case or similar proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of the date of the filing thereof; provided , however , that, during the pendency of such period, Lender shall be relieved of its obligation to make additional Revolving Loans; (4) an interim trustee is appointed to take possession of all or a substantial portion of the Assets of Parent, any Borrower or any of Borrowers’ respective Subsidiaries; or (5) an order for relief shall have been issued or entered therein;

(ii) A decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian, trustee, or other officer having similar powers over Parent, any Borrower or any of Borrowers’ respective Subsidiaries to take possession of all or a substantial portion of its Assets shall have been entered and, within sixty (60) days from the date of entry, is not vacated, discharged, or bonded against, provided , however , that, during the pendency of such period, Lender shall be relieved of its obligation to make additional Revolving Loans;

(e) Voluntary Bankruptcy . Parent, any Borrower or any of Borrowers’ respective Subsidiaries shall institute a voluntary case seeking liquidation or reorganization under Chapter 7, Chapter 11, or Chapter 13, respectively, of the Bankruptcy Code; Parent, any Borrower or any of Borrowers’ respective Subsidiaries shall file a petition, answer, or complaint or shall otherwise institute any similar proceeding under any other applicable law, or shall consent thereto; Parent, any Borrower or any of Borrowers’ respective Subsidiaries shall consent to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case; or Parent, any Borrower or any of Borrowers’ respective Subsidiaries shall consent or acquiesce to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian, trustee, or other officer with similar powers to take possession of all or a substantial portion of its Assets; Parent, any Borrower or any of Borrowers’ respective Subsidiaries shall generally not be paying its debts as such debts become due or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally; or Parent, any Borrower or any of Borrowers’ respective Subsidiaries shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

55


(f) Dissolution/Disposition . (i) Any order, judgment, or decree shall be entered decreeing the dissolution of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries and such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of sixty (60) days;

(g) Change of Control . A Change of Control Event shall occur;

(h) Judgments and Attachments . Any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall suffer any money judgment, writ, or warrant of attachment, or similar process involving payment of money in excess of $3,000,000 and either (i) there is a period of thirty (30) consecutive days at any time after the entry of any such judgment, order, or award during which (A) the same is not discharged, or (B) a stay of enforcement thereof is not in effect, or (ii) enforcement proceedings are commenced upon such judgment, order, or award;

(i) Guaranty . If the obligation of any Guarantor under any Guaranty is limited or terminated by operation of law or by any Guarantor thereunder (other than in connection with a release of such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document);

(j) Material Agreements . Any Borrower shall fail to make any payment of principal or the default in the observance or performance of any term, condition or covenant set forth in any Material Agreement to which such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party and such failure or default (a) occurs at the final maturity of the payment obligations thereunder, or (b) results in a right by the other party thereto, irrespective of whether exercised, to accelerate the maturity of the Loan Parties’ payment obligations thereunder or to terminate such agreement;

(k) Subordinated Debt . Any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower makes any payment on account of Debt that has been contractually subordinated in right of payment to the payment of the Debt evidenced by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent such payment is permitted by the terms of the subordination provisions applicable to such Debt;

(l) Lender’s Liens . Any Loan Document that purports to create a Lien, shall, for any reason (other than as a result of any action or inaction on the part of Lender or in connection with a release of Collateral pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document), fail or cease to create a valid and perfected Lien on Collateral and, except to the extent permitted by the terms of such Loan Document, a first priority Lien on the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens) covered thereby;

(m) Loan Documents . Any provision of any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason be declared to be null and void, or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by any Loan Party, or a proceeding shall be commenced by any Loan Party, or by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over any Loan Party, seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof, or any Loan Party shall deny that such Loan Party has any liability or obligation purported to be created under any Loan Document;

(n) Criminal Indictment . A Loan Party or any of its Responsible Officers is criminally indicted or convicted for (i) a felony committed in the conduct of such

 

56


Loan Party’s business, or (ii) violating any state or federal law (including the Controlled Substances Act, Money Laundering Control Act of 1986 and Illegal Exportation of War Materials Act) that could lead to forfeiture of any material Assets or any Collateral; or

(o) Reorganization . The Reorganization is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the commencement of the Initial Distribution and each step set forth in the definition of “Reorganization” in Section 1.1 which has been taken is not unwound within such thirty (30) day period.

7.2 Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default:

(a) If such Event of Default occurs under subsections (d)  or (e)  of Section 7.1 hereof, then the Commitments hereunder immediately shall terminate and all of the Obligations owing hereunder or under the other Loan Documents automatically shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, notice, or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower; and

(b) In the case of any other Event of Default, Lender, by written notice to Administrative Borrower, may declare the Commitments hereunder terminated and all of the Obligations owing hereunder or under the Loan Documents to be, and the same immediately shall become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, further notice, or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrowers.

Upon acceleration, Lender (without notice to or demand upon Borrowers, which are expressly waived by Borrowers to the fullest extent permitted by law), shall be entitled to proceed to protect, exercise, and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, or any other rights and remedies as are provided by law or equity. Lender may determine, in its sole discretion, the order and manner in which Lender’s rights and remedies are to be exercised.

7.3 Application of Payments and Proceeds of Collateral .

(a) All payments on account of the Obligations and all proceeds of Collateral received by Lender (whether pursuant to this Article VII , or otherwise) shall be applied as follows (regardless of how Lender may treat the payments for the purpose of its own accounting): first, to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys fees and expenses) incurred by Lender in enforcing any Obligation of Borrowers hereunder, or in collecting any payments due hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, or which Borrowers are required to pay to Lender, until paid in full, second , to pay any fees then due to Lender under the Loan Documents until paid in full, third , ratably to pay all accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans until paid in full, fourth , so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, ratably to pay all principal amounts then due and payable (other than as a result of an acceleration thereof) on the Loans until paid in full, fifth , if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, ratably to pay the then outstanding principal balance of the Loans (in the case of the Term Loan, in the inverse order of the maturity of the installments due hereunder) until paid in full, and sixth , if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, ratably to pay any other Obligations until paid in full, and seventh , to Borrowers (to be wired to the Designated Account) or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.

 

57


(b) For purposes of the foregoing clause (a), “paid in full” means payment of all amounts owing under the Loan Documents according to the terms thereof, including loan fees, service fees, professional fees, interest (and specifically including interest accrued after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding), default interest, interest on interest, and expense reimbursements, whether or not any of the foregoing would be or is allowed or disallowed in whole or in part in any Insolvency Proceeding (but specifically excludes unasserted contingent indemnification obligations and unasserted contingent expense reimbursement claims).

(c) In each instance set forth in clause (a) above, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the payment waterfall set forth above shall not apply to any payment made by a Borrower to Lender and payments shall be applied as specified by such Borrower to be for the payment of specific Obligations then due and payable (or prepayable) under any provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII EXPENSES AND INDEMNITIES

8.1 Expenses . Irrespective of whether the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated or any Loans are made, each Borrower agrees to pay on demand: (a) all of Lender’s reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of preparation of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and all other agreements, instruments, and documents contemplated hereby and thereby, (b) the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, expenses, and disbursements of counsel to Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, reproduction, execution, and delivery of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any amendments and waivers hereto or thereto, (c) filing, recording, publication, and search fees paid or incurred by or on behalf of Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (d) all other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, and execution of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any amendments or waivers hereto or thereto, and the making of the Loans hereunder, (e) the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender, in connection with audits, inspections, and appraisals contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (f) all costs and expenses (including reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees of counsel and costs of settlement) incurred by Lender in enforcing or collecting any Obligations of Borrower or defending the Loan Documents (including reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys fees and expenses of counsel incurred in connection with a “workout,” a “restructuring,” or any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding concerning Borrower), irrespective of whether suit is brought, and (g) usage charges, charges, fees, costs and expenses for amendments, renewals, extensions, transfers, or drawings from time to time imposed by Lender in respect of Letters of Credit and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket charges, fees, costs and expenses paid or incurred by Lender in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal, extension, or transfer of, or drawing under, any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder.

 

58


8.2 Indemnity . In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof, and irrespective of whether the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each Borrower agrees to indemnify, exonerate, defend, pay, and hold harmless Lender, and the officers, directors, employees, and agents of and counsel to Lender and such holders (collectively, the “Indemnitees” and individually, an “Indemnitee”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, causes of action, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses, and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnitees in connection with any investigation, administrative, or judicial proceeding, whether such Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto), that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the use or intended use of the proceeds of the Loans or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including any matter relating to or arising out of the filing or recordation of any of the Loan Documents which filing or recordation is done based upon information supplied by any Borrower to Lender and its counsel (the “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided , however , that no Borrower shall be liable with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are found in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any such Indemnitee. To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, pay, and hold harmless set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law or public policy and such Borrower is required to make a payment to any Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 8.2 , such Borrower shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable law. The obligations of Borrowers under this Section 8.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment in full of the Obligations.

ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 No Waivers, Remedies . No failure or delay on the part of Lender, or the holder of any interest in this Agreement in exercising any right, power, privilege, or remedy under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall impair or operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power, privilege, or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, privilege, or remedy. The waiver of any such right, power, privilege, or remedy with respect to particular facts and circumstances shall not be deemed to be a waiver with respect to other facts and circumstances. The remedies provided for under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to Lender, or the holder of any interest in this Agreement at law, in equity, or otherwise.

9.2 Waivers and Amendments . No amendment, modification, restatement, supplement, termination, or waiver of or to, or consent to any departure from, any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of Lender and each Borrower. Any waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and any consent to any departure of any Borrower from the terms of any provisions of this Agreement or the Loan Documents shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. In any event, no notice to, or demand on, any Borrower shall entitle Borrowers to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances (except to the extent required by this Agreement or any other Loan Document).

 

59


9.3 Taxes .

(a) All payments made by any Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any note or other Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim, or other defense. In addition, all such payments will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future Taxes, and in the event any deduction or withholding of Taxes is required, each Borrower shall comply with the next sentence of this Section 9.3 . If any Taxes are so levied or imposed, each Borrower and each other Loan Party agrees to pay the full amount of such Taxes and such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every payment of all amounts due under this Agreement, any note, or Loan Document, including any amount paid pursuant to this Section 9.3 after withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes, will not be less than the amount provided for herein or therein; provided , however , that no Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall be required to increase any such amounts if the increase in such amount payable results from Lender’s willful misconduct or gross negligence (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction). Each Borrower and each other Loan Party will furnish to Lender as promptly as possible after the date the payment of any Tax is due pursuant to applicable law, certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by Borrower or such Loan Party.

(b) Each Borrower agrees to pay any present or future stamp, value added or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges, or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery, performance, recordation, or filing of, or otherwise with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

9.4 Notices . Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.7 and 2.8 hereof, all notices, demands, instructions, requests, and other communications required or permitted to be given to, or made upon, any party hereto shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other related informational documents to be furnished pursuant hereto which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by courier or telefacsimile and shall be deemed to be given for purposes of this Agreement on the day that such writing is received by the Person to whom it is to be sent pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified in a notice sent or delivered in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.4 , notices, demands, requests, instructions, and other communications in writing shall be given to or made upon the respective parties hereto at their respective addresses (or to their respective telefacsimile numbers) indicated on Exhibit 9.4 attached hereto.

9.5 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided , however , that (a) no Borrower may assign or transfer any interest or rights hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender, and (b) so long as no Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender may not assign or transfer any interest or rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the Borrowers (which consent shall not be

 

60


unreasonably withheld or delayed) except in connection with any merger, consolidation, sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any substantial portion of the business or loan portfolio of Lender so long as Lender has provided Borrowers with written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer or disposition, and, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), any such prohibited assignment or transfer shall be absolutely void.

9.6 Headings . Article and Section headings used in this Agreement and the table of contents preceding this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall neither constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose nor affect the construction of this Agreement.

9.7 Execution in Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis.

9.8 GOVERNING LAW . EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT: (A) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA; AND (B) THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

9.9 JURISDICTION AND VENUE . TO THE EXTENT THEY MAY LEGALLY DO SO, THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS, SUITS, OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING BETWEEN LENDER, OR ANY BORROWER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA. EACH BORROWER AND LENDER, TO THE EXTENT THEY MAY LEGALLY DO SO, HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 9.9 AND STIPULATE THAT THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA SHALL HAVE IN PERSONAM JURISDICTION AND VENUE OVER SUCH PARTY FOR THE PURPOSE OF LITIGATING ANY SUCH DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY, OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS

 

61


AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, SERVICE OF PROCESS SUFFICIENT FOR PERSONAL JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION AGAINST A BORROWER MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO ITS ADDRESS INDICATED ON EXHIBIT 9.4 ATTACHED HERETO.

9.10 WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . EACH BORROWER AND LENDER, TO THE EXTENT THEY MAY LEGALLY DO SO, HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH, OR RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO, THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE. TO THE EXTENT THEY MAY LEGALLY DO SO, EACH BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE DECIDED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 9.10 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES HERETO TO WAIVER OF ITS OR THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

9.11 DISPUTE RESOLUTION .

(a) MANDATORY ARBITRATION . AT THE REQUEST OF LENDER OR ANY BORROWER, ANY DISPUTE, CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY OF ANY KIND (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT, STATUTORY OR COMMON LAW, LEGAL OR EQUITABLE) NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING BETWEEN LENDER AND SUCH BORROWER AND IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, PERTAINING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH: (A) THIS AGREEMENT, AND/OR ANY RENEWALS, EXTENSIONS, OR AMENDMENTS THERETO; (B) ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS; (C) ANY VIOLATION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE LOAN DOCUMENTS; (D) ALL PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE LOANS; (E) ANY INCIDENTS, OMISSIONS, ACTS, PRACTICES OR OCCURRENCES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE LOAN DOCUMENTS CAUSING INJURY TO EITHER PARTY WHEREBY THE OTHER PARTY OR ITS AGENTS, EMPLOYEES OR REPRESENTATIVES MAY BE LIABLE, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR (F) ANY ASPECT OF THE PAST, PRESENT OR FUTURE RELATIONSHIPS OF THE PARTIES, WILL BE RESOLVED THROUGH FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION CONDUCTED AT A LOCATION DETERMINED BY THE ARBITRATOR IN LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA, AND ADMINISTERED BY THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION (“ AAA ”) IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA ARBITRATION ACT (CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE §1280 ET. SEQ.) AND THE THEN EXISTING COMMERCIAL RULES OF THE AAA. JUDGMENT UPON ANY AWARD RENDERED BY THE ARBITRATOR(S) MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF.

 

62


(b) REAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL . NOTWITHSTANDING THE PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 9.11(a) , NO CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM WILL BE SUBMITTED TO ARBITRATION WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF ALL THE PARTIES IF, AT THE TIME OF THE PROPOSED SUBMISSION, SUCH CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISES FROM OR RELATES TO AN OBLIGATION OWED TO LENDER WHICH IS SECURED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY REAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL. IF ALL PARTIES DO NOT CONSENT TO SUBMISSION OF SUCH A CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM TO ARBITRATION, THE CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM WILL BE DETERMINED AS PROVIDED IN THE SUBSECTION ENTITLED “JUDICIAL REFERENCE”.

(c) JUDICIAL REFERENCE . AT THE REQUEST OF ANY PARTY, A CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM WHICH IS NOT SUBMITTED TO ARBITRATION WILL BE DETERMINED BY A REFERENCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE §638 ET. SEQ. IF SUCH AN ELECTION IS MADE, THE PARTIES WILL DESIGNATE TO THE COURT A REFEREE OR REFEREES SELECTED UNDER THE AUSPICES OF THE AAA IN THE SAME MANNER AS ARBITRATORS ARE SELECTED IN AAA-SPONSORED PROCEEDINGS. THE PRESIDING REFEREE OF THE PANEL, OR THE REFEREE IF THERE IS A SINGLE REFEREE, WILL BE AN ACTIVE ATTORNEY OR RETIRED JUDGE. JUDGMENT UPON THE AWARD RENDERED BY SUCH REFEREE OR REFEREES WILL BE ENTERED IN THE COURT IN WHICH SUCH PROCEEDING WAS COMMENCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE §644 AND §645.

(d) PROVISIONAL REMEDIES, SELF HELP AND FORECLOSURE . NO PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT WILL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO: (A) FORECLOSE AGAINST ANY REAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL BY THE EXERCISE OF A POWER OF SALE UNDER A DEED OF TRUST, MORTGAGE OR OTHER SECURITY AGREEMENT OR INSTRUMENT, OR APPLICABLE LAW, (B) EXERCISE ANY RIGHTS OR REMEDIES AS A SECURED PARTY AGAINST ANY PERSONAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF A SECURITY AGREEMENT OR PLEDGE AGREEMENT, OR APPLICABLE LAW, (C) EXERCISE SELF HELP REMEDIES SUCH AS SETOFF, OR (D) OBTAIN PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES SUCH AS INJUNCTIVE RELIEF OR THE APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER FROM A COURT HAVING JURISDICTION BEFORE, DURING OR AFTER THE PENDENCY OF ANY ARBITRATION OR REFERRAL. THE INSTITUTION AND MAINTENANCE OF AN ACTION FOR JUDICIAL RELIEF OR PURSUIT OF PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES, OR EXERCISE OF SELF HELP REMEDIES WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY, INCLUDING THE PLAINTIFF, TO SUBMIT ANY DISPUTE TO ARBITRATION OR JUDICIAL REFERENCE.

 

63


(e) POWERS AND QUALIFICATIONS OF ARBITRATORS . THE ARBITRATOR(S) WILL GIVE EFFECT TO STATUTES OF LIMITATION, WAIVER AND ESTOPPEL AND OTHER AFFIRMATIVE DEFENSES IN DETERMINING ANY CLAIM. ANY CONTROVERSY CONCERNING WHETHER AN ISSUE IS ARBITRATABLE WILL BE DETERMINED BY THE ARBITRATOR(S). THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA WILL GOVERN. THE ARBITRATION AWARD MAY INCLUDE EQUITABLE AND DECLARATORY RELIEF. ALL ARBITRATOR(S) SELECTED WILL BE REQUIRED TO BE A PRACTICING ATTORNEY OR RETIRED JUDGE LICENSED TO PRACTICE LAW IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO BE EXPERIENCED AND KNOWLEDGEABLE IN THE SUBSTANTIVE LAWS APPLICABLE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM AT ISSUE.

(f) DISCOVERY . THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 1283.05 OR ITS SUCCESSOR SECTION(S) ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN AND MADE A PART OF THIS AGREEMENT. DEPOSITIONS MAY BE TAKEN AND DISCOVERY MAY BE OBTAINED IN ANY ARBITRATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SAID SECTION(S).

(g) MISCELLANEOUS . THE ARBITRATOR(S) WILL DETERMINE WHICH IS THE PREVAILING PARTY AND WILL INCLUDE IN THE AWARD THAT PARTY’S REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS (INCLUDING ALLOCATED COSTS OF IN-HOUSE LEGAL COUNSEL). EACH PARTY AGREES TO KEEP ALL CONTROVERSIES AND CLAIMS AND THE ARBITRATION PROCEEDINGS STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL, EXCEPT FOR DISCLOSURES OF INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF BUSINESS OF THE PARTIES OR BY APPLICABLE LAW OR REGULATION.

9.12 Independence of Covenants . All covenants under this Agreement and other Loan Documents shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any one covenant, the fact that it would be permitted by another covenant, shall not avoid the occurrence of an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

9.13 Confidentiality . Lender agrees that material non-public information regarding Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans shall be treated by Lender in a confidential manner, and shall not be disclosed by Lender to Persons who are not parties to this Agreement, except: (a) to attorneys for and other advisors, accountants, auditors, and consultants to Lender, (b) to Subsidiaries and Affiliates of Lender, provided that any such Subsidiary or Affiliate shall have agreed to receive such information hereunder subject to the terms of this Section 9.13 , (c) as may be required by statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, regulation or any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over Lender or a Borrower, (d) as may be agreed to in advance by a Borrower or its Subsidiaries or as requested or required by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any subpoena or other legal process, (e) as may be required or requested by regulatory authorities, (f) as to any such information that is or becomes generally available to the public

 

64


(other than as a result of prohibited disclosure by Lender), (g) in connection with any assignment, prospective assignment, sale, prospective sale, participation or prospective participations, or pledge or prospective pledge of Lender’s interest under this Agreement, provided that any such assignee, prospective assignee, purchaser, prospective purchaser, participant, prospective participant, pledgee, or prospective pledgee shall have agreed in writing to receive such information hereunder subject to the terms of this Section, and (h) in connection with any litigation or other adversary proceeding involving parties hereto which such litigation or adversary proceeding involves claims related to the rights or duties of such parties under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Section 9.13 shall survive for 5 years after the payment in full of the Obligations.

9.14 Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations . If the incurrence or payment of the Obligations by any Borrower or any Guarantor or the transfer to Lender of any property should for any reason subsequently be asserted, or declared, to be void or voidable under any state or federal law relating to creditors’ rights, including provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to fraudulent conveyances, preferences, or other voidable or recoverable payments of money or transfers of property (each, a “ Voidable Transfer ”), and if Lender is required to repay or restore, in whole or in part, any such Voidable Transfer, or elects to do so upon the advice of counsel, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer, or the amount thereof that Lender is required or elects to repay or restore, and as to all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs, expenses, and attorneys fees of Lender related thereto, the liability of any Borrower or any Guarantor automatically shall be revived, reinstated, and restored and shall exist as though such Voidable Transfer had never been made.

9.15 Complete Agreement . This Agreement, together with the exhibits hereto, the Disclosure Statement, and the other Loan Documents is intended by the parties hereto as a final expression of their agreement and is intended as a complete statement of the terms and conditions of their agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

9.16 USA Patriot Act Notice . Lender hereby notifies each Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56) signed into law October 26, 2001 (the “ USA Patriot Act ”), it may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Borrower, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify each Borrower in accordance with the USA Patriot Act. In addition, if Lender is required by law or regulation or internal policies to do so, it shall have the right to periodically conduct (a) Patriot Act searches, OFAC/PEP searches, and customary individual background checks for the Loan Parties and (b) OFAC/PEP searches and customary individual background checks for the Loan Parties’ senior management and key principals, and each Borrower agrees to cooperate in respect of the conduct of such searches and further agrees that the reasonable costs and charges for such searches shall be reimbursed by each Borrower and shall be for the account of each Borrower.

9.17 Silvercrest as Agent for Borrowers . Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Silvercrest as the borrowing agent and attorney-in-fact for Borrowers (“ Administrative Borrower ”) which appointment shall remain in full force and effect unless and until Lender shall have received prior written notice signed by each Borrower that such appointment has been revoked and that another Borrower has been appointed Administrative Borrower. Each

 

65


Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes Administrative Borrower (i) to provide Lender with all notices with respect to Loans obtained for the benefit of any Borrower and all other notices and instructions under this Agreement and (ii) to take such action as Administrative Borrower deems appropriate on its behalf to obtain Loans and to exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. It is understood that the handling of the Loan Account and the Collateral of each Borrower in a combined fashion, as more fully set forth herein, is done solely as an accommodation to Borrowers in order to utilize the collective borrowing powers of Borrowers in the most efficient and economical manner and at their request, and that Lender shall not incur liability to any Borrower as a result hereof. Each Borrower expects to derive benefit, directly or indirectly, from the handling of the Loan Account and the Collateral in a combined fashion since the successful operation of each Borrower is dependent on the continued successful performance of the integrated group. To induce Lender to do so, and in consideration thereof, each Borrower hereby jointly and severally agrees to indemnify Lender and hold Lender harmless against any and all liability, expense, loss or claim of damage or injury, made against Lender by any Borrower or by any third party whosoever, arising from or incurred by reason of (a) the handling of the Loan Account and the Collateral of Borrowers as herein provided, (b) Lender relying on any instructions of Administrative Borrower, or (c) any other action taken by Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, except that no Borrower will have any liability to Lender under this Section 9.17 with respect to any liability that has been finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender, as the case may be.

9.18 Extent of Each Borrower’s Liability, Contribution .

(a) Joint and Several Liability . Each Borrower agrees that it is jointly and severally liable for, and absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to Lender the prompt payment and performance of, all Obligations under this Agreement and all agreements under the Loan Documents. Each Borrower agrees that its guaranty obligations hereunder constitute a continuing guaranty of payment and not of collection, that such obligations shall not be discharged until cash payment in full of the Obligations, and that such obligations are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of (i) the genuineness, validity, regularity, enforceability, subordination or any future modification of, or change in, any Obligations or Loan Document, or any other document, instrument or agreement to which any Borrower is or may become a party or be bound; (ii) the absence of any action to enforce this Agreement (including this Section) or any other Loan Document, or any waiver, consent or indulgence of any kind by Lender with respect thereto; (iii) the existence, value or condition of, or failure to perfect any of Lender’s Liens or to preserve rights against, any security or guaranty for the Obligations or any action, or the absence of any action, by Lender in respect thereof (including the release of any security or guaranty); (iv) the insolvency of any Borrower; (v) any election by Lender in an Insolvency Proceeding for the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code; (vi) any borrowing or grant of a Lien by any other Borrower, as debtor-in-possession under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise; (vii) the disallowance of any claims of Lender against any Borrower for the repayment of any Obligations under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise; or (viii) any other action or circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, except cash payment in full of all Obligations.

 

66


(b) Contribution . Each Borrower hereby agrees that it will not enforce any of its rights of contribution or subrogation against any other Borrower with respect to any liability incurred by it hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, any payments made by it to Lender with respect to any of the Obligations or any collateral security therefor until such time as all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Commitments terminated. Any claim which any Borrower may have against any other Borrower with respect to any payments to Lender hereunder are hereby expressly made subordinate and junior in right of payment, without limitation as to any increases in the Obligations arising hereunder or thereunder, to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations and, in the event of any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar proceeding under the laws of any jurisdiction relating to any Borrower, its debts or its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, all such Obligations shall be indefeasibly paid in full in cash and all Commitments terminated before any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to any other Borrower therefor.

(c) No Limitation on Liability . Nothing contained in this Section 9.18 shall limit the liability of any Borrower to pay extensions of credit made directly or indirectly to that Borrower (including revolving loans advanced to any other Borrower and then re-loaned or otherwise transferred to, or for the benefit of, such Borrower), Obligations relating to Letters of Credit issued to support such Borrower’s business, and all accrued interest, fees, expenses and other related Obligations with respect thereto, for which such Borrower shall be primarily liable for all purposes hereunder. Lender shall have the right, at any time in its discretion, to condition an extension of credit hereunder upon a separate calculation of borrowing availability for each Borrower and to restrict the disbursement and use of such extensions of credit to such Borrower.

[SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW]

 

67


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.

 

SILVERCREST ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

SILVERCREST INVESTORS LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

SILVERCREST INVESTORS II LLC,

a New York limited liability company

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

SILVERCREST FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.,

a New York corporation

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[SIGNATURE PAGES TO CREDIT AGREEMENT]


CITY NATIONAL BANK,

a national banking association, as Lender

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[SIGNATURE PAGES TO CREDIT AGREEMENT]

EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiaries of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

 

Subsidiary

  

Organization and Jurisdiction

Silvercrest LP    Delaware Limited Partnership
Silvercrest Investors LLC    Delaware Limited Liability Company
Silvercrest Investors II LLC    Delaware Limited Liability Company
Silvercrest Asset Management Group LLC    Delaware Limited Liability Company
Silvercrest Financial Services Inc.    New York Corporation

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-188005 of our report dated April 18, 2013 relating to the balance sheet of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. as of December 31, 2012 appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York

June 24, 2013

EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-188005 of our report dated April 18, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Silvercrest L.P. and subsidiaries (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to a change in the annual goodwill impairment testing date) appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York

June 24, 2013

 

Exhibit 23.3

 

LOGO

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 15, 2012 for MW Commodity Advisors, LLC, in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-l and related Prospectus of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. for the registration of shares of Class A common stock.

/s/ Fulvio & Associates, LLP

New York, New York

June 24, 2013


LOGO

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated August 30, 2011 for Milbank Winthrop and Co., Inc., in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-l and related Prospectus of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. for the registration of shares of Class A common stock.

/s/ Fulvio & Associates, LLP

New York, New York

June 24, 2013


LOGO

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated September 2, 2011 for Milbank Winthrop and Co., Inc., in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-l and related Prospectus of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. for the registration of shares of Class A common stock.

/s/ Fulvio & Associates, LLP

New York, New York

June 24, 2013


LOGO

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated October 28, 2011 for MW Commodity Advisors, LLC, in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-l and related Prospectus of Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. for the registration of shares of Class A common stock.

/s/ Fulvio & Associates, LLP

New York, New York

June 24, 2013